Tli07 2

Transport and Logistics Industry Skills Council
TLI07 TRANSPORT AND

LOGISTICS TRAINING PACKAGE
(VERSION 4)
VOLUME II OF II
A GUIDE FOR USERS
The material contained within this volume is part of the endorsed components of the Training
Package (Version 4). This volume must be read in conjunction with information contained within
the first volume of the Training Package. This Training Package is to be reviewed by October
2010.
Volume I A Guide for Users, which includes preliminary information, policy, assessment
guidelines and all TLI07 (Version 4) qualifications.
Volume II Units of Competency, in the following field order:
A Handling Cargo/Stock J Quality R Contract Procurement

B Equipment Checking K Computers and S Installation and
and Maintenance Technology Commissioning
C Driving Vehicle L Resource T Records
D Load Handling Management U Environment
E Communication and LIC Licensing Units V Pallet Operations
Calculation M Training W Carrying Out
F Safety Management O Security Operations on
G Teamwork P Business Planning Equipment and
H Route Planning and PC Pathways Certificate Systems
Navigation Q Financial X Construction
I Customer Service Management Y Materiel Logistics
Statement of origin: These materials were developed by Transport & Logistics Industry Skills
Council with funding from DEEWR.
Commonwealth of Australia 2007
The views expressed in the copyright work do not necessarily represent the views of the Commonwealth of Australia.
This work is copyright and licensed under the AEShareNet Free for Education instant licence (AEShareNet-FfE Licence). The onus rests with
you to ensure compliance with the AEShareNet-FfE licence and the following is merely a summary of the scope of the Licence.
When you obtain a copy of material that bears the AEShareNet-FfE licence mark by legitimate means you obtain an automatic licence to use
and copy the work in whole or in part, solely for educational purposes.
Individual learners may:
1. use the material personally for their education such as including it, with proper attribution, in work that is performed in the course
of that education; and
2. make unlimited copies, in whole or in part, of the material.
Organisations may:
1. use the material within the organisation or for the services provided by the organisation;
2. make or give copies to learners;
3. charge for the education provided; and
4. charge learners for the material on a cost-recovery basis.
Conditions for the licence can be found at http://www.aesharenet.com.au/FfE2/. Queries regarding the standard AEShareNet-FfE Licence
conditions should be directed to the AEShareNet website at http://www.aesharenet.com.au/help/support/.
In addition to the standard AEShareNet-FfE Licence conditions, the following special conditions apply:
1. The copyright work must only be used in Australia and New Zealand.
2. You are not permitted to develop either an Edited Version or Enhancements of the Licensed Material
Use of this work for purposes other than those indicated above, requires the prior written permission from the Commonwealth. Requests should
be addressed to Training Copyright, Department of Education, Employment and Workplace Relations, GPO Box 9880 Canberra City, ACT,
2601 or email copyright@training.com.au.
This work is the result of wide consultations with Australian industry participants. It is a collaborative view and does not necessarily represent
the view of the Department or any specific body. For the sake of brevity it may omit factors which could be pertinent in particular cases.
While care has been taken in the preparation of this Training Package, the Department and the original developer do not warrant that any
licensing or registration requirements specified here are either complete or up-to-date for your State or Territory. The Department and the
original developer do not accept any liability for any damage or loss (including indirect and consequential loss) incurred by any person as a
result of relying on the information contained in this Training Package.
The Commonwealth, through the Department of Education, Employment and Workplace Relations, does not accept any liability to any person
for the information or advice (or the use of such information or advice) which is provided in this material or incorporated into it by reference.
The information is provided on the basis that all persons accessing this material undertake responsibility for assessing the relevance and
accuracy of its content. No liability is accepted for any information or services which may appear in any other format. No responsibility is
taken for any information or services which may appear on any linked websites.
Published by: TVET Australia First published: August 2007

Level 21/22, 390 St Kilda Rd Stock Code Number: ATP13276H
Melbourne VIC 3004 ISBN: 978-1-74204-017-2
PO Box 12211 ABeckett St PO Printed by: DPA Document Printing Australia
Melbourne VIC 8006 AEShareNet Code: FfE
Print Version No: 3
ABN: 99062758632 Release Date: 2009
Phone: +61 3 9832 8100
Fax: +61 3 98328199
Email: sales@tvetaustralia.com.au
Website: www.tvetaustralia.com.au
This work is the result of wide consultations with Australian industry participants. It is a collaborative view and does
not necessarily represent the view of DEEWR or any specific body. For the sake of brevity it may omit factors which
could be pertinent in particular cases.
While care has been taken in the preparation of this Training Package, DEEWR and the original developer do not
warrant that any licensing or registration requirements specified here are either complete or up-to-date for your state or
territory. DEEWR and the original developer do not accept any liability for any damage or loss (including indirect and
consequential loss) incurred by any person as a result of relying on the information contained in this Training Package.
This Training Package should not be regarded as professional advice and it should not be relied upon in any important
matter without obtaining appropriate advice relevant to your circumstances.
The Transport and Logistics Skills Council wishes to acknowledge the financial and advisory support provided by the
following organisations during the development of this Training Package:
Australasian Railway Association
Connex Melbourne
Department of Education, Employment Workplace Relations
Maritime Union of Australia
National Union of Workers
Rail, Tram and Bus Union
Queensland Rail
TNT Australia
TOLL Holdings
Transport Workers Union of Australia
TLIA1007C Coordinate goods to bond premises

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to coordinate
goods to bond premises in accordance with regulatory and
workplace requirements including identifying and listing goods for
bonding, arranging transfer of goods to bond store, and preparing
and issuing bond lists. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
certification requirements are applicable to this unit.
Employability Skills This unit contains employability skills.
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the relevant
regulations and workplace requirements concerning coordination
of goods to bond premises.
Work is performed under some supervision generally within a
team environment. It involves the application of workplace
procedures and regulatory requirements to the coordination of
goods to bond premises as part of work activities in the
warehousing, distribution and/or storage industries.
Competency Field A Handling Cargo/Stock
ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

Elements describe the essential Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate
outcomes of a unit of achievement of the element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with
competency. the evidence guide.
1 Identify and list goods 1.1 Goods are listed for bonding when not delivered or collected
for bonding on completion of agreed storage period
1.2 Prior to listing for bonding, inspection is arranged with the
Australian Customs Service for goods identified as surplus
1.3 Goods left after time advertised for collection are listed for
bonding in accordance with workplace policy and Australian
Customs Service requirements
2 Arrange transfer of 2.1 Arrangements for the transfer of goods to bond store are made
goods to bond store in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
2.2 Carrier is notified of storage or yard location, marks and
quantity
3 Prepare and issue 3.1 Bond list is prepared in accordance with workplace
bond list requirements and Australian Customs Service regulations
3.2 Bond list, endorsed with the relevant information, is issued to
carrier
Commonwealth of Australia 2009 1

TLI07 Transport and Logistics Training Package (Version 3)
To be reviewed by 2010
REQUIRED KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS

This describes the essential knowledge and skills and their level required for this unit.
Required knowledge:
Australian and international codes and regulations relevant to the coordination of goods to
bond premises
Relevant OH&S and environmental protection procedures and guidelines
Workplace procedures and policies for the coordination of goods to bond premises
Focus of operation of work systems, equipment, management and site operating systems for
coordination of goods to bond premises
Problems that may occur when coordinating goods to bond premises and appropriate action
that can be taken to resolve the problems
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when coordinating the delivery of goods to bond
premises
Read and comprehend simple statements in English
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the coordination of goods to
bond premises
Complete documentation when coordinating the delivery of goods to bond premises
Work collaboratively with others when coordinating the delivery of goods to bond premises
Adapt appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour
and interactions with others
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems when coordinating the delivery of
goods to bond premises in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events when coordinating the delivery of goods
to bond premises
Modify activities depending on differing operational contingencies, risk situations and
environments
Work systematically with required attention to detail without injury to self or others, or
damage to goods or equipment
Select and use relevant communications, computing and office equipment when coordinating
goods to bond premises
Select and use required personal protective equipment conforming to industry and OH&S
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and
situations that may affect performance.
Work may be conducted: in a range of work environments

by day or night
2 Commonwealth of Australia 2009

Customers may be: internal or external
Workplaces may comprise: large, medium or small worksites
Work may be conducted in: limited or restricted spaces

exposed conditions
controlled or open environments
Hazards in the work area may chemicals
include exposure to: dangerous or hazardous substances
movements of equipment, goods and materials
Consultative processes may other employees and supervisors
involve: suppliers, customers and clients
bond store representatives
relevant authorities and institutions
management and union representatives
industrial relations and OH&S specialists
other maintenance, professional or technical staff
Communication in the work area phone
may include: electronic data interchange (EDI)
fax
email
internet
radio
oral, aural or signed communications
Depending on the type of company procedures
organisation concerned and the enterprise procedures
local terminology used,
workplace procedures may organisational procedures
include: established procedures
Personal protective equipment gloves

may include: safety headwear and footwear
safety glasses
two-way radios
high visibility clothing

Information/documents may workplace procedures and policies for the coordination of

include: goods to bond store premises
supplier and/or client instructions
goods identification numbers and codes
manifests, bar codes, goods and container
identification/serial number
agents delivery order and agents program
customers clearance
quarantine clearance
point of MT return/hand-over agreement
continuing permission
single transaction permissions
chief clerks MT delivery program
gate pass/VMO clearance stamped
bulk run numbers
manufacturers specifications for equipment
dangerous goods declarations and material safety data
sheets (where applicable)
relevant legislation, regulations and related
documentation including ADG / IMDG Code
award, enterprise bargaining agreement, other industrial
arrangements
relevant Australian standards and certification
requirements
quality assurance procedures
emergency procedures

Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations pertaining to the

legislation may include: coordination of goods to bond premises
Australian and international regulations and codes of
practice for the handling and transport of dangerous
goods and hazardous substances, including:
Australian and International Dangerous Goods
Codes
Australian Marine Orders and the
International Maritime Dangerous Goods
Code
IATA Dangerous Goods by Air regulations
Australian and International Explosives Codes
licence, patent or copyright arrangements
water and road use and licence arrangements
export/import/quarantine/bond requirements
marine orders
relevant state/territory OH&S and environmental
protection legislation
workplace relations regulations
workers compensation regulations
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria,
required knowledge and skills, the range statement and the assessment guidelines for this Training Package.
Critical aspects for assessment The evidence required to demonstrate competency in

and evidence required to this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the
demonstrate competency in this requirements of the elements and performance criteria
unit of this unit and include demonstration of applying:
the underpinning knowledge and skills
relevant legislation and workplace
procedures
other relevant aspects of the range statement
Context of and specific Performance is demonstrated consistently over a period
resources for assessment of time and in a suitable range of contexts
Resources for assessment include:
a range of relevant exercises, case studies
and other simulated practical and knowledge
assessment, and/or
access to an appropriate range of relevant
operational situations in the workplace
In both real and simulated environments, access is
required to:
relevant and appropriate materials and/or
equipment, and/or
applicable documentation including

workplace procedures, regulations, codes of
practice and operation manuals
Method of assessment Assessment of this unit must be undertaken by a
registered training organisation
As a minimum, assessment of knowledge must be
conducted through appropriate written/oral tests
Practical assessment must occur:
through appropriately simulated activities at
the registered training organisation, and/or
in an appropriate range of situations in the
workplace

TLIA107C Secure cargo

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to secure
cargo including preparing to secure cargo/containers, lashing and
unlashing cargo, protecting cargo from weather, and packing and
unpacking cargo. It may apply in cargo securing contexts in the
stevedoring, transport, distribution and allied industries. Licensing,
legislative, regulatory or certification requirements are applicable
to this unit.
regulations and workplace requirements concerning the securing
of cargo.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the securing of cargo as
part of work activities in the stevedoring, transport, distribution
and allied industries.

1 Prepare to secure 1.1 Work area is prepared and maintained in accordance with the
cargo/containers national standards, safety codes and site operating procedures
1.2 Unsafe work practices and/or equipment are reported to
appropriate personnel
1.3 Appropriate protective clothing, equipment and fittings are
selected
1.4 Formwork is erected where no lashing points exist
1.5 Lashing plan is read and interpreted
2 Lash and unlash cargo 2.1 Work is conducted in accordance with industry standards,
statutory requirements, safety codes, site operating
requirements and any special requirements of the cargo
2.2 Lashing points are identified and appropriate fittings and
lashing equipment are used for each lashing point
2.3 Cargo is lashed and secured to lashing points ensuring the
correct spread of lashings and that lashings are secured,
attached and tensioned
2.4 Tensioners are securely fastened
2.5 When unlashing, fittings are released, disconnected and
removed from the cargo
2.6 Lashing equipment is placed in designated storage areas or

cleared from work area
2.7 Lashing/unlashing operations ensure no injury to personnel or
damage to machinery or cargo
2.8 Lashing is completed in accordance with lashing plan
3 Protect cargo from 3.1 Cargo is covered/uncovered safely ensuring appropriate

weather covering and lashing, no injury to personnel or damage to
cargo or equipment
3.2 Work is conducted in accordance with the requirements of
national standards, safety codes and site operating procedures
4 Pack and unpack 4.1 Damaged cargo is identified and reported following enterprise
cargo procedures
4.2 Cargo is sorted and stacked prior to packing or after
unpacking, ensuring the stack is in the correct location, in
accordance with national standards, safety codes, and site
operating procedures
4.3 Cargo is identified through the interpretation of marks or
numbers
4.4 Tight stow of cargo is maintained
4.5 Cargo is handled ensuring no injury to personnel or damage to
cargo or equipment

Required knowledge:
Procedures for managing and controlling hazardous situations when carrying out work
activities
The marking and numbering systems for cargo
Problems that may occur when securing cargo or freight and appropriate action that can be
taken to resolve the problems
the securing of cargo or freight
Workplace procedures and policies for the securing of cargo or freight
Australian and international standards, codes and regulations relevant to the securing of cargo
or freight including the Australian and International Dangerous Goods Codes
Relevant bond, quarantine or other legislative requirements
Relevant handling and safety codes
Relevant OH&S and environmental procedures and regulations
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when securing cargo or freight
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and labels relevant to securing cargo
or freight
Identify cargo, container and goods, coding, ADG and IMDG markings and where applicable
emergency information panels
Interpret and follow operational instructions and prioritise work
Receive, acknowledge and send messages with available communications equipment
Complete documentation related to the securing of cargo or freight
Work collaboratively with others when securing cargo or freight
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions in accordance
with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events
Apply precautions and required action to minimise, control or eliminate hazards that may
exist during work activities
Monitor work activities in terms of planned schedule
environments
Apply fatigue management knowledge and techniques
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when securing cargo or
freight
Operate and adapt to differences in cargo handling equipment in accordance with standard
Use the lashing and protection equipment
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Workplaces may comprise : large, medium or small worksites


exposed conditions
at height
in a workbox or workcage
Cargo may include: goods with specialist requirements, including temperature
controlled goods and dangerous goods
Lashing equipment for containers twistlocks
may include: pelican hooks
lashing rods (bars)
turn handles (keys)
bottle screws
bridging clamps
cones
Securing equipment may include: chocks
racks
lashings
ropes
chains
Covers may include: rain and dust covers

Personnel in work area may workplace personnel
include: site visitors
contractors
official representatives
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
full arrest safety harness


may include: radio
Information/documents may goods identification numbers and codes

include: manifests, bar codes, and container identification/serial
number
Australian and international codes of practice and
regulations relevant to the securing of cargo
goods and hazardous substances
operations manuals, job specifications and induction
documentation
workplace procedures and policies
arrangements
requirements

Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations for the securing of cargo
legislation may include: Australian and international regulations and codes of
Codes
Code
marine orders
requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:

equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA1107C Package goods

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to package
goods in accordance with regulatory and workplace requirements
including selecting materials, packing and unwrapping products,
and labelling packaged products/loads to the required labelling
standards. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
requirements are applicable to this unit.
regulations and workplace requirements concerning the packaging
of goods.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the packaging of goods
as part of work activities in the warehousing, distribution and/or
storage industries.

1 Select materials and 1.1 Packaging specifications and order packaging documentation
pack and unwrap are correctly interpreted
products 1.2 Appropriate packaging technology suitable for the goods to be
packed is selected
1.3 Packaging materials are identified and matched to
specifications
1.4 Work plan ensures materials are used economically and that
appropriate packaging is used that minimises loss and damage
in transit or storage
1.5 Work is planned in accordance with OH&S requirements
1.6 Completed packed goods are stacked to minimise damage
from within and outside
2 Label packaged 2.1 Workplace labelling standards are identified

products/loads 2.2 Appropriate goods handling, labelling and other identification
symbols are utilised
2.3 Invoices and picking slips are attached (where required)
2.4 Workplace documentation is completed


Required knowledge:
Australian and international codes and regulations relevant to the packaging of goods
including the Australian Dangerous Goods Code (ADG Code)
Workplace procedures and policies for the packaging of goods
the packaging of goods
Problems that may occur when packaging goods and appropriate action that can be taken to
resolve the problems
Documentation requirements for the packaging of goods
Housekeeping standards procedures required in the workplace
Site layout and obstacles
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when packaging goods
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the packaging of goods
Complete documentation related to work activities when packaging goods
Work collaboratively with others when packaging goods
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions that may occur
when packaging goods in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events that may occur when packaging goods
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in equipment in accordance with standard operating
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of equipment when packaging goods
Check operation of packaging equipment in terms of service schedule and standard operating
procedures
Select and use relevant communications, computing equipment and materials when packaging
goods
Estimate the size, shape and special requirements of goods and loads
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Work may be conducted in: restricted spaces

exposed conditions
Goods may involve: special handling, storage and/or packaging requirements,
including temperature controlled goods and dangerous
goods
oil or water on floor
a fire or explosion
damaged packaging or pallets
debris on floor
faulty racking
poorly stacked pallets
faulty equipment


fax
email
internet
radio

safety glasses
two-way radios
include: manifests, picking slips, merchandise transfers, stock
requisitions and bar codes
codes of practice and regulations relevant to the
packaging of goods
documentation
arrangements
requirements

Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations for the packaging of goods
Codes
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIA1207C Pick and process orders

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to pick and
process orders in accordance with workplace requirements
including identifying workplace order picking processes, policies
and procedures; picking and despatching orders, and recording
stock levels. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in accordance with relevant
codes/regulations and workplace requirements for the picking and
processing of orders.
procedures to the picking and processing of orders in the

1 Identify workplace 1.1 Workplace procedures for order picking and related workplace
order picking documentation are interpreted
processes, policies and 1.2 Stock allocation and location systems are identified and
procedures located
1.3 Appropriate manual handling equipment is selected in
accordance with OH&S regulations and workplace procedures
2 Pick and despatch an 2.1 Work requirements are planned with appropriate equipment
order and documentation assembled
2.2 Zones of the warehouse which store required products are
identified and located
2.3 Pick path is established
2.4 Where required, appropriate pallet(s) for orders are selected
and stacked to minimise stock damage and maximise stability
2.5 Products are selected and consolidated
2.6 Products/pallets are located in despatch areas
2.7 Products are assembled to meet workplace schedules
2.8 Orders are consolidated, secured, arranged and placed in
storage zones in accordance with the schedule
3 Record stock levels 3.1 Storage areas are checked and stocks are noted for
replenishment in accordance with workplace procedures

3.2 Workplace records are completed in accordance with
workplace requirements

Required knowledge:
Regulations relevant to the picking and processing of orders, including relevant bond,
quarantine or other legislative requirements
Workplace procedures and policies for the picking and processing of orders
the picking and processing of orders
Problems that may occur when picking and processing an order and appropriate action that
can be taken to resolve the problems
Documentation and record requirements when picking and processing an order
Equipment used during picking and processing operations and the precautions and procedures
that should be followed in its use
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when picking and processing orders
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, signs and labels relevant to the picking and
processing of orders
Complete documentation related to picking and processing orders
Identify relevant stock and goods coding and labelling, including ADG and IMDG markings
Work collaboratively with others when picking and processing orders
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions when picking
and processing orders in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events when picking and processing orders
exist when picking and processing orders
environments


procedures
Select and use relevant equipment and communications technology when picking and
processing orders
standards
Estimate the size, shape and special requirements of goods/loads
RANGE STATEMENT
Work may be conducted: by day or night

in a range of work environments

exposed conditions
Problems that may occur when wrong stock is picked
picking and processing an order wrong carton for order
include:
incorrect location
damaged stock
no stock at location
incorrect quantity
failing to meet a special order requirement
Special order requirements may pricing
include: special packing
specific size of carton
special categories of stock


a fire or explosion
debris on floor
faulty racking
faulty equipment
Consultative processes may workplace personnel
involve: supervisors and managers
customers/clients
contractors
fax
email
internet
RF communications
barcode readers

safety glasses
two-way radios


manufacturers specifications for equipment/tools
material safety data sheets
codes of practice including the National Standards for
Manual Handling and the Industry Safety Code
documentation
arrangements
standards and certification requirements
Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations pertaining to the picking
legislation may include: and processing of orders
Australian Dangerous Goods Code
relevant state/territory OH&S legislation
relevant state/territory environmental protection
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA1307C Receive goods

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to receive
goods in accordance with regulatory and workplace requirements,
including identifying workplace procedures and documentation
requirements for the receipt of goods; checking and inspecting
goods on arrival and completing workplace documentation; and
unloading, packing and storing stock. Licensing, legislative,
regulatory or certification requirements are applicable to this unit.
regulations and workplace requirements concerning the receiving
of goods.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the receiving of goods
storage industries.

1 Identify workplace 1.1 Workplace procedures for receipt of goods are identified
procedures and 1.2 Purpose of documents associated with the receipt of goods is
documentation interpreted
requirements for the 1.3 Workplace documentation requirements for the receipt of
receipt of goods goods and reporting of damage are identified
2 Check and inspect 2.1 Procedures for checking of goods in comparison with orders
goods on arrival and or manifests are identified and followed
complete workplace 2.2 Discrepancies and/or damaged goods are reported
documentation 2.3 Non-conforming goods are appropriately documented and
despatched or stored in accordance with company procedures
3 Unload, unpack and 3.1 Appropriate manual handling techniques and equipment are
store stock identified
3.2 Safe work procedures are used when unloading, unpacking
and storing stock
3.3 Advice on appropriate storage locations and requirements for
particular products is sought
3.4 Goods are unloaded and unpacked in accordance with
workplace procedures
3.5 Assistance from others is sought when required to maintain

safe and effective work
3.6 Directions are followed to store stock in appropriate areas

Required knowledge:
Australian and international codes and regulations relevant to the receiving of goods including
the ADG Code and relevant bond, quarantine or other legislative requirements
Workplace procedures and policies for the receiving of goods
the receiving of goods
Problems that may occur when receiving goods and appropriate action that can be taken to
Specifications and standards for the checking and inspection of received goods
Documentation requirements for the receiving of goods
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when receiving goods
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information, labels and signs relevant to receiving
goods
Complete documentation related to the receival of goods
Identify containers and goods coding, ADG and IMDG markings and where applicable
Work collaboratively with others when receiving goods
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems when receiving goods in accordance
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events when receiving goods
exist when receiving goods
environments


procedures
Select and use relevant load handling equipment when receiving goods
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Received goods may involve: special handling and storage requirements, including
temperature controlled goods and dangerous goods
Problems that may occur when damaged stock
receiving goods may include: damaged pallets or packaging
wrong stock
error in paperwork
poorly stacked stock
incorrect quantity
Aspect s of goods to be checked correct type
when receiving goods may number
include:
condition
quality
packaging
labelling
dangerous goods declarations and markings (where
applicable)


fire or explosion
debris on floor
faulty equipment
drivers and agents
fax
email
internet
RF systems

safety glasses
two-way radios


codes of practice and regulations relevant to the receiving
of goods
documentation
arrangements
requirements
Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations for the receiving of goods
Codes
Code
IATA Dangerous Goods by Air Regulations
Australian and international explosives codes
marine orders

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA1407C Use product knowledge to complete work operations
TLIA1407C Use product knowledge to complete work

operations
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to use
product knowledge to complete work operations in accordance
with workplace requirements including identifying products in a
subsection of a warehouse or other storage area, examining quality
and reporting on products, and using inventory and labelling
systems to identify and locate products. Licensing, legislative,
regulations and workplace requirements concerning the
identification, handling and storage of various categories of
products/stock.
team environment. It involves the application of product
knowledge and an understanding of relevant regulatory
requirements to the handling and storage of various types of
products/stock as part of work activities in the warehousing,
distribution and/or storage industries.

1 Identify products in a 1.1 Products are identified against specified criteria in accordance
subsection of a with workplace procedures
warehouse or other 1.2 Storage and handling characteristics are identified and applied
storage area consistently
1.3 Products are described to internal customers identifying
features which may affect location, safety or storage
requirements
2 Examine quality and 2.1 Products are inspected in accordance with workplace quality
report on products assurance procedures
2.2 Workplace procedures are followed to replace, return or
dispose of stock/products which are not useable
2.3 Non-conforming products are recorded/reported in accordance
with workplace procedures
3 Use inventory and 3.1 Inventory and labelling systems are used to locate products
labelling systems to within the workplace
identify and locate 3.2 Goods are physically located and identified
products

Required knowledge:
Australian codes and regulations relevant to the products being identified, handled,
transported, stacked and/or stored as part of work operations
Workplace procedures and policies for the identification, handling, stacking and storage of
particular categories of products
the packaging of goods
Categories or groups of products and the special handling, stacking and storage requirements
for each
Purpose and use of cataloguing and labelling systems
Strategies to seek out sources of knowledge of products and use this information to inform
work
Types of equipment and storage areas appropriate for different types of goods including
perishable, fragile, dangerous, composition/state goods
Documentation requirements including reports and records concerning damaged or
contaminated goods
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when handling, transporting and storing products and
providing information on products and services
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the handling,
transporting and storing of products and the provision of information on products and services
Complete documentation related to work activities
Adapt to differences in products and services in accordance with standard operating
procedures
standards
Select and use relevant communications, computing and load handling equipment
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Goods may involve: special handling, location, storage and/or packaging
requirements, including temperature controlled goods and
dangerous goods
Inventory systems may be: automated
manual
paper-based
computerised
microfiche
Categories or groups of small parts
products/stock may include: perishable goods
overseas export
dangerous goods
refrigerated products
temperature controlled stock
fragile goods
Distinguishing identification shape
criteria for products may include: size
colour
distinguishing features
codes and product identification/serial numbers
labels
signs or other documentation
locations

The characteristics of small parts

products/stock may include: toxicity
flammability
form
weight
size
state
perishability
fragility
security risk
Labelling systems may include: batch code
bar code
identification numbering systems
serial numbers
symbols for safe handling
ADG and HAZCHEM Codes
fax
email
internet
RF systems

safety glasses
two-way radios


include: dangerous or hazardous substances
a fire or explosion
debris on floor
faulty racking
faulty equipment
identification, handling and stacking of goods
practice for the handling, stacking and transport of
dangerous goods and hazardous substances
documentation
arrangements
requirements

Codes
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIA1507C Complete receival/despatch documentation

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to complete
receival/despatch documentation in accordance with regulatory
and workplace requirements including analysing orders to identify
work requirements to fill order, following workplace order
documentation processes, and finalising documentation in
accordance with workplace procedures and any relevant regulatory
requirements. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
completion of receival/despatch documentation.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the completion of
receival/despatch documentation as part of work activities in the

1 Analyse order to 1.1 Order request documentation is interpreted
identify work 1.2 Product(s) in order are noted and workplace location(s) are
requirements to fill identified
order 1.3 Workplace and product knowledge is used to organise
documentation
1.4 Required schedules for order movement are identified and
noted where required
1.5 Special aspects of the order such as dangerous/hazardous
goods or temperature controlled goods are identified and
information on required documentation procedures and
relevant regulatory requirements is identified, accessed and
interpreted
2 Follow workplace 2.1 Workplace procedures for documentation of an order are

order documentation identified
processes 2.2 Workplace documentation is completed in accordance with
workplace procedures and any relevant regulatory
requirements

3 Finalise documentation 3.1 Order is checked against schedule and order form
3.2 Workplace records are completed, and labels and appropriate
documentation are attached in accordance with workplace
procedures and any relevant regulatory requirements
3.3 Special transportation requirements are identified and
conveyed to appropriate personnel
3.4 Where applicable, all required documentation requirements for
dangerous goods and hazardous materials are completed in
accordance with the relevant regulations and codes

Required knowledge:
Australian and international codes and regulations relevant to the completion of
receival/despatch documentation, including the ADG Code and relevant bond, quarantine or
other legislative requirements
Workplace procedures and policies for the completion of receival/despatch documentation
the receiving and despatch of goods
Problems that may occur when completing receival and despatch documentation and
appropriate action that can be taken to resolve the problems
Specifications and standards for the checking and inspection of received and despatched
goods
Documentation requirements for the receipt and despatch of goods
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when completing receival and despatch documentation
Read rand interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the completion of receival
and despatch documentation
Complete receival and despatch documentation
Work collaboratively with others when completing receival and despatch documentation
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems when completing receival and
despatch documentation in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Select and use relevant computer, communication and office equipment when completing
receival and despatch documentation
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Received/despatched goods may special handling and storage requirements, including
involve: temperature controlled goods, dangerous goods,
explosives and hazardous substances
Problems that may occur when damaged stock
receiving/despatching goods damaged pallets or packaging
include:
wrong stock
error in paperwork
incorrect quantity
Aspects of goods to be checked correct type
when receiving/despatching number
goods may include:
condition
quality
packaging
labelling
dangerous goods declarations and marking (where
applicable)


a fire or explosion
debris on floor
faulty equipment
drivers and agents
fax
email
internet
RF systems

safety glasses
two-way radios


of goods
documentation
arrangements
requirements
Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations for the receiving of goods
Codes
Code
marine orders

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA1607C Use inventory systems to organise stock control
TLIA1607C Use inventory systems to organise stock

control
inventory systems to organise stock control in accordance with
workplace requirements including identifying inventory and stock
control systems in use in the workplace, using re-order procedures
to maintain stock levels, organising cyclical stock counts, and
reporting discrepancies or variances. Licensing, legislative,
regulations and workplace requirements concerning the use of
inventory systems to organise stock control.
knowledge and an understanding of relevant workplace procedures
and regulatory requirements when using inventory systems to
organise stock control as part of work activities in the

1 Identify inventory and 1.1 Workplace inventory and stock control equipment, software
stock control systems and systems are identified
in use in the workplace 1.2 Reasons for common database approach to inventory records
and documentation in the warehouse are explained
1.3 Procedures for identification and reporting of discrepancies or
variances are identified
2 Use re-order 2.1 Stock level maintenance checking is conducted

procedures to maintain 2.2 Stock is re-ordered to meet stock level maintenance
stock levels requirements in accordance with workplace policies and
procedures
2.3 Data is accurately entered and extracted from the
inventory/records system using appropriate workplace
procedures
3 Organise cyclical stock 3.1 Process for cyclical stock count is planned and work allocated
counts and report to team members
discrepancies or 3.2 Clear directions on tasks to be performed are given
variances 3.3 Stocktake activities are conducted in accordance with

3.4 Types and causes of records discrepancies are identified
3.5 Procedures for noting and correcting minor discrepancies are
used
3.6 Major discrepancies are reported in accordance with
4 Produce reports on 4.1 Types of reports to be produced from inventory records

record keeping and systems are identified
inventory functions 4.2 Reports are produced in accordance with workplace
procedures and relevant regulatory requirements

Required knowledge:
Australian codes and regulations relevant to the organisation of stock control
Workplace procedures and policies for the use of inventory systems to organise stock control
Focus of operation of inventory systems, equipment, management and site operating systems
for the control of stock
Principles of operation and functions of inventory systems
Applications of different types of inventory systems and stock management approaches
Workplace processes for records management and the production of inventory reports
Principles of operation and functions of inventory systems
Computer records and documentation requirements for stock control, including forms,
checklists and inventory reports
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when using inventory systems to organise stock control
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the use of inventory systems
for the organisation of stock control
Complete documentation related to the use of inventory systems to organise stock control
Work collaboratively with others when using inventory systems to organise stock control

Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems when using inventory systems to
organise stock control in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
environments
procedures
standards
Select and use relevant communications, computing and office equipment when using
inventory systems to organise stock control
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
dangerous goods
manual
paper-based
computerised
microfiche
overseas export
dangerous goods
fragile goods

flammability
form
weight
size
state
perishability
fragility
security risk
bar code
serial numbers
a fire or explosion
debris on floor
faulty racking
faulty equipment
fax
email
internet
RF systems

safety glasses
two-way radios
documentation
arrangements
requirements

Australian and iinternational dangerous goods
codes
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIA1707C Apply product knowledge to organise work operations
TLIA1707C Apply product knowledge to organise work

operations
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to apply
product knowledge to the organisation of work operations
including identifying and categorising products, matching products
to locations based on specified criteria, and assisting individuals to
solve stock identification and location problems. Licensing,
to this unit.
identification, handling and storage of various categories of
products/stock.
requirements to the organisation of work operations in the

1 Identify and categorise 1.1 Products are identified and categorised in terms of specified
products criteria in accordance with workplace procedures
2 Match products to 2.1 Locations for products are determined based on specified
locations based on criteria
specified criteria 2.2 Labels, inventory systems and other information sources are
used to assist in the identification of products, handling and
storage requirements
3 Assist individuals to 3.1 New stock items are identified and particular product
solve stock information is brought to the attention of relevant personnel
identification and 3.2 Stock queries are predicted and team members assisted to
location problems locate and assimilate information relevant to these products
3.3 Personnel are assisted with routine and non-routine stock
enquiries with actions taken to update information of products
for relevant personnel
3.4 Personnel are encouraged to maintain and build product
knowledge through accessing product information and the
application of problem solving and information analysis skills
4 Identify appropriate 4.1 Resources used to transfer different products through the
transfer and handling storage zones are identified and evaluated
requirements 4.2 Work in receival and despatch areas is supported by
identification and reporting of variances
4.3 Stock re-ordering is informed by knowledge of product
source, frequency of pick destination (or seasonality) of
products and potential for supply problems
4.4 Relevant documentation is completed in accordance with
5 Contribute to 5.1 Knowledge of customer requirements is used to determine

continuous work design
improvement 5.2 Potential problems are predicted and notified to appropriate
personnel
5.3 Opportunities for improvements to own work organisation are
identified

Required knowledge:
Australian codes and regulations relevant to the workplace activities
Workplace procedures and policies relevant to the application of product knowledge to the
organisation of workplace operations
Focus of operation of work systems, equipment, management and site operating systems
Information on various categories or groups of products including their key characteristics
and hazards and the special handling, stacking and storage requirements for each
Product sources, destinations and potential problems
Re-ordering procedures and just-in-time planning principles
Requirements for workplace documentation, inventory systems and records
Sources of product information
Strategies to seek out sources of knowledge of products and use this information to inform
work
Types of equipment and storage areas appropriate for different types of goods including
perishable, fragile, dangerous, composition/state goods
contaminated goods

Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when organising workplace activities
Access, read and interpret product information, policies and regulatory requirements relevant
to workplace operations
Complete documentation related to the organisation of work activities
Work collaboratively with others when organising workplace activities
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when organising
workplace activities in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Use information on products/stock to determine, plan and organise processes used for
receival, storage, goods movement, despatch, stock levels, re-ordering processes
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in products and services in accordance with standard
Organise and monitor the use of personal protective equipment conforming to industry and
OH&S standards
Select and use relevant communication, computing and office equipment when organising
workplace activities
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Workplace activities being receival

organised may include but are not storage
limited to:
goods/stock movement
despatch
stock levels
re-ordering processes
exposed conditions


dangerous goods
Modes of transfer may be: manual or motorised
Storage types may include but are bin/binning systems

not limited to: rack refrigeration/freezers/cold rooms
marked floor space
containers
racks and racking systems
block/stacks
pallets
manual
paper-based
computerised
microfiche
overseas export
dangerous goods
fragile goods
flammability
form
weight
size
state
perishability
fragility
security risk

Labelling systems may include batch code

but are not limited to: bar code
serial numbers
a fire or explosion
debris on floor
faulty racking
faulty equipment
fax
email
internet
RF systems

safety glasses
two-way radios


requisitions and bar codes, and container
codes of practice and regulations relevant to workplace
operations
documentation
arrangements
requirements

Codes
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIA1807C Organise despatch operations

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to organise
despatch operations in accordance with workplace requirements
including planning and organising despatch operations, organising
the storage and despatch of stock, and completing all required
documentation and records. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in accordance with codes/regulations
and workplace requirements relevant to the organisation of
despatch operations.
team environment. It involves the application of regulatory
requirements and workplace procedures to the organisation of
despatch operations in the warehousing, distribution and/or storage
industries.

1 Plan and organise 1.1 Knowledge of product characteristics and workplace
despatch operations procedures are applied to the analysis of the stock
1.2 Resources including manual handling equipment, employee
competencies, storage areas and goods management
equipment are identified to match stock characteristics
1.3 Deadlines are scheduled to meet order requirements
1.4 Work processes are planned to meet deadlines
2 Organise the storage 2.1 Employees, equipment and storage areas are allocated and
and despatch of stock supervised
2.2 Individuals are informed of work requirements and deadlines
2.3 Work processes are monitored to ensure that resources, both
human and equipment, are maintained at productive levels and
in accordance with workplace procedures and OH&S
requirements
2.4 Discrepancies in stocks are noted and reported in accordance
with company procedures
3 Complete 3.1 Required despatch documentation and records are completed

documentation in accordance with workplace procedures


Required knowledge:
Regulations relevant to the organising of despatch operations, including the ADG Code and
relevant bond, quarantine or other legislative requirements
Workplace procedures and policies for the organising of despatch operations
the organising of despatch operations
Problems that may occur when organising despatch operations and appropriate action that can
be taken to resolve the problems
Documentation and record requirements for despatch operations
Equipment used during the organisation of despatch operations and the precautions and
procedures that should be followed in its use
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when organising despatch operations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the organising of despatch
operations
Complete documentation related to the organising of despatch operations
Work collaboratively with others when organising despatch operations
despatch operations in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
environments
procedures
standards
Select and use relevant equipment and communications technology when organising despatch
operations
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Goods to be despatched may special handling, location, storage and/or packaging
involve: requirements, including temperature controlled goods,
dangerous goods or hazardous substances
Problems that may occur when wrong stock is despatched
despatching an order include: wrong carton for order
incorrect location
damaged stock
incorrect quantity
failing to meet customers delivery requirements
a fire or explosion
debris on floor
faulty racking
faulty equipment


fax
email
internet
RF communications
barcode readers

safety glasses
two-way radios
customers/clients
drivers and agents
contractors


documentation including the ADG Code
arrangements
legislation may include: organising of despatch operations
Codes
Code
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA1907C Organise receival operations

receival operations in accordance with workplace requirements
including planning and organising receival operations, organising
the storage of received stock, and completing all required
documentation and records in accordance with workplace
procedures and relevant regulatory requirements. Licensing,
to this unit.
and workplace requirements relevant to the organisation of
receival operations.
requirements and workplace procedures to the organisation of
receival operations in the warehousing, distribution and/or storage
industries.

1 Plan and organise 1.1 Knowledge of product characteristics and workplace
receival operations procedures are applied to the analysis of the stock
1.2 Resources including manual handling equipment, employee
competencies, storage areas and goods management
equipment are identified to match stock characteristics
1.3 Deadlines are scheduled to enable receival of stock in storage
zones
1.4 Work processes are planned to meet specified deadlines
2 Organise the storage of 2.1 Employees, equipment and storage areas are allocated and
stock supervised
2.2 Individuals are informed of work requirements and deadlines
in accordance with workplace procedures and OH&S
requirements
2.4 Discrepancies in stocks are noted and reported in accordance

3 Complete 3.1 Documentation and records regarding receival operations are

documentation completed and filed/despatched in accordance with workplace
procedures and relevant regulatory requirements

Required knowledge:
Regulations relevant to the organising of receival operations, including the ADG Code and
relevant bond, quarantine or other legislative requirements
Workplace procedures and policies for the organising of receival operations
the organising of receival operations
Problems that may occur when organising receival operations and appropriate action that can
Documentation and record requirements for receival operations
Equipment used during the organisation of receival operations and the precautions and
procedures that should be followed in its use
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when organising receival operations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the organising of receival
operations
Complete documentation related to the organising of receival operations
Work collaboratively with others when organising receival operations
receival operations in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
environments
procedures
standards
Select and use relevant equipment and communication technology when organising receival
operations
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Goods to be received may special handling, location, storage and/or packaging
Problems that may occur when wrong stock is received
receiving an order include: damaged stock
incorrect quantity
error in paperwork
paperwork doesn't match goods
delivered late
incorrect quantity
Aspects of goods to be checked correct type
when goods are received may number
include:
condition
quality
packaging
labelling
dangerous goods declarations and marking (where
applicable)
a fire or explosion
debris on floor
faulty racking
faulty equipment

fax
email
internet
RF communications
barcode readers

safety glasses
two-way radios
customers/clients
drivers and agents
contractors


arrangements
legislation may include: organising of receival operations
Codes
Code
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA2007C Replenish stock

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to replenish
stock in accordance with workplace requirements including
participating in stock rotation activities, interpreting and filling
replenishment requests, and completing all required stock
replenishment tasks. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
replenishment of stock.
and regulatory requirements to replenish stock as part of work
activities in the warehousing, distribution and/or storage
industries.

1 Participate in stock 1.1 Stock levels are counted against appropriate documentation
rotation activities 1.2 Stock levels are recorded and reported
1.3 Stocks are replenished, adjusted or rotated following
1.4 Stock re-ordering processes are activated when appropriate
1.5 Routine and non-routine problems with products or storage
systems are reported following workplace procedures
2 Interpret and fill 2.1 Order request documentation is interpreted

replenishment request 2.2 Product(s) in order noted and workplace location(s) are
identified
2.3 Workplace and product knowledge is used to plan sequence of
work
2.4 Appropriate materials handling equipment is selected in
accordance with workplace procedures and timeframes and
OH&S regulations
2.5 Required schedules for order movement and despatch or
storage are identified

3 Complete stock 3.1 Products are sorted, assembled and consolidated in the
replenishment appropriate storage areas
3.2 Work is checked in accordance with company procedures
3.3 Documentation and records are completed in accordance with

Required knowledge:
Australian codes and regulations relevant to the replenishment of stock
Workplace procedures and policies for the replenishment of stock
the replenishment of stock
Principles of operation and functions of stock control systems
Computer records and documentation requirements for the replenishment of stock
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when replenishing stock
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the replenishment of stock
Complete documentation related to the replenishment of stock
Work collaboratively with others when replenishing stock
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when replenishing stock
in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in stock and equipment in accordance with standard
Select and use relevant communications, computing and office equipment when replenishing
stock
standards

RANGE STATEMENT
Work may be conducted: a range of work environments

by day or night

exposed conditions
dangerous goods
manual
paper-based
computerised
microfiche
overseas export
dangerous goods
fragile goods
flammability
form
weight
size
state
perishability
fragility
security risk


bar code
serial numbers
a fire or explosion
debris on floor
faulty racking
faulty equipment
fax
email
internet
RF systems

safety glasses
two-way radios


documentation
arrangements
requirements
Codes
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA207C Maintain container/cargo records

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to maintain
container/cargo records in accordance with workplace
requirements, including processing container and/or cargo
documentation; maintaining records of container/cargo
movements; monitoring container/cargo, including reefer units,
and maintinaing records. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
maintenance of container/cargo records.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the maintenance of
container/cargo records as part of work activities in the
stevedoring, transport, distribution and allied industries.

1 Process 1.1 Container/cargo documentation is processed in accordance
container/cargo with workplace procedures and statutory authority
documentation requirements
1.2 Movements of containers/cargo are recorded in accordance
with workplace procedures and statutory authority
requirements
2 Maintain records of 2.1 Container/cargo records are updated each time

container/cargo containers/cargo are moved within the yard
movements 2.2 Containers/cargo are checked using markings to ensure correct
identification when updating records
3 Monitor 3.1 Containers/cargo are monitored on a daily basis and the

container/cargo and specified information recorded
maintain records 3.2 Problems with controlled systems on containers/cargo are
reported on the appropriate forms and forwarded to the
maintenance area
3.3 Log cards on containers/cargo with controlled systems are
checked on completion of monitoring and all unit or system
breakdowns and/or faults are logged in the breakdown log
diary in accordance with workplace procedures

3.4 Movement of containers/cargo is monitored on a daily basis
and the information recorded

Required knowledge:
Australian and international standards, codes of practice and regulations relevant to the
maintenance of container and cargo records including the Australian and International
Dangerous Goods Codes
Workplace procedures and policies for the maintenance of container and cargo records
the maintenance of container and cargo records
Problems that may occur when maintaining container and cargo records and appropriate
action that can be taken to resolve the problems
Site layout and location of reefer units
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when maintaining container and cargo records
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and labels relevant to the
maintenance of container and cargo records
Interpret and follow operational instructions and prioritise work when maintaining container
and cargo records
Identify cargo, container and goods, coding, ADG / IMDG markings and where applicable
Work collaboratively with others when maintaining container and cargo records
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems when maintaining container and cargo
records in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Estimate size, shape and special requirements of loads

RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Containers/cargo may include: goods with specialist requirements, including reefer units
and containers/cargo containing temperature controlled
goods and/or dangerous goods
Information recorded during temperatures
daily monitoring of reefers may water meter readings
include:
any faults in the operation of the reefer
movements of equipment, goods, materials and vehicular
traffic
contractors
may include: fax
email
electronic data transfer (EDI)
RF systems
radio


safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing

number
regulations relevant to the maintenance of
container/cargo records
documentation
arrangements
requirements

Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations for the maintenance of
legislation may include: container/cargo records
Codes
Code
marine orders
requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:

equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA2107C Despatch stock

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to despatch
stock in accordance with workplace requirements including
analysing orders to identify work requirements, following
workplace order picking processes to prepare goods for despatch,
and completing despatch tasks in accordance with workplace
procedures and schedules. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
and workplace requirements relevant to the despatch of goods.
requirements and workplace procedures to despatch operations in
the warehousing, distribution and/or storage industries.

1 Analyse order to 1.1 Order request and consignment note documentation is
identify work interpreted
requirements 1.2 Required schedules for despatch are identified
1.3 Product(s) in order are identified
1.4 Workplace and product knowledge is used to plan sequence of
work
1.5 Appropriate materials handling equipment is selected within
required OH&S regulations and timeframe for the despatch
2 Follow workplace 2.1 Goods for despatch are selected, checking against product
order picking knowledge, labels and other identification systems
processes to prepare 2.2 Products are sorted, assembled and consolidated
goods for despatch 2.3 Orders are secured and placed in storage/despatch zones, in
accordance with schedule
2.4 Order is checked against despatch schedule and order form
3 Complete despatch 3.1 Workplace records are completed, and labels and appropriate
following workplace documentation attached
procedures and 3.2 Load labels and documentation are checked and loading is
schedules organised in accordance with workplace procedures and ADG
Code (where applicable)
3.3 Final check of load labels and documentation is completed in

accordance with requirements
3.4 Transportation requirements are described to driver where
appropriate

Required knowledge:
Regulations relevant to despatch operations, including the ADG Code and relevant bond,
quarantine or other legislative requirements
Workplace procedures and policies for the organising of despatch operations
despatching goods
Problems that may occur when despatching goods and appropriate action that can be taken to
Documentation and record requirements for despatch operations
Equipment used during despatch operations and the precautions and procedures that should be
followed in its use
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when organising despatch operations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the organising of despatch
operations
Complete documentation related to the organising of despatch operations
Work collaboratively with others when organising despatch operations
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when organising
despatch operations in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in goods and equipment in accordance with standard
Select and use relevant equipment and communications technology when organising despatch
operations
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Goods to be despatched may special handling, location, storage and/or packaging
Problems that may occur when wrong stock is despatched
despatching an order include: wrong carton for order
incorrect location
damaged stock
incorrect quantity
failing to meet customers delivery requirements


a fire or explosion
debris on floor
faulty racking
faulty equipment
fax
email
internet
RF communications
barcode readers

safety glasses
two-way radios
customers/clients
drivers and agents
contractors


arrangements
legislation may include: organising of despatch operations
Codes
Code
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA2207C Participate in stocktakes

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to participate
in stocktakes in accordance with workplace requirements
including preparing for stocktakes, conducting stocktakes,
counting stock, identifying stock discrepancies, and completing all
required documentation. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
regulations and workplace requirements concerning the conduct of
a stocktake.
and regulatory requirements when participating in stocktakes as
part of work activities in the warehousing, distribution and/or
storage industries.

1 Prepare for stocktake 1.1 Goods to be counted and appropriate inventory systems are
identified
1.2 Required resources including equipment and record keeping
systems are identified
1.3 Allocated tasks, zones and work requirements are identified
1.4 Sequence work role is planned in a time effective manner
2 Stocktake and count 2.1 Stocktaking and cyclical counts are undertaken in accordance
stock with enterprise policies and procedures
2.2 Inventory data is interpreted
2.3 Inventory data is confirmed to match stock
2.4 Stock levels are accurately counted and documented
3 Identify stock 3.1 Discrepancies in type, number and quality of stock are
discrepancies accurately recorded and documented
3.2 Products stored in inappropriate storage locations are relocated
and stock records adjusted
4 Complete 4.1 Inventory data is reconciled to match warehouse stock in

documentation accordance with company procedures


Required knowledge:
Australian codes and regulations relevant to the conduct of stocktakes
Workplace procedures and policies for the conduct of stocktakes
the conduct of stocktakes
Workplace processes for records management and the production of stocktake reports
Principles of operation and functions of stocktake systems
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when conducting stocktakes
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the conduct of stocktakes
Complete documentation related to the conduct of stocktakes
Work collaboratively with others when conducting stocktakes
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when conducting
stocktakes in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
environments
procedures
Select and use relevant communication, computing and office equipment when conducting
stocktakes
standards

RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
dangerous goods
manual
paper based
computerised
microfiche
overseas export
dangerous goods
fragile goods
flammability
form
weight
size
state
perishability
fragility
security risk


bar code
serial numbers
a fire or explosion
debris on floor
faulty racking
faulty equipment
fax
email
internet
RF systems

safety glasses
two-way radios


documentation
arrangements
requirements
Codes
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA2307C Coordinate stocktakes

stocktakes in accordance with workplace requirements including
planning stocktakes, coordinating stocktake activities, identifying
stock discrepancies, and adjusting documentation in accordance
with workplace procedures and relevant regulatory requirements.
Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements are
applicable to this unit.
regulations and workplace requirements when coordinating
stocktakes.
and regulatory requirements when coordinating stocktakes as part
of work activities in the warehousing, distribution and/or storage
industries.

1 Plan stocktake 1.1 Goods to be counted and appropriate inventory systems are
identified
1.2 Required resources including equipment, record keeping
systems and personnel are identified
1.3 Members of the team are instructed and assisted
1.4 Team members are allocated to particular tasks and zones and
given clear directions for work requirements
1.5 Sequence and operations of the stocktake are planned in a time
effective manner
2 Coordinate stocktake 2.1 Stocktaking and cyclical counts are coordinated in accordance
with workplace policies and procedures
2.2 Inventory data is interpreted
2.3 Inventory data is confirmed to match stock
2.4 Stock levels are accurately counted and documented
3 Identify stock 3.1 Discrepancies in type, number and quality of stock are
discrepancies accurately recorded and documented

3.2 Possible reasons for discrepancies are identified

3.3 Products stored in inappropriate storage locations are relocated
and stock records are adjusted in accordance with workplace
procedures
4 Adjust documentation 4.1 Inventory data is reconciled to match warehouse stock in

accordance with regulations, workplace practices, policies and
procedures
4.2 Information is reconciled with audit requirements

Required knowledge:
Australian codes and regulations relevant to the coordination of stocktakes
Workplace procedures and policies for the coordination of stocktakes
the conduct of stocktakes
Workplace processes for records management and the production of stocktake reports
Principles and functions of stocktakes
Problems that may occur when coordinating a stocktake and appropriate action that can be
taken
Computer records and documentation requirements for the coordination of stocktakes
Site layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when coordinating stocktakes
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the coordination of
stocktakes
Complete documentation related to the coordination of stocktakes
Work collaboratively with others when coordinating stocktakes
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when coordinating
stocktakes in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures

environments
standards
Select and use relevant communications, computing and office equipment when coordinating
stocktakes
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Equipment used in stocktaking calculators
may include: scanners
hand-held computers
manual
paper-based
computerised
microfiche
overseas export
dangerous goods
fragile goods


flammability
form
weight
size
state
perishability
fragility
security risk
bar code
serial numbers
a fire or explosion
debris on floor
faulty racking
faulty equipment
fax
email
internet
RF systems

safety glasses
two-way radios
documentation
arrangements
requirements

Codes
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIA2407C Organise warehouse records operations

warehouse records operations in accordance with workplace
requirements including identifying record management databases,
storage types and technologies; storing warehouse records; and
using record management systems to retrieve information.
regulations and workplace requirements when organising
warehouse records operations.
team environment. It involves the application of relevant
workplace procedures and regulatory requirements to the
organisation of warehouse records operations in the warehousing,

1 Identify record 1.1 Requirements for records operations are identified and defined
management 1.2 Types of record systems which might meet workplace
databases, storage requirements are identified and reviewed
types and technologies 1.3 Advantages and disadvantages of identified systems are
evaluated and noted
1.4 Record management systems are selected in accordance with
1.5 Appropriate action is taken to establish the selected record
system in accordance with workplace procedures and
operational requirements
2 Store warehouse 2.1 Warehouse records are collected and consolidated in

records accordance with workplace procedures
2.2 Records are stored manually and/or electronically as required
in accordance with system developers instructions and
2.3 Records are maintained in accordance with workplace
procedures
3 Use record 3.1 Responses to requests for information are processed promptly
management systems 3.2 Required records are accessed and retrieved in accordance
to retrieve information with workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
Australian codes and regulations relevant to the organisation of warehouse records operations
Workplace procedures and policies for the organisation of warehouse records operations
Focus of operation of record systems, equipment, management and site operating systems for
the organisation of warehouse records
Principles of operation and functions of warehouse records systems
Principles of operation, functions and applications of different types of records systems
Requirements for accessibility, security and confidentiality of records
Computer records and documentation requirements for the organisation of warehouse records
operations
Problems that may occur when organising warehouse records operations and appropriate
action that can be taken
Site layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when organising warehouse records operations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the organisation of
warehouse records operations
Complete documentation related to the organisation of warehouse records operations
Work collaboratively with others when organising warehouse records operations
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions when
organising warehouse records operations in accordance with regulatory requirements and
environments
standards
Select and use relevant communications, computing and office equipment when organising
warehouse records operations
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Record storage systems may be: micro-film
computer images
Storage requirements may security
include: clean environment
computer disks
type of document
confidentiality
accessibility
microfilm
hard copies
a fire or explosion
debris on floor
faulty racking
faulty equipment


fax
email
internet
RF systems

safety glasses
two-way radios
involve: record system developers and suppliers
customers and clients


documentation
arrangements
requirements
legislation may include Australian and international regulations and codes of
Australian and international dangerous goods
codes
requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA2507D Regulate temperature controlled stock

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to regulate
temperature controlled stock in accordance with workplace
requirements including identifying goods requiring temperature
control, monitoring temperature of goods, and identifying and
rectifying any identified problems in accordance with workplace
procedures. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
regulations and workplace requirements concerning the regulation
of temperature controlled stock.
requirements to the regulation of temperature controlled stock in

1 Identify goods 1.1 Goods requiring temperature control are identified
requiring temperature 1.2 Temperature for short- term and long-term storage is selected
control to match product type
1.3 Upper and lower limits for temperature control are identified
1.4 Storage separations and co-storage applications are identified
for products
2 Monitor temperature 2.1 Appropriate methods for determining temperature of goods are
identified
2.2 Storage areas are monitored for temperatures within range for
products
2.3 Products are monitored to ensure compliance with temperature
2.4 Short-term storage times are identified for transit goods
3 Identify and rectify 3.1 Implications of incorrect temperature are identified

problems 3.2 Damaged goods are identified and appropriate action is
undertaken in accordance with enterprise procedures
3.3 Causes of out-of-temperature range are identified
3.4 Appropriate personnel are notified for problem rectification

3.5 Goods handling procedures for maintenance of temperature
control are identified and implemented

Required knowledge:
Australian codes and regulations relevant to the regulation of temperature controlled stock
Workplace procedures and policies for the regulation of temperature controlled stock
the regulation of temperature controlled stock
Special handling, stacking and storage requirements for temperature controlled stock
Procedures for pre-cooling and snap freezing
Problems that can occur when regulating temperature controlled stock and appropriate action
that can be taken
Hazards when regulating and working with temperature controlled stock and appropriate
action to control the risks involved
contaminated goods
Site layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when regulating temperature controlled stock
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the regulation of
Complete documentation related to the regulation of temperature controlled stock
Operate electronic communication equipment to required protocol
Work collaboratively with others when regulating temperature controlled stock
regulating temperature controlled stock in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events when regulating temperature controlled
stock
environments

Select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures
Check refrigeration equipment operation in terms of maintenance schedule and standard
Select and implement corrective actions to maintain temperature levels
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

short -term and/or long-term temperature controlled areas
exposed conditions
Procedures for pre-cooling and automated
snap freezing may include: spraying with liquid nitrogen
immersion in a very cold refrigerant
freezing in moving air at less than -30oC
plate freezer with very low refrigerant temperatures

Hazards in the work area may contamination of, or from, materials being handled
include: noise, light, energy sources
service lines
spills, leakages, ruptures
cold pipes and chilling equipment
dangerous or hazardous substances
dust/vapours
oil, water or ice on floor
a fire or explosion
debris on floor
faulty racking
faulty equipment
Hazard management is consistent the principle of hierarchy of control with elimination,
with: substitution, isolation and engineering control measures
being selected before safe working practices and personal
protective equipment
Requirements for work may site restrictions and procedures
include: use of safety and personal protective equipment
communications equipment
specialised lifting and/or handling equipment
incident/accident breakdown procedures
additional gear and equipment
noise restrictions
hours of operations
authorities and permits
fax
email
internet
radio
RF systems


Personal protective equipment gloves and protective clothing

safety glasses
two-way radios
documentation
arrangements
requirements
Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations for the regulation of
legislation may include: temperature controlled goods
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA2607C Monitor storage facilities

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to monitor
storage facilities in accordance with workplace requirements
including determining site functions and operations; monitoring
storage operations in accordance with workplace procedures; and
taking appropriate action in response to identified discrepancies,
changes to storage requirements, or breaches in operational
monitoring of storage facilities.
Work is performed under general supervision. It involves the
application of product knowledge and an understanding of relevant
regulatory requirements to the monitoring of storage facilities in

1 Determine site 1.1 Layout of storage facilities, work flow and activities
functions and undertaken in each zone are identified
operations 1.2 Type of storage facilities, their purpose and (any) associated
risk factors are identified
1.3 Inventory lists are accessed through record management
system
1.4 Storage separations and co-storage applications are identified
2 Monitor storage 2.1 Inventory data is confirmed to match goods/freight and

operations applicable storage requirements
2.2 Storage areas are supervised to ensure movement of personnel
and goods/freight are in accordance with workplace
procedures
2.3 Storage facilities are checked to ensure appropriate operational
capacity
2.4 Integrity of goods/materials are monitored to ensure
appropriate quality is maintained
2.5 Discrepancies/changes to storage requirements and/or
inventory lists are noted and action undertaken in accordance
2.6 Appropriate action(s) are initiated in response to breaches of

operational procedures or to an emergency/incident
2.7 Operational actions and investigative outcomes are
documented in accordance with workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
Australian codes and regulations, permit and licence requirements relevant to the workplace
activities
Workplace procedures and policies relevant to the monitoring of storage facilities
Information on various categories or groups of products including their key characteristics
and hazards and the special handling, stacking and storage requirements for each
Types of storage areas and related equipment appropriate for different types of goods
including perishable, fragile, dangerous, composition/state goods
Equipment applications, capacities, configurations, safety hazards and control mechanisms
Requirements for workplace documentation reports and records
Problems that may occur when monitoring storage facilities and appropriate action that can be
taken
Site layout
Housekeeping standards and procedures required in the workplace
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when monitoring storage facilities
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the monitoring
of storage facilities
Complete documentation related to the monitoring of storage facilities
Work collaboratively with others when monitoring storage facilities
monitoring storage facilities in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events related to the monitoring of storage
facilities
environments

procedures
Use information on products and stock to determine, plan and organise processes used for the
monitoring of storage facilities
Select and use relevant communications, computing and office equipment when monitoring
storage facilities
Monitor performance of equipment
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Requirements for work may restricted spaces

include: site restrictions and procedures
use of safety and personal protective equipment
noise restrictions
hours of operations
exposed conditions
environments involving the movement of equipment,
goods, materials and/or vehicular traffic
dangerous goods
Modes of transfer may be: manual or motorised

Storage types may include but are bin/binning systems

not limited to: rack refrigeration/freezers/cold rooms
marked floor space
containers
racks and racking systems
block/stacks
pallets
manual
paper-based
computerised
microfiche
overseas export
dangerous goods
fragile goods
flammability
form
weight
size
state
perishability
fragility
security risk
Labelling systems may include batch code
but are not limited to: bar code
serial numbers

Hazards in the work area may hazardous or dangerous materials

include: contamination of, or from, materials being handled
noise, light, energy sources
stationary and moving machinery, parts or components
service lines
skills, leakages, ruptures
dust/vapours
a fire or explosion
debris on floor
faulty racking
faulty equipment
fax
email
internet
RF systems

safety glasses
two-way radios


codes of practice and regulations relevant to workplace
operations
documentation
arrangements
requirements
Applicable regulations and codes and regulations relevant to the monitoring of
legislation may include: storage facilities
practice for the storage of dangerous goods and
hazardous substances, including:
Australian Explosives Code
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA2807C Assess and monitor optimum stock levels

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to assess and
monitor optimum stock levels in accordance with workplace
requirements including assessing projected demand, assessing
variables that impact upon optimum stock levels, determining
optimum inventory levels, and monitoring optimum inventory
levels. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
regulations and workplace requirements concerning stock control
operations.
Work is performed under general guidance on progress and
outcomes of work. It requires the exercise of discretion and
judgement for self and others in planning and using resources,
services and processes to achieve required outcomes within
organisational policy and procedures. A range of opportunities
may be used to develop the work area and to support the
development of work systems and innovative strategies to deal
with contingencies and to encourage the achievement of the
organisation's goals and key performance objectives.
Work involves the application of product knowledge and an
understanding of relevant workplace procedures and regulatory
requirements when assessing and monitoring optimum stock levels
storage industries.

1 Assess projected 1.1 Information/data from sales plan or stock movement is
demand analysed
1.2 Projected high and low volume periods are determined from
the analysis of sales plan and/or stock movement data
1.3 Seasonal nature of stock demand is determined from the
analysis of sales plan and/or stock movement data
1.4 Required inventory levels at different production and sales
cycle stages are determined from the analysis of sales plan
and/or stock movement data
2 Assess variables that 2.1 Stock manufacturing/supply and consignment delivery lead
impact upon optimum times are determined

stock levels 2.2 Internal processing and distribution times are determined
2.3 Spoilage and obsolescence times are calculated (where
applicable)
2.4 Maximum stock carrying capacity is assessed
2.5 Physical and human resources are assessed in relation to
projected required stock levels
2.6 Contingencies are developed for abnormal distribution
stoppages/slow-downs to supply chain
3 Determine optimum 3.1 Production and sales cycle stages are correlated to stock
inventory levels manufacturing supply and distribution lead times
3.2 Safety stock levels are calculated
3.3 Optimum inventory levels are identified
4 Monitor optimum 4.1 Inventory benchmarks are continually compared to current and
inventory levels known future sales turnover/production requirements
4.2 Adjustments to inventory levels are undertaken in accordance
with reassessed sales turnover/production requirements,
workplace procurement processes and within scope of
authority
4.3 Changes and/or requests for adjustments to inventory levels
are documented in accordance with workplace policies
4.4 Resources are assembled in accordance with identified
optimum inventory levels

Required knowledge:
Australian codes and regulations relevant to the optimisation of stock levels
Workplace procedures and policies for the assessment and monitoring of optimum stock
levels
Focus of operation of supply arrangements, resources, management and workplace operating
systems
Purpose and use of key information required when optimising stock levels, including supply
requirements, supplier information, enterprise contract procedures, sales plan, and distribution
times
Workplace business policies and plans including procedures for maintenance of
confidentiality
Computer records/documentation requirements when assessing and monitoring optimum
stock levels

Problems that may occur when assessing and monitoring optimum stock levels and
Worksite layout and organisational structure
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when assessing and monitoring optimum stock levels
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, policies, procedures and instructions relevant to
the assessment and monitoring of optimum stock levels
Complete documentation related to the assessment and monitoring of optimum stock levels
Work collaboratively with others when assessing and monitoring optimum stock levels
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions when assessing
and monitoring optimum stock levels in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Plan and organise resource availability including the competencies of individuals in a team or
group
environments
Select and apply relevant technology, information systems and procedures when assessing
and monitoring optimum stock levels
RANGE STATEMENT
Work may involve: twenty-four hour operation

by day or night

exposed conditions
Work: applies to predominantly manual operations
does not include a total computer generated purchasing
system operation
Inventory benchmarks may be: periodic, monthly or annual

Lead times may vary in type of transport mode(s)

accordance with: processing time
regulatory requirements
freight disputations
customs regulations
scarcity of resource
Information used when assessing supply requirements
and monitoring optimum stock supplier information
levels may include:
workplace contract procedures
sales plan
distribution times
fax
email
internet
RF systems
manual
paper-based
computerised
microfiche

Information/documents may relevant workplace quality specifications, policies and

include: procedures
Australian regulations and codes of practice relevant to
stock management
manufacturers specifications and/or suppliers handling
and storage advice
workplace business policies and plans including
procedures for maintenance of confidentiality
documentation
ADG Code and associated regulations
requirements
conditions of service, legislation and industrial
agreements including award details, enterprise bargaining
agreement, other industrial arrangements
Applicable regulations and codes and regulations relevant to the optimisation of
legislation may include: stock levels including the ADG Code
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA2907D Plan and manage storage of dangerous goods and hazardous substances
TLIA2907D Plan and manage storage of dangerous goods

and hazardous substances
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to plan and
manage the storage of dangerous goods and hazardous substances
in accordance with all relevant regulatory requirements and
workplace procedures including the current ADG Code. This
includes defining the objectives of the required handling and
storage operations; specifying equipment and system performance
requirements; evaluating and selecting bulk handling and storage
resources; and completing all required documentation. Licensing,
to this unit.
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with all the relevant
regulations, standards and codes of practice, including the current
ADG Code.
Work is under general guidance on progress and outcomes of
work. It requires discretion and judgement for self and others in
planning and using resources, services and processes to achieve
required outcomes within workplace policy and procedures.
A range of opportunities may be used to develop the work area
and to support the development of work systems, innovative
strategies to deal with contingencies and to encourage the
achievement of the workplace's goals and key performance
objectives by the work area and the individuals and teams within
it.
The unit generally applies to those with responsibility for resource
coordination and allocation and provides leadership of others
individually or in teams.

1 Define objectives of 1.1 Requirements for bulk handling and storage activities are
required handling and identified in accordance with workplace requirements
storage operation 1.2 Current best practice and future trends for handling and
storage equipment are assessed and compared to present
operations
1.3 Consideration of workplace goals and present capabilities and
constraints is undertaken in selecting bulk handling and
storage resources
2 Specify equipment and 2.1 Bulk handling and storage equipment and system requirements
system performance are documented
requirements 2.2 Performance measures for equipment and system operations
are developed and documented
2.3 Consultations are conducted with relevant employees and
management to verify documented requirements
3 Evaluate and select 3.1 The range of bulk handling and storage equipment and
bulk handling and facilities which meet specifications are researched for costs
storage resources and benefits including potential adaptability for new business
opportunities
3.2 A rating system is instigated to facilitate comparisons of
cost/benefit and other qualitative properties of bulk handling
and storage equipment and systems
3.3 An analysis of current employee competency to required
competency is undertaken and documented
3.4 Equipment is selected based on comparisons of performance
specifications including cost, output, set-up requirements,
maintenance and retraining
4 Complete 4.1 Workplace documentation is completed as appropriate

documentation 4.2 Handling and storage requirements are documented and
communicated to relevant personnel
4.3 Reports are compiled and forwarded to appropriate personnel

Required knowledge:
Relevant regulations, codes of practice and legislative requirements including local and
international regulations relevant to handling and storage
Australian and international regulations and codes of practice for the handling and transport
of dangerous goods and hazardous substances
Relevant OH&S and environmental protection procedures and regulations
Workplace procedures for the planning and management of the storage of dangerous goods
and hazardous substances
Problems that may occur during the planning and management of the storage of dangerous
goods and hazardous substances and action that can be taken to resolve or report the problems
Hierarchy of risks and hazards related to the storage of dangerous goods and hazardous
substances and ways of controlling the risks involved
Focus of operation of work systems, resources, management and workplace operating systems
Relevant permit and licence requirements
Application of all relevant Australian and International Standards

Operational procedures for safe transfer and storage of dangerous goods and hazardous
materials
Resource availability including the competencies of individuals in the team and group
Understanding and knowledge of the application of current competencies within functional
activity
Coaching and mentoring approaches to support team members to share knowledge and skills
Relevant workplace documentation procedures
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when planning and managing the storage of dangerous
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, technical data, drawings, instructions and
manuals relevant to the planning and management of storage of dangerous goods and
hazardous substances
Complete documentation related to the planning and management of the storage of dangerous
Provide leadership to others when planning and managing the storage of dangerous goods and
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise during the planning and
management of the storage of dangerous goods and hazardous substances in accordance with
regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events when planning and managing the storage
Prioritise work and coordinate self and others in relation to activities
Recognise hazards and apply precautions and required action to minimise, control or
eliminate hazards that may exist during work activities
environments
Select and apply appropriate technology, information systems and procedures when planning
and managing the storage of dangerous goods and hazardous substances
RANGE STATEMENT
Work may be undertaken in: various work environments in the bulk handling,
dangerous goods and freight forwarding sections of the
warehousing, storage, transport and distribution
industries

Operations may be conducted: by day or night
The workplace environment may twenty-four hour operation

involve: single and multi site location
large, medium and small workplaces
Work may involve: exposure to corrosive chemicals, solvents and adhesives,
carcinogenic and other harmful substances
movement of equipment, goods, and vehicular traffic
Regulatory controls and govern requirements for co-storage, volume, mass and
workplace procedures: required controls
Requirements for bulk handling types of bulk materials

and storage activities may quantities
include:
handling requirements including any special equipment
or operating procedures required
stock control methods
negating contaminant sources
controlling pest infestation
noise restrictions
hours of operations
Hazards may include: hazardous or dangerous materials
contamination of, or from, materials being handled
fire/explosions
radioactive goods
dust/vapours
service lines

Hazard management is consistent the principle of hierarchy or control with elimination,

Personal protective equipment may include: gloves,
safety headwear and footwear, safety glasses, mask and
respirator, protective clothing, breathing apparatus
safety glasses
mask and respirator
protective clothing
breathing apparatus
involve: relevant authorities and institutions
suppliers , potential customers and existing clients
government instrumentalities
emergency services
fax
email
internet
RF communications
barcode readers

Information/documentation may Australian and international codes of practice and

include: regulations relevant to bulk handling and storage
practice for the handling, storage and transport of
dangerous goods and hazardous substances, including the
current ADG Code
workplace operating procedures and policies
operations manuals, job specifications and procedures
and induction documentation
manufacturers specifications and/or suppliers handling
and storage advice
Safe Working Limits (SWL) and Working Load Limits
(WLL) of load shifting equipment and storage facilities
Australian and International standards, criteria and
certification requirements
communications technology equipment, oral, aural or
signed communications
quality assurance standards and procedures
relevant competency standards and training materials
QA plans, data and document control
agreements including workplace agreements and awards

Applicable procedures and codes relevant codes and regulations for bulk handling and
may include: storage
dangerous goods and hazardous substances, including:
Codes
all relevant Australian and international standards and
certification requirements,
protection legislation in terms of duties of employers,
employees, suppliers and contractors
relevant workplace relations legislation
relevant workers compensation legislation
equal opportunity legislation
equal employment opportunity and affirmative action
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

unit of this unit and include demonstration of:
planning and assessing options for the safe
and efficient storage of dangerous goods and
hazardous substances to regulatory
requirements as a minimum
identifying container markings and
HAZCHEM codes
completing documentation as required for
the storage of dangerous goods and
hazardous goods
identifying potential hazards and planning
work to minimise risks when storing
dangerous goods and hazardous goods
determining (any) required permits/licensing
estimating weight and volume of goods to
be stored and any special requirements
undertaking a hazard analysis


assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA3007C Organise cargo for export

the export of cargo including confirming correct preparation of the
consignment, organising the loading of the cargo and processing
the documentation. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
Application of the Unit Work must be must be carried out in compliance with the relevant
codes of practice and regulations for the export of cargo.
It is performed under general supervision, with some
accountability and responsibility for self and others in achieving
the prescribed outcomes.
Work involves the application of routine freight forwarding
principles and procedures to organise cargo for export.

1 Confirm correct 1.1 Consignment is checked to ensure that cargo is consistent with
preparation of packing specification and is suitable for the type and method
consignment of transport
1.2 Consignment is checked to ensure that labelling and marking
of cargo conforms with domestic and international regulations
and workplace requirements and that the packaging of cargo
conforms to regulatory requirements and is appropriate for the
method of transport
1.3 Cargo is checked for dangerous goods or explosives and it is
confirmed that, where applicable, packaging and labelling
conform with the Australian and International Dangerous
Goods or Explosives Codes
1.4 Discrepancies in the composition or preparation of the cargo
are noted and action is undertaken in accordance with
2 Organise the loading of 2.1 Handling methods and equipment are selected which are
cargo suitable for the goods and transport method
2.2 Goods transfer methods between modes of transport are
selected where appropriate
2.3 Procedures for the loading of cargo are organised in
accordance with good practice requirements
2.4 Established industry practice is followed in the organisation of
the loading of cargo

2.5 Employees, equipment and temporary storage areas (if
required) are allocated and supervised
2.6 Individuals are informed of work requirements, timelines and
relevant personal protective equipment
within OH&S requirements
3 Process documentation 3.1 All relevant documentation is consolidated and checked for
completion
3.2 Dangerous goods declaration is obtained from consignor (if
necessary)
3.3 Discrepancies in documentation are identified and action is
undertaken in accordance with workplace procedures
3.4 Documents are filed/stored/forwarded in accordance with

Required knowledge:
Codes of practice and legislative requirements including local and international regulations
relevant to the export of cargo
Interpretation of client requirements
Procedures for the identification and evaluation of information needed to organise the export
of cargo
Procedures for the calculation of weights, volumes and dimensions
Procedures for the reviewing of transport options and availability of carriers
Procedures for liaising with Australian and international contacts
Procedures for batching, dating and numbering
Procedures for the completion of consignment documentation
Problems that may occur when when organising the export of cargo and appropriate action
that can be taken
Contacts and sources of information/documentation needed when organising the export of
cargo
Customer service policies and procedures
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when organising the export of cargo
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information, labels and other documents relevant
to the organisation of the export of cargo
Complete documentation related to the organisation of the export of cargo
Work collaboratively with others when organising the export of cargo
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when organising the
export of cargo in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events that may arise when organising the export
of cargo
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in cargo and systems in accordance with standard operating
procedures
Select and use relevant communications equipment when organising the export of cargo
RANGE STATEMENT
Organisation of the cargo for movement of equipment, goods, materials and vehicular
export may include: traffic
Cargo to be exported may dangerous, hazardous, perishable, fragile, packaged

include: goods or in liquid or solid form
Forms of documentation for the packing specifications and lists

export of cargo may include: manifests
invoices
Transport modes may include: air, sea or combinations


hours of operations
noise restrictions
dust/vapours
service lines
Established industry practice available space is used efficiently
when planning procedures for the goods are packed for ease of inspection and to meet
loading of cargo includes: delivery and customer requirements
goods are secured ensuring no damage to contents
weight and volume of consolidated cargo conforms to
specifications
dangerous goods are labelled in accordance with
Australian and International Dangerous Goods Codes
dangerous goods are packaged and labelled in accordance
with their class and subsidiary risk
involve: suppliers, potential customers and clients



include: regulations relevant to export of cargo
(WLL) of transport options
Australian and international standards, criteria and
Applicable procedures and codes relevant codes and regulations for the export of cargo
may include: Australian and international regulations and codes of
Codes
Code
relevant international and Australian state/territory road
rules and transport regulations
relevant Australian and international standards and
international transport regulations, codes and procedures
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA307C Connect and disconnect reefer units

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to connect
and disconnect reefer units in accordance with workplace
requirements including plugging and unplugging reefer units
to/from power sources, attaching and detaching clip-on units, and
identifying and reporting any problems with reefer unit operation.
regulations and workplace requirements concerning the connection
and disconnection of reefer units.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the connection and
disconnection of reefer units as part of work activities in the

1 Plug/unplug reefer 1.1 Reefer units are plugged/unplugged safely in accordance with
units to power sources workplace procedures
1.2 Reefer units are checked to be running correctly after being
plugged in
1.3 Problems with the operation of reefer units are identified and
reported to appropriate personnel in accordance with
1.4 Faults in reefer units are investigated and reported in
accordance with workplace procedures
1.5 Reefer units are unplugged as required and cables are cleared
from units
2 Attach/detach clip-on 2.1 Clip-on units are attached/detached safely in accordance with
units the regulatory and code of practice requirements and
2.2 Problems with the operations of clip-on units are identified
and reported to appropriate personnel


Required knowledge:
Australian and international standards, codes and regulations relevant to the connection and
disconnection of reefer units
Workplace procedures and policies for the connection and disconnection of reefer units
the connection and disconnection of reefer units
Problems that may occur when connecting and disconnecting reefer units and appropriate
Site layout and location of reefer units
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when connecting and disconnecting reefer units
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and labels relevant to connecting and
disconnecting reefer units
Interpret and follow operational instructions and prioritise work when connecting and
Receive, acknowledge and send messages with available communication equipment
Work collaboratively with others when connecting and disconnecting reefer units
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions in the operation
of reefer units in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events when connecting and disconnecting reefer
units
exist when connecting and disconnecting reefer units
environments
procedures
Identify reefer units requiring clip-on units
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when connecting and

standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
at heights
Reefer units may: require the attachment of clip-on units
Critical requirements when appropriate clip-on tool used

attaching clip-on units include: protective equipment is worn
connection to container or crib is ensured
contractors
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: radio



number
regulations relevant to the transport of cargo
documentation
arrangements
requirements
Applicable regulations and relevant standards and codes applying to the connection
legislation may include: and disconnection of reefer units
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA3107C Consolidate freight

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to consolidate
freight including assessing the scope to consolidate freight,
combining or consolidating multiple shipments of products into
higher volume shipments, and the related preparation of
consignment documentation. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
codes of practice and regulations for the carriage of freight.
Work involves the application of routine principles and procedures
to efficiently and effectively combine and consolidate freight prior
to shipment.

1 Assess scope to 1.1 Capacity and capability of different transport modes available
consolidate freight to the organisation are assessed against proposed task
1.2 Individual consignment loads are evaluated to identify
relevant information needed to combine or consolidate freight
1.3 Information is analysed to determine where opportunities for
freight consolidation exist
1.4 Packaging requirements for consolidated cargo conform to
1.5 Procedures for the loading of cargo are planned in accordance
with established industry practice and Australian Dangerous
Goods (ADG) Code
1.6 Volumes and dimensions of proposed consolidation are
calculated
1.7 Proposed consolidation is matched against operational
capacity and capability of carrier
2 Prepare consignment 2.1 Consignment documentation is prepared for consolidated

documentation cargo
2.2 Labelling and marking requirements of cargo are documented
in accordance with domestic and international regulations,
ADG Code and workplace requirements

2.3 Consignment documentation is completed and filed/stored in
accordance with workplace procedures including dangerous
goods declaration, where applicable
2.4 Freight is consolidated taking into account segregation
requirements for dangerous goods, if applicable

Required knowledge:
Relevant codes of practice and legislative requirements including local and international
freight regulations
Procedures for the calculation of volumes and dimensions
Procedures for the identification and evaluation of information needed to facilitate the
consolidation of freight
Procedures for planning the loading of freight
Procedures for the completion of consignment documentation
Problems that may occur when consolidating freight and appropriate action that can be taken
Sources of information and documentation needed when consolidating freight
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when consolidating freight
consolidation of freight
Complete documentation related to the consolidation of freight
Work collaboratively with others when consolidating freight
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur during the
consolidation of freight in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events that may occur during the consolidation of
freight
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in freight and equipment in accordance with standard
Select and use required computer and communication equipment when consolidating freight
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Consolidation of freight may mixed products from multiple areas for shipment to a
include: single customer
the consolidation of smaller shipments
Requirements for work may freight forwarding protocols and procedures
include: communications equipment
workplace operations
hours of operation
relevant regulations
Information needed to facilitate type, capacity and compatibility of cargo
the consolidation of freight may agreed delivery times and routing schedules
include:
pick-up and drop-off points
specified carrier/mode of transport
agreed cost structure
Established industry practice available space is used efficiently
when planning procedures for the goods are packed for ease of inspection and to meet
loading of cargo includes: delivery and customer requirements
goods are secured ensuring no damage to contents
weight and volume of consolidated cargo conforms to
specifications
involve: international and domestic agents, suppliers, clients
management
OH&S specialists
other professional or technical staff



include: regulations relevant to consolidation of freight
competency standards and training materials
manufacturers/client specifications, instructions
Applicable procedures and codes relevant regulations for the import and export of cargo
Codes
Code
Australian and international standards and certification
requirements
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA3207C Organise transport of freight or goods

the transport of freight or goods, including planning the transport
operations, organising the transport of the freight, completing the
required documentation and finalising the organisational process.
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the relevant codes of
practice and regulations for the transport of freight or goods.
to organise the transport of freight or goods prior to shipment.

1 Plan transport 1.1 Knowledge of product to be freighted and workplace
operations procedures are applied to the analysis of the transportation
process
1.2 Domestic and international regulations, codes and procedures
for the transport of freight are identified
1.3 Resources including manual handling equipment, employees
competencies, storage areas, goods management equipment
and transportation equipment are identified to match the task
1.4 Work processes are planned to meet agreed timelines
1.5 Types of transportation required for the freight or goods is
identified to match customer requirements, freight type and
delivery time
1.6 Multiple transport modes are identified where applicable
1.7 Goods transfer methods between modes of transport are
selected where appropriate
2 Organise the transport 2.1 Employees, equipment and temporary storage areas (if
of freight required) are allocated and supervised
2.2 Freight is secured ensuring no damage to contents
2.3 Handling methods suitable to the goods and transport method
are selected
2.4 Individuals are informed of work requirements and timelines

according to workplace and OH&S requirements
2.6 Discrepancies in freight are noted and action undertaken in
3 Complete 3.1 Monitoring processes to track the movement of freight are

organisational process implemented
3.2 Reporting requirements are communicated to appropriate
personnel
3.3 Workplace documents and records are checked for completion
and are filed/stored in accordance with workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
Codes of practice and legislative requirements relevant to the organisation of the transport of
freight and goods
Procedures for the calculation/estimation of weight, volumes and dimensions
Procedures for the identification and evaluation of information needed to facilitate the
transport of freight
Procedures for assessing storage and transport requirements and options
Procedures for electing transport/storage equipment and systems
Procedures for organising any required permits
Procedures for coordinating the transfer and storage of goods including multi-modal transport
Procedures for the completion of transport documentation
Problems that may occur when organising the transport of freight and goods and appropriate
Sources of information and documentation needed when organising the transport of freight
and goods
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when organising the transport of freight and goods
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the organisation of the
transport of freight and goods
Complete documentation related to the organisation of the transport of freight and goods
Work collaboratively with others when organising the transport of freight and goods
Establish effective working relationships with colleagues and clients
Plan own work including prioritisation of work activities, predicting consequences and
identifying improvements
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise during the organisation
of the transport of freight and goods in accordance with regulatory requirements and
environments
Select and use communication, computers and systems required for the organisation of the
transport of freight and goods
procedures
RANGE STATEMENT
Organisation of the transport of goods

freight/goods may include equipment
movement of:
materials
vehicular traffic
Freight/goods to be transported dangerous, hazardous, perishable, fragile, packaged

may include: goods
in liquid or solid form
Storage areas may be: existing, temporary or permanent
Transport modes may include: road, air, rail, sea or combinations
Information needed to facilitate type, capacity and compatibility of freight/goods

the organisation of the transport agreed delivery times and routing schedules
of freight/goods may include:
specified mode of transport


hours of operations
noise restrictions
Australian standards and guidelines for manual handling
dust/vapours
service lines
involve: suppliers, potential customers and clients

Information/documents may Australian and international codes of practice and

include: regulations relevant to the transport of freight
Applicable procedures and codes relevant regulations for the import and export of cargo
Codes
Code
requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA3307C Organise international transport of freight

the international transport of freight, including confirming
customer requirements, organising freight arrangements and
communicating with shipping agents and authorities. Licensing,
to this unit.
practice and regulations for the international transport of freight.
to organise the international transport of freight.

1 Confirm customer 1.1 Customer requirements for the movement of cargo in terms of
requirements the nature of goods, the countries of origin and destination, the
timescales for collection and delivery and the estimated
budget for the transaction are confirmed
1.2 Customer priorities for the shipment are confirmed
1.3 Decisions on possible routes, taking into account known
variables, are undertaken
2 Organise freight 2.1 International regulations, codes of practice for the transport of
arrangements freight are confirmed
2.2 Work processes are planned to meet agreed timelines
2.3 Transport modes (including multi-modal options) are matched
to customer requirements, freight type and delivery times
2.4 Availability of selected carrier(s) is checked including modes
of transport, scheduled departure dates and times, transfer
times and costs for each stage of shipment
2.5 Arrangements are made to consolidate freight, where
appropriate
2.6 Freight carrier(s) booking(s) are confirmed
2.7 Transport of freight to selected international carrier is
organised
3 Communicate with 3.1 Freight documentation is checked for accuracy and forwarded
shipping agents and as appropriate to shipping agents and authorities
authorities 3.2 Confirmation of despatch of freight from international carrier
is obtained
3.3 Arrival of cargo at port of entry is confirmed
3.4 Acceptance of freight documentation is confirmed
3.5 Payments are authorised
3.6 Cargo is on-forwarded from point of entry, where required
3.7 Customer is advised that freight has been forwarded to point
of destination

Required knowledge:
Relevant codes of practice and legislative requirements including local and international
freight regulations
Procedures for the interpretation of client requirements
Procedures for the identification and evaluation of information needed to organise the
international transport of freight
Procedures for calculating volumes and dimensions
Procedures for reviewing transport options and availability of carriers
Procedures for liaising with Australian and international contacts using appropriate
technology
Procedures for completing consignment documentation
Problems that may occur when organising the international transport of freight and
appropriate action that can be taken
Contacts and sources of information/documentation needed when organising the international
transport of freight
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when organising the international transport of freight
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the international transport of
freight
Complete documentation related to the organisation of the international transport of freight
Work collaboratively with others when organising the international transport of freight

Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when organising the
international transport of freight in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
environments
Use relevant communication and computer equipment and systems when organising the
international transport of freight
procedures
RANGE STATEMENT
Organisational activities may equipment

cover movement of: goods
materials
various forms of freight transport
hours of operation
Information needed to organise type, capacity and compatibility of cargo
the international transport of agreed delivery times and routing schedules
freight may include:
Forms of transport may include: road
rail
sea
air
local courier

Consultative processes may international and domestic agents, suppliers and clients
other employees and supervisors
management
OH&S specialists
Communications systems may telephone
involve: fax
email
electronic data transfer of information
mail
Documentation/records may Australian and international codes of practice and

include: regulations relevant to the international transport of
freight

Applicable procedures and codes regulations and codes of practice for the international
may include: transport of freight
Australian and international dangerous goods
codes
Code
relevant regulations for the import and export of cargo
requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIA3507B Manage international freight transfer

manage international freight transfer in accordance with relevant
regulatory requirements and workplace procedures, including the
ADG and IDG codes. This includes analysing freight transfer
requirements, planning and establishing processes for international
freight transfer, monitoring and coordinating systems and
processes for international freight transfer, and completing all
required documentation. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
Australian and international regulations, standards and codes of
practice, including the ADG and IDG Code.
it.

1 Analyse freight 1.1 Australian and international codes and regulations and
transfer requirements workplace policies for international freight transfer are
identified
1.2 Information on current and potential customers and their
international freight requirements are obtained and analysed in
1.3 Special characteristics and customer requirements for the
types of freight to be transferred are identified, interpreted and
considered in accordance with workplace procedures
1.4 Appropriate options for international freight transfer are
evaluated in terms of identified special requirements, customer

needs and relevant regulatory requirements including
Australian and international codes for the transfer of
dangerous goods and hazardous materials
1.5 Selected options for freight transfer arrangements are
documented in accordance with workplace policy and related
regulations
2 Plan systems and 2.1 Workplace policies and mission statement are interpreted to
processes for define the process requirements for international freight
international freight transfer
transfer 2.2 Appropriate systems are evaluated and established/coordinated
to facilitate the organisation of international freight transfer
including suitable risk analysis
2.3 Human resources needed to organise international freight
transfer are identified and documented
2.4 Action is initiated to ensure staff are assigned, recruited and/or
trained in accordance with identified human resource
requirements
2.5 Office, computer and communications equipment is identified
and action initiated for appropriate assignment or
procurements
2.6 Quality standards and procedures for proposed international
freight transfer processes are documented/updated in
3 Monitor and 3.1 International freight forwarding operations are monitored

coordinate systems and against identified quality standards and compliance with
processes for Australian and international regulatory requirements
international freight 3.2 Non-compliance with quality standards or regulatory
transfer requirements is identified and appropriate action is initiated to
report and rectify any identified problems
3.3 Customer satisfaction with international freight transfer
services is monitored using appropriate methods
3.4 Customer concerns and suggestions for service improvements
are acted upon in accordance with workplace procedures
3.5 Reports and other required documentation related to
international freight transfer operations are completed and
referred to relevant personnel in accordance with workplace
procedures
3.6 Any changes in Australian and international regulations and
codes of practice relevant to international freight transfer are
monitored, identified and appropriate action is initiated to
ensure ongoing compliance of workplace processes and
systems


Required knowledge:
Relevant Australian and international regulations, codes of practice and legislative
requirements including local and international freight regulations
Procedures for the identification and interpretation of requirements of current and potential
clients
Procedures for the identification and evaluation of information needed to manage the
international transfer of freight
Procedures for reviewing options for international freight transfer systems
Procedures for liaising with relevant Australian and international contacts using appropriate
technology
Procedures for establishing and monitoring suitable international freight transfer operations
Focus of operation of work systems, resources, management and workplace operating systems
Contacts and sources of information/documentation needed when managing systems for the
international transfer of freight
Quality and customer service policies and procedures
Application of relevant Australian standards and associated certification requirements
Operational requirements for the safe transfer and storage of dangerous goods and hazardous
materials
Relevant workplace documentation procedures applicable to the international transfer of
freight
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when managing international freight transfer operations
management of international freight transfer operations
Complete documentation related to the management of international freight transfer
operations
Maintain workplace records and documentation when managing international freight transfer
operations
Provide leadership to others when managing international freight transfer operations
Plan and organise systems and activities when managing international freight transfer
operations

environments
Operate and adapt to differences in freight and systems in accordance with standard operating
procedures
Select and apply appropriate technology, information systems and procedures when managing
international freight transfer operations
RANGE STATEMENT
Work may be undertaken: in various work environments in the bulk handling,

dangerous goods and freight forwarding sections of the
warehousing, storage, transport and distribution
industries

involve: single and multi-site location
Work systems may include: freight forwarding protocols and procedures
hours of operation
Information needed to organise type, capacity and compatibility of cargo
the international transport of agreed delivery times and routing schedules
freight may include:
rail
sea
air
local courier
Consultative processes may employees, supervisors and managers

involve: international and domestic agents, suppliers and current
or potential clients
relevant authorities, government departments and
institutions
representatives of other enterprises and organisations
related to the international transfer of freight
involve: fax
email
mail

include: regulations relevant to the international transfer of freight
ADG and IDG Code
communications technology equipment and oral, aural or
Applicable procedures and codes regulations and codes of practice for the international
may include: transfer of freight
practice for the handling and transfer of dangerous goods
and hazardous substances, including:
Codes
Code
requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIA3807B Control and order stock

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to control and
order stock for a workplace store in an enterprise/organisation in a
transport, distribution, production, hospitality, retail or other
relevant industry sector. It specifically covers maintaining stock
levels and records, organising and administering stocktakes,
identifying stock losses, processing stock orders, and following up
orders. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
codes of practice, regulations and workplace procedures for the
control and ordering of stock in a workplace store.
Work is performed under general supervision, with some
the prescribed outcomes. It involves the application of routine
principles and procedures to efficiently control and order stock in
a workplace store.

1 Maintain stock levels 1.1 Stock levels are monitored and maintained at levels prescribed
and records by workplace specifications
1.2 Stock security systems are monitored and adjusted as required
1.3 Stock re-order cycles are maintained, monitored and adjusted
as required
1.4 Colleagues are informed of their individual responsibilities in
regard to recording of stock
1.5 Stock storage and movement records are maintained in
1.6 Stock performance is monitored and fast/slow moving items
are identified and reported in accordance with workplace
procedures
2 Organise and 2.1 Stocktakes are organised at the appropriate time and
administer stocktakes responsibilities allocated to staff
2.2 Accurate reports on stocktake data are produced within
designated timelines
3 Identify stock losses 3.1 Losses are accurately identified, recorded and assessed against
potential loss as forecast on a regular basis

3.2 Identified losses are reported in accordance with workplace
procedures
3.3 Avoidable losses are identified and reasons are established,
and appropriate solutions are recommended and implemented
to prevent future avoidable losses
4 Process stock orders 4.1 Orders for stock are accurately processed in accordance with
4.2 Stock ordering and recording systems are accurately
maintained
4.3 Purchase and supply agreements are correctly used and
appropriate details recorded
4.4 Negotiated purchase and supply agreements are recorded
accurately and filed for retrieval
5 Follow up orders 5.1 Delivery process is monitored to meet agreed deadlines

5.2 Appropriate liaison is undertaken with colleagues and
suppliers to ensure continuity of supply
5.3 Routine supply problems are followed up or referred to the
appropriate person in accordance with workplace policy
5.4 Stock is distributed in accordance with agreed allocations
6 Complete 6.1 All required records and documentation are completed in

documentation accordance with workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
Relevant codes of practice and legislative requirements (for example dangerous goods
regulations, health and hygiene regulations, etc.)
Principles of stock control
Procedures for the ordering of stock
Stock control documentation and systems used in workplace stores
Interpretation of workplace specifications and orders for supplies
Stock security systems
Protocols and procedures for liaising with supplier representatives, drivers and colleagues
using appropriate technology
Systems for the completion of relevant records and documentation
Problems that may occur when controlling and ordering stock and appropriate action that can
Contacts and sources of information and documentation needed when controlling and
ordering stock
Site layout
The purpose and procedures for the use of relevant personal protective equipment
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when controlling and ordering stock
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the controlling and ordering
of stock
Complete documentation related to the controlling and ordering of stock
Work collaboratively with others when controlling and ordering stock
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when controlling and
ordering stock in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
environments
Adapt to differences in stock and systems in accordance with standard operating procedures
standards
Select and use relevant communication and computing equipment when controlling and
ordering stock
RANGE STATEMENT
This unit may apply to: any workplace store in an enterprise/organisation in a

transport, distribution, production, hospitality, retail or
other relevant industry sector (excluding work areas and
organisations involving major and/or dedicated
warehousing)
Suppliers may be: internal or external

Requirements for work may workplace protocols and procedures

workplace operations manuals
relevant regulations, authorities and permits
hours of operation
relevant record keeping requirements
workplace quality and customer service standards
Stock control and record systems manual
may be: computerised
Stock may include but is not production materials
limited to: packaging materials
equipment and tools
office and stationery supplies
forms, brochures and documents
vouchers and tickets
merchandise for sale
linen
food and beverage supplies
Consultative processes may suppliers, representatives and drivers
involve: relevant authorities
management
involve: fax
email
mail


may include but is not limited to: safety headwear and footwear
safety glasses
two-way radios
Documentation/records may workplace protocols and procedures
include: workplace specifications for the stock concerned
supplier instructions
operations manuals
documentation including order forms, standard letters,
etc.
induction documentation
delivery options
relevant Australian and international standards, criteria
and certification requirements
Applicable procedures and codes relevant regulations and codes of practice for receipt and
may include: storage of stock concerned
Codes
requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA3907B Receive and store stock

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to receive and
store stock for a workplace store in an enterprise/organisation in a
transport, distribution, production, hospitality, retail or other
relevant industry sector. It specifically covers taking delivery of
stock, storing the received stock, and rotating and maintaining
stock in accordance with relevant regulatory and workplace
codes of practice, regulations and workplace procedures for the
receipt and storage of stock in a workplace store.
principles and procedures to safely and efficiently receive and
store stock in a workplace store.

1 Take delivery of stock 1.1 Incoming stock is accurately checked against orders and
delivery documentation in accordance with workplace
procedures
1.2 Variations are accurately identified, recorded and
communicated to the appropriate person
1.3 Items are inspected for damage, quality, use-by dates,
breakages or discrepancies, and records are made in
accordance with workplace policy
2 Store stock 2.1 All stock is promptly and safely transported to an appropriate
storage area without damage
2.2 Stock is stored in the appropriate location within the area and
in accordance with workplace security procedures
2.3 Appropriate personal protective equipment is correctly used
during receival and storage operations
2.4 Stock levels are accurately recorded in accordance with
2.5 Stock is labelled in accordance with workplace procedures

3 Rotate and maintain 3.1 Stock is rotated, where required, in accordance with
stock workplace policy
3.2 Stock is moved using appropriate equipment, if necessary, in
accordance with OH&S requirements, relevant regulations and
3.3 Quality of stock is checked and reported
3.4 Appropriate action is taken where the quality of the stock is
found to be outside specified standards
3.5 Stock is placed in storage or disposed of in accordance with
workplace policy
4 Complete 4.1 All required records and documentation are completed in


Required knowledge:
Relevant codes of practice and legislative requirements (for example dangerous goods
regulations, health and hygiene regulations, etc.)
Principles of stock control
Stock control documentation and systems used in workplace stores
Interpretation of workplace specifications and orders for supplies
Stock security systems
Safe lifting and handling procedures
Protocols and procedures for liaising with supplier representatives, drivers and colleagues
using appropriate technology
Code of practice for working collaboratively with others
Systems for the completion of relevant records and documentation
Problems that may occur when receiving and storing stock and appropriate action that can be
Contacts and sources of information and documentation needed when receiving and storing
stock
Site layout
The purpose and procedures for the use of relevant personal protective equipment
Procedures for operating electronic communications equipment
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when receiving and storing stock
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to receiving and storing stock
Complete documentation related to receiving and storing stock

Work collaboratively with others when receiving and storing stock
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when receiving and
storing stock in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
environments
procedures
standards
Select and use relevant communication and computing equipment when receiving and storing
stock
RANGE STATEMENT
This unit may apply to: any workplace store in an enterprise/organisation in a

transport, distribution, production, hospitality, retail or
other relevant industry sector (excluding work areas and
organisations involving major and/or dedicated
warehousing)
Suppliers may be: internal or external
Requirements for work may workplace protocols and procedures

workplace operations manuals
relevant regulations, authorities and permits
hours of operation
relevant record keeping requirements
workplace quality and customer service standards
Stock control and record systems manual
may be: computerised

Stock may include but is not production materials

limited to: packaging materials
equipment and tools
office and stationery supplies
forms, brochures and documents
vouchers and tickets
merchandise for sale
linen
food and beverage supplies
Consultative processes may suppliers, representatives and drivers
involve: relevant authorities
management
involve: fax
email
mail

may include but is not limited to: safety headwear and footwear
safety glasses
two-way radios

Documentation/records may workplace protocols and procedures

include: workplace specifications for the stock concerned
supplier instructions
operations manuals
documentation including order forms, standard letters,
etc.
delivery options
relevant Australian and international standards, criteria
and certification requirements
Applicable procedures and codes relevant regulations and codes of practice for receipt and
may include: storage of stock concerned
Codes
requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA4007B Implement and monitor stevedoring regulations
TLIA4007B Implement and monitor stevedoring

regulations
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to implement
and monitor stevedoring regulations in accordance with relevant
Australian and international regulations and codes of practice. This
includes accessing appropriate information on relevant regulations
and codes, interpreting regulations and codes relevant to
workplace activities, implementing and monitoring compliance
with the identified regulations and codes, and completing all
required documentation in accordance with regulatory and
workplace requirements. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
stevedoring regulations, codes of practice and workplace
requirements.
Work is performed under limited supervision generally within a
procedures and information on regulations to the implementation
and monitoring of compliance with stevedoring regulatory
requirements as part of work activities in the stevedoring and/or
allied industries.

1 Access information on 1.1 Australian and international regulations and codes of practice
relevant regulations relevant to workplace stevedoring operations are identified in
and codes accordance with workplace procedures and in consultation
with relevant personnel
1.2 Information on the identified regulatory and/or code
requirements relevant to workplace functions and limits of
responsibility are accessed in accordance with workplace
procedures
2 Interpret relevant 2.1 Information on the identified regulatory and/or code

regulations and codes requirements relevant to workplace functions and limits of
responsibility is examined and interpreted in terms of its
impact and implications for workplace activities
2.2 Compliance requirements are clarified and obligations under
the regulations falling within the limits of responsibility and
duty of care of various staff/team members are confirmed in

2.3 Staff/team members/team leaders/supervisors are made aware
of the identified regulatory/code requirements as they relate to
workplace roles and responsibilities
3 Implement and 3.1 Regulatory requirements relevant to workplace activities are

monitor compliance implemented in accordance with the relevant
with regulations and regulations/codes and workplace procedures
codes 3.2 Appropriate information, training and/or instruction is
organised to ensure that personnel are aware of compliance
requirements
3.3 Procedures for monitoring compliance with operations in
terms of regulatory requirements and workplace policies and
procedures are followed
3.4 Problems that may lead to non-compliance are promptly and
fully identified
3.5 Remedial action is timely and ensures continuity in workplace
compliance with relevant regulations
3.6 Failure to comply with regulatory requirements and workplace
policy is identified and action taken in accordance with
workplace policies and procedures
4 Complete required 4.1 Advice/reports to others on compliance issues are provided to

documentation relevant personnel and authorities in accordance with
workplace procedures and relevant regulatory requirements
4.2 Documentation, records, reports and other information
required within regulatory requirements is completed in
accordance with the regulations and workplace procedures
4.3 Documentation is kept secure in accordance with workplace
procedures and policy
4.4 Computer backup procedures are followed in the case of
electronic records as per workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
Australian and international regulations and codes of practice relevant to stevedoring
operations
Relevant customs, bond, quarantine and other legislative requirements including IMDG Code
and Marine Orders
Workplace/standard operating procedures and policies for the implementation and monitoring
of compliance with stevedoring regulatory requirements

stevedoring operations
Roles and responsibilities of various workplace personnel in terms of workplace activities and
Problems that may occur when implementing and monitoring compliance with stevedoring
regulatory requirements, and appropriate action that can be taken to resolve the problems
Site layout
Required skills:
Communicate and negotiate effectively with others when implementing and monitoring
stevedoring regulations
Identify and access information on relevant regulations
Read and interpret regulatory requirements, instructions, procedures and labels relevant to
stevedoring operations
Complete documentation related to stevedoring regulations
Report on compliance related issues
Work collaboratively with others when implementing and monitoring stevedoring regulations
Resolve conflict situations
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified breaches of stevedoring regulations in
accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Coordinate compliance activities in the workplace
environments
standards
Follow processes for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements
RANGE STATEMENT
Work may be conducted: in limited or restricted spaces

in exposed conditions
in controlled or open environments
by day or night


Workplaces may comprise:
large, medium or small worksites
Hazards in the work area may exposure to chemicals
include: exposure to dangerous or hazardous substances
Relevant personnel may include: the master and officers of a vessel
the crew of a vessel
workplace team leaders/supervisors
other workplace personnel
customs officers and representatives
officers of the Australian Quarantine and Inspection
Service
official representatives of other relevant regulatory
authorities
site visitors
contractors
other technical, maintenance and professional staff
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio

Information/documents may Australian and international regulations and codes of

include: practice relevant to stevedoring operations
documentation
workplace standard operating procedures (SOPs) and
policies
guidelines and information on regulatory requirements
issued by the relevant regulatory authorities
documentation required to be completed under the
relevant regulatory requirements
arrangements
requirements
Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations for stevedoring operations
Codes
Code
other sections of the Marine Orders and other regulations
administered by the Australian Maritime Safety Authority
(AMSA)
quarantine regulations administered by the Australian
Quarantine and Inspection Service (AQIS)
customs regulations (export/import/bond requirements)
relevant state/territory marine authority/port authority
regulations
water/sewerage regulations
relevant state/territory road traffic regulations

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA407C Process receipt and delivery of containers and cargo
TLIA407C Process receipt and delivery of containers and

cargo
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to process the
receipt and delivery of containers and cargo in accordance with
workplace requirements including checking the stacking/discharge
list at commencement of a shift, assessing and planning
container/cargo consolidation, allocating stack positions,
identifying and checking containers/cargo, and checking and
completing required documentation. Licensing, legislative,
regulations and workplace requirements concerning the receipt and
delivery of containers and cargo.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the processing of the
receipt and delivery of containers and cargo as part of work
activities in the stevedoring, transport, distribution and allied
industries.

1 Check 1.1 Yard or terminal stacking/discharge lists are checked against
stacking/discharge list container/cargo documentation and operational order of work,
at commencement of taking into account both ship and shore operations
shift 1.2 Stacking discharge lists are continually updated to reflect the
correct location of containers and cargo
2 Assess and plan 2.1 Yard or terminal plans are assessed and where appropriate
container/cargo consolidation of container/cargo within the yard or terminal is
consolidation planned
2.2 Consolidation plans are prepared to ensure efficiency of
operations and efficient use of available yard/terminal space
2.3 Final yard/terminal positions are obtained from consolidation
plans and recorded
3 Allocate stack positions 3.1 Stack positions are allocated based on the nature of the
container/cargo concerned and the requirements of
yard/terminal operations
3.2 Stacking plan is communicated to the relevant personnel in

4 Identify and check 4.1 Containers/cargo are identified and checked at the point of
containers/cargo entry to the yard and prior to stacking
4.2 Agreement between numbers and marks on container/cargo
and shipping documentation is confirmed
4.3 Cargo/containers are inspected and appropriate action is taken
to report identified damage or defects in accordance with
4.4 Stacking follows stacking plans and facilitates efficient
movement within the yard
5 Check and complete 5.1 Documentation is checked prior to performing completion

documentation procedures ensuring compliance with workplace procedures
and regulatory requirements

Required knowledge:
Australian and international standards, codes and regulations relevant to the processing of the
receipt and delivery of containers and cargo including the Australian and International
Workplace procedures and policies for the processing of the receipt and delivery of containers
and cargo
the receipt and delivery of containers and cargo
Problems that may occur when processing the receipt and delivery of containers and cargo,
and appropriate action that can be taken to resolve the problems
Site layout, stacking plans and available stacking space
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when processing the receipt and delivery of containers
and cargo
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the processing of the receipt
and delivery of containers and cargo
Receive, acknowledge and send messages with appropriate communications equipment
Work collaboratively with others

Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems when processing the receipt and
delivery of containers and cargo in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
environments
procedures
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when processing the
receipt and delivery of containers and cargo
Use the lashing and protection equipment
Estimate the size, shape and special requirements of loads
Apply effective eye-hand coordination
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
traffic
contractors


safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio

number
regulations relevant to the processing of the receipt and
delivery of containers and cargo
documentation
arrangements
requirements
Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations for the receipt and delivery
legislation may include: of containers and cargo
Codes
Code
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIA4107B Manually sort mail and parcels

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to manually
sort mail and parcels in accordance with workplace requirements,
including carrying out required preparations of the work area,
manually sorting mail and parcels, and finalising the required
sorting processes. The sorting processes include accurately and
efficiently organising mail and parcels into groups for further
processing or distribution and containerising processed mail and
parcels ready for transfer to the next processing or distribution
point. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the regulations and
workplace requirements pertaining to the processing of mail and
parcels.
Work is normally performed under general supervision, usually in
a team or outstation environment. It involves the application of
workplace procedures and regulatory requirements to the manual
sorting of mail and parcels as part of work activities in the postal

1 Prepare to sort mail 1.1 Individual and work team priorities and responsibilities are
and parcels manually identified and confirmed
1.2 All OH&S and environment protection procedures and
requirements for the workplace are identified, accessed and
applied
1.3 The availability of mail and parcels to be processed is
identified and confirmed
1.4 Mail and parcels to be processed are transferred to processing
point
1.5 Labels for identifying the destination of mail are created and
affixed to trays
2 Sort mail and parcels 2.1 Internal operating procedures and standards are applied to the
manually manual processing of parcels and mail
2.2 Mail and parcels are inspected to ensure that all criteria have
been met
2.3 Mail and parcels are sorted accurately and correctly in
compliance with priority for processing and manual sorting

procedures
2.4 Mail and parcels are handled safely to minimise risk of injury
to people and damage to mail and parcels
2.5 Mail and parcels that are damaged, underpaid, incorrectly
classified, or are non-conforming items are identified,
separated and re-processed in accordance with workplace
procedures
2.6 Legal requirements and workplace policies and procedures in
relation to the security of mail and parcels are followed
3 Complete process for 3.1 Mail and parcel sorting frames/bag racks are cleared down,
manually sorting mail and mail and parcel containers/bags are sealed and labelled in
and parcels accordance with workplace procedures
3.2 Mail and parcels are transferred to next processing or
distribution point using appropriate shifting equipment and
labels scanned as required
3.3 Information required to complete records of mail and parcels
processed is provided and recorded
3.4 Excess equipment is removed and work area is prepared for
next activity/shift

Required knowledge:
Australian and international codes and regulations relevant to mail operations
Workplace procedures and policies for the manual sorting of mail and parcels
the manual sorting of mail and parcels
Problems that may occur when manually sorting mail and parcels and appropriate action that
can be taken to resolve/avoid the problems
Requirements of mail sorting systems, operations and relevant equipment
Hazards that may occur during the manual sorting of mail and parcels and ways of controlling
the risks involved
Site layout
Relevant personal protective equipment and procedures for its use
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when manually sorting mail and parcels
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the manual sorting of mail
and parcels
Complete documentation related to the manual sorting of mail and parcels

Work collaboratively with others when manually sorting mail and parcels
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions that may arise
during the manual sorting of mail and parcels in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events that may arise during the manual sorting
of mail and parcels
Plan own work including predicting consequences and identifying improvements
Apply security and safety precautions and required action to minimise, control or eliminate
hazards that may exist during work activities
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in equipment and systems in accordance with standard
standards
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when manually sorting
mail and parcels
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Operations may include: shiftwork
Hazards may include: vehicular traffic and pedestrians

dust and vapours
hazardous or dangerous materials
humidity, air temperature
lighting conditions
machinery/equipment moving parts
noise

Weighing devices may be: mechanical

automated
weighbridge
Work priorities may be briefings
communicated through: noticeboards
announcements
Equipment may include: mail trays, tubs and bags
sorting frame/bag rack
scanners
tipping belt
knife
pallet jack/maverick
powered lifters
king fishers
scales
carousel
Unit Load Device (ULD) and Wheeled Unit Load Device
(WULD)
Vertical Sorting Frame (VSF) and Vertical Sorting
Division (VSD)
ULD tipper
conveyor belts
strapping machine
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio


Information/documents may workplace policies, operating procedures and practices

include: Management Operating System (MOS)
Management Information System (MIS)
sorting system information which may include:
postcode book, national sort plan and state
sort plan
post guide
international postcode directory
labels chart
mail identification numbers, codes and labels
manifests, consignment notes, bar codes, mail and
container identification
job specifications and procedures
award, enterprise bargaining agreement or other industrial
arrangements
manufacturers specifications
codes of practice, including national standards for manual
handling and the industry safety code
supplier and or/client instructions
HAZCHEM chart/material safety data sheets
safety observation feedback program
Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations pertaining to mail
legislation may include: operations
equal opportunity, equal employment opportunity and
affirmative action legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA4207B Despatch mail

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to despatch
mail in accordance with regulatory and workplace requirements,
including carrying out required preparations, despatching mail in
accordance with workplace procedures, and completing the
despatch operations. The process includes all actions from the
receipt of mail for consolidation to the despatch and maintenance
of records. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
workplace requirements pertaining to the despatch of mail and
parcels.
Work normally performed under general supervision, usually
within a team environment. It involves the application of
workplace procedures and regulatory requirements to the despatch
of mail as part of work activities in the postal and allied industries.

1 Prepare to despatch 1.1 Individual and work team priorities and responsibilities are
mail identified and confirmed
applied
1.3 Mail to be despatched is identified and accessed
2 Despatch mail 2.1 Internal operating procedures and standards are applied to the
processing of mail
2.2 Mail is processed accurately and correctly in compliance with
priority for despatching
2.3 Mail is handled and equipment operated safely to minimise
risk of injury to people and damage to mail
2.4 Mail to be despatched is weighed and/or scanned to ensure
compliance with workplace standards
2.5 Mail is placed in the appropriate mail transport devices for
despatch
2.6 Mail transport devices are moved to the holding/loading areas
in accordance with site procedures

3 Complete despatch of 3.1 Information required to complete records of mails despatched

mail is provided and recorded
next activity/shift

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures and policies for the despatch of mail
the despatch of mail
Problems that may occur when despatching mail and appropriate action that can be taken to
resolve or avoid the problems
Requirements of mail despatch systems, operations and relevant equipment
Safety and security hazards that may occur during the despatch of mail and ways of
controlling the risks involved
Site layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when despatching mail
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the despatch of mail
Complete documentation related to the despatch of mail
Work collaboratively with others when despatching mail
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise the despatch of mail in
Interpret and apply relevant agreements, codes of practice or other legislative requirements
Apply safety and security precautions and required action to minimise, control or eliminate
environments
procedures

standards
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when despatching mail
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Operations may include: shiftwork
Customers may be: external or internal

dust and vapours
lighting conditions
noise
insects
automated
weighbridge
announcements

Equipment may include: forklift

BT lifting equipment
kingfishers
plastic and cardboard trays
dock leveller
conveyors
trolley/carriers
bags
flute trays
bins
stillages
unit load device (ULD)
wheeled unit load device (WULD)
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio


sorting system information including:
sort plan
postal guide
label charts
arrangements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA4307B Consolidate mail

mail in accordance with workplace requirements, including
carrying out required preparations, consolidating mail, and
completing the consolidation operations. The process includes the
initial identification and separation of mail prior to movement to
the despatch dock. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
parcels.
procedures and regulatory requirements to consolidation of mail as
part of work activities in the postal and allied industries.

1 Prepare for 1.1 Individual and work team priorities and responsibilities are
consolidation of mail identified and confirmed
applied
1.3 Mail to be consolidated is identified and accessed
2 Consolidate mail 2.1 Internal operating procedures and standards are applied to the
consolidation of mail
2.2 Mail is consolidated accurately and correctly in compliance
with workplace requirements
2.3 Mail is handled safely to minimise risk of injury to people and
damage to mail
2.4 Mail to be consolidated is placed into mail containers for
movement to next process point
3 Complete 3.1 Mail containers are sealed and labelled accurately and
consolidation of mail correctly in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2 Information required to complete records of mail processed is
provided and recorded
3.3 Mail containers are transferred to designated storage area to
await movement to next processing point using appropriate

shifting equipment
3.4 Excess equipment is removed from work area and stored
appropriately

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures and policies for the consolidation of mail
the consolidation of mail
Problems that may occur when consolidating mail and appropriate action that can be taken to
resolve or avoid the problems
Requirements of mail consolidation systems, operations and relevant equipment
Safety and security hazards that may occur during the consolidation of mail and ways of
Site layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when consolidating mail
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the consolidation of mail
Complete documentation related to the consolidation of mail
Work collaboratively with others when consolidating mail
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when consolidating
mail in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events that may occur when consolidating mail
environments
damage to mail or equipment
procedures

standards
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when consolidating
mail
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Facilities may be: within an airport environment
Customers may be: external (including international) or internal

dust and vapours
lighting conditions
noise
insects
automated
weighbridge
announcements

Equipment may include: forklift

kingfishers
bags
flute trays
bins
pallet jacks
stillages
strapping machine
TMS (Tray Management System)
scanners
label printers
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio


machine/equipment operations manuals
air and surface movement schedules
international aviation codes (IATA)
arrangements
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA4407B Carry out delivery operations

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to deliver
mail/consignments to residential and business customers in
accordance with workplace requirements, including carrying out
required preparations, delivering mail/consignment to special route
in accordance with workplace procedures, and reporting on the
delivery activity. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
parcels.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the conduct of delivery
operations as part of work activities in the postal and allied
industries.

1 Prepare to deliver 1.1 Mail/consignment or delivery and associated items are
mail/consignment identified and collected promptly from specific locations
1.2 Mail/consignment is sorted accurately into the route order
1.3 Mail/consignment is handled in a manner that minimises the
risk of damage
1.4 Special items are identified accurately
1.5 Mail/consignment is organised into bundles and kept in
sequence for delivery
1.6 Mail/consignment is handled securely
2 Deliver 2.1 Established laws, by-laws and procedural guidelines are

mail/consignment to followed and applied whilst undertaking deliveries
specific route 2.2 Mail/consignment is delivered in good condition and in the
specified sequence
2.3 Deliveries are completed within specified times
2.4 Mail/consignment is kept secure to minimise the risk of
damage, theft, misdelivery and loss
2.5 Items requiring special treatment are delivered as specified
and relevant documentation is completed accurately

2.6 Contact with customers is conducted courteously and in a

manner that encourages customers to continue to use and
recommended mail services
2.7 Hazards associated with delivery round are identified and
acted on
3 Report on delivery 3.1 Incidents involving customers that occur, or hazards identified
activity during the delivery, are reported accurately to the relevant
person
3.2 Opportunities for developing workplace business, together
with competitor activity, that are identified during delivery
operations are recorded and reported to the appropriate person
3.3 Undelivered and undeliverable mail/consignment is processed
in accordance with workplace policies and procedures
3.4 Documents are completed, checked for accuracy and returned
promptly to the appropriate persons

Required knowledge:
Australian and international codes and regulations relevant to the mail operations
Workplace procedures and policies for the conduct of delivery operations
delivery operations
Problems that may occur when conducting delivery operations and appropriate action that can
be taken to resolve/avoid the problems
Requirements of delivery systems, operations and relevant equipment
Hazards that may occur during delivery operations and ways of controlling the risks involved
Site layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when conducting delivery operations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to delivery operations
Complete documentation related to delivery operations
Work collaboratively with others when conducting delivery operations
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when conducting
delivery operations in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures

Implement contingency plans for unplanned events that may occur when conducting delivery
operations
environments
procedures
standards
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when conducting
delivery operations
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

uneven ground, steps, road surfaces
light including UV
animals, birds and insects
noise
varying traffic conditions
positions/status of letterbox or delivery point
automated
weighbridge


announcements
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio


sort plan
postal guide
label charts
arrangements
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA4507B Process international parcels and letters

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to prepare
and process international parcels and letters for both air and
surface movement in accordance with workplace requirements.
The process includes all actions after receipt of parcels from the
dock to delivery to the consolidation/despatch area. Licensing,
to this unit.
parcels.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the processing of
international parcels and letters as part of work activities in the
postal and allied industries.

1 Prepare to process 1.1 Individual and work team priorities and responsibilities are
international parcels identified and confirmed
and mail 1.2 All OH&S and environment protection procedures and
applied
1.3 The availability of parcels and mail for processing is identified
and confirmed
1.4 Parcels and mail received from streaming are segregated into
airmail, economy air and surface categories
1.5 Mail and parcels are weighed prior to processing
2 Process air mail 2.1 Internal operating procedures and standards are applied to the
parcels and letters sorting of parcels and mail
2.2 Parcels are handled safely to minimise risk of injury to people
and damage to parcels and mail
2.3 Airmail parcels are quarantined for the stipulated period
2.4 Parcels and mail are sorted accurately and correctly by nation,
in compliance with established priorities
2.5 Parcels and mail are documented and placed in appropriate
containers
2.6 Completed bags are weighed and labels are generated and
scanned
2.7 Containers of parcels are moved to the consolidation/despatch
area
next activity/shift
2.9 International parcels and mail processes and surveys are
conducted as required
2.10 Mail and parcels incorrectly classified and non-conforming
items are identified, separated and re-sorted
3 Process economy air 3.1 Internal operating procedures and standards are applied to the
surface parcels sorting of parcels and mail
3.2 Economy air and surface parcels and mail are held in
temporary storage for the service standard time
3.3 Parcels and mail are scanned and sorted accurately and
correctly by nation in compliance with established practices
3.4 Parcels and mail are documented and placed in containers
3.5 Containers of parcels and mail are moved to the
consolidation/despatch area using correct shifting equipment
and labels
next activity/shift
3.7 Information required to complete record of mail and parcels is

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures and policies for the processing of international parcels and letters
the processing of international parcels and letters
Problems that may occur when processing international parcels and letters and appropriate
action that can be taken to resolve/avoid the problems
Requirements of international parcels processing systems, operations and relevant equipment
Safety and security hazards that may occur during the processing of international parcels and
letters and ways of controlling the risks involved
Site layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when processing international parcels and letters
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the processing of
international parcels and letters
Complete documentation related to the processing of international parcels and letters
Work collaboratively with others when processing international parcels and letters
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when processing
international parcels and letters in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events that may occur when processing
environments
damage to mail or equipment
procedures
standards
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when processing
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night


dust and vapours
lighting conditions
noise
insects
automated
weighbridge
announcements
Equipment may include: aircraft load containers (e.g. igloos, bags, cans)
strapping machine
sorting frames/shelves
bins
hoists
tubs
stillages
flat trolleys
bag racks
mechanical handling equipment
mechanical moving equipment
ergonomic chairs
computer equipment
king fishers
plastic and cardboard mail trays
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing

may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio

machine/equipment operations manuals
air and surface movement schedules
international aviation codes (IATA)
arrangements


EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIA4607B Process parcels and letters

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to manually
process parcels and letters in accordance with workplace
requirements, including carrying out all required preparations,
processing parcels and mail manually, and completing the
processing operations. The process includes all actions after
receipt from streaming up to immediately prior to despatch.
parcels.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the processing of
parcels and letters as part of work activities in the postal and allied
industries.

1 Prepare to process 1.1 Individual and work team priorities and responsibilities are
parcels and mail identified and confirmed
manually 1.2 All OH&S and environment protection procedures and
applied
1.3 The availability of parcels and mail to be processed is
1.4 The appropriate sort plan is identified, accessed and applied
1.5 Parcels and mail to be processed are transferred to processing
point
1.6 Labels for identifying the destination of mail are created and
affixed to trays
2 Process parcels and 2.1 Internal operating procedures and standards are applied to the
mail manually manual processing of parcels and mail
2.2 Parcels and mail are processed accurately and correctly in
compliance with priority for processing
2.3 Parcels and mail are handled safely to minimise risk of injury
to people and damage to parcels
2.4 Parcels and mail that are incorrectly classified and non-
conforming items are identified, separated and re-processed
2.5 Parcels and mail are sorted to their correct destination and
placed in appropriate mail container for distribution
3 Complete process for 3.1 Parcel and mail containers/bag racks are cleared down, sealed
parcels and mail and labelled
3.2 Parcel and mail containers are weighed and labelled to ensure
compliance with workplace procedures
3.3 Information required to complete records of parcels and mail
processed is provided and recorded
3.4 Parcels and mail are transferred to next processing point using
appropriate shifting equipment, and labels are scanned as
required
3.5 Excess equipment is removed and work area prepared for next
activity/shift

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures and policies for the processing of parcels and letters
the processing of parcels and letters
Problems that may occur when processing parcels and letters and appropriate action that can
be taken to resolve/avoid the problems
Requirements of parcels processing systems, operations and relevant equipment
Safety and security hazards that may occur during the processing of parcels and letters and
ways of controlling the risks involved
Site layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when processing parcels and letters
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the processing of parcels
and letters
Complete documentation related to the processing of parcels and letters
Work collaboratively with others when processing parcels and letters

Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when processing
parcels and letters in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events that may occur when processing parcels
and letters
environments
procedures
standards
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when processing
parcels and letters
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Workplaces may comprise large, medium or small worksites
Customers may be external (including international) or internal

dust and vapours
lighting conditions
noise
automated
weighbridge


announcements

Equipment may include: pipe wheelers

bag rack
scanners
tipping belt
knife
pallet jack/maverick
powered lifters
bags
scales
labels
forklift
sorting frames
carousel
bins
strings
stillages
unit load devices (ULDs) and wheeled unit load devices
(WULDs)
ULD stands and lifters (dollies)
vertical sorting frames (VSFs) and vertical sorting
divisions (VSDs)
flute tubs
ergonomic chairs
bags
spectrum
ULD tipper
conveyor belts
strapping machine
barcode sorter (BCS)
parcel machines
TMS
label printer
optical character reader (OCR)
letter mail labelling machine (LMLM)
letter indexing desks (LIDS)
flat multi-line optical character reader (FSM)
scissor jacks
kingfishers
Commonwealth of Australia 2009 tray tipper 5

safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio


sort plan
postal guide
label charts
arrangements
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA4707B Stream mail

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to stream
mail in readiness for the next stage of processing in accordance
with workplace requirements, including preparing to stream mail,
streaming mail in accordance with workplace procedures, and
finalising all required streaming operations. The process may
include opening, facing up and traying mail. Licensing, legislative,
workplace requirements pertaining to the streaming of mail and
parcels.
Work is normally performed under general supervision, usually
workplace procedures and regulatory requirements to the
streaming of mail as part of work activities in the postal and allied
industries.

1 Prepare to stream mail 1.1 Individual and work team priorities and responsibilities are
applied
1.3 Mail to be streamed is identified, accessed and prepared
2 Stream mail 2.1 Internal operating procedures and standards are applied to the
streaming of mail
2.2 Mail is categorised and streamed accurately and correctly in
compliance with priority for streaming
2.3 Mail is handled safely to minimise risk of injury to people and
damage to mail
3 Complete streaming of 3.1 Mail containers are loaded onto appropriate mail movement
mail device and labelled
3.2 Information required to complete records of mail processed is
3.3 Mail containers are transferred to next processing point using
appropriate shifting equipment

next activity shift

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures and policies for the streaming of mail
the streaming of mail
Problems that may occur when streaming mail and appropriate action that can be taken to
resolve avoid the problems
Requirements of mail streaming systems, operations and relevant equipment
Hazards that may occur during the streaming of mail and ways of controlling the risks
involved
Site layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when streaming mail
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the streaming of mail
Complete documentation related to the streaming of mail
Work collaboratively with others when streaming mail
when streaming mail in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events when streaming mail
hazards that may exist when streaming mail
environments
procedures
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when streaming mail
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

dust and vapours
lighting conditions
noise
insects
automated
weighbridge
announcements

Equipment may include: streaming indicators

kingfishers
plastic and cardboard mail trays tubs receptacles
label printer
opening knife
belts
trolleys
bins
stillages
forklifts
pallet jack
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio


sort plan
postal guide
label charts
machine equipment operations manuals
arrangements

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA4807C Carry out border clearance functions

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to carry out
basic border clearance functions in accordance with Customs and
related legislation and workplace requirements. It includes
creating import declarations for import clearance; resolving
problems arising from lodgement of entries or import declarations;
and undertaking post-entry amendments, where applicable.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals working as a customs broker.
Work must be carried out in compliance with the relevant Customs
and related legislation and workplace requirements concerning the
conduct of border clearance functions. Work is undertaken in a
range of environments including small to large worksites in the
customs broking and international freight forwarding industries.
Work at this level is performed under supervision, generally
within a collaborative team environment.
This unit is normally packaged at AQF II or above.

1 Create Integrated 1.1 Information required for ICS import declarations is
Cargo System (ICS) determined
import declarations for 1.2 Required information for ICS import declarations is prepared
import clearance 1.3 Staff delegated to prepare required information are supported
to complete tasks accurately and in a timely manner
1.4 Information is checked for accuracy
1.5 Required information for ICS import declarations is collated
and entered
1.6 Questions relating to lodgement of the import declaration are
reviewed
2 Resolve problems 2.1 Progress of preparing import declarations for lodgement is

arising from lodgement monitored
of entries or import 2.2 Problems arising before or after lodgement of the import
declarations declarations are identified and action is taken to address
problems
3 Undertake post-entry 3.1 Needs for amendments are confirmed as required

amendments (where 3.2 Import declarations are amended in accordance with Customs
applicable) and related legislation as well as workplace procedures and
other regulatory requirements

Required knowledge:
Customs legislation, other legislation and regulations relevant to border clearance functions
Requirements for completing relevant documentation
Steps involved in planning work activities
Functions and responsibilities of customs broker acting as a nominee, or sole trader
Purpose and features of customs programs
Role and authority of Customs and how it fits into the structure of government
Range of customs duties and tariffs and how they are applied
Problems that may occur when carrying out border clearance functions and appropriate action
that can be taken to resolve problems
Purpose of warehousing goods and obligations of warehouse proprietors to Customs
Factors comprising landed cost from commercial and customs documentation
Procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency
Cultural differences amongst customers, internal and external freight contacts and within
customer service teams and their implications when carrying out border clearance functions
Sources of information on new developments in border clearance operations
Required skills:
Negotiate, communicate and liaise effectively with clients and others when carrying out
border clearance functions
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the conduct of
border clearance functions
Operate work systems, equipment, management and site operating procedures for border
clearance functions
Plan, organise and monitor own work activities
Solve problems that arise during border clearances functions
Adapt to new skill and knowledge requirements required due to the development of new
border clearance operations

environments
Select and use relevant computer/communication/office equipment
Identify import restrictions and prohibitions from relevant sources
RANGE STATEMENT
New developments in border regulations

clearance operations may processes
include:
systems
technology
types and packaging of goods
Information on new internal networks such as: own team, staff in other
developments in border clearance departments, support staff, managers, training staff, etc.
operations may be obtained from: external networks
bulletins, journals, magazines, books, etc.
internet websites
internal and external training programs
Adaptability to new skill and external training programs
knowledge requirements required internal training programs
due to the development of new
border clearance operations may reading independently
include: coaching in the workplace
online learning on a computer
networking with relevant internal and external contacts
Depending on the organisation standard operating procedures (SOPs)
concerned, workplace procedures company procedures
may be called:
enterprise procedures
organisational procedures
established procedures


fax
email
internet
RF systems
involve: clients
agents

Documentation and records may Customs and related legislation

include: other legislation related to border clearance functions
shipping documentation
quarantine documentation
permits to import and/or export
Customs Notices
commercial invoices and packing lists
manifests, delivery notes, special clearances,
consignment notes and authorised weighbridge
certificates
internal documentation used for border clearance
functions
documentation
client instructions
industrial relations agreements or contracts
regulations and codes of practice relevant to border
clearance procedures including safeworking and local
authority regulations and procedures
relevant OH&S and environmental protection regulations
workplace policies and procedures related to border
clearance
sheets, where applicable
Applicable legislation and Customs and related legislation
regulations may include: privacy legislation
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

identifying required information after
completion of import declarations
resolving problems arising from lodgement
of entries
undertaking post-entry amendments
selecting and using the technology required
for basic border clearance functions
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA4907C Apply specialist permit requirements as part of customs broking activities
TLIA4907C Apply specialist permit requirements as part of

customs broking activities
specialist permit requirements as part of customs broking activities
in accordance with Customs and related legislation and workplace
requirements. It includes identifying required permits; assessing
permit applications; and facilitating the gaining of permits.
and related legislation and workplace requirements concerning
specialist permit requirements. Work is undertaken in a range of
environments including small to large worksites in the custom
broking and international freight forwarding industries. Work at
this level is performed under supervision, generally within a
collaborative team environment.

1 Identify required 1.1 Goods requiring permits are identified
permits 1.2 Correct permits are identified for import/export of goods
1.3 Goods and commodities restricted/prohibited for
import/export under the laws of Australia and other countries
are identified
2 Assess permit 2.1 Permit application process is understood and followed by the
applications applicant
2.2 Specialist expertise is engaged to clarify permit application
process as required
2.3 Information required for permit application is gathered and
documented
2.4 Other required documentation is identified and gathered
2.5 Liaison is undertaken with client as required to facilitate
completion of permit application
2.6 Permit application is checked
2.7 Permit application and other required documentation is lodged
2.8 Client is kept informed about the application process and

progress
3 Facilitate gaining of 3.1 Problems arising with application are identified and addressed
permits 3.2 Negotiations and discussions are entered into with clients,
relevant personnel and permit issuing authorities to facilitate
issuing of permits
3.3 Approved applications are reviewed to ensure compliance
with client requirements
3.4 Permit requirements are communicated to clients
3.5 Application and permit documentation is stored in accordance
with workplace and relevant regulatory requirements

Required knowledge:
Customs, quarantine and other legislation relevant to the application of specialist permit
requirements, including the Prohibited Import Regulations, Prohibited Export Regulations,
Australian Dangerous Goods (ADG) Code and relevant wildlife conservation quarantine or
Relevant sections of national and state or territory regulatory requirements and codes of
practice
Workplace procedures and policies for the application of specialist permit requirements
Relevant specialist permit procedures and guidelines
the application of specialist permit requirements
Problems that may occur when applying specialist permit requirements and appropriate action
Steps involved in planning work activities
activities
Required skills:
Negotiate, communicate and liaise effectively with customers and others when completing
work activities
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the specialist permit
requirements

Select and use relevant computer/communication/office equipment when applying specialist
permit requirements
Work collaboratively as part of a customs broking/freight forwarding team
Plan and organise work activities when applying specialist permit requirements
Modify activities depending on differing workplace contexts, risk situations and
environments, including taking appropriate initiatives within allowable limits
Solve problems that may arise when applying specialist permit requirements
Present information using appropriate media and technology
Identify, interpret and learn skills and knowledge required for new developments in relevant
permit requirements
standards

RANGE STATEMENT
Restricted/prohibited livestock
goods/commodities subject to flora and fauna
quarantine and wildlife
conservation regulations or other wines and spirits
regulatory and/or permit specified horticultural products
requirements may include: plant and animal products from countries with known
diseases, viruses and other contagious pathogens
commodities containing ozone-depleting substances
therapeutic goods and complementary medicines
hazardous waste
heritage and cultural items
dangerous goods, explosives, firearms and ammunition
imported foods
industrial chemicals
goods and materials that may be used to construct
explosives or weapons of mass destruction (WMD) as
determined by the Department of Foreign Affairs and
Trade (DFAT)
other commodities subject to Australian and overseas
government regulations and requiring specialist permits

Information on relevant aspects wildlife conservation requirements, such as:

of specialist permit requirements wildlife conservation in Australia
may include: international treaties for wildlife conservation
export/import regulations for wildlife
permit validation for exports to the USA
acquittals and specimen export records (SER)
quarantine permit requirements, such as:
quarantine treatment
AQIS approved premises
cargo clearance
pests and diseases
plant quarantine
animal quarantine
plant and animal exports
other specialist permit requirements, such as:
wines and spirits
prescribed amounts of cash
commodities containing ozone-depleting
substances
requirements for Therapeutic Goods
Administration Permits (TGP))
hazardous waste
heritage and cultural items
dangerous goods, explosives, firearms,
ammunition, and chemical, biological and
radioactive weapons materials and
components and other prohibited imports and
exports
imported food program and permit regulations
requirements of the National Industrial
Chemicals Notification and Assessment
Scheme (NICNAS)
regulations and permits pertaining to goods
and materials that may be used to construct
explosives or weapons of mass destruction
(WMD) as determined by the Department of
Foreign Affairs and Trade
dual use goods covered by the WMD Act

Agencies from which permits Australian Quarantine and Inspection Service

may be obtained may include: Australian Custom Service
Department of the Environment Water, Heritage and the
Arts (DEWHA)
Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry
Department of Innovation, Industry, Science and
Research
Department of Health and Ageing
Department of Defence
Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade
Australian Federal Police
Australian Wine and Brandy Corporation
Health Insurance Commission
Wheat Export Authority
Attorney Generals Department
Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet
Department of Infrastructure, Transport and Regional
Development and Local Government
Checks made during permit accuracy checks
application may include: checks for missing information
checks for unfulfilled requirements
whether supplementary documents are required
may be called:
fax
email
internet
RF systems


involve: suppliers of specialist permits
Documentation and records may regulations and codes of practice relevant to import and
include: export procedures
workplace policies and procedures related to specialist
permit requirements
documentation
goods manifest
relevant Australian Standards and certification
requirements
other government documentation covering regulated trade
(including online)

Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations for the issuing of specialist
legislation may include: permits
Customs and related legislation
practice for the transport of dangerous goods and
other Australian legislation relating to restrictions and
prohibitions on imports and exports and related permit
requirements
Customs Act 1901
Environmental Protection and Biodiversity Conservation
Act 1999
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

identifying required permits
facilitating the gaining of permits
communicating and negotiating with
customers and agencies responsible for the
issuing of permits
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA5007C Apply GST legislation as part of customs broking activities
TLIA5007C Apply GST legislation as part of customs

broking activities
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to apply GST
(Goods and Services Tax) legislation as part of customs broking
activities. It includes assessing the applicability of GST and other
relevant taxes; determining tax exemptions and taxes to be paid;
and documenting the results of all tax determinations. Licensing,
to this unit.
and Australian Taxation Office related legislation and workplace
requirements concerning the GST. Work is undertaken in a range
of environments including small to large worksites in the customs
this level is performed under some supervision, generally within a
collaborative team environment.
This unit is normally packaged at AQF level III or above.

1 Assess applicability of 1.1 Applicability of GST and related taxes including Wine
GST and other Equalisation Tax (WET) and Luxury Car Tax (LCT) to goods
relevant taxes and services is assessed
1.2 Allowable exemptions and specialised schemes relating to
GST and related taxes are researched for applicability to that
commodity and/or transaction
1.3 Allowable exemptions are applied to goods and commodities
1.4 Accuracy of assessments is checked
2 Determine taxes 2.1 The rate of GST and related taxes on goods and services are
determined
2.2 Other required information such as overseas freight and
insurances are obtained
2.3 Data is input for GST calculation
3 Document tax 3.1 Results are recorded on appropriate documentation

assessments in 3.2 Rates and amounts of GST and other taxes payable are
accordance with
legislative checked for accuracy and verified as required

requirements 3.3 Completed documentation is stored and retained, and passed
on to client and other relevant personnel as required and in
accordance with the requirements of Customs and related
legislation and workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
Customs and other related legislation as they apply to the implementation of GST legislation,
including A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 and associated regulations
practice
Information on relevant aspects of GST legislation as they relate to customs broking and
freight forwarding activities
Sources of information on new developments in GST legislation as they relate to customs
broking activities
the implementation of GST legislation as they relate to customs broking activities
Problems that may occur when applying GST legislation and appropriate action that can be
Techniques to learn skills and knowledge required for new developments in GST legislation
as they relate to customs broking activities
Documentation requirements for the application of GST legislation as they relate to customs
broking activities
Steps involved in planning the work activities
activities
Required skills:
Negotiate, communicate and liaise effectively with others when applying GST legislation as
part of customs broking activities
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the application of GST
legislation as they relate to customs broking activities
Plan and organise work activities
Work collaboratively with others as part of an operational team
Operate relevant computer/communication/office equipment when applying GST legislation

Enter information using appropriate media and technology

Identify, interpret and learn new skills and knowledge required for new developments in GST
legislation and related systems and technology
Resolve problems which may arise when applying GST legislation
RANGE STATEMENT
Information on relevant aspects key features of the GST legislation

of GST legislation as they relate GST system overview
to customs broking and freight
forwarding activities may basic operation of the GST system
include: roles and responsibilities of Australian Customs Service
(Customs) and the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) as
they relate to GST
registration process
GST accounting requirements
GST-free goods and supplies
GST input-taxed supplies
GST collection and remittance
special rules pertaining to GST requirements
impact of GST on Customs functions
calculations of GST on taxable importations
transport and insurance costs attracting GST
impact of GST on importers and exporters
non-taxable importation
GST and related taxes refers to: Goods and Services Tax
Wine Equalisation Tax (WET)
Luxury Car Tax (LCT)
other taxes on imported/exported goods and commodities
Allowable exemptions and government initiatives and schemes to promote exports of
specialised schemes refers to: goods and services
Verification may be undertaken customs broker

by: other experienced colleagues within the organisation
Documentation may be passed on colleagues for further processing
to: manager for checking and verification
customs broker
New developments in the rates

application of GST legislation GST and customs legislation
may include changes in:
processes
systems
Information on new internal networks such as: own operational team, staff in
developments in the application other departments, support staff, managers, training staff,
of GST legislation may be etc.
obtained from: external networks such as: staff in Customs, ATO and
various regulatory authorities, staff in other customs
broking enterprises, etc.
internet websites
Techniques to learn skills and external training programs
knowledge required for new internal training programs
developments in the application
of GST legislation may include: reading independently
coaching in the workplace
may be called:
fax
email
internet
RF systems

Documentation and records may relevant documentation and guidance materials on A

include: New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 and
Customs and other legislation as they relate to the
implementation of GST legislation
ATO rulings on GST
Insurance documents
Shipping documents
Commercial invoices
Customs and related legislation and procedures as they
relate to calculation of GST as part of customs broking
activities
internal documentation used for the application of GST
legislation as part of customs broking activities
application of GST legislation as part of customs broking
activities
documentation
client instructions
regulations may include: A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999
and Customs and other legislation as they relate to the
implementation of tax legislation as part of customs
broking activities
trade modernisation legislation
other taxation legislation
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE


determining applicability of GST and other
relevant taxes
determining taxes
documenting tax assessments
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA5059A Plan and organise the international forwarding of freight by sea and multimodal transport
TLIA5059A Plan and organise the international forwarding

of freight by sea and multimodal transport
organise international forwarding of freight by sea and multimodal
transport (covering the importing, exporting and transiting of
freight). This includes confirming customers' freight transport
requirements; selecting routing for sea and multimodal transport;
advising on and organising the packaging, packing, loading,
stowage and storage of the freight; and completing freight
forwarding calculations required for sea and multimodal transport.
It also includes assisting in the organisation of insurance for sea
and multimodal freight transport; organising permits,
authorisations etc.; liaising with the freight forwarding global
network; tracking and tracing international cargo being forwarded
by sea and multimodal transport; and completing documentation
and records required for sea and multimodal transport. There are
no specific licensing or certification requirements applicable to
this unit.
Application of the Unit This unit was developed for persons involved in planning and
organising the international forwarding of freight by sea and
multimodal transport as part of advanced international freight
forwarding functions.
Typically these individuals must demonstrate the ability to work
independently or as part of a team under direct and/or indirect
supervision, perform detailed analyses, use discretion and
judgement, and take responsibility for the quality of their outputs.
All activities are carried out in accordance with relevant
organisational policy and procedures, as well as national and
global codes of practice and regulations applicable to international
freight forwarding.

1 Select routing for sea 1.1 Requirements for international sea and multimodal freight
and multimodal freight transport services are confirmed and clarified with the
transport customer
1.2 Critical logistics aspects of the freight transport are
determined, analysed and taken into account in planning the
freight forwarding solution(s)
1.3 Checks are made that all conventions for international sea and
multimodal freight transport are fulfilled

1.4 Where the freight forwarding involves special transport
services, advice is sought as required from experts or
specialists in the area of the special cargo or dangerous goods
concerned
1.5 Suitable routing for sea or multimodal transport is selected
after consideration of the options available and analysis of the
risks involved
1.6 Alternative routing options are identified for possible use in
the event of contingencies
2 Advise on and organise 2.1 Suitable options are determined for the packaging, packing,
the packaging, stowage and storage of freight given the type of cargo, the
packing, stowage and mode of transport, the destination and the selected route(s)
storage of freight for 2.2 Where applicable, container types suitable for sea and
sea and multimodal multimodal transport and appropriate for the freight are
freight transport reviewed and appropriate options selected
2.3 The pricing of containers and other forms of freight packaging
suitable for sea and multimodal transport is determined and
advice provided to the customer
2.4 Advice is provided to the customer on the selection, loading
and packing of suitable container types and other forms of
freight packaging as applicable
2.5 Shipping documents required for the selected containers or
other forms of packaging suitable for sea and multimodal
freight transport are prepared as per standard procedures and
2.6 Appropriate action is taken to organise and provide advice to
the customer on the packaging, packing, stowage and storage
of the freight for the planned forwarding project including the
planning of the loading of the selected containers where
applicable
3 Complete freight 3.1 Calculations required in the course of planning and organising
forwarding the international forwarding of freight by sea or multimodal
calculations for sea transport are completed accurately and with the available
and multimodal freight computational aids
transport
4 Assist in organising 4.1 Risks involved in the planned sea or multimodal freight
insurance for sea and forwarding solution are identified and analysed
multimodal freight 4.2 Transport and liability insurance requirements for the
transport proposed forwarding solution are evaluated and considered
4.3 Assistance in selecting and organising appropriate insurance
options is provided as per standard procedures and applicable

5 Organise permits, 5.1 Documentation requirements are determined for the cargo,
authorisations etc. mode(s) of transport and selected routing concerned, including
needed for sea and permits, authorisations etc.
multimodal freight 5.2 Documentation requirements are organised and processed as
transport per standard procedures and applicable regulatory
requirements
6 Liaise with freight 6.1 Appropriate liaison with agents, carriers and others in the
forwarding global global network and supply chain is undertaken to plan and
network organise the freight forwarding project
6.2 Appropriate information and communications technology
systems and equipment are used when liaising with the freight
forwarding global network as per standard operating
procedures and regulatory requirements
7 Track and trace 7.1 International cargo being transported by sea or multimodal
international cargo freight transport is tracked and traced during a freight
being forwarded by sea forwarding project using the available systems and technology
or multimodal freight 7.2 Problems with the transit of freight identified during tracking
transport activities are evaluated and appropriate action is initiated to
address the problems as per standard procedures
7.3 Advice is provided to the customer on the progress of the
shipment and any action taken to address unexpected
contingencies
8 Complete required 8.1 All forms and documentation required for the planned freight
documentation and forwarding project are completed as per standard operating
records procedures and applicable regulatory requirements
8.2 Data is retrieved from and entered into computer systems as
per standard operating procedures and applicable regulatory
requirements
8.3 Records of arrangements made and critical transactions are
kept as per standard operating procedures and applicable

Required knowledge:
Australian and international regulations and conventions applicable to the planning and
organising of international freight forwarding by sea or multimodal transport (including the
importing, exporting and transiting of goods)
Standard procedures, codes of practice and protocols for planning and organising international
freight forwarding by sea or multimodal transport (including the importing, exporting and
transiting of goods)
Principles of international trade and commerce

Principles and forms of maritime and multimodal freight transport
Definitions, purpose and uses of Incoterms and Combiterms
Types of cargo vessels - their applications, capacity and routes
Major trade routes, services, conferences, ports and freight terminals as they apply to
maritime and multimodal freight transport
Maritime terminals, cargo handling and terminal equipment at major worldwide ports and
freight terminals
Cargo types, consignments and consolidations
Containers and containerisation, including types, purposes, dimensions and specifications;
loading principles and processes; load planning for containers
Processes for the chartering of vessels - types of charter, terms and contracts
Sources of information and documentation needed when planning and organising
international freight forwarding by sea or multimodal transport, including permits and
authorisations
Principles and techniques of closed-loop communication in which checks are made to confirm
that messages and responses being given or received are unambiguous and are correctly and
clearly understood
Understanding of the principles of quality assurance and customer service standards, policies
and procedures as they apply in the international freight forwarding industry
Typical problems that can occur when planning and organising international freight
forwarding by sea or multimodal transport and related appropriate action that can be taken to
prevent or solve them
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when planning and organising international freight
forwarding by sea or multimodal transport, including unambiguous closed-loop
communication in which checks are made to confirm that messages and responses are
correctly and clearly understood (particularly in situations where communication is with a
person for whom English is not the native language)
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the planning
and organising of international freight forwarding by sea or multimodal transport
Complete documentation related to the planning and organising international freight
forwarding by sea or multimodal transport including the use of calculators and data entry to a
computer
Operate information and communication technology to required protocol
Perform required estimates and calculations of variables such as size, weight, distance, risk
and costs when planning and organising international freight forwarding involving sea or
multimodal transport
Work collaboratively with others when planning and organising international freight
forwarding by sea or multimodal transport


Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when planning and
organising international freight forwarding by sea or multimodal transport in accordance with
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when planning and
organising international freight forwarding by sea or multimodal transport
Monitor work activities in terms of planned schedule and deadlines
Apply relevant codes of practice and applicable legislative requirements
environments
Select and appropriately apply technology, information systems and procedures to complete
workplace tasks
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Modes of international freight sea transport

transport may include: transport by inland waterway
multimodal transport
International freight forwarding the importing of goods
includes services related to: the exporting of goods
the transiting of goods
Marine vessel types may include: container ships
roll-on/roll-off carriers (RO-RO)
bulk carriers (dry cargo vessels)
conventional ships
tankers (crude oil, chemicals, liquefied gas, liquid
foodstuffs)
heavy lift ships (equipped with cranes and derricks)

Types of multimodal transport sea/air

include: air/road (truck)
rail/road/inland waterways-sea-rail/road inland
waterways
mini-bridge
land bridge
piggyback
sea train
rail-sea-land
inland waterway-sea-inland waterway
Type of barges used in inland motor barges
waterway carriage may include: tugged barges
tug
sailing barges
Pre-transport issues in the adequacy of insurance
forwarding of freight by sea and adequacy of packaging
multimodal transport may
include: planning of the packing and loading of cargo into
containers
planning for security, proper stacking and stowage and
handling in transit
planning for the loading of non-containerised cargo onto
a vessel (including sea, air, rail, road or other transport)
Requirements for work may international freight forwarding codes of practice,
include: protocols and procedures
regulations relevant to international freight forwarding
authorities and permits relevant to international freight
forwarding
workplace standard operating procedures
information and communications technology and related
systems
global time zones and hours of operation

Parameters of freight transport standard operating procedures for forwarding of various

services relevant to customer types of international freight
requirements may include: type of transport modes
transport routing
various consignment methods
packaging, packing, stowage and storage options
including containerisation
relevant legislative requirements
required import/export documentation, labelling and
requirements
transport security checks
insurance requirements
service costs
contract arrangements
payment requirements and procedures
fiduciary and legal responsibilities of either party
Advantages of multimodal minimises time loss at transhipment points
transport include: may provide faster transit of goods
reduces burden of documentation and formalities
saves costs
establishes only one agency to deal with
reduces costs of exports
Scope of services performed by FCL (full container load))
multimodal transport operators LCL (less than full container load)
include:
weighing and measurement of cargo
CFS (container-freight station)
consolidation
booking of space
CY (container yard)
liaison with Customs and other relevant regulatory
authorities
assisting in organising required insurance coverage
return of leased containers
communication with customer and global contacts
use of appropriate information and communication
technology

Container types may include: general cargo containers

thermal containers
tank containers
(dry) bulk containers
flat racks/open tops (special equipment)
Types of packages used for bags
storing and protecting cargo cartons
during transit may include:
thermal cartons with gel-ice
cases
drums
pallets
pallecons and other devices for carrying bulk liquids,
pastes and powders
Communications systems may face-to-face conversation
involve: telephone including fixed, mobile and IP phones
fax
email
electronic data transfer of information (EDI)
mail
Sources of information required websites of key international and Australian organisations
to perform international freight such as FIATA, IMO, ICAO, IATA, CASA, AMSA,
forwarding functions may Australian Customs and Border Protection Service,
include: AQIS, government agencies responsible for transport
security etc.
key reference publications such as Incoterms, FIATA
forms and documents, ICC publications, and other
manuals, texts and handbooks on freight forwarding,
international trade and related topics etc.
Consultative processes may customers
involve: international and domestic agents and suppliers
relevant authorities, government departments and
institutions
representatives of transport companies
relevant regulatory authorities and institutions
management
freight forwarding specialists



Information/documents may Australian and international regulations, conventions and

include but are not limited to: codes of practice applicable to the international
forwarding of freight
summaries and definitions of Incoterms and Combiterms
customers' instructions and transport requirements
workplace standard operating procedures and policies
standard FIATA forms and documentation such as
a Negotiable Multimodal Transport Bill of
Lading (FB/L)
a Non-negotiable Multimodal Transport
Waybill (FWB)
a Forwarders Certificate of Receipt (FCR)
a Forwarders Certificate of Transport (FCT)
a Forwarders Warehouse Receipt (FWR)
a Forwarders Forwarding Instructions (FFI)
a Shippers Declaration for the Transport of
Dangerous Goods (SDT)
a Shippers Intermodal Weight Certification
(SIWC)
an Original Bill of Lading (OB/L)
a Master Air Waybill (MAWB)
a House Bill of Lading (HBL)
a House Air Waybill (HAWB)
Multimodal Transport Bill of Lading
(MTB/L)
cargo manifests
pre-advice and pre-alert documents
freight forwarding competency standards and training
materials
data obtained through communications technology
equipment and oral, aural or signed communications
freight forwarder companys quality assurance standards
and procedures

Applicable regulations and Australian and international regulations, conventions and

legislation may include: codes of practice for the international forwarding of
freight
requirements
relevant regulations pertaining to international trading
and financial transactions
relevant Australian and international transport security
and safety legislation
relevant Australian and international environmental
EVIDENCE GUIDE

selecting routing for sea and multimodal
freight transport
advising on and organising the packaging,
packing, stowage and storage of freight for
sea and multimodal transport
completing freight forwarding calculations
for sea and multimodal freight transport
assisting in the organisation of insurance for
sea and multimodal freight transport
organising permits, authorisations etc.
needed for sea and multimodal freight
transport
liaising with the freight forwarding global
network when organising sea and
multimodal freight transport
tracking and tracing international cargo
being forwarded by sea and multimodal
freight transport
completing documentation and records
required for sea and multimodal freight
transport
and/or other simulated practical and

knowledge assessment, and/or
required to:
relevant and appropriate materials and
equipment, and
through activities in an appropriately
simulated environment at the registered
training organisation, and/or
workplace

TLIA5060A Plan and organise the international forwarding of freight by air transport

of freight by air transport
organise international forwarding of freight by air transport
(covering the importing, exporting and transiting of freight). This
includes confirming customers' freight transport requirements;
selecting routing for air freight transport; advising on and
organising the packaging, packing, loading, stowage and storage
of air freight; and completing freight forwarding calculations for
air transport. It also includes assisting in the organisation of
insurance for air freight transport; organising permits,
authorisations etc.; liaising with the freight forwarding global
network; tracking and tracing international cargo being forwarded
by air transport; and completing documentation and records
required for air freight transport. There are no specific licensing or
certification requirements applicable to this unit.
organising the international forwarding of freight by air transport
as part of advanced international freight forwarding functions.
freight forwarding.

1 Select routing for air 1.1 Requirements for international air freight transport services
freight transport are confirmed and clarified with the customer
1.2 Critical logistics aspects of the freight transport are
determined, analysed and are taken into account in planning
the freight forwarding solution(s)
1.3 Checks are made that all conventions for international air
freight transport are fulfilled

concerned
1.5 Suitable routing for air freight transport is selected after
consideration of the options available and analysis of the risks
involved
storage of freight for 2.2 Where applicable, container types suitable for air freight
air transport transport and appropriate for the freight are reviewed and
appropriate options selected
suitable for air freight transport is determined and advice
provided to the customer
2.5 Documentation required for the selected containers or other
forms of packaging suitable for air freight transport is
prepared as per standard procedures and regulatory
requirements
applicable
forwarding the international forwarding of freight by air freight transport
calculations for air are completed accurately and with the available computational
freight transport aids
4 Assist in organising 4.1 Risks involved in the planned air freight forwarding solution
insurance for air are identified and analysed
freight transport 4.2 Transport and liability insurance requirements for the
proposed forwarding solution are evaluated and considered
5 Organise permits, 5.1 Documentation requirements are determined for the cargo, air
authorisations etc. transport and selected routing concerned, including permits,
needed for air freight authorisations etc.
transport 5.2 Documentation requirements are organised and processed as

per standard procedures and applicable regulatory
requirements
6 Liaise with the freight 6.1 Appropriate liaison with agents, carriers and others in the
forwarding global global network and supply chain is undertaken to plan and
6.2 Appropriate information and communications systems and
equipment are used when liaising with the freight forwarding
global network as per standard operating procedures and
7 Track and trace 7.1 International cargo being transported by air freight transport is
international cargo tracked and traced during a freight forwarding project using
being forwarded by air the available systems and technology
transport 7.2 Problems with the transit of freight identified during tracking
activities are evaluated and appropriate action is initiated to
international air freight transport project and any action taken
to address unexpected contingencies
8 Complete required 8.1 Forms and documentation required for the planned freight
requirements

Required knowledge:
organising of international freight forwarding by air transport (including the importing,
exporting and transiting of goods)
Standard procedures, codes of practice and protocols for planning and organising international
freight forwarding by air transport (including the importing, exporting and transiting of
goods)
Principles and forms of air freight transport
Definitions, purpose and use of Incoterms and Combiterms
Types of aircraft - their applications, capacity and routes

Major air routes, services, conferences, airports and freight terminals as they apply to air
freight transport
Airports, cargo handling and terminal equipment at major worldwide airports and freight
terminals
Cargo types, consignments and consolidations
Aircraft containers and containerisation, including types, purposes, dimensions and
specifications; loading principles and processes; load planning for containers
Processes for the chartering of aircraft - types of charter, terms and contracts
international freight forwarding by air transport, including permits and authorisations
clearly understood
forwarding by air transport and related appropriate action that can be taken to prevent or solve
them
Required skills:
forwarding by air transport, including unambiguous closed-loop communication in which
checks are made to confirm that messages and responses are correctly and clearly understood
(particularly in situations where communication is with a person for whom English is not the
native language)
and organising of international freight forwarding by air transport
forwarding by air transport including the use of calculators and data entry to a computer
Operate information and communication technology systems to required protocol
and costs when planning and organising international freight forwarding involving air
transport
forwarding by air transport
organising international freight forwarding by air transport in accordance with regulatory
requirements and workplace procedures
organising international freight forwarding by air transport

environments
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Mode of international freight air transport

transport is:

Major aircraft types used for Airbus A320
international freight transport Airbus A321
may include but are not limited
to: Airbus A330
Airbus A340
Boeing B747
Boeing B757-200F
Boeing B767
Boeing B767-200
Boeing B767-300
Boeing B777
Boeing B777-200
Boeing B777-300
Pre-transport issues in the confirmation that the cargo fulfils air cargo security
forwarding of freight by air requirements
transport may include: adequacy of insurance
adequacy of packaging
planning of the packing and loading of cargo into aircraft
containers
handling in transit
planning for clearance, delivery and receival during
transit and at destination

regulations relevant to the international forwarding of
freight by air transport
authorities and permits relevant to the international
forwarding of freight by air transport
systems
Parameters of air freight transport standard operating procedures for forwarding of various
services relevant to customer types of international freight by air
requirements may include: type of air transport modes
air transport routing
various consignment methods for air transport
packaging, packing, stowage and storage options for air
transport, including air freight containerisation or use of
unit load devices
requirements
service costs

Types of aircraft containers or LD1 Half Size Lower Deck (Accepted by B767, B747)
unit load devices (ULDs) may LD2 Half Size Lower Deck (Accepted by B767-200,
include but are not limited to: B767-300)
LD3 Half Size Lower Deck (Accepted by A330, A340,
B757-200F, B767, B777, B747)
LD3-45 Lower Deck (Accepted by A320, A321)
LD3-45 Wing Pallet With Net (Accepted by A320,
A321)
LD7 Lower Pallet With Net (Accepted by A330, A340,
B767-200, B767-300, B777-200, B777-300, B747)
LD8 Full Width Lower Deck (Accepted by B767-200,
B767-300)
LD9 Full Size Lower Deck (Accepted by A330, A340,
B767-200, B767-300, B777-200, B777-300, B747)
LD29 Full Width Lower Deck (Accepted by B767-200,
B767-300, B747)
M1 Main Deck Pallet With Net (Accepted by B747)
96" Lower Deck Pallet With Net (Accepted by A330,
A340, B767-200, B767-300, B777-200, B777-300, B747)
Types of packages used for bags and cartons
storing and protecting cargo thermal cartons with gel-ice
cases
drums
pallets
pastes and powders
fax
email
mail
airline representatives
management

security etc.

Information/documents may Australian and international conventions, codes of

include but are not limited to: practice and regulations relevant to the international
transfer of freight
standard FIATA forms and documentation such as:
Lading (FB/L)
Waybill (FWB)
(SIWC)
(MTB/L)
cargo manifests
and procedures


freight
requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

selecting routing for air freight transport
air transport
for air freight transport
air freight transport
needed for air freight transport
network when organising air freight
transport
being forwarded by air transport
required for air freight transport

required to:
equipment, and
workplace

TLIA5061A Plan and organise the international forwarding of freight by road and rail transport

of freight by road and rail transport
organise international forwarding of freight involving road and rail
transport (covering the importing, exporting and transiting of
freight). This includes confirming customers' freight transport
requirements; selecting routing for road and rail freight transport;
advising on and organising the packaging, packing, loading,
stowage and storage of road and rail freight; and completing
freight forwarding calculations for road and rail transport. It also
includes assisting in the organisation of insurance for road and rail
freight transport; organising permits, authorisations etc.; liaising
with the freight forwarding global network; tracking and tracing
international cargo being forwarded by road and rail transport; and
completing documentation and records required for road and rail
freight transport. There are no specific licensing or certification
requirements applicable to this unit.
organising the international forwarding of freight by road and rail
transport as part of advanced international freight forwarding
functions.
freight forwarding.

1 Select routing for road 1.1 Requirements for international road and rail freight transport
and rail freight services are confirmed and clarified with the customer
transport 1.2 Critical logistics aspects of the freight transport are
determined, analysed and taken into account in planning the
freight forwarding solution(s)
1.3 Checks are made that all conventions for international road
and rail freight transport are fulfilled


concerned
1.5 Suitable routing for road and rail freight transport is selected
after consideration of the options available and analysis of the
risks involved
storage of freight for 2.2 Where applicable, container types suitable for road and rail
road and rail transport freight transport and appropriate for the freight are reviewed
and appropriate options selected
2.3 Restrictions on the dimensions of containers for transport by
road and/or rail are taken into account when selecting
container types
suitable for road and rail freight transport is determined and
advice provided to the customer
2.6 Documentation required for the selected containers or other
forms of packaging suitable for road and rail freight transport
is prepared as per standard procedures and regulatory
requirements
applicable
forwarding the international forwarding of freight involving road and rail
calculations for road freight transport are completed accurately and with the
and rail freight available computational aids
transport
4 Assist in organising 4.1 Risks involved in the planned road and rail freight forwarding
insurance for road and solution are identified and analysed
rail freight transport 4.2 Transport and liability insurance requirements for the
proposed forwarding solution are evaluated and considered
5 Organise permits, 5.1 Documentation requirements are determined for the cargo,
authorisations etc. mode(s) of transport and selected routing concerned, including
needed for road and permits, authorisations etc.
rail freight transport 5.2 Documentation requirements are organised and processed as
per standard procedures and applicable regulatory
requirements
6 Liaise with the freight 6.1 Appropriate liaison with agents, carriers and others in the
forwarding global global network and supply chain is conducted to plan and
6.2 Appropriate information and communications technology
systems and equipment are used when liaising with the freight
forwarding global network as per standard operating
7 Track and trace 7.1 International cargo being transported by road or rail freight
international cargo transport is tracked and traced during a freight forwarding
being forwarded by project using the available systems and technology
road and rail transport 7.2 Problems with the transit of freight identified during tracking
activities are evaluated and appropriate action is initiated to
international road and rail freight transport project and any
action taken to address unexpected contingencies
8 Complete required 8.1 Forms and documentation required for the planned freight
requirements

Required knowledge:
organising of international freight forwarding involving road and rail transport (including the

Standard procedures, codes of practice, conventions and protocols for planning and
organising international freight forwarding involving road and rail transport (including the
Principles and forms of road and rail freight transport
Types of road vehicles, trains and rollingstock - their applications, capacity and routes
Major road and rail routes, services, conferences, road and rail freight terminals as they apply
to road and rail freight transport
Freight handling and terminal equipment at major worldwide road and rail freight terminals
Freight types, consignments and consolidations
Road and rail containers and containerisation, including types, purposes, dimensions and
specifications; loading principles and processes; load planning for containers
international freight forwarding by road and rail transport, including permits and
authorisations
clearly understood
forwarding by road and rail transport and related appropriate action that can be taken to
prevent or solve them
Required skills:
forwarding involving road and rail transport, including unambiguous closed-loop
communication in which checks are made to confirm that messages and responses are
correctly and clearly understood (particularly in situations where communication is with a
person for whom English is not the native language)
and organising of international freight forwarding involving road and rail transport
forwarding by road and rail transport, including the use of calculators and data entry to a
computer
Operate information and communication technology to required protocol
and costs when planning and organising international freight forwarding involving road and
rail transport

forwarding involving road and rail transport
organising international freight forwarding involving road and rail transport in accordance
organising international freight forwarding involving road and rail transport
Apply relevant codes of practice and applicable legislative requirements
environments
workplace tasks
standards
procedures
RANGE STATEMENT
Mode of international freight road transport

transport may include: rail transport
piggyback (combined transport road-rail transport)

Trains used for international rail Conventional transport by railwagons or rollingstock,

freight transport may include but involving complete wagon loads (as part loads have now
are not limited to: nearly disappeared), including:
various different types of railwagons or
rollingstock (railway-owned or privately-
owned)
special railwagons or rollingstock (e.g. with
changeable axles, container-carrying
railwagons or rollingstock etc.)
Combined transport by rail (road-rail transport),
including:
piggyback (transport by rail of road semi-
trailers)
container traffic by rail (unaccompanied
combined transport)
swap-bodies (similar to containers)
Euro (pallet wide) containers
Road vehicles used for vans and light rigid vehicles of varying length, width,
international freight transport height, loading and total weight
may include but are not limited rigid trucks of varying length, width, height, loading and
to: total weight
semitrailers and multi-combination vehicles of varying
length, width, height, loading and total weight
vehicles capable of participating in combined freight
movements such as road/rail, road/ferryboat, roll-on/roll-
off vessels
vehicles capable of carrying special loads such as
perishable goods, liquids, gases and heavy-lift cargo
vehicles with swap-bodies (similar to containers)
Pre-transport issues in the adequacy of insurance
forwarding of freight by road and adequacy of packaging
rail transport may include:
planning of the packing and loading of cargo into
containers
handling in transit
planning for clearance, delivery and receival during
transit and at destination


regulations relevant to the international forwarding of
freight by road and rail transport
authorities and permits relevant to the international
forwarding of freight by road and rail transport
systems
Parameters of road and rail standard operating procedures for forwarding of various
freight transport services relevant types of international freight by road and rail
to customer requirements may type of transport modes
include:
road and rail transport routing
various consignment methods for road and rail transport
packaging, packing, stowage and storage options for road
and rail transport, including road and rail freight
containerisation or use of unit load devices
requirements
service costs
Types of containers used in road box (dry van)
and rail transport may include but open top
are not limited to:
open side
bulk
tanks
reefer
platform
flat

Types of packages used for bags

storing and protecting cargo cartons
thermal cartons with gel-ice
cases
drums
pallets
pastes and powders
railway or road transport company representatives
management
security etc.
fax
email
mail

Information/documents may Australian and international regulations and codes of

include but are not limited to: practice for the international forwarding of freight by
road and rail
standard FIATA forms and documentation such as:
Waybill for inland transportation
Waybill for cross border traffics
International Customs Transit Document (e.g.
carnet TIR)
a Truck Bill of Lading
a Rail Bill of Lading
Lading (FB/L)
Waybill (FWB)
(SIWC)
(MTB/L)
cargo manifests
and procedures

Applicable regulations and Australian and international regulations Australian and

legislation may include: international regulations, conventions and codes of
practice for the international forwarding of freight
requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

selecting routing for road and rail freight
transport
road and rail transport
for road and rail freight transport
road and rail freight transport
needed for road and rail freight transport
network when organising road and rail
freight transport
being forwarded by road and rail transport
required for road and rail freight transport

required to:
equipment, and
workplace

TLIA507C Check and evaluate records and documentation
TLIA507C Check and evaluate records and

documentation
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to check and
evaluate records and documentation in accordance with regulatory
and workplace requirements including checking documentation
and analysing and evaluating records. Licensing, legislative,
standards, regulations and workplace requirements concerning the
documentation requirements for the local and international
transport of cargo and containers.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the checking and
evaluation of documentation for the local and international
transport of cargo and containers as part of work activities in the

1 Check documentation 1.1 Documentation is checked to ensure its compliance with
regulatory and workplace requirements
1.2 Documentation is checked on a regular basis, and the
personnel responsible for documentation are advised of
deadlines
1.3 Use of systems for the maintenance of records complies with
2 Analyse and evaluate 2.1 Records are analysed to identify unexpected deviations from
records plans or possible future problems with plant and equipment
2.2 Advice is provided to appropriate personnel when problems
are identified
2.3 Security of records and documentation is maintained at all
times with access being granted to authorised personnel in


Required knowledge:
Australian and international standards, codes and regulations relevant to the documentation
requirements for the local and international transport of cargo and containers including the
Workplace procedures and policies for checking and evaluating documentation for the local
and/or international transport of cargo and containers
checking and evaluating cargo/container transport documentation
Problems that may occur when checking and evaluating documentation and appropriate action
Types of cargo, containers and transport modes and the documentation requirements for each
Site layout, loading/unloading plans and sequence sheets
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when checking and evaluating transport documentation
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to checking and evaluating
transport documentation
Work collaboratively with others when checking and evaluating transport documentation
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions when checking
and evaluating transport documentation in accordance with regulatory requirements and
environments
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when checking and
evaluating documentation for the local and/or international transport of cargo and containers

RANGE STATEMENT
Work may be conducted in: a range of work environments

by day or night

exposed conditions
office environments
Cargo/freight may include: goods with specialist requirements, including temperature
traffic
contractors
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio



number
regulations relevant to the documentation requirements
for the local and/or international transport of cargo and
containers
documentation
arrangements
requirements

Applicable regulations and relevant standards, codes and regulations relevant to the
legislation may include: documentation requirements for the local and
international transport of cargo and containers
Codes
Code
marine orders
requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA5107C Carry out quarantine procedures

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required by an
Accredited Person to carry out the requirements of the quarantine
Co-Regulation Schemes in accordance with Australian Quarantine
Inspection Service (AQIS) regulatory and workplace requirements.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to individuals working as an Accredited Person
in accordance with the relevant AQIS accreditation and business
Compliance Agreement for commodity and non-commodity Co-
Regulation Schemes. Work is undertaken in a range of
environments including small to large worksites in the customs
this level is performed by those who provide leadership of others
This unit is normally packaged at AQF IV or above.

1 Confirm AQIS 1.1 Appropriate checks are made to assess if the business has a
accreditation status for valid Compliance Agreement with AQIS for the relevant Co-
clearance Regulation Scheme
1.2 Ensure information is conveyed to AQIS by answering a
question on this matter as appropriate at the time of lodgement
of the import declaration
2 Assess a packing 2.1 Packing declaration is checked to confirm whether or not it

declaration contains acceptable straw, timber and bark declarations in
accordance with the relevant Scheme's Processes and
Outcomes Document and the Containerised Cargo Clearance
Resources Document
2.2 Packing declaration is checked to confirm that all other critical
information is present as detailed in the relevant Scheme's
Processes and Outcomes Document and the Containerised
Cargo Clearance Resources Document
2.3 If the packing declaration is unacceptable or if required
information is missing, it is declared to AQIS at the time of
lodgement of the import declaration

3 Assess a treatment 3.1 Treatment certificate is checked to confirm whether or not the
certificate treatment provider is acceptable to AQIS
3.2 Treatment certificate is checked to confirm that all critical
fields are present, correct and legible as detailed in the
Scheme's Processes and Outcomes Document and the
Containerised Cargo Clearance Resources Document
3.3 Treatment certificate is checked to confirm that this treatment,
dosage and duration is acceptable and in accordance with the
requirements of the Scheme's Processes and Outcomes
Document and the Containerised Cargo Clearance Resources
Document
4 Convert quantities 4.1 Quantities of fumigants stated in a treatment certificate as

detailed in treatment being used to treat a given volume of material are checked
certificates against AQIS requirements
4.2 Where necessary, required conversions are carried out to
ensure that the quantity of fumigant and volume of material
are at the correct dosage
5 Check and confirm 5.1 The unpack postcode for FCL consignments is determined as
unpack destination for metropolitan, rural or semi-rural in accordance with the
FCL/X consignments Scheme's Processes and Outcomes Document and the
Containerised Cargo Clearance Resources Document
5.2 If a FCL or FCX consignment is to be unpacked at a rural or
semi-rural address as identified by the postcode and the AQIS
Containerised Cargo Clearance Resources Document, it is
declared to AQIS at the time of lodgement of the import
declaration
6 Confirm that all non- 6.1 Information contained in packing declarations and treatment
commodity certificate is verified as containing a linking consignment
documentation is valid identifier or numerical link to the shipment in accordance with
linked and meets AQIS the Scheme's Processes and Outcomes Document and the
requirements Containerised Cargo Clearance Resources Document
7 Confirm that all 7.1 Determine information and documentation required for
commodity assessment in accordance with the Scheme's Processes and
documentation is valid Outcomes Document
and meets AQIS 7.2 Assess documentation to determine if the commodity is in
requirements scope as required by the Scheme's Processes and Outcomes
Document
7.3 Ensure documentation contains linkage to the consignment as
required by the Scheme's Processes and Outcomes Document
7.4 Assess documentation in accordance with the requirements of
the Scheme's Processes and Outcomes Document

8 Enter required 8.1 Determine the AQIS Processing Type and enter it into the
Processing Types and AQIS Processing Type field in the Joint Entry Management
Automatic Entry Computer System (JEMS) in accordance with the Processes
Processing (AEP) and Outcomes Document for each of the relevant Co-
codes Regulation Schemes
8.2 Determine the Quarantine Approved Premise where the
activity is to take place in accordance with the Processes and
Outcomes Document for EACH of the relevant Co-Regulation
Schemes. The QAP Code is entered into the QAP Field on the
Joint Entry Management Computer System (JEMS) in
accordance with the Processes and Outcomes Document for
each of the relevant Co-Regulation Schemes
9 Ensure that all 9.1 All principal documentation and records of cleared imports
documentation and including all relevant shipping documents, packing
records are completed declarations, bills of lading, etc. are maintained in accordance
and correctly retained AQIS Co-Regulation Scheme requirements
9.2 Clients are advised that AQIS may call up this documentation
during any audit

Required knowledge:
Proficiency in the requirements of the AQIS Co-Regulation Schemes
Australian and international legislation, codes and regulations relevant to non-commodity
quarantine freight clearance operations
AQIS and workplace procedures and policies for non-commodity quarantine freight clearance
operations
non-commodity quarantine freight clearance operations
Typical problems that may occur during non-commodity quarantine freight clearance and
Information on relevant aspects of non-commodity quarantine freight clearance practices
Sources of information on new developments in non-commodity quarantine freight clearance
procedures
Techniques to learn the skills and knowledge required for new developments in non-
commodity quarantine freight clearance procedures
Documentation and record requirements for non-commodity quarantine freight clearance
operations
Required skills:
Negotiate, communicate and liaise effectively with clients and others

Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to non-commodity

quarantine freight clearance procedures
Select and use relevant computer/communication/office equipment when carrying out non-
commodity quarantine freight clearance operations
Work collaboratively as part of a freight clearance team
Plan and organise work activities when carrying out non-commodity quarantine freight
clearance procedures
Identify, interpret and learn skills and knowledge required for relevant new developments in
non-commodity quarantine freight clearance services
Solve problems that may arise when carrying out non-commodity quarantine freight clearance
operations
RANGE STATEMENT
An Accredited Person is a person accredited under the relevant AQIS Co-Regulation

who is: Scheme: who has successfully completed the AQIS
approved training course fulfilled accreditation
requirements. In order to perform tasks under the Co-
Regulations Scheme, an Accredited Person must also
operate in a business that is a signatory to an existing
Compliance Agreement with AQIS
The AQIS Co-Regulation a scheme developed to allow business entities to
Schemes are: subscribe to a Compliance Agreement with AQIS, and
for the business's Accredited Persons to assess
commodity and non-commodity documentation on behalf
of AQIS, in order to facilitate the quarantine clearance of
freight

Information on relevant aspects AQIS Containerised Cargo Document for each Co-
of commodity and non- Regulation Scheme
commodity freight clearance Processes and Outcomes Document for each Co-
practices may include: Regulation Scheme
commodity requirements and treatment
AQIS AEP system and related procedure statements and
codes
the legislation and procedures relating to the non-
commodity quarantine clearance of freight
ICON an AQIS online database
The term 'straw' may include: straw
cereal
rice hulls
and other unprocessed plant materials
The term 'timber' may include: crates
cases
dunnage
pallets
skids
any other timber used as a shipping aid
The term 'bark' is defined as: the external natural layer covering trees and branches.
This material is distinct and separable from processed
timber
Quarantine non-commodity packing declarations
clearance documentation may treatment certificates
include:
shipping documents
bills of lading
commercial invoices
physio sanitary certificates
Unpacking destinations may metropolitan destinations
include: fringe rural destinations
rural destinations
may be called:


may include: ICS direct or via proprietary software to ICS
AQIS Import Management System (AIMS)
electronic data interchange (EDI)
fax
email
internet
RF systems
involve: clients
AQIS officers
Documentation and records may the AQIS Containerised Cargo Clearance Document
include: Enterprise Compliance Agreement with AQIS
AQIS Operational Procedure Statements for the
Automatic Entry Processing for FCL Scheme
packing declarations
treatment certificates
shipping documents
bills of lading
commercial invoices
physio sanitary certificates
goods identification numbers and codes, manifests,
delivery notes, consignment notes, authorised
weighbridge certificates, and special clearances
internal documentation used for non-commodity
quarantine clearance activities
practice for non-commodity quarantine freight clearance
operation
documentation
AQIS and client instructions

Applicable legislation and Quarantine Act 1908 and Regulations

regulations may include: codes of practice of the Customs Brokers and Forwarders
Council of Australia
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

identifying and interpreting the quarantine
Co-Regulation Schemes
confirming accreditation status for container
clearance
assessing a packing declaration
assessing a treatment certificate
converting quantities detailed in treatment
certificates
identifying that all relevent documentation is
valid and meets all requirements
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIA5207C Carry out customs clearance practices

customs clearance practices in accordance with Customs and
related legislation and workplace requirements. Licensing,
to this unit.
related legislation and workplace requirements concerning
customs clearance practices. Work is undertaken in a range of
environments, including small to large worksites in the custom

1 Determine the 1.1 Determination is made of the correct terms of trade
appropriate terms of
trade of a consignment
2 Interpret the rules of 2.1 Schedule 1 of the Customs Tariff Act 1995 is consulted
origin for preference 2.2 Determination is made as to whether goods are the produce or
claim goods within the manufacture of a preference country in accordance with the
Customs Act 1901 and Customs Act 1901 and Customs Tariff Act 1995
Custom Tariff Act 2.3 Determination is made as to whether the goods qualify for
1995 preferential treatment under free trade agreements or other
preferential trade agreements
2.4 Determination is made as to whether direct shipment
requirements in the Customs Act 1901 have been met
3 Interpret concessional 3.1 The relevant tariff concession order is interpreted

rates of duty in 3.2 The relevant by-law is interpreted
Schedule 4 to the 3.3 The correct treatment code or reference code for concessional
Customs Tariff Act entry of goods is applied
1995
4 Interpret special 4.1 Determination is made as to whether interim dumping duty

provisions relating to applies to the goods
anti-dumping
measures within the 4.2 Determination is made as to whether interim countervailing

Customs Act 1901 and duty applies to the goods
the Customs Tariff 4.3 Determination is made as to whether dumping duty applies to
(Anti-Dumping) Act the goods
1995 and related
legislation 4.4 Determination is made as to whether countervailing duty
applies to the goods
4.5 Interim dumping duty security amount is calculated
4.6 Interim or dumping duty payable is calculated
4.7 Accuracy of the duty calculation is verified
5 Interpret industry 5.1 Duty concession AusIndustry assistance schemes are applied
assistance provisions to the goods
5.2 Determination is made as to whether the goods comply with
the requirements of the scheme(s)
6 Apply the relevant rate 6.1 The importer and seller are identified
of duty to the goods 6.2 The relevant contract and commercial invoice are identified
6.3 The terms of trade relevant to the contract are identified
6.4 Situations where there is insufficient reliable information are
identified
7 Determine availability 7.1 The documents are examined for completeness

of customs duty 7.2 The circumstance giving rise to the refund, rebate or remission
refunds, rebates and opportunity is identified
remissions 7.3 The relevant Customs Regulation and reason code is
determined
7.4 The time frames within which refunds are available is
determined in accordance with the regulations
7.5 The refund application or Version 2 of the import declaration
is prepared
8 Interpret and apply 8.1 The transaction giving rise to the Temporary Import and/or
the Security and Security undertaking is established as conforming to the
Temporary Import requirements of the Customs Act 1901and Regulations
Provisions of Customs 8.2 Application forms are completed and lodged in accordance
legislation with Customs Regulations
9 Calculate and advise 9.1 Receive import and export documents sufficient to prepare
on drawback claims claim
and advise on 9.2 Determine that the claim is made within prescribed time
TRADEX procedures frames
9.3 Drawback claim is prepared and calculated in accordance with
a Customs approved method
9.4 Situations suitable for TRADEX registration are identified
10 Apply dispute 10.1 Customs internal appeal procedures are exhausted

resolution procedures 10.2 The circumstance giving rise to the dispute is identified in
accordance with the Customs Act 1901
10.3 Any Customs demands are identified within the legislation
10.4 Requirements for payment under protest are determined
10.5 Time frames within which action must commence are
determined
10.6 Requirements for the referral to a court of Competent
Jurisdiction are determined
10.7 Provisions relating to forfeiture, seizure and condemnation
of goods are reviewed
11 Determine the 11.1 Determine the offence that has been committed
situations under which 11.2 Determine if it is a strict liability offence
Customs may impose 11.3 Determine appropriate time frames within which penalties
penalties may apply and demand may be made
12 Calculate FOB value, 12.1 The components that constitute the price paid or payable
applying currency are identified
conversion and 12.2 Terms of trade relevant to the invoice are identified
factorisation principles 12.3 Currency used is identified
12.4 Adjustments are identified
12.5 Additions and subtractions to price are made
12.6 Costs against goods are apportioned using factorisation
12.7 Applicable rate of exchange is applied
12.8 FOB value field on entry/declaration is completed
12.9 Calculations are checked for accuracy and verified as
required
12.10 Completed documentation is retained by relevant personnel
in the enterprise in accordance with the requirements of
Customs and related legislation and workplace procedures
12.11 Relevant documentation is passed on to the client

Required knowledge:
Relevant sections of customs and related legislation, regulations and codes of practice
relevant to customs clearance operations
Workplace procedures and policies for customs clearance operations
required for customs clearance operations
Documentation requirements for customs clearance practices

Routine issues that may occur during customs clearance and appropriate action that can be
taken to deal with the issues
Sources of information on new developments in customs clearance practices
Ways of learning the skills and knowledge required for new developments in customs
clearance practices
activities
Required skills:
Negotiate, communicate and liaise effectively with customers and others
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to customs clearance
practices
Plan and organise work activities when carrying out customs clearance practices
Select and use relevant computer/communication/office equipment when carrying out
customs clearance practices
Work collaboratively as part of a customs broking team
Deal with routine issues that may arise when carrying out customs clearance practices

RANGE STATEMENT
Information on relevant aspects the structure and application of anti-dumping laws in

of customs clearance practices Australia
may include: differences between the Tariff Concession and By-law
and other industry assistance initiatives
the use of the Penalties and Infringement Notice Scheme
the various forms and functions of securities and
temporary importations
recovery of shortpaid duties
the procedures for 'Payments Under Protest'
Customs Act 1901 and regulations as they relate to
refunds, remissions and drawbacks
'Seizure', 'Forfeiture and 'Condemnation' as it relates to
requirements for preferential treatment of goods under
free trade agreements and other preferential trade
agreements
Assistance schemes include: Tradex Scheme which provides for an upfront exemption
from customs duty and taxes on imported goods intended
for re-export or to be used as inputs to exports
Enhanced Project By-law Scheme (EPBS) provides duty
concessions on eligible goods used in major projects
Tariff concession order refers to: Part 1 of the Schedule of Concessional Instruments
published by the Australian Customs which lists goods
covered by item 50 of Schedule 4
By-law refers to: instruments issued to the 4th Schedule to the Customs
Tariff Act 1995 items as published by the Australian
Customs
Interim dumping, dumping and have the meanings contained in Section 269T
countervailing duty: (Definitions) of the Customs Act 1901
Interim duty security amount may any duty collected under Section 42 of the Customs
include: legislation on any duty payable under the Customs Tariff
(Anti-Dumping) Act 1995
Other concessional schemes may Automotive Competitiveness and Investment Scheme
include: (ACIS)
Quota

New developments in border regulations

clearance operations may processes
include:
systems
technology
types and packaging of goods
Information on new internal networks such as: own team, staff in other
developments in border clearance departments, support staff, managers, training staff, etc.
operations may be obtained from: external networks
internet websites
Ways of learning skills and external training programs
developments in border clearance
operations may include: reading independently
may be called:
fax
email
internet
RF systems
involve: clients
agents
management representatives


include: other regulatory requirements pertaining to customs
clearance functions
relevant sections of the Australian Customs Manual
dumping commodities register
consignment notes, authorised weighbridge certificates,
and special clearances
internal documentation used for customs clearance
functions
documentation
client instructions
arrangements
Applicable legislation and Customs and related legislation pertaining to customs
regulations may include: clearance functions
privacy legislation
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

to carry out customs clearance practices
determining and identifying offences and
applicable time frames
applying procedures for compliance with
Customs and related legislation

conducting calculations and appropriate
adjustments undertaken as part of routine
customs clearance operations
recognising and dealing with routine issues
that may arise during customs clearance
operations
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA5307C Carry out customs valuation

customs valuation in accordance with Customs and related
legislation and workplace requirements. Licensing, legislative,
customs valuation functions. Work is undertaken in a range of
broking and international trade industries. Work at this level
requires some supervision, generally within a team environment.
This unit is normally packaged at AQF III or above.

1 Apply the relevant 1.1 Situations where the transaction value method applies are
valuation method recognised
1.2 Situations where alternate methods of valuation apply are
recognised
identified
1.4 Alternate valuation methods are identified as required by the
Customs Act and related legislation
2 Identify the import 2.1 Importer and seller are identified

sales transaction 2.2 Relevant contract or contracts are identified
contract for customs 2.3 Terms of trade relevant to the contract are identified
valuation purposes
3 Determine the price 3.1 Components that constitute the price paid or payable are
and elements of identified
adjusted price 3.2 The correct adjusted price deductions to be made taking into
account relevant legislation and the terms of the relevant
import sales transaction are determined
4 Determine Price 4.1 Determination to related costs additions to be made taking into
Related Costs account relevant legislation and the terms of the relevant
import sales transaction are determined
5 Calculate customs 5.1 The date and place of export are determined in accordance
value with the Customs Act 1901
5.2 Valuation elements against imported goods using factorisation
are apportioned
5.3 Transaction value is calculated by applying applicable rate of
exchange
5.4 The requirement for a valuation advice is identified
6 Record valuation 6.1 Valuation related fields on a customs declaration are identified
information on 6.2 Valuation information is entered correctly on customs
customs entry/ declaration
declaration in 6.3 Calculations are checked for accuracy and verified as required
accordance with
legislative 6.4 Completed documentation is retained by relevant personnel in
requirements the enterprise in accordance with the requirements of Customs
and related legislation and workplace procedures
6.5 Post entry advice to the client is initiated where required

Required knowledge:
Customs and related legislation relevant to the determination of a customs valuation
Workplace procedures and policies for the conduct of a customs valuation
needed for customs valuation processes
Problems that may occur when carrying out customs valuations and appropriate action that
Information on relevant aspects of basic customs valuations
Types of goods and related handling and documentation requirements including dangerous
Sources of information on new developments in custom valuation practices
valuation practices
Cultural differences amongst customers, internal and external contacts and within the
operational team and their implications when carrying out customs valuations
Documentation requirements for customs valuations
Penalties and the infringement notice scheme as it applies to goods incorrectly valued
Required skills:

Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the determination of
customs valuations
customs valuation practices
customs valuations
Enter information using appropriate technology when carrying out customs valuations
Work collaboratively as part of an operational team
Solve problems that may arise when determining customs valuations
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Information on the determination the principles, theories and history of the Australian
of relevant aspects of customs valuation system with regard to the WTO valuation
valuations may include: agreement and Customs and related legislation
Customs Act 1901 and the Customs Regulations
Transaction Value including:
import sales transaction
price
adjusted price
price related costs
production assists
royalties and licence fees/commissions
value on related amounts
related parties
rebates
arms length transactions
contract of sale

Alternate valuation methods may identical goods valuation

include: similar goods valuation
deductive goods method
computed value method
fall back method
INCOTERMS 2000 are: the ICC Official Rules for the Interpretation of Trade
Terms, International Chamber of Commerce, 1999
Adjusted price may include: deductible financing costs
post importation costs
Australian inland freight and insurance
deductible administrative costs
overseas freight and insurance
Price related costs may include: production assist costs
packing costs
foreign inland freight and foreign inland insurance
commissions
royalties and licence fees
proceeds of resale
Factorisation means: the apportionment of costs over a line value (each line of
the invoice for which there is a separate classification)
Valuation Advice means: the completion and lodgement of request for official
Valuation Advice with the Australian Customs Service
Post entry Valuation Advice may advising the client what options are available if there is
include: disagreement with the customs value
Verification may include: other colleagues within the enterprise

customs brokers
New developments in customs technology
valuation practices including products
changes in:
regulations
legislation
processes
systems

developments in customs other departments, support staff, managers, training staff,
valuation practices may be etc.
obtained from: external networks such as: airline, shipping, road
transport and storage, personnel, staff in bond stores; staff
in various regulatory authorities; and equipment and
systems suppliers
internet websites
external training programs
internal training programs
Ways of learning skills and reading independently
knowledge required for new coaching in the workplace
developments in customs
valuation practices may include: online learning on a computer
may be called:
fax
email
internet
RF systems

Documentation and records may Customs Act 1901and related legislation

include: World Trade Organisation Valuation Agreement
Australian Customs Manual on Valuation and Preference
Integrated Cargo System (ICS) user manuals
INCOTERMS 2000 ICC Official Rules for the
Interpretation of Trade Terms, International Chamber of
Commerce, 1999
internal documentation used for customs valuation
documentation
client instructions
arrangements
Applicable rules, legislation and Customs Act 1901 and related legislation
regulations may include: World Trade Organisation Valuation Agreement
privacy legislation
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

applying the relevant valuation method
identifying the contract for customs
valuation purposes
determining the price and elements of
adjusted price
identifying elements of price related costs
calculating customs value
recording valuation information on customs
entry/declaration
to conduct customs valuations
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA5407C Classify commodities for the import and export of goods through customs
TLIA5407C Classify commodities for the import and

export of goods through customs
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to classify
commodities for the import and export of goods through customs
in accordance with Customs and related legislation and workplace
Work must be carried out in compliance with the Customs Tariff
Act 1995 and related legislation and workplace requirements
concerning customs commodity classification functions. Work is
undertaken in a range of environments including small to large
worksites in the customs broking and international freight
forwarding industries. Work at this level requires some
supervision, generally within a team environment.
This unit is normally packaged at AQF III or above.

1 Locate resources 1.1 Determine and obtain resources and documentation sufficient
necessary for to classify goods
classification of goods
2 Apply identification 2.1 Goods are identified in accordance with classification
principles to goods principles
2.2 Alternative classifications are checked as required
2.3 Assistance is sought as required
2.4 Section and Chapter Notes are consulted
3 Select and justify 3.1 The principles of statutory construction in the context of
heading (4 figure) particular tariff headings and words are applied
3.2 Heading and Notes are interpreted in hierarchical order
3.3 Rejection of alternate headings are justified
3.4 Pre or post classification potential areas of dispute are
identified
4 Locate and justify a 4.1 The requirement for a tariff classification advice is identified
sub-heading (6 or 8 4.2 Sub-heading Notes are interpreted in hierarchical order
figure) 4.3 The dash system is applied to the classification
4.4 The correct statistical code is identified
5 Utilise classification 5.1 Resources are utilised to assist in classification of goods

tools as directed 5.2 Client is consulted to obtain further details of characteristics of
goods to be classified as required
5.4 A preliminary classification of goods is made
5.5 Preliminary classification is checked with manager, supervisor
or more senior personnel prior to customs import being
completed
6 Complete post 6.1 Tariff classification advice request is prepared in response to

classification identified problems
requirements in 6.2 Classification is entered correctly on the customs
accordance with entry/declaration in accordance with the requirements of
legislative Customs and related legislation and workplace procedures
requirements 6.3 Completed documentation is retained by relevant personnel in
accordance with the requirements of Customs and related
legislation and workplace procedures
6.4 Relevant documentation and other sources of information (e.g.
from internet, industry experts, etc.) is retained and passed on
to the client in accordance with the requirements of Customs
6.5 Post entry classification advice to the client is initiated where
required

Required knowledge:
Customs and related legislation relevant to the classification of commodities for the import
and export of goods through customs
Customs and workplace procedures and policies for the classification of commodities for the
import and export of goods through customs
the classification of commodities for the import and export of goods through customs
Problems that may occur when classifying commodities for the import and export of goods
through customs and appropriate action that can be taken to resolve the problems
Information on relevant aspects of the classification of commodities for the import and export
of goods through customs
Types of goods and related classification and documentation requirements
Sources of information on new developments in the classification of commodities for the
Ways of learning the skills and knowledge required for new developments in the
classification of commodities for the import and export of goods through customs
Cultural differences amongst customers, internal and external freight contacts and within the
operational team and their implications when providing customs classification services
Documentation and recording requirements for the classification of commodities for the
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when classifying commodities for the import and export
of goods through customs
Locate, read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the
classification of commodities for the import and export of goods through customs
Plan and organise work activities when classifying commodities for the import and export of
goods through customs
Select and use relevant computer/communication/office equipment when classifying
Enter information using appropriate technology
Solve problems that may arise when classifying commodities for the import and export of
Take responsibility for classifying commodities for the import and export of goods through
customs
the classification of commodities for the import and export of goods through customs
Locate the resources necessary for the classification of goods
Record work outcomes

RANGE STATEMENT
Information on relevant aspects the reasons for the Customs Tariff Act 1995 and for the
of the classification of imposition of duty on imported goods
commodities for the import and the content of the Customs Tariff Act 1995 and the
export of goods through customs various sections within the Act as they relate to the
may include: classification of commodities for the import and export of
the schedules of the tariff and comparisons between the
sub-heading structures at various levels in order to arrive
at correct classification and duty rates
the Rules for the Interpretation of the Harmonized
System and the Australian Customs Tariff Act 1995
comparisons and differences between the various rules
for tariff classification purposes
the principles of classification in the identification of
goods for tariff purposes and their application to the
classification of commodities for the import and export of
the legal notes to the tariff and the context of each note
and the application of this context to the classification of
commodities for the import and export of goods through
customs
the applications of the various aids available to the
classification process
Where goods for classification photographic (still, video or electronically transmitted
are not available, sample of image)
goods may be in the form of: a written description including technical drawings
Resources to classify goods Australian Harmonized Export Classification Book
includes: (ISBN 0 642 4772 3)
the combined Customs Tariff Act 1995
precedents database
dictionaries
trade or technical publications
Harmonized System Explanatory Notes (HSEN)
Examples of previous related candidate's and colleagues' previous classifications
classifications include: examples from texts and reference materials
Client consultation may be characteristics of goods cannot be determined from
required where: available information or require clarification in relation to
use, function, context (as a component of another item)

Assistance may include: advice from supervisor or manager, more experienced

colleagues, customs brokers, training staff, technical
experts
using reference material within organisation, training
providers, professional libraries, trade journals
consulting technical experts in the industry, professional
association or a training provider
New developments in the technology
classification of commodities regulations
may relate to changes in:
processes
systems
Information on new internal networks such as: own work team, staff in other
developments in the classification departments, support staff, managers, training staff, etc.
of commodities for the import external networks such as: staff in various regulatory
and export of goods may be authorities
obtained from:
internet websites
developments in the classification
of commodities for the import reading independently
and export of goods may include: coaching in the workplace
may be called:
fax
email
internet
RF systems


involve: personnel in relevant authorities and institutions
include: dictionaries
internal documentation
documentation
manufacturers specifications for relevant equipment
extrinsic material (as defined in the Acts Interpretation
Act)
regulations may include: other legislation related to importing and exporting of
goods
Australian Harmonized Export Classification Book
legislation
Customs Tariff Act 1995
EVIDENCE GUIDE

locating resources necessary for the

classification of commodities for the import
and export of goods
utilising classification tools as directed
to classify commodities for the import and
export of goods
completing classification in accordance with
legislation
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA5507C Classify complex commodities for the import and export of goods through customs
TLIA5507C Classify complex commodities for the import

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to classify
complex commodities for the import and export of goods in
accordance with Customs and related legislation and workplace
Tariff Act 1995 and related legislation and workplace
requirements concerning customs commodity classification
functions. Work is undertaken in a range of environments
including small to large worksites in the custom broking and
international freight forwarding industries. Work at this level is
performed by those who provide leadership of others individually
or in teams.

1 Apply identification 1.1 Objective and analytical classification principles are applied
principles to goods 1.2 Research resources are accessed to classify goods
1.3 Precedents are considered
1.5 Administration Appeals Tribunal (AAT) decisions and court
cases are considered
1.6 Product knowledge research is undertaken
2 Select tariff headings 2.1 The principles of statutory construction in the context of
for consideration (4 particular tariff headings and words are applied
figure) 2.2 Relevant precedents are applied when classifying commodities
2.3 Aids to interpretation of the tariff are used where applicable
2.4 Alternate headings are considered as appropriate
2.5 Pre or post classification potential areas of dispute are
identified
3 Select tariff sub- 3.1 AAT decisions, court cases and other precedents on tariff
heading (6 or 8 figure) classification are interpreted and applied
for consideration 3.2 Sub-heading notes are reviewed in hierarchical order

3.3 The dash system is applied to the classification
3.4 The correct statistical code is identified
4 Interpret and apply 4.1 Tariff classification is determined

Section and Chapter 4.2 Rejection of alternate headings are justified by reference to the
Notes Section and Chapter Notes
5 Interpret and apply 5.1 Interpretative rules are applied to justify tariff classification of
rules for interpretation goods
to goods 5.2 Research resources are accessed when interpreting and
applying rules for interpretation to goods
5.3 Requirements for tariff classification advice are identified
6 Complete post 6.1 Tariff Classification Advice Request is prepared in response to

classification identified problems
requirements in 6.2 Classification is entered correctly on the customs
accordance with entry/declaration in accordance with the requirements of
legislative Customs and related legislation and workplace procedures
the enterprise in accordance with the requirements of Customs
6.4 Relevant documentation and other sources of information (e.g.
from internet, industry experts, etc.) is retained and passed on
to the client in accordance with the requirements of Customs
6.5 Post entry classification advice to the client is initiated where
required

Required knowledge:
Customs and related legislation relevant to the classification of complex commodities for the
Customs and workplace procedures and policies for the classification of complex
the classification of complex commodities for the import and export of goods through
customs
Problems that may occur when classifying complex commodities for the import and export of
goods through customs and appropriate action that can be taken to resolve the problems

Information on relevant aspects of the classification of complex commodities for the import
Types of complex commodities and related classification and documentation requirements
Sources of information on new developments in the classification of complex commodities
for the import and export of goods through customs
Ways of learning the skills and knowledge required for new developments in the
classification of complex commodities for the import and export of goods through customs
operational team and their implications when providing customs classification services
Documentation and recording requirements for the classification of commodities for the
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when classifying complex commodities for the import
Locate, read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the
classification of complex commodities for the import and export of goods through customs
Plan and organise work activities when classifying complex commodities for the import and
Select and use relevant computer/communication/office equipment when classifying complex
Enter information using appropriate technology
Maintain workplace documentation and records
Solve problems that may arise when classifying complex commodities for the import and
the classification of complex commodities for the import and export of goods through
customs
Learn skills and knowledge required for relevant new developments in the classification of
complex commodities
Select and use appropriate workplace colloquial and technical language and communication
technologies in the workplace context
Follow the designated plan for the work

RANGE STATEMENT
Information on relevant aspects processes and practices for classifying various types of
for the classification of complex commodities
commodities for the import and the contents and purpose of Customs Tariff Act 1995,
export of goods may include: Schedule 2, 3 and 4
Objective classification may the classifier finding out as much as possible about the
include: goods in the condition they are imported or exported
Analytical classification may technology

include: the avoidance of generalised terms such as souvenirs,
printed matter and clothing as these terms do not
demonstrate analytical classification as required to
correctly identify the goods
Harmonized system terminology sufficient identification to be capable of being transferred
may include: into tariff terminology. For example, a tool holder could
be included in the identification if the holder worked
solely or principally with machines described specifically
in the harmonized system
Assistance may include: advice from more experienced colleagues, customs
brokers, experienced classifiers, technical experts
seeking further details about the goods from the client
consulting technical experts in the industry that the goods
belong to
classification software
from customers
commercially available
additional resources
Tools may include: Harmonised System Explanatory Notes and Commodities
dictionaries, trade journals, technical publications
Menu may include: the list of chapters at the start of the Customs Tariff Act
1995 for imports and the summary of classification in the
front of the AHECC
Type may include: Type Chapters (refer to Chapters 64-66, 84-95 and 97 in
the Harmonized System)
Materials may include: Material Chapters (refer to Chapters 1-63 and 67-83 in
the Harmonized System)

Merchandise trade may include: goods that are covered by a reference number in Schedule
4 of the Customs Tariff Act 1995 or a export statistical
item in Chapters 98 and 99 in AHECC
Section and Chapters Notes may Legal Notes contained within Schedule 3 Customs Tariff
include: Act 1995 and include directional notes (inclusion,
restriction, extension) and definitional notes and notes
having application across the complete Schedule. All
relevant Legal Notes are expected to be considered and
applied. Notes that have specific industry application
such as paper, chemicals, base metals and some textile
notes may require clarification/assistance from other
parties
Interpretation rules may include: General Rules for the Interpretation of the Harmonized
System. They are the rules that are to be followed for
every classification
Clarification may include: seeking assistance from colleagues, customs broker, more
experienced classifier, or technical expert
obtaining additional information from client
Sub-heading notes may include: Legal Notes contained within Schedule 3 Custom Tariff
Act 1995 and include directional notes (inclusion,
restriction, extension) and definitional Notes and Notes
having application across the complete Schedule. All
relevant Legal Notes are expected to be considered and
applied. Notes that have specific industry application
such as paper, chemicals, base metals and some textile
Notes may require clarification/assistance from other
parties
Dash system is: a design feature of the Harmonized System which assists
with the selection of the appropriate 8 figure
classification
New developments in the technology
classification of complex legislation
commodities may relate to
changes in: regulations
case law
WCO Classification
processes
systems

Information on new internal networks such as: own work team, staff in other
developments in the classification departments, support staff, managers, training staff, etc.
of complex commodities may be external networks such as: staff in various regulatory
obtained from: authorities
internet websites
classification may include: reading independently
may be called:
fax
email
internet
RF systems
involve: clients
agents
personnel in relevant authorities and institutions


include: Australian Harmonized Export Classification Book
Customs Tariff Act 1995 and Schedules
precedents database
dictionaries
manifests, cartnotes, delivery notes, special clearances,
internal documentation
documentation
extrinsic material (as defined in the Acts Interpretation
Act)
regulations may include: Australian Harmonized Export Classification Book
Customs Tariff Act 1995 and Schedules
other legislation related to importing and exporting of
goods
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

interpreting and applying rules for
interpretation to goods
selecting and justifying heading (4 figure)

locating and justifying a sub-heading (6 or 8
figure)
completing post classification requirements
interpreting and applying Section and
Chapter Notes
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA5607C Carry out complex customs valuation

complex customs valuation in accordance with Customs and
related legislation and workplace requirements. It includes
applying the relevant method for the complex customs valuation
required; identifying the contract for customs valuation purposes;
determining the price and elements of adjusted price; and
identifying elements of price related costs. It also includes
calculating customs value through the application of currency
conversion and factorisation principles, and recording valuation
information on customs entry/declaration. Note: A primary
responsibility of a customs broker is to ensure compliance with
Australian Customs and other related legislation. Licensing,
to this unit.
broking and international trade industries. Work at this level is
performed by those who provide leadership of others individually
or in teams.

1 Apply the relevant 1.1 Situations where the transaction value method applies are
valuation method recognised
1.2 Situations where alternate methods of valuation apply are
recognised
identified
1.4 An appropriate valuation method is selected and applied for
the complex customs valuation situation identified
2 Identify the sales 2.1 Importer and seller are identified

transaction 2.2 Relevant contract or contracts are identified
2.3 Invoice terms relevant to the contract are identified
3 Indentify the import 3.1 Import sales transaction is identified

sales transaction
4 Determine the price in 4.1 The price in the relevant import sales transaction is identified
the import sales
transaction
5 Determine the 5.1 The correct adjusted price deductions are made, taking into
elements of adjusted account the relevant legislation and terms of trade
price for a valuation
6 Indentify elements of 6.1 Correct price related costs are made, taking into account the
price related costs for a relevant legislation and terms of trade
valuation
7 Calculate customs 7.1 The date and place of export are determined in accordance
value for a valuation with the Customs Act 1901
7.2 Valuation elements against imported goods using factorisation
are apportioned
7.3 Alternate valuation methods are applied where necessary
7.4 Transaction value is calculated by applying applicable rate of
exchange
7.5 Valuation Advice Request is prepared in response to identified
problems
7.6 The requirement for a Valuation Advice Request is identified
8 Record valuation 8.1 Valuation related fields on a customs declaration are identified
information on 8.2 Valuation information is entered correctly on customs
customs declaration in declaration
accordance with 8.3 Calculations are checked for accuracy and verified as required
legislative
the enterprise in accordance with the requirements of Customs
8.5 Post entry valuation advice to the client is initiated where
required

Required knowledge:
Customs Act 1901and related legislation relevant to the conduct of a custom valuation
Workplace procedures and policies for carrying out customs valuation
carrying out customs valuation

Problems that may occur when carrying out customs valuation and appropriate action that can
Information on relevant aspects of customs valuation
Sources of information on new developments in customs valuation practices
valuation practices
customer service team and their implications when providing customs valuation services
Documentation requirements for customs valuations
Penalties and the infringement notice scheme as it applies to goods incorrectly valued
Required skills:
Negotiate, communicate and liaise effectively with clients and others when conducting
customs valuations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the conduct of
customs valuations
Select and use appropriate workplace colloquial and technical language and communication
technologies in the workplace context
customs valuation practices
Follow the designated plan for the customs valuation work
Maintain work records
customs valuations
Enter information using appropriate technology when carrying out customs valuations
Solve problems that may arise when carrying out customs valuations
standards

RANGE STATEMENT
Information on relevant aspects identification and calculation of various aspects kinds of

of customs valuation may valuation such as:
include: royalties and licence fees
commissions
rebates
packing costs
rejection of transaction value
related parties
transfer pricing
alternate valuation methods
case law as it applies to valuation
Valuation Advice Request and rulings
Transaction value is: the main method for valuing goods for customs purposes
Alternate valuation methods may Identical Goods Valuation

include: Similar Goods Valuation
Deductive Goods Method
Computed Value Method
Fall Back Method
INCOTERMS 2000 are: the ICC Official Rules for the Interpretation of Trade
Terms, International Chamber of Commerce, 1999
Adjusted price may include: deductible financing costs
post importation costs
Australian inland freight and insurance
deductible administrative costs
overseas freight and insurance
Price related costs may include: production assist costs
packing costs
foreign inland freight and insurance
commissions
royalties and licence fees
proceeds of resale
Factorisation means: the apportionment of costs over a line value (each line of
the import declaration for which there is a separate
classification)

Valuation advice may include: the completion and lodgement of an official Valuation
Advice Request with Australian Customs
advice to the client to pay under protest
Post entry valuation advice may advising the client what options are available if there is
include: disagreement with the customs value
Verification may include: other colleagues within the enterprise

customs brokers
New developments in complex case law
customs valuation practices technology
including changes in:
products
regulations
legislation
processes
systems
developments in customs other departments, support staff, managers, training staff,
valuation practices may be etc.
obtained from: regulatory authority, WTO, WCO
internet websites
valuation practices may include: reading independently
may be called:


fax
email
internet
RF systems
Documentation and records may Customs Act 1901 and related legislation
include: World Trade Organisation Valuation Agreement
Australian Customs Manual on Valuation
INCOTERMS 2000 ICC Official Rules for the
Interpretation of Trade Terms, International Chamber of
Commerce, 1999
internal documentation used for customs valuation
documentation
client instructions
arrangements
Applicable legislation and Customs Act 1901and related legislation
regulations may include: privacy legislation
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

applying the relevant method for a customs
valuation
identifying the import sales transaction for
customs valuation purposes
recording valuation information on customs
entry/declaration
calculating customs value for a customs
valuation
identifying elements of price related costs
for a customs valuation
determining the price and elements of
adjusted price for a complex customs
valuation
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA5707C Analyse, advise on and carry out integrated border clearance transactions
TLIA5707C Analyse, advise on and carry out integrated

border clearance transactions
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to analyse,
advise on and carry out integrated border clearance transactions,
usually involving analysis of complex interactions between
component elements of the transactions and in accordance with
Customs and related legislation and workplace requirements.

1 Read and interpret the 1.1 Documentation on the integrated border clearance transaction
facts of the transaction is reviewed and pertinent Customs and other related
request legislation and quality standards are identified
1.2 Customs and other related legislation and quality standards are
accessed and their implications for the integrated border
clearance transaction are clarified and confirmed
1.3 Missing or ambiguous documentation on the integrated border
clearance transaction is identified and documentation is
updated as required in consultation with the client
1.4 The integrated border transaction is interpreted to determine
the potential interactive effects that may need to be considered
between the different legislative requirements and quality
standards
2 Identify and analyse 2.1 The various aspects of the integrated border clearance
any problems transaction and the related documentation are analysed and
any identified issues and problems are documented
2.2 The implications and risks associated with identified issues
and problems are assessed

2.3 Outcomes of the assessment of implications and risks are
recorded in accordance with workplace procedures and
3 Develop and review 3.1 Appropriate alternative solutions to the identified issues and
alternative solutions problems are developed with due consideration to the
management of the risks involved, all legislative requirements,
enterprise quality standards and the needs of the client
3.2 The comparative benefits and risks of the alternative solutions
are reviewed in accordance with workplace procedures
3.3 The various options and their outcomes of the review of their
comparative benefits and risks are documented as required
4 Select and justify a 4.1 Based on the review of the alternative solutions developed, a
solution selection is made of the preferred solution
4.2 The justification for the selection is documented as per
workplace procedures and policies with due reference to its
compliance with all legislative requirements, the benefits of
the selected solution, the risks involved and how they will be
managed
4.3 Any critical issues identified during the review and analysis
process are discussed and cleared with relevant internal and
external personnel if necessary
5 Provide advice to client 5.1 The results of the review of the integrated border clearance
on a border clearance transaction are discussed with the client and advice is provided
transaction on the recommended solution and the rationale for the
recommendation
5.2 Agreement is gained from the client to proceed with the
integrated border clearance transaction as planned
6 Complete the border 6.1 The integrated border clearance transaction is completed in
clearance transaction accordance with the agreed approach and all pertinent
legislative requirements and workplace procedures
7 Document and record 7.1 All required documentation for the integrated border clearance
the border clearance transaction is completed and verified in accordance with all
transaction legislative requirements and workplace procedures
7.2 Information is entered into appropriate systems as required
7.3 Records are made of the integrated border clearance
transaction and information on any specific issues and
problems and related solutions adopted and action taken
7.4 All relevant information concerning the integrated border
clearance transaction is forwarded to the client and relevant
internal and external personnel
7.5 Records for the integrated border transaction are retained

according to Customs and related legislation requirements as
well as workplace and organisational procedures
8 Implement formal 8.1 The need for a formal review of a dispute related to a border
review mechanisms for transaction is identified in accordance with the relevant
dispute resolution requirements of Customs and other related legislation
8.2 The appropriate review mechanism for a dispute related to a
border transaction is identified in accordance with the relevant
requirements of Customs and other related legislation
8.3 The identified review mechanism is implemented for the
resolution of a dispute related to a border transaction in
accordance with the relevant requirements of Customs and
other related legislation

Required knowledge:
Relevant Customs and related legislation and Australian and international codes and
regulations relevant to the analysing, advising on and conducting integrated border clearance
transactions
Workplace procedures and policies for analysing, advising on and conducting integrated
when analysing, advising on and conducting integrated border clearance transactions
Issues and problems that may be identified when analysing, advising on and conducting
integrated border clearance transactions and appropriate action that can be taken to resolve the
problems and issues concerned
Information on relevant aspects of integrated border clearance transactions
Types of goods and related documentation
Sources of information on new developments in border clearance operations, transactions and
related legislative requirements
Ways of learning the skills and knowledge required for new developments in border clearance
operations, transactions and related legislative requirements
Cultural differences amongst customers, internal and external contacts and within the
operational team and their implications
Documentation requirements needed when analysing, advising on and conducting integrated
Required skills:
Take responsibility for analysing, advising on and conducting integrated border clearance
transactions and related solutions
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to analysing, advising on
and conducting integrated border clearance transactions
Select and use relevant computer/communication/office equipment when analysing, advising
on and conducting integrated border clearance transactions
Present information using appropriate media and technology
Work collaboratively as part of a customs broking team
Solve problems that may arise when analysing, advising on and conducting integrated border
clearance transactions
RANGE STATEMENT
Information on relevant aspects the functions and responsibilities of a customs broker

of integrated border clearance nominee, sole trader and corporate brokerage
transactions may include: the role and authority of the Customs, AQIS and other
legislative authorities and how they fit into the structure
of the government and customs broker practices
internal and external review practices available to analyse
and review issues and problems arising within integrated
processes and practices for advising clients on issues and
related solutions arising during an assessment of
integrated border clearance transactions
Analysis of an integrated border careful and detailed consideration of the client's
clearance transaction may instructions and needs, all compliance requirements and
involve: relevant workplace quality standards. It also includes
consideration of all possible interactive effects and risks
and a comparative review of appropriate solutions to any
problems and issues identified in the course of the
analysis

Aspects of integrated border permit requirements (including environmental/wildlife

clearance transactions that will and quarantine)
need to be examined and GST requirements
analysed to establish any
interactive effects and problems tariff classification requirements
may include: valuation
prohibitions and restrictions
infringement notices and penalties
dispute resolution
Aspects of transaction that may client requirements
be considered in the compliance with all legislation and permit requirements
consideration of interactive
effects and issues can include: risk assessment (to broking organisation, regulatory
authorities and client)
cost effectiveness
timeliness
source(s) of information
New developments in border legislation
clearance requirements and processes
operations may relate to:
systems
technology
goods
Information on new internal networks such as: own operations team, staff in
developments in border clearance other departments, support staff, managers, training staff,
requirements and operations may etc.
be obtained from: external networks such as: staff in various regulatory
authorities (Customs, AQIS, etc.), airline, shipping, road
transport and storage, personnel, staff in bond stores and
other customs broking firms, etc.
official booklets, bulletins, journals, magazines, books,
etc.
internet websites (e.g. Customs, AQIS)
developments in border clearance
requirements and operations may reading independently
include coaching in the workplace


may be called:
fax
email
internet
RF systems
Consultative processes may clients
involve: their agents
management representatives
other relevant government departments, authorities and
institutions
Customs
AQIS

Documentation and records may relevant Customs and related legislation

include: ATO legislative requirements
AQIS and other legislative requirements and publications
pertaining to border clearance functions
relevant sections of Australian Customs Manual
information from relevant websites on the internet such
as Customs, DEWHA and AQIS websites
internal documentation used for integrated border
clearance transactions
documentation
manufacturers specifications for equipment required
when conducting analysis
client instructions
arrangements
Applicable legislation and Customs Act 1901and related legislation pertaining to
regulations may include: integrated border clearance transactions
taxation legislation
AQIS and other government and legislative requirements
pertaining to border clearance functions
privacy legislation
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE


reading and interpreting the facts of the
transaction request
identifying and analysing any problems that
may arise in completing a border clearance
transaction
developing and reviewing alternative
solutions
selecting and justifying solutions to typical
border clearance transaction problems
completing the border clearance transaction
documenting and recording the border
clearance transaction
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA5807A Manage facility and inventory requirements

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to manage a
facility and its inventory requirements. It includes identifying
space, safety and security requirements; developing a
documentation system; designing storage zones; and evaluating
facility utilisation. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
Application of the Unit Work may be undertaken in various contexts within the transport
and logistics industry.
This unit generally applies to those who provide leadership of
others individually or in teams.
This unit is normally packaged at AQF V or above.

1 Identify space 1.1 The medium-term and long-term storage needs of the
requirements organisation are assessed to facilitate planning in accordance
with the business plan of the enterprise and legislative
requirements
1.2 Product type, picking frequencies, value, fragility, weight,
handling characteristics, quantity and holding periods are
assessed to consider type and amount of storage
1.3 Facility is assessed to determine the stock holding and
handling requirements for each inventory item
1.4 Volume requirements are calculated to ensure that ongoing
stock holding needs are met
1.5 The total space requirement is calculated and used to
formulate plan for space utilisation
2 Identify safety and 2.1 An assessment is made of risks to ensure maximum safety and
security requirements security for personnel, stock and facilities
2.2 Storage handling security and incident/emergency procedures
for each class or type of product are identified and
documented
2.3 Fire prevention and firefighting systems are identified in
accordance with building code regulations and storage
material requirements
2.4 An evacuation plan is developed in accordance with the safety
program of the enterprise
3 Develop 3.1 A system for recording and tracing stock location, receival,
documentation system throughput and despatch is developed and implemented to
enable reporting, quality assurance and financial requirements
to be met
3.2 A system for recording communication with carriers,
customers and employees is developed and implemented to
assess operational effectiveness and to provide data for system
improvement
4 Design storage zones 4.1 Space requirements and equipment operation are accurately
assessed to facilitate the planning of warehouse zones
4.2 An assessment is made of the facility to enable the most
effective use of available space
4.3 Positioning of storage areas, bays, work stations and the like is
undertaken in accordance with data obtained from the
planning process
4.4 Provision for maintenance and cleaning is catered for
5 Evaluate facility 5.1 A continual system of review is used involving regular checks
utilisation to ensure storage areas and systems are functioning at
optimum levels
5.2 Receiving and despatch systems provide efficient operations
5.3 Storage and handling systems provide ease of access and
comply with ergonomic principles
5.4 Product handling and storage minimises product damage,
contamination and stock losses
5.5 Facility layout remains sufficiently flexible to meet changing
storage and handling requirements
5.6 Appropriate reporting systems are established and used to
maintain data for the design of improved facilities and systems

Required knowledge:
practice, including knowledge of fire safety and building regulations applicable to the facility
Focus of operation of warehouse systems, resources, management and workplace operating
systems
Enterprise business policies and plans including procedures for operations of the facility
Throughput and storage requirements for specific types of inventory
Principles, purpose and location of controls, monitoring devices, and systems
Selection and appropriate application of technology, information systems and procedures

activities, particularly those that relate to the storage of materials
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when managing facility and inventory requirements
Read and interpret plans, diagrams, regulations, codes of practice and other documentation
relevant to the management of facilities and inventory requirements
Provide leadership to others when managing facilities and inventory requirements
Promptly report and or rectify any identified problems that may arise during the planning and
management of facilities and inventory requirements
Develop and implement contingency plans for unplanned events which may arise during the
management of facilities and inventory requirements
Prioritise work and coordinate the work of others
Select and apply appropriate technology, information systems and procedures when managing
facility and inventory requirements
RANGE STATEMENT
The workplace environment may twenty four hour operation

involve: single and multi site location
large, medium and small companies
may be called:


fax
email
internet
RF systems
customers and suppliers
other professional or technical staff, contractors and
maintenance personnel
Documentation and records may regulations and codes of practice relevant to the functions
include: of a storage facility, including the ADG code, fire safety
and firefighting regulations, building code regulations,
storage and handling procedures, and security procedures
relevant to the specific facility
emergency procedures, particularly in relation to fire and
evacuation
documentation
requirements
Applicable legislation and Australian and international regulations and codes of
regulations may include: practice for the transport of dangerous goods and
building codes, fire safety and firefighting codes and
regulations
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA607C Organise and monitor terminal/wharf operations
TLIA607C Organise and monitor terminal/wharf

operations
and monitor terminal/wharf operations in accordance with
workplace requirements including organising equipment,
machinery and personnel; identifying, assessing and managing
potential risks; monitoring work performance and progress;
monitoring the status of pending work; solving problems and
making decisions; completing all shift requirements; and preparing
for the next shift. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
standards, regulations and workplace requirements concerning
terminal/wharf operations.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the organisation and
monitoring of terminal/wharf operations as part of work activities
in the stevedoring, transport, distribution and/or allied industries.

1 Organise equipment, 1.1 Equipment, machinery and personnel are organised to
machinery and facilitate the safe and efficient loading and unloading of the
personnel ship
1.2 Liaison is maintained with supervisors to ensure the
availability of adequate resources
2 Identify, assess and 2.1 Potential risks are identified and assessed and appropriate
manage potential risks solutions are implemented in accordance with workplace
procedures
2.2 Potential risks to safe and efficient operations are removed
from the work area or other arrangements are made to ensure
conditions for safe work
2.3 Supervisors are advised of potential risks and liaison is
maintained until the risk has been removed
3 Monitor work 3.1 Work performance and progress is monitored to ensure work
performance and is performed in accordance with established guidelines and
progress procedures and that safe work practices are maintained

3.2 Methods and procedures of work are monitored and refined in
consultation with supervisors and operational personnel
3.3 Work performance rates are monitored with delays minimised
to ensure work program objectives are met
3.4 Work practices are monitored to ensure compliance with
national standards and safety codes
3.5 Environmental conditions are monitored to ensure safe
working conditions are maintained
4 Monitor status of 4.1 The status of pending work is monitored, in order of priorities,
pending work taking into account the needs of the ship and the
terminal/wharf

Required knowledge:
Australian and international standards, codes and regulations relevant to the operation of
terminals/wharves including the Australian and International Dangerous Goods Codes
Workplace procedures and policies for the organisation and monitoring of terminal/wharf
operations
the organisation and monitoring of terminal/wharf operations
Problems that may occur when organising and monitoring terminal/wharf operations and
Site layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when organising and monitoring terminal and wharf
operations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and labels relevant to organising and
monitoring terminal and wharf operations
Complete documentation related to organising and monitoring terminal and wharf operations
Work collaboratively with others when organising and monitoring terminal and wharf
operations


environments
procedures
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when organising and
monitoring terminal and wharf operations
standards
Estimate size, shape and special requirements of loads
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Account may be taken of the organisational and statutory operating requirements
following conditions in relation surface condition of the work area
to operational safety (depending
on the operational context of the stacking area
terminal/wharf concerned): degree of visibility
weather conditions
other traffic
obstacles
site and nature of loads
ship/vehicle/rail movements
tidal movement

contractors
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio


number
regulations relevant to the organisation and monitoring of
terminal/wharf operations
documentation
arrangements
requirements

Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations for terminal and wharf
Codes
Code
marine orders
requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA707C Coordinate stevedoring clerical functions

stevedoring clerical functions in accordance with workplace
requirements including monitoring clerical functions; solving
operational problems; arranging the inspection/survey of
containers and/or cargo, preparing for the next shift; and
completing and handing over the shift. Licensing, legislative,
standards, regulations and workplace requirements concerning
terminal/wharf operations.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the coordination of
clerical functions at a container/cargo terminal/wharf as part of
work activities in the stevedoring, transport, distribution and/or
allied industries.

1 Monitor clerical 1.1 Duties and the relationship of the duties to enterprise
functions procedures are outlined and explained in accordance with
1.2 Clerical work is monitored to ensure it meets workplace
requirements
2 Solve operational 2.1 Potential and actual problem(s) are identified and or
problems anticipated
2.2 Information and evidence surrounding the problem is collected
and analysed
2.3 Options are identified, evaluated and optimal solution selected
2.4 The chosen solution is implemented in accordance with
2.5 The effectiveness of the solution is evaluated against
workplace requirements to resolve the problem
3 Arrange the 3.1 Arrangements are made to allow access to identified

inspection/survey of containers/cargo by authorised personnel
containers/cargo 3.2 Records of access allowed are completed in accordance with
4 Prepare for next shift 4.1 Personnel requirements for next shift are determined to ensure
safe and efficient operations
4.2 Container/cargo movements in the yard are checked and
recorded to ensure the incoming shift has up-to-date
information on the status of work and container/cargo location

Required knowledge:
Australian and international standards, codes and regulations relevant to the operation of
terminals/wharves including the Australian and International Dangerous Goods Codes
Workplace procedures and policies for the coordination of clerical functions at a container or
cargo terminal or wharf
relevant to the coordination of clerical functions at a container or cargo terminal or wharf
Problems that may occur when coordinating clerical functions at a container or cargo terminal
or wharf and appropriate action that can be taken to resolve the problems
Site layout of container or cargo terminal or wharf
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when coordinating clerical functions at a container or
cargo terminal or wharf
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to coordinating clerical
functions at a container or cargo terminal or wharf
Interpret and follow operational instructions and prioritise work when coordinating clerical
Complete documentation related to work activities when coordinating clerical functions at a
container or cargo terminal or wharf
Operate electronic communication equipment to required protocol when coordinating clerical
Work collaboratively with others when coordinating clerical functions at a container or cargo
terminal or wharf

environments
procedures
standards
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when coordinating
clerical functions at a container or cargo terminal or wharf
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
contractors


safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: fax
email/internet
RF systems
radio

number
regulations relevant to clerical functions at a
container/cargo terminal/wharf
documentation
arrangements
requirements
Applicable regulations and relevant standards, codes and regulations for terminal and
legislation may include: wharf operations
Codes
Code
marine orders
requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:

equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA807C Transfer cargo

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to transfer
cargo in accordance with workplace requirements including
preparing for the transfer of the load, safely transferring the cargo
using appropriate lifting equipment, finalising the transfer, and
completing all required documentation. Licensing, legislative,
regulations and workplace requirements concerning the transfer of
cargo/freight.
procedures and regulatory requirements when transferring cargo as
part of work activities in the stevedoring, transport, distribution

1 Prepare for load 1.1 Load characteristics are identified to determine any special
transfer handling or equipment requirements
1.2 Location of load in yard and following transfer method is
determined
1.3 Pathway for load transfer is established consistent with
workplace procedures noting obstacles and any particular
safety precautions
1.4 Working area is prepared in accordance with the national
standards, safety codes, and site operating procedures
1.5 Personal protective equipment and other safety equipment is
assembled
1.6 The Safe Working Load (SWL) or Working Load Limit
(WLL) is calculated using formulae for the particular type of
lifting equipment
1.7 Lifting equipment is checked to determine safe working order
for the transfer
1.8 Unsafe equipment is reported to appropriate personnel
2 Transfer cargo 2.1 Cargo is steadied and secured using appropriate devices
2.2 Load is lifted and shifted safely following national standards,
safety codes and site operating procedures
2.3 Load is transferred and set down ensuring no injury to

personnel or damage to machinery or cargo
3 Complete transfer 3.1 Securing arrangements are released from load ensuring no
injury to personnel or damage to machinery or cargo
3.2 Relevant documentation is completed including reporting of
damaged cargo in accordance with workplace reporting
requirements
3.3 Equipment is returned to store and work area returned to
normal working condition

Required knowledge:
Australian and international codes and regulations relevant to the transfer of cargo/freight
including the Australian and International Dangerous Goods Codes
Workplace procedures and policies for the transfer of cargo and freight
the transfer of cargo and freight
Problems that may occur when transferring cargo/freight and appropriate action that can be
Types of equipment used to transfer loads in terminals/wharves, their applications and
procedures and precautions for their use
Requirements for Safe Working Load (SWL) and Working Load Limit (WLL) of load
shifting equipment
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when transferring cargo and freight
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the transfer of
cargo and freight
Interpret and follow operational instructions and prioritise work when transferring cargo and
freight
Complete documentation related to work activities when transferring cargo and freight
Receive, acknowledge and send messages with communications equipment whilst operating
load transfer equipment
Work collaboratively with otherswhen transferring cargo and freight
transferring cargo and freight in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events that may occur when transferring cargo
and freight
environments
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of load transfer equipment
Conduct checks on equipment used when transferring cargo and freight in terms of service
schedule and standard operating procedures
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when transferring cargo
and freight
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions

Equipment may include: appropriate load shifting equipment normally in use at a

terminal or wharf (but does not include gantry equipment,
boom cranes, dozers or specialised load shifting
equipment which are covered by separate competency
units)
traffic
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio
contractors


number
regulations relevant to the transfer of cargo
documentation
arrangements
requirements
Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations for the transfer of
legislation may include: cargo/freight
Codes
Code
marine orders

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIA907E Complete and check import/export documentation
TLIA907E Complete and check import/export

documentation
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to complete
and or evaluate import and export documentation, and check
documentation in accordance with the requirements of Customs
and related legislation and workplace procedures. Licensing,
to this unit.
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the relevant Customs
and related legislation and workplace requirements concerning the
completion and checking of import/export documentation.
team environment. Work is undertaken in a range of environments
including small to large worksites in the customs broking and
freight forwarding industries.

1 Identify procedures 1.1 Documents required for import/export of goods are identified
required for 1.2 Required documents are sourced
documentation for 1.3 Content requirements for each section of the documentation
import/export of goods are applied
1.4 Timelines for completion of documents are identified and
noted
1.5 Requirements for permits and other documentation (e.g.
Quarantine) are identified and implications noted
1.6 Procedures for obtaining clearances including AUTHORITY
TO DEAL, Delivered into Home Consumption authorisation
and Export Declaration Numbers (EDN) are identified and
followed in accordance with the requirements of Customs and
related legislation and workplace procedures
1.7 Letters of credit are identified and implications of each noted
1.8 Assistance is sought as required in identifying required
documents and to commence process of assessing or
completing these documents
1.9 Lodge all documentation if required by legislation (e.g.
CITES)
2 Complete 2.1 Content requirements for each section of the documentation

documentation to meet are identified and applied in accordance with the requirements
legislative and of Customs and related legislation and workplace procedures
workplace 2.2 Workplace procedures for authorisations are followed
requirements 2.3 Data entry for documents are completed
2.4 Problems arising in completing required documents are
identified and assistance sought to resolve these in accordance
with the requirements of Customs and related legislation and
2.5 Actions are taken to meet deadlines
2.6 Assistance is sought as required in completing required
documents
3 Check documentation 3.1 Documents are collated and checked before forwarding to
to ensure it meets supervisor, manager or more senior personnel for checking
legislative within designated timelines in accordance with the
requirements requirements of Customs and related legislation and
3.2 Declarations are checked to ensure they meet the requirements
of Customs and related legislation and workplace procedures
3.3 Letters of credit are checked to ensure they meet commercial,
transport and overseas requirements
3.4 Dangerous goods documentation is checked in accordance
3.5 Required documents are forwarded for checking by
supervisor, manager or more senior personnel in accordance
3.6 Any revisions to documents are finalised and rechecked by
self and supervisor, manager or more senior personnel prior to
lodgement
4 Lodge documentation 4.1 Documents are forwarded to relevant personnel in accordance

for processing with the requirements of Customs and related legislation and
4.2 Documents are filed, stored and retained in accordance with
the requirements of Customs and related legislation and

Required knowledge:

Australian and international standards, codes and regulations relevant to the import and export
of cargo and freight
Workplace procedures and policies for the completion of import and export documentation
completing import/export cargo and freight documentation
Problems that may occur when completing import and export documentation and appropriate
The Customs Act 1901and related legislation
Documentation requirements for the import and export of cargo and freight
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when completing import and export documentation
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the import and export of
cargo and freight
Complete and/or assess accuracy of import and export documentation
Work collaboratively with others when completing import and export documentation
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems when completing and/ or assessing
import and export documentation in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
environments
procedures
Select and use relevant communications, computing and office equipment when completing
import and export documentation
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night


exposed conditions
personal effects
consignments imported/exported by parcels post
consignments imported/exported by air freight
consignments imported/exported by sea freight
wildlife or wildlife products (living or non-living)
goods with specialist requirements, including temperature
fax
email
internet
radio


include: manifests, barcodes, and container identification/serial
number
relevant Customs legislation, related legislation including
quarantine legislation, environment and conservation
legislation and Australian and international codes of
practice and regulations relevant to import/export of
cargo
Australian and international standards, regulations and
codes of practice for the handling and transport of
sheets (MSDSs) (where applicable)
packing declaration
timber treatment certificates
cleanliness certificate
handling instructions for cargo (especially for dangerous
goods or temperature controlled goods)
commercial invoices
packing lists
air waybill (AWB)
certificates of origin
bills of lading (B/L) or sea waybills
certificates of marine insurance, other insurance
certificates
quarantine treatment certificate
transportation and warehousing instructions
permits from regulatory bodies (Australian and
international)
financial documentation
other documents specific to goods, country of
origin/destination
documentation
arrangements
requirements
Commonwealth of Australia 2009 emergency procedures 5
Applicable regulations and relevant Customs and related legislation, including

legislation may include: taxation legislation
relevant standards and codes for the import/export of
cargo
quarantine legislation
Codes
Code
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

identifying procedures required for
documentation for import/export of goods
completing and checking documentation and
records to meet relevant Customs legislation
and related legislation and workplace
requirements
providing customer/client service and work
effectively with others
selecting and using appropriate workplace
colloquial and technical language and
communication technologies in the
workplace context
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB10009A Visually inspect track infrastructure

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to visually
inspect track infrastructure in accordance with safeworking and
regulatory requirements and workplace procedure. It includes
patrolling the track and right of way infrastructure, and recording
and documenting identified defects in accordance with workplace
requirements. Licensing or certification requirements are not
Application of the Unit Persons achieving competence in this unit will need to fulfil the
applicable legislated rail safety requirements including acts and
regulations from each state and territory together with any
nationally approved compliance codes and/or guidelines.
Work is performed under minimal supervision, generally within a
team environment. It involves the application of routine
operational principles and procedures to the visual inspection of
the railway track infrastructure as part of workplace activities
across a variety of operational contexts within the Australian rail
system.
Competency Field B Equipment Checking & Maintenance

1 Patrol track 1.1 Appropriate inspection method is employed to conduct visual
infrastructure examinations of track and right of way for the identification of
defects
1.2 Visual examinations are performed in accordance with
workplace procedures and in line with inspection schedules
1.3 Variations from allowable tolerances, defects and deficiencies
likely to affect train safety are identified to enable appropriate
action to be taken on the repairs required
1.4 Unsatisfactory conditions are assessed in terms of seriousness
and priority
2 Record and document 2.1 Appropriate action is taken to safeguard operation of the rail
defects system
2.2 Inspection schedule or work report data is completed in
2.3 Defects and deficiencies are reported to enable repairs to be
effected in a timely manner


Required knowledge:
Relevant safety, OH&S and environmental procedures and regulations
Workplace procedures for the visual inspection of track and right of way
Problems that may occur during the visual inspection of track and right of way, and action
that can be taken to report or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist when visually inspecting track and right of way, and ways of
Contents of relevant technical specifications and manuals
Track and right of way standards
Different types of track and right of way defects
Defect deterioration under differing operating conditions
Visible rail defect types
Techniques for prioritising defect rectification
Fault identification and analysis techniques
Emergency procedures
Details of local authority procedures
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when visually inspecting track and right of way
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the visual
inspection of track and right of way
Identify different types of track and right of way defects
Complete documentation related to the visual inspection of track and right of way
Record and report results of visual inspection of track and right of way in required format
Operate communication equipment to required protocol
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions when visually
inspecting track and right of way in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events during the visual inspection of track and
right of way
environments


procedures
Select and use required personal protective equipment
Identify, select and use tools and equipment
RANGE STATEMENT

in all weather conditions
Work may be conducted in: restricted spaces or exposed conditions
Work may involve: exposure to chemicals, and dangerous or hazardous
substances
movements of equipment, goods and vehicles
Track and right of way track geometry
infrastructure may include: track components
turnouts
formation
drainage
earthworks
clearances
trackside signs
fencing
Patrol methods may include: walking
engine
road/rail vehicle
track vehicle
Patrol inspections may include: scheduled patrol
patrol in abnormal weather (heat, cold, wet etc.)
special patrols as directed

Faults may include: track geometry defects (top, twist, line, gauge)
pumping or unstable track
obstructions to train movements
obstructions to the wheel path of the train
defective or broken rails, joints, breakaways, and loose or
foul joints, fishbolts and fishplates
failures of sleepers, transoms and fastenings
breaches of fencing and ineffective safety barriers
missing or incorrect speed signs
track formation, cutting or embankment failure
failed or ineffective drainage
ballast deficiencies and foul ballast
crossing and switch failures
Tools may include: hand tools
small plant
Depending on the type and stop trains
seriousness of identified defects, speed restrictions
appropriate action may include:
immediate repair action
report for programmed repair action
monitor for further deterioration
Liaison may include: internal or external personnel from other work areas
Communication equipment may two-way radios

include: telephones/mobile phones
agreed audible or hand signals
Information may be provided: electronically
in writing, via forms/documents
orally, via face-to-face communications

Safety and personal protective high visibility clothing

equipment may include: hearing protection
gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
dust mask
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radio/mobile phone
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
Information/documents may maintenance notices, records and requests

include: local authority regulations and procedures
work orders
technical instructions
local instructions
manufacturers or workplace equipment operation
manuals
operational instructions, policies and workplace
procedures
emergency procedure manuals
two-way radio/mobile phone operation procedures
emergency procedures manual

Applicable regulations and legislated rail safety requirements including acts and
legislation may include: regulations from each applicable state and territory
together with any nationally approved compliance codes
and/or guidelines
relevant Australian Standards and related requirements,
including AS 4292
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
Assessment must include exercises which demonstrate
competent performance of the following in a range of
situations:
patrolling the track and right of way
infrastructure
recording and documenting identified
defects to workplace standards
required to:
equipment, and

workplace

TLIB1007C Plan and implement maintenance schedules

implement maintenance schedules in accordance with relevant
regulatory requirements and workplace procedures. This includes
establishing maintenance requirements, organising maintenance
activities, organising resources, and completing all required
procedures and documentation. Licensing, legislative, regulatory
or certification requirements are applicable to this unit.
Australian regulations, standards and codes of practice, including
the ADG Code.
it.
co-ordination and allocation and provides leadership of others

1 Establish maintenance 1.1 Equipment specifications, service requirements and workplace
requirements procedures are checked for recommended maintenance
intervals and processes
1.2 Special requirements for maintenance of storage zones are
identified
1.3 Comparisons with previous experience, future equipment use,
work requirements and standard operating procedures are
made to inform the planning process
1.4 Work plan and work schedule are developed
1.5 Contractors and/or maintenance providers (internal/external)
are identified
1.6 Costings for process are identified based on work schedule
(equipment/staff off-line), equipment manufacturers

recommendations, charges for materials, equipment and
consumables and external/internal labour charges
1.7 Required interruptions, processes and procedures are
documented and recorded
1.8 Clearances for any required costs for maintenance are
obtained
2 Organise maintenance 2.1 Work schedules and staff rosters are checked to identify times
activities when the maintenance process may be scheduled including
optimum timing for any shut down
2.2 Permission from supervisory personnel is obtained for timing
of maintenance to optimise the maintenance process and work
2.3 Detailed work plans are developed to accord with work
schedules, availability of expertise and the resource
availability
2.4 Employees with the required competencies are identified and
where necessary appropriate training and assessment is
facilitated
2.5 Approvals for work schedule, employee work pattern and
maintenance schedule adjustments are obtained and work plan
is refined to ensure the maintenance program will maintain
workplace outputs in terms of workplace policy
3 Organise resources 3.1 Required equipment, personnel and consumables are allocated
in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2 Consumables, equipment and expertise are located and
coordinated to meet maintenance work schedule
3.3 Externally sourced equipment, consumables and expertise are
identified and appropriate arrangements made for procurement
4 Complete maintenance 4.1 Completed work is checked against the maintenance schedule
procedures and the work plan
4.2 Records of work are completed and forwarded to appropriate
personnel noting areas where additional maintenance is
required to maintain optimum work output and equipment life

Required knowledge:
Relevant Australian and international regulations, codes of practice and legislative
requirements including local and international freight regulations
Procedures for identification and interpretation of maintenance requirements
Procedures for identification and evaluation of information needed to plan and implement
maintenance schedules
Procedures for reviewing system options for maintenance operations including appropriate
risk analysis
Procedures for liaising with manufacturers and suppliers
Procedures establishing and/or monitoring suitable maintenance systems
Focus of operation of maintenance systems, resources, management and workplace operating
systems
Characteristics and capabilities of equipment, materials and processes used
Relative features and risks of various maintenance systems, their applications and processes,
and issues involved in their use
Quality and customer service standards, policies and procedures
Application of relevant Australian and international standards and associated certification
requirements
Resource availability including the competencies of individuals in the team/group
The application of current competencies within functional activity
Coaching and mentoring approaches to support team members to share knowledge and skills
Relevant workplace documentation procedures
Contacts and sources of information/documentation needed when planning and implementing
maintenance systems
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when planning and implementing maintenance
schedules
and implementing of maintenance schedules
Complete documentation related to the planning and implementing of maintenance schedules
Work collaboratively with others in the planning and implementing of maintenance schedules
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events
environments
Adapt to differences in equipment in accordance with standard operating procedures

Ensure the servicing of equipment in terms of maintenance schedule and standard operating
procedures
RANGE STATEMENT
Work may be undertaken in: various work environments in the warehousing, storage,
transport and distribution industries

involve: single- and multi-site location
Work systems may include: preventative and remedial maintenance schedules,
protocols and procedures
faulty equipment tagging and repair/replacement systems
equipment inventory and identification systems
hours of operation
Consultative processes may employees, supervisors and managers
involve: equipment manufacturers and suppliers
contractors
involve: fax
email
mail

include: regulations relevant to equipment maintenance
ADG Code
workplace operating procedures, maintenance schedules
and policies
statistical information on equipment malfunctions,
maintenance and repairs
relevant Australian standards, criteria and certification
requirements
communications technology equipment and oral, aural or
quality assurance and customer service standards and
procedures
Applicable regulations and regulations and codes of practice related to equipment
legislation may include: maintenance
practice for the handling, storage and transfer of
legislation
relevant workplace relations legislation
relevant workers compensation legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB10109A Install and maintain rail joints

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to install and
maintain rail joints in accordance with approved standards,
safeworking and regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures. It includes identifying and determining parameters or
components that require repair, cutting and boring rail,
maintaining rail joints, and completing all required documentation.
Licensing or certification requirements may be applicable to this
unit.
operational principles and procedures to installing and maintaining
rail joints as part of workplace activities across a variety of
operational contexts within the Australian rail system.
Operators of mechanised equipment must have undertaken training
and, where appropriate, hold the relevant licence, permit or
certificate and be recognised as competent for the class of
machinery being used.

1 Identify and determine 1.1 Rail joint condition, component, fastening and anchoring
parameters or defects affecting rail joints are identified in accordance with
components that workplace procedures
require adjustment 1.2 Appropriate repair method is selected to ensure rail joint meets
specifications
1.3 Scope of work is determined and resources are arranged
2 Install rail joint 2.1 Location of rail joint is determined

2.2 Rail is cut and correct rail gap is established for joint type
(mechanical or insulated)
2.3 Rail ends are bent (if required) in accordance with workplace
procedures
2.4 Bolt holes are bored to meet joint specification
2.5 Joint is assembled to meet specification
3 Maintain rail joint 3.1 Surfaces and component parts are checked for insulation,
lubrication, correct spacing and correct installation in
accordance with specifications and work procedures
3.2 Rail joint is maintained to specifications following workplace
procedures
4 Complete 4.1 Required documentation is completed in accordance with

documentation workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for installing and maintaining rail joints
Problems that may occur when installing and maintaining rail joints, and action that can be
taken to report or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist when installing and maintaining rail joints, and ways of controlling the
risks involved
Fundamentals of track structures relating to rail joints
Track standards relating to rail joints
Rail joint components
Rail joint defects
Relevant communication systems and procedures
Authorisation/approval processes and procedures
Documentation requirements
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when installing and maintaining rail joints
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information, technical data, standards and
drawings relevant to installing and maintaining rail joints
Interpret and follow operational instructions
Complete documentation related to installing and maintaining rail joints
Operate electronic communication equipment to required protocols
Work collaboratively with others when installing and maintaining rail joints
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions that may be
identified when installing and maintaining rail joints in accordance with regulatory


environments
procedures
standards
Select and use hand tools, power tools and equipment
Identify/locate parameters or components of rail joints requiring adjustment or replacement
Adjust and repair rail joints
Install rail joints
Use relevant plant and mechanised equipment
RANGE STATEMENT

exposed conditions
Work may involve exposure to: chemicals
movements of equipment, materials and vehicles
Equipment may include: mechanical handling/lifting equipment
track machines
hand tools including impact or tension wrenches,
grinders, friction rail saws, rail punches, rail borers, tie
tampers, gauges, track jacks, spiking hammers and bars
rail tensors
fastening equipment
oxy/acetylene equipment

Materials may include: resilient and/or static fastenings

sleeper plates/pads
anchors
bolts
nuts
washer clips
shims
fish plates
swage fastenings
Rail joint parts and surroundings joint insulation
to be checked may include: expansion gap
fishplates
fishbolts
sleeper
sleeper fastening
rail anchoring and rail bonds
track geometry
Fastenings may include: pandrol clips, fist fastenings, Trak Lok, Rex lock
dogspikes/dog screws
bolts, spring washers, nuts
double shouldered sleeper plates
insulated sleeper pads
Types of rail joint may include: mechanical joint
mechanical junction joints
insulated mechanical joint
insulated plate joints
bow plates
bonded insulated joint
Rail ends on curves may require: bending (also known as pressing or crowing)
Special transitional rail joints required between changes of mass/wear

may be:
Liaison may include: internal or external personnel from other work areas (e.g.
train controllers, electricians)
Communication systems may two-way radios
Depending on work context, high visibility clothing

safety and personal protective hearing protection
equipment may include:
gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios/mobile phones
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
Information/documents may operational instructions, policies and workplace

include: procedures
information provided by other workplace personnel
manuals and specifications
Applicable procedures and codes legislated rail safety requirements including acts and
may include: regulations from each applicable state and territory
and/or guidelines
relevant state/territory regulations, codes of practice and
safeworking system requirements
relevant Australian Standards and related requirements
including AS 4292
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
examining rail joints to determine defects
and selecting appropriate repair methods
installing rail joints correctly
checking component parts and carrying out
appropriate maintenance activities
completing documentation to organisational
requirements
required to:
equipment, and
simulated environment, and/or
workplace

TLIB10209A Adjust rail

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to adjust rail
in accordance with safeworking and regulatory requirements and
workplace procedures. It includes identifying and determining the
requirements for rail adjustment, undertaking rail adjustment, and
completing all required documentation. Licensing or certification
requirements may be applicable to this unit.
Work is performed under some supervision, generally within a
operational principles and procedures to adjust rail as part of
workplace activities across a variety of operational contexts within
the Australian rail system.

1 Identify and determine 1.1 Appropriate adjustment method is determined and resources
the requirements for are arranged
rail adjustment 1.2 Adjustment length is established depending on track geometry
and location in accordance with workplace procedures
2 Adjust rail 2.1 Anchor points are identified and created as necessary to enable
rail adjustment to be undertaken in accordance with workplace
procedures
2.2 Track is released and rail is vibrated to achieve stress free state
2.3 Appropriate measurements are taken and used to calculate
adjustment requirements in accordance with workplace
procedures
2.4 Rail length is adjusted using appropriate method to achieve
desired rail stress
2.5 Rail is joined using appropriate method in accordance with
2.6 Track fastenings are restored in accordance with workplace
procedures
2.7 Creep control marks are installed or reset in CWR track in
accordance with workplace procedures (if applicable)
3 Complete 3.1 Completed work is checked for compliance to standards to

documentation ensure safe operations of trains
3.2 Required documentation is completed in accordance with

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for rail adjustment
Problems that may occur when adjusting rail, and action that can be taken to report or resolve
the problems
Hazards that may exist when adjusting rail, and ways of controlling the risks involved
Basic rail adjustment theory and critical aspects of rail stress
Rail adjustment procedures
Temperature and alignment limitations on adjustment
Documentation and record keeping requirements
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when adjusting rail
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to rail adjustment
Complete documentation related to rail adjustment
Work collaboratively with others when adjusting rail
identified when adjusting rail in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
environments


procedures
Identify, select and use hand tools
Establish appropriate adjustment length
Measure and calculate adjustment condition
Use rail adjustment procedures for adjustment in different track configurations
Use 'rail out - rail in' method appropriately and correctly (if applicable)
Install and reset creep control marks in CWR track (if applicable)
Complete documentation and record keeping requirements
RANGE STATEMENT

exposed conditions
Adjustment methods may vary rail length
according to: adjustment condition (initial or re-adjustment)
proximity to fixed points (turnouts, bridges etc.)
Adjustment methods may conversion of jointed track to CWR
include: adjustment of existing CWR
adjustment of existing jointed track
'rail out - rail in' method
Adjustment length may vary track curvature
according to: proximity to fixed points (turnouts, bridges etc.)
adjustment temperature
equipment limitations
Appropriate measurements may rail temperature
include: rail gaps
rail longitudinal movement

Rail joints may include: aluminothermic welds

flashbutt welds
fishplated joints
Track fastenings may include: anchors
non-resilient fastenings
resilient fastenings
Measuring equipment may rail thermometers
include: gap gauges
tape measures
measuring wheels
stringline
Tools and equipment may mechanical handling/lifting equipment
include: hand tools including hammers, impact wrenches,
grinders, tension wrenches, friction rail saws, and rail
punches
rail tensors
rail heaters
rail threaders
fastening equipment
Communication two-way radios
equipment/systems may include: telephones/mobile phones
train controllers)


gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
dust mask
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
hand lamps
flags
safety devices

include: procedures
works orders
notices, records and requests
manuals
in writing, via forms/documents/plans
trackside signals

and/or guidelines
including AS 4292
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
identifying and determining appropriate
methods for rail adjustment
taking appropriate measurements and
calculating adjustments
ensuring track is restored correctly
required to:
actual materials and equipment, and

workplace

TLIB107C Check and assess operational capabilities of equipment
TLIB107C Check and assess operational capabilities of

equipment
assess the operational capabilities of equipment in accordance with
workplace requirements, including inspecting equipment and work
area, checking the operational capability of equipment and its
safety devices, identifying and assessing the impact of faults on
safety and work requirements, and recording and reporting the
results of inspection and testing in accordance with workplace
procedures and relevant regulatory requirements. Licensing,
to this unit.
and workplace requirements relevant to the checking and
assessment of the operational capability of equipment.
Safety checks and equipment tests are performed under limited
supervision.
Work involves the application of regulatory requirements and
workplace procedures to the checking and assessment of the
operational capability of equipment in the stevedoring, transport,

1 Inspect equipment and 1.1 Equipment is inspected prior to start-up in accordance with
work area workplace pre-operational functional safety check procedures
and manufacturers specifications
1.2 Aspects of equipment/work area found to be outside
manufacturers and/or workplace specifications are reported to
designated persons for appropriate action
2 Check equipment 2.1 Equipment and components are tested after start-up in
operational capability accordance with manufacturers specifications and workplace
procedures
2.2 Warning systems are all checked for operational effectiveness
3 Identify and assess 3.1 Faults are identified and assessment made of the potential
impact of faults on effect on the operation of the equipment for the required work

work requirements 3.2 Faults that may affect the safe operation of the equipment are
reported to the appropriate personnel for rectification
4 Record and report 4.1 The results of the inspection and testing are accurately
results of inspection reported in accordance with regulatory requirements,
and testing workplace policy and industry guidelines
4.2 Records are clear, unambiguous and concisely kept in
4.3 Clear reference is made to any items which may affect the
future safety of the equipment

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures and policies for the checking and assessing of the operational
capability of equipment
the checking and assessing of the operational capability of equipment
The characteristics, capabilities and limitations of the equipment
Tools and equipment used during the checking and assessing of the operational capability of
equipment and the precautions and procedures that should be followed in their use
Problems that may occur when checking and assessing the operational capability of
equipment and appropriate action that can be taken to resolve the problems
Operational safety requirements for the equipment concerned
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when checking and assessing the operational capability
of equipment
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information, labels and signs relevant to the
checking and assessing of the operational capability of equipment
Complete documentation related to the checking and assessing of the operational capability of
equipment
Work collaboratively with others when checking and assessing the operational capability of
equipment

environments
procedures
standards
Select and use relevant equipment and communications technology when checking and
assessing the operational capability of equipment
Service equipment in terms of maintenance schedule and standard operating procedures
Check and replenish fluids and carry out lubrication processes in the course of work activities
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Purpose of equipment checking ensure it is free from damage, leaks and obstructions that
and inspection is to: may prejudice safety or limit operational capability
Safety and operational capability on a range of equipment used in the stevedoring,

checks may be performed: transport, warehousing, distribution and/or storage
industries
Visual checks may include but pressure over/under specification
are not limited to: fluid leaks
temperature over/under specifications
cracks, surface or structural faults or other damage
tightness of bolts, fixtures and fittings within
specifications

Records/results of pre-operation details of faulty equipment or specific components

tests may include: action taken
results of testing
details of repair and maintenance work to be undertaken
Operational checks may be operating/checking the functionality of various pieces of
performed by: safety and component equipment (where applicable)

a fire or explosion
faulty equipment/tools
equipment manufacturers
site visitors
contractors

safety glasses
two-way radios
may include: fax
email
internet
RF communications
barcode readers

Information/documents may workplace procedures and policies for the checking and
include: assessment of the equipment concerned
equipment identification labels, barcodes and serial
numbers
relevant OH&S requirements and policies
requirements
material safety data sheets where applicable
award, enterprise bargaining agreement and other
industrial arrangements
Applicable regulations and relevant standards, codes and regulations pertaining to the
legislation may include: checking and operation of the equipment concerned
legislation
requirements
workplace relations regulations including equal
opportunity, equal employment opportunity and
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB1107C Set up and rig crane for lift

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to set up and
rig a mobile crane for a lift, including the systematic positioning
and stabilisation of the crane and its assembly. Licensing,
to this unit.
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the licence/permit
requirements and regulations of the relevant state/territory
authorities pertaining to mobile crane operations.
Work is performed with limited or minimum supervision, with
limited accountability and responsibility for self and others in
achieving the prescribed outcomes. It involves the application of
routine principles and procedures to the setting up and rigging of a
crane prior to lift in a variety of operational contexts.

1 Position and stabilise 1.1 Crane is directed to position as per job plan to ensure safe
crane operation in accordance with applicable Australian Standards,
codes of practice and manufacturers specifications
1.2 Ground is checked to ensure it is firm enough to bear the load
1.3 Appropriate plates or packing are correctly used to adequately
distribute the load
1.4 Any outriggers and stabilisers are correctly deployed and
positioned in accordance with manufacturers instructions and
the appropriate Australian Standard and other relevant
statutory regulations
1.5 Outrigger packing is checked for adequacy prior to and after
lift is taken
2 Assemble crane 2.1 The block is reeved in accordance with manufacturers

instructions
2.2 Any counterweights are installed to manufacturers
specifications
2.3 Any attachments are set up in accordance with manufacturers
instructions
2.4 Other personnel are assisted as necessary to ensure efficient
and safe assembly and set up of crane
2.5 Any flies are assembled in accordance with manufacturers
instructions

Required knowledge:
Relevant road rules, regulations, permit and licence requirements pertaining to mobile crane
operation
Mobile crane applications, capacities, configurations, safety hazards and control mechanisms
Operational procedures for crane crews
Procedures for prioritising and multi-tasking work
Company work procedures concerning the setting up and rigging of a mobile crane at a
worksite
Focus of operation of work systems and equipment
Application of relevant agreements, codes of practice or other legislative requirements
Procedures for the identification and correct use of equipment, processes and procedures
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when setting up and rigging a crane for a lift
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the setting up
and rigging of a crane for a lift
Complete documentation related to the setting up and rigging of a crane for a lift
Work collaboratively with others when setting up and rigging a crane for a lift
exist when setting up and rigging a crane for a lift
environments
procedures
standards
Monitor condition of equipment
RANGE STATEMENT
Operations may be conducted: day or night

in a variety of weather conditions
Environment may include: movement of equipment, goods, materials and vehicular
traffic
Mobile crane may be involved in construction and demolition

work in a range of industry manufacturing
sectors including:
waterfront
mining
primary industry
utilities (electricity, gas, water)
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying
Hazards may include: power lines
overhead service lines
surrounding buildings, structures, facilities
underground services
obstructions
uneven or unstable ground and recently filled trenches
stationary and moving machinery and equipment
traffic hazards and congestion
other vehicles and personnel
Hazard management is: consistent with the principle of hierarchy of control with
elimination, substitution, isolation and engineering
control measures being selected before safe working
practices and personal protective equipment


involve: management
union representatives
clients
Requirements for access and/or site restrictions and procedures
lift may include: authorities and permits
hours of operation
induction
slings, chains, nets, brackets and other specialised lifting
equipment
noise restrictions
personal protective equipment
support trucks
sunscreen, sunglasses and safety glasses
two-way radios

Documentation/records may site plans

include: Safe Working Load (SWL) and Working Load Limit
(WLL)
operations manuals including load charts and crane and
rigging manuals
personal and work area work procedures and practices
agreements including:
workplace agreements and awards
occupational health & safety procedures
Applicable regulations and relevant state/territory regulations and licence/permit
legislation may include: requirements pertaining to mobile cranes
relevant state/territory road rules
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB1207C Plan job and set up work areas

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to plan a
lifting job and set up work areas prior to the positioning and
setting up of a mobile crane, including obtaining and confirming
job instructions and work specifications, coordinating the loading
of gear and equipment, assessing job requirements work areas,
designing the job plan and setting up the work area. Licensing,
to this unit.
routine principles and procedures to the planning of a mobile crane
job and setting up of work areas prior to lift in a variety of
operational contexts.

1 Obtain and confirm 1.1 Job instructions are obtained and checked to ensure
job instructions/work specifications include all necessary information
specifications 1.2 Lift plan and other work specifications are interpreted and
clarification sought if necessary
2 Coordinate loading of 2.1 Specific gear necessary for job is identified and obtained
gear and equipment 2.2 Equipment is properly packed and secured according to
company procedures to ensure injury and damage are avoided
during transportation
3 Assess job 3.1 Adequate site access and egress is identified

requirements and 3.2 Potential hazards are identified and appropriate elimination or
work area control measures selected
3.3 Weight and dimensions of load are estimated or confirmed in
consultation with customer and relevant personnel to ensure
job is within limits of crane capacity
3.4 Site information is interpreted and requirements confirmed
with site supervisor
3.5 Area is assessed to ensure there is sufficient space to establish

crane and conduct lift
3.6 Need to move mobile crane is assessed and, where applicable,
route to be travelled is planned to ensure crane traverses firm
surfaces and slopes are avoided where possible
3.7 Any concerns about the safety or feasibility of the lift are
discussed with the customer and if not resolved, reported to
supervisor
3.8 Payment arrangements are confirmed with customer where
required
3.9 Customer requirements are anticipated and suggestions made
which will maximise safety and efficiency and minimise
inconvenience
4 Design job plan 4.1 The job plan is developed to include hazard prevention/control
measures and safety procedures in line with applicable
Australian Standards, codes of practice and equipment
4.2 Cranes load chart is consulted and information on permissible
loads, radii, weights, boom and jib configurations taken into
account in planning the job
4.3 The job plan takes into account job requirements and customer
priorities, and workplace rules and procedures
4.4 Job plan is discussed and confirmed with relevant personnel
4.5 Job plan details are documented as required
5 Set up work area 5.1 Site personnel and public are advised of any danger and
site/work area is isolated as necessary in line with legislative,
regulatory and customer requirements
5.2 Site safety procedures are followed
5.3 Required protective equipment is identified and fitted in
accordance with manufacturers guidelines and customer
requirements
5.4 Ancillary equipment is assembled and erected where
appropriate
5.5 Load destination and travel route where applicable are
prepared to accept load

Required knowledge:
operation
Prioritising and multi-tasking work
Company work procedures for the planning of mobile crane jobs and the setting up of work
areas
Guidelines relating to the safe use of machinery and equipment
Identification and correct use of equipment, processes and procedures
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when planning job and setting up work area
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the planning of
a lifting job and the setting up of the work area
Complete documentation related to the planning of a lifting job and the setting up of the work
area
Work collaboratively with others when planning a lifting job and setting up the work area
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions when planning
a lifting job and setting up the work area in accordance with regulatory requirements and
environments
procedures
standards
Monitor condition of equipment during setting up processes and take appropriate action

RANGE STATEMENT

traffic

sectors including:
waterfront
mining
primary industry
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying
obstructions


involve: management
clients
hours of operation
induction
equipment
noise restrictions
support trucks
two-way radios
Dependent of the type of company procedures


(WLL)
rigging manuals
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB1307C Maintain mobile cranes

routine maintenance of a mobile crane, including obtaining and
confirming job instructions and work specifications, coordinating
the loading of gear and equipment, assessing job requirements and
work areas, designing the job plan and setting up the work area.
authorities pertaining to mobile crane operations and maintenance.
maintenance principles and procedures to servicing and
maintenance of mobile cranes in a variety of operational contexts.
This unit applies to maintenance activity on equipment used by the
operator and is limited to lubrication, fluid, filter and accessory
changing and checks for cracks, surface or structural faults or
other damage.

1 Plan maintenance 1.1 Tags, service records, log books and crane manufacturers
operations information are read prior to commencing maintenance, noting
previously identified and manufacturers recommendations
1.2 Maintenance schedules are read and maintenance tasks noted
to match the schedule
1.3 A step by step procedure is worked out to minimise time
delays and to sequence maintenance processes consistent with
manufacturers recommendations
2 Complete pre- 2.1 Appropriate safe work area is selected for conduct of
maintenance checks maintenance
2.2 Required tools, consumables and equipment are identified and
assembled
2.3 Equipment is inspected for visible faults and loose or damaged
components

3 Identify and assess any 3.1 Conditions found are compared with manufacturers
faults found information and intended use of crane
3.2 Conditions noticed which may cause difficulties in the future
are identified and the potential effect on the safe and efficient
operation of the mobile crane is documented
3.3 Potential fault conditions are reported to the appropriate
personnel
4 Conduct maintenance 4.1 Fluid replacements and lubrication operations are completed
operations and safety 4.2 Fluid levels are checked and adjusted
check 4.3 Mechanical components are checked for secure attachments
and tensions
4.4 Mechanical adjustments are made
4.5 The maintenance plan is followed and appropriate adjustments
are made to the plan to deal with unexpected events
4.6 Own work and crane system operations are checked to ensure
that the crane's operational condition is to the required
specifications
4.7 Tools, equipment and unused consumables are returned to the
appropriate locations and waste is disposed of within
workplace policy and procedures
5 Complete maintenance 5.1 Accurate reporting of the results of the safety check and the
records maintenance conducted is completed and filed in accordance
with procedures, industry guidelines and any statutory
requirements
5.2 Clear reference in reports is made to any items which may not
yet require maintenance but may affect the future working
condition or safety of the mobile crane

Required knowledge:
Relevant regulations, permit and licence requirements pertaining to mobile crane operational
safety and maintenance
Operational safety and maintenance procedures for crane crews
Use, characteristics, capabilities and limitations of the lubrication and adjustment tools and
equipment
Workplace procedures for the planning of mobile crane jobs and the setting up of work areas
Focus of operation of crane systems and equipment
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when maintaining a mobile crane
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the maintenance
of a mobile crane
Complete documentation related to the maintenance of a mobile crane
Work collaboratively with others when maintaining a mobile crane
Identify non-conformities which may compromise operational capability
Implement contingency plans for unexpected maintenance issues
Prioritise and multi-task work when maintaining a mobile crane
Monitor work activities in terms of planned maintenance schedule
environments
Work systematically with required attention to detail without injury to self, others, or damage
to goods or equipment
procedures
standards
Identify and correctly use crane equipment and related maintenance processes and procedures
Check and replenish fluids and carry out lubrication processes when maintaining a mobile
crane
RANGE STATEMENT

traffic

sectors including:
waterfront
mining
primary industry
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying
Maintenance may include: routine inspections of crane and its associated equipment
checks prior to operations
checks on completion of operations
checks on completion of repairs
Routine checks/servicing may checking and topping up of water levels
include: replacement of oils
replacement of air in tyres
checking pressure, fluid leaks, temperature
checking tightness of bolts, fixtures, attachments and
fittings to ensure they are within specifications
checking for cracks, surface or structural faults or other
damage
Safety checks may include: warning devices

operating lights or audible cues
braking and transmissions
lifting devices
steering and suspension
windscreen wipers
isolation switches and shut down devices
mechanical, electrical, electronic, hydraulic or pneumatic
components


obstructions
involve: management
clients
hours of operation
induction
equipment
noise restrictions
support trucks
two-way radios

Documentation/records may codes of practice and regulatory requirements concerning

include: crane maintenance and safety
rigging manuals
personal and work area procedures and practices
Applicable regulations and relevant state/territory regulations pertaining to the
legislation may include: maintenance and safety of mobile cranes
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB1407C Load and unload wheeled or tracked crane

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to unload and
load a wheeled or tracked mobile crane from and onto a float,
including inspecting the worksite, unloading and loading crane
from and onto float and securing the crane prior to travel.
principles and procedures to the loading and unloading of a
tracked crane prior to lift in a variety of operational contexts.

1 Inspect site 1.1 Site access and exit routes are identified
1.2 Site hazards are identified
1.3 Loading and unloading area is selected based on assessment of
work site requirements, physical conditions, proximity to job
and safety of operations
2 Unload/load crane 2.1 Vehicle is inspected and checked prior to unloading

from/onto float 2.2 Pre-operational checks are conducted in accordance with
manufacturers instructions and workplace requirements
2.3 Float is positioned on site in designated loading/unloading
area noting ground conditions and potential site hazards
2.4 Lashings, chains, stabilisers and chocks are safely removed
and correctly stowed and secured in designated areas
2.5 Loading ramps are secured
2.6 Crane is driven on/off float ensuring no injury to personnel or
damage to equipment and site
2.7 Crane is stabilised, shut down and secured
3 Secure crane for travel 3.1 Weight and dimensions of crane are established and compared
to carrying capacity of vehicle
3.2 Crane is correctly positioned on float

3.3 Crane is secured using appropriate securing equipment and
shackled to anchorage points in accordance with
workplace/float securing system and manufacturers
specifications
3.4 Securing equipment is tightened to ensure security during
travel
3.5 Ramps are loaded and secured

Required knowledge:
operation
Identification and correct use of equipment, processes and procedures related to the loading
and unloading of wheeled or tracked cranes
Procedures for prioritising and multi-tasking work
Wheeled or tracked mobile crane applications, capacities, configurations, safety hazards and
control mechanisms
Workplace procedures for the planning of mobile crane jobs and the setting up of work areas
Workplace procedures for the loading and unloading of wheeled or tracked cranes
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when loading and unloading wheeled or tracked cranes
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the loading and
unloading of wheeled or tracked cranes
Complete documentation related to the loading and unloading of wheeled or tracked cranes
Work collaboratively with others when loading and unloading wheeled or tracked cranes
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur during the loading and
unloading of wheeled or tracked cranes in accordance with regulatory requirements and

Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that could occur during the loading and
unloading of wheeled or tracked cranes
environments
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

traffic
Mobile crane may include: any wheeled or tracked unit

sectors including:
waterfront
mining
primary industry
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying


obstructions
involve: management
clients
hours of operation
induction processes
equipment
noise restrictions
support trucks
two-way radios



(WLL)
rigging manuals
relevant state/territory fatigue management regulations
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB1507C Undertake site inspection

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to undertake
a site inspection in preparation for a lift requiring a mobile crane,
including arranging the site inspection, clarifying customer
requirements, defining job requirements and completing necessary
records. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
authorities pertaining to mobile crane operations and safety.
Work is performed with general supervision, with some
principles and procedures to conduct of site inspections prior to
mobile crane lifts in a variety of operational contexts.

1 Arrange site inspection 1.1 Available information about customer requirements is
obtained from relevant personnel
1.2 Need for site inspection is confirmed through appropriate
questioning and discussion
1.3 Mutually acceptable meeting time is arranged with customer
1.4 Full customer details are recorded according to workplace
procedures
2 Clarify customer 2.1 Customer needs and perception of job are clearly established
requirements through appropriate questioning and discussion
2.2 Alternative job methods are suggested where applicable and a
safe and cost effective method negotiated with the customer
2.3 Clients ability to provide any necessary competent personnel
is ascertained
3 Define job 3.1 Information regarding load and movement requirements is

requirements accessed and any necessary measurements are taken to enable
accurate estimation of job requirements
3.2 Specific scheduling needs are ascertained taking into account
legislative and customer requirements
3.3 Information from site inspection and customer is used to
identify hazards and contingencies

3.4 Specific site and job requirements are identified
3.5 Lift study is arranged as required to provide additional
information or meet customer expectations
3.6 Necessity to be on site during lift is assessed in line with
workplace policy taking into consideration complexity of job,
potential hazards and expertise of available personnel
3.7 Need for permits/authorisations is determined
4 Complete records 4.1 Required records are updated accurately, legibly and promptly
according to workplace procedures
4.2 Records include all relevant information about the job

Required knowledge:
operation and safety
Site inspection procedures and protocols
Operational procedures for crane crews for the conduct of a site inspection for a lift using a
mobile crane
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when conducting a site inspection for a lift using a
mobile crane
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to a site inspection
for a lift using a mobile crane
Complete documentation related to a site inspection for a lift using a mobile crane
Work collaboratively with others when conducting a site inspection for a lift using a mobile
crane
Prioritise and multi-task work

Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may be identified when
conducting a site inspection for a lift using a mobile crane in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may occur when conducting a site
inspection for a lift using a mobile crane
environments
procedures
Identify and correctly use equipment, processes and procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

traffic

sectors including:
waterfront
mining
primary industry
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying
Sites may include: building and construction sites
demolition sites
wharves
tree lopping/removal sites
mining sites

obstructions
involve: management
clients
hours of operation
induction processes
equipment
noise restrictions
support trucks
two-way radios


Documentation/records may site plan

(WLL)
rigging manuals
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB1607C De-rig, pack and store tools and equipment

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to de-rig a
mobile crane and to pack and store tools and equipment, including
inspecting tools and equipment, securing outriggers, packing and
storing tools and equipment and completing necessary records.
principles and procedures to the de-rigging of a mobile crane and
the packing and storage of tools and equipment in a variety of

1 Inspect tools and 1.1 Rigging gear is removed and inspected for damage and defects
equipment 1.2 Damaged and defective gear is tagged and segregated for
testing/repair/disposal by a qualified person
2 Secure outriggers 2.1 Any outriggers, stabilisers, counterweights and attachments

are secured and stowed in accordance with manufacturers
instructions
2.2 Outrigger packing is dismantled and stowed securely
3 Pack and store tools 3.1 Gear is cleaned as required and stored appropriately
and equipment 3.2 Additional gear is returned to depot, marked off and stored
3.3 Other personnel are assisted as necessary to ensure efficient
pack up
4 Complete records 4.1 Required workplace records are updated and processed
accurately and promptly


Required knowledge:
operation
Operational procedures for crane crews concerning the de-rigging of cranes and the packing
and storing of tools and equipment
Defects that may be identified when de-rigging a crane and appropriate action that should be
taken
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when de-rigging a mobile crane
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the de-rigging
of a mobile crane
Work collaboratively with others when de-rigging a mobile crane
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may occur when de-rigging a mobile
crane
environments
procedures
standards
Check condition of equipment when de-rigging a mobile crane

RANGE STATEMENT

traffic

sectors including:
waterfront
mining
primary industry
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying
obstructions


involve: management
clients
two-way radios
Documentation/information may operations manuals including load charts and crane and
include: rigging manuals
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB1707C Assemble and dismantle boom or jib

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to assemble
and dismantle a boom and jib on a lattice boom mobile crane,
including planning the assembly/dismantling and following correct
procedures for the boom/jib assembly and disassembly. Licensing,
to this unit.
principles and procedures to assembly and dismantling of booms
and jibs on lattice boom mobile cranes in a variety of operational
contexts.

1 Plan 1.1 Site selected to assemble/dismantle the boom and/or jib is as
assembly/dismantling level as possible and unobstructed
1.2 A plan for the assembly and dismantling of the crane is
developed in accordance with the appropriate Australian
Standard, other statutory regulations, licensing requirements
and manufacturers specifications including any licensing
requirements
2 Assemble/dismantle 2.1 Equipment, including personal protective equipment, is

boom or jib assembled and used as appropriate for the requirements of the
task
2.2 The plan for assembly or dismantling of the boom/jib is
carried out in accordance with manufacturers specifications,
appropriate Australian Standards and other relevant statutory
regulations and guides
2.3 All connections on boom and jib pendants and rope
anchorages are checked before boom is raised to ensure they
are in good order, tight and secure


Required knowledge:
assembly and dismantling
Operational procedures for crane crews concerning the assembling and dismantling of booms
and jibs on lattice boom mobile cranes
Defects that may be identified when assembling and dismantling a boom/jib and appropriate
action that should be taken
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when assembling and dismantling mobile crane booms
and jibs
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the assembling
and dismantling of mobile crane booms and jibs
Work collaboratively with others during the assembly and dismantling of mobile crane booms
and jibs
during the assembly and dismantling of mobile crane booms and jibs in accordance with
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may occur during the assembly and
dismantling of mobile crane booms and jibs
environments
procedures

standards
Monitor condition of equipment during the assembly and dismantling of mobile crane booms
and jibs and take appropriate action if required
RANGE STATEMENT

traffic
Mobile crane may be any lattice construction and demolition

boom mobile crane involved in manufacturing
work in a range of industry
sectors including: waterfront
mining
primary industry
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying
obstructions


involve: management
clients
Requirements for assembly may site restrictions and procedures
include: authorities and permits
hours of operation
equipment
support trucks
two-way radios

Documentation/information may Safe Working Load (SWL) and Working Load Limit
include: (WLL)
rigging manuals
legislation may include: requirements pertaining to the assembly of mobile cranes
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB1807B Conduct full train examination

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to conduct a
full train examination in accordance with workplace procedures
and the requirements of relevant safeworking regulations and
codes of practice. It includes preparing for the examination of the
train, preparing the train for examination, examining the rolling
stock, examining the loads, and documenting and actioning the
examination results. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
team environment.
It involves the application of operational principles, regulations,
safeworking codes, protocols and procedures to the conduct of a
full train examination as part of workplace activities across a
variety of operational contexts within the Australian rail industry.

1 Prepare for 1.1 Train consist and information on load detail is established for
examination examination purposes
1.2 Location for full train examination is confirmed and other
relevant personnel notified of examination
1.3 Customer defect notices/carded wagon information is
established for examination purposes
1.4 Materials and equipment required to conduct the full train
examination are prepared
1.5 OH&S requirements applicable to the examination are
confirmed
1.6 Other relevant train documentation is accessed and reviewed
to establish key information on rolling stock required for
examination
2 Prepare train for 2.1 Applicable safety device or system is used to ensure train is
examination isolated or secured for examination
2.2 Road is locked out using appropriate techniques to ensure
safety during examination

2.3 Flags, banners, signs and other relevant safety equipment is
positioned before and during examination to ensure safety is
maintained
3 Examine rolling stock 3.1 Types of rolling stock and capacities are confirmed as
appropriate for the safe transportation of passengers or freight
3.2 Brake systems are checked and all brake tests are conducted
and certificates issued as appropriate
3.3 Structure of rolling stock and major components are checked
and tested to ensure operational safety
3.4 Rolling stock is carded and information is recorded within
enterprise system
3.5 Train irregularities are noted and corrective action initiated in
accordance with operational requirements
3.6 End-of-train monitor is attached and correct operation is
confirmed
3.7 OH&S legislation, codes of practice, policies and procedures
are observed during the examination to prevent injury and
damage
3.8 Communication is maintained with other personnel involved
to ensure safe, efficient and complete examination
4 Examine loads 4.1 Load security is checked and confirmed to meet operational
safety requirements
4.2 Load contamination is identified and rectified in accordance
with OH&S and dangerous goods requirements
4.3 Load dimensions are confirmed appropriate to wagon type and
checked against documentation for accuracy
5 Document and action 5.1 Required documentation is completed and forwarded for
examination results recording examination results and initiating any required
corrective actions
5.2 Other relevant personnel are informed of remedial or
appropriate action required prior to resumption of train service

Required knowledge:
Applicable legislated rail safety requirements including acts and regulations from each state
and territory together with any nationally approved compliance codes and/or guidelines
Relevant OH&S and environmental procedures and regulations including codes of practice
for manual handling
Workplace procedures for the conduct of a full train examination
Train movement documentation procedures

Communication protocols
Standards and specifications for all items requiring examination during a train examination
Signals and signalling systems
Contingency management processes for unplanned events
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when conducting a full train examination
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the conduct of a
full train examination
Complete documentation related to a full train examination
Work both individually and as part of a team when conducting a full train examination
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions identified
during a full train examination in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events that may occur during a full train
examination
environments
procedures
Assess rolling stock defects when conducting a full train examination
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Operations conducted by day or the full range of weather conditions

night in: the full range of light conditions
typical running temperatures of trains

Locations for examinations may heavy traffic

include: high volume city freight terminals
remote regional yard and siding locations
Persons involved in examination self only or self in conjunction with other personnel
may include:
Train under examination may be: loaded or unloaded
Items examined may include: brake equipment

draw gear
superstructures
out-of-gauge conditions
wheels and axles
bearings
locking and securing devices
dangerous goods condition and separation
air and electrical connections
load condition (damage, leaks etc.)
load securing devices (chains, ropes, pins etc.)
steps, handrails and handbrakes
rolling stock sequence
trailing items (ropes, hoses etc.)
bogies and brake rigging
Communication methods may written
include: verbal
line-of-sight signals
radio
Relevant personnel can include: train controllers
train examiners
train crews
yard and other operational personnel
those responsible for controlling signals

Safety and protective equipment high visibility clothing

may include: end of train markers
gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
hearing protection
Corrective action may include: notification of others who will deal with problem
detachment and replacement of defective rolling stock

Information/documents may applicable legislated rail safety requirements including

include: acts and regulations from each state and territory together
with any nationally approved compliance codes and/or
guidelines
workplace procedures and instructions and job
specification
induction and training materials
repair cards and books
inspection reports
consist forms
wagon cards
transport instructions
incident reports
safeworking forms
out-of-gauge documents
load and weight records
dangerous goods manifest
drivers advice (train load)
mechanical condition advice forms
brake test certification
equipment operations manuals
Applicable regulations and applicable legislated rail safety requirements including
legislation may include: acts and regulations from each state and territory together
guidelines
legislation
relevant Australian Standards
ADG Code and regulations
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB1907B Test train braking system

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to test train
braking systems in accordance with workplace procedures and the
requirements of relevant safeworking regulations and codes of
practice. It includes planning and preparing for train brake
inspection and testing, inspecting and testing train brake operation,
dealing with identified faults, and recording the results of a brake
test in accordance with workplace requirements. Licensing,
to this unit.
team environment.
safeworking codes, protocols and procedures to the testing of a
train braking system as part of workplace activities across a
variety of operational contexts within the Australian rail industry.

1 Plan and prepare for 1.1 Brake test documentation, rolling stock data and other relevant
train brake inspection reports are read to confirm required action
and testing 1.2 Appropriate tools and equipment are obtained and checked
prior to inspection
1.3 OH&S legislation, codes of practice, policies and procedures
are identified and followed
1.4 Train is isolated or secured in accordance with workplace
procedures to make the work area safe for the inspection
2 Inspect and test train 2.1 Brake leakage test is conducted to ensure compliance to
brake operation required standards
2.2 Where required by workplace procedures, modified brake tests
are conducted to workplace procedures to meet required
standard
2.3 Air continuity test is conducted to conform with workplace
procedures to ensure train braking system meets functional
specifications
2.4 Brakes are applied and released on train and their function
confirmed
2.5 Defects and faults are identified and rolling stock is carded
3 Deal with identified 3.1 Procedures for replacement or repair of identified defective
faults components are implemented in accordance with workplace
procedures and manufacturers specifications
3.2 Confirmation/verification of minor repairs or replacements is
obtained
3.3 Defective rolling stock not fit to run is identified and
detachment arrangements made in compliance with
4 Record brake test 4.1 Brake test records are prepared or endorsed to reflect
inspection results
4.2 Records are circulated and filed in accordance with workplace
policies and procedures

Required knowledge:
for manual handling
Brake systems, their components and their operation
Types of brake tests and their purpose
Tools and equipment applications
Diagnostic techniques
Documentation requirements relating to brake testing
Procedures for completing relevant documentation
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when testing train braking systems
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the testing of
train braking systems
Complete documentation related to the testing of train braking systems
Work collaboratively with others when testing train braking systems

Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions when testing
train braking systems in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Apply rail safety practices and regulations
environments
Assess brake system defects
Operate and adapt to differences in brakes and related equipment in accordance with standard
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

Locations for tests may include: heavy traffic
high volume city freight terminals
Movement status of rolling stock arriving
to be tested may include: departing
stationary
Load status of train during brake loaded or unloaded
testing may be:
Tests may include: brake leakage test

air continuity test
modified brake test
train brake test
hose and pipe components repair or replacement


gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
hearing protection
train examiners
train crews

guidelines
specification
brake instruction documentation
safeworking documentation
brake test certification


guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB2007B Visually inspect stationary train

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to visually
inspect a stationary train in accordance with workplace procedures
codes of practice. It includes preparing for the visual inspection,
inspecting the train, and documenting and actioning the inspection
results. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
team environment.
safeworking codes, protocols and procedures to the visual
inspection of a stationary train as part of workplace activities
industry.

1 Prepare for a visual 1.1 Inspection location and requirements are obtained and
inspection of a inspection activities planned
stationary train 1.2 Materials, documents and equipment required for the
inspection are identified, obtained, and prepared for use
1.3 Visual inspection is started at planned time and location to
minimise delays to train availability
1.4 Train identification and status is confirmed and required
actions taken to ensure train remains safe for duration of
inspection
1.5 Individual responsibilities required to complete inspection are
agreed with relevant personnel
1.6 Conditions are assessed and necessary actions taken to ensure
inspection is effective
2 Carry out a visual 2.1 Visual inspection is undertaken in accordance with workplace
inspection of a procedures
stationary train 2.2 Communication is maintained with relevant personnel to
ensure safe, efficient and complete inspection

2.3 Condition of rolling stock, couplings and load are visually
inspected and obvious faults, wagons and locations
documented
2.4 Wagons are carded, in accordance with workplace policies and
procedures, where required by inspection result
2.5 Apparent problems are investigated further and corrected,
where possible
2.6 Conditions requiring urgent action are noted and appropriate
action taken to initiate immediate response
3 Document and action 3.1 All required documentation is completed and forwarded to
inspection results record inspection results and initiate corrective actions
3.2 Appropriate personnel are informed of actions required prior
to movement of train

Required knowledge:
Procedures for planning a visual inspection of a stationary train
Procedures for carrying out a visual inspection of a stationary train
Security procedures
Issue resolution procedures
Standards and specifications for all items requiring examination
Contingency management processes for unexpected events that may arise when carrying out a
visual inspection of a stationary train
Communication protocols related to the visual inspection of a stationary train
Documentation requirements relating to visual examination
Guidelines relating to equipment capability and limitations
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when carrying out a visual inspection of a stationary
train
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to carrying out a
Complete documentation related to a visual inspection of a stationary train

Work collaboratively with others when carrying out a visual inspection of a stationary train
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions when carrying
out a visual inspection of a stationary train in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unexpected situations that may arise when carrying out a
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in rolling stock and equipment in accordance with standard
standards
Assess rolling stock defects
RANGE STATEMENT

may include:
Train under examination may be: loaded or unloaded


draw gear
superstructures
wheels
load and discharge doors
load condition (damage, leaks etc)
load securing devices (chains, ropes, pins etc)
trailing items (ropes, hoses etc)
include: verbal
radio
Relevant personnel may include: train controllers
train examiners
train crews
gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
hearing protection



guidelines
specification
inspection reports
consist forms
wagon cards
incident reports
safeworking forms
dangerous goods manifest and declarations
guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB207C Test equipment and isolate faults

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to test
equipment and isolate faults in accordance with workplace
requirements, including identifying scope of the operational test;
planning operational tests; checking the equipment through full
operating range; and isolating faults and/or formulating
recommendations for adjustment, repair or replacement in
accordance with workplace procedures and relevant regulatory
and workplace requirements relevant to the testing of equipment
and the isolation of faults.
requirements and workplace procedures to the testing and the
isolation of faults in equipment in the stevedoring, transport,

1 Identify scope of 1.1 Physical condition of equipment is observed
operational check 1.2 Test procedures and parameters are identified in accordance
with workplace procedures and manufacturers specifications
1.3 Preliminary observations are recorded
1.4 Test procedures are discussed with appropriate staff and
necessary permission obtained
2 Plan operational 2.1 Specifications and notes from preliminary observations are
checks checked and areas to be clarified are identified
2.2 Sequence of tests is planned noting areas where results and
observations should be recorded
2.3 Safe area for testing is identified
2.4 Arrangements are made for any additional resources
(including staff)
3 Check unit through 3.1 Test is undertaken observing relevant safety and operational
full operating range requirements
3.2 Results are recorded and findings confirmed
4 Isolate fault and/or 4.1 Proposals for equipment repair are recorded based on faults
formulate found, cost/time implications and workplace approval systems
recommendations 4.2 Report is explained to relevant workplace personnel including
any options and recommendations
4.3 Parts are procured and/or repairs undertaken in accordance
with enterprise procedures

Required knowledge:
Relevant sections of regulatory requirements applicable to the testing of equipment and the
isolation of faults
Workplace procedures and policies for the testing of equipment and the isolation of faults,
including the tagging and reporting of faulty equipment and components
the testing of equipment and the isolation of faults
Fault-finding techniques including identification of cost/time effective rectification
procedures
Tools, meters, gauges and equipment used during the testing of equipment and the isolation of
faults and the precautions and procedures that should be followed in their use
Guidelines relating to the safe use of machinery and equipment including the tagging of
unserviceable or damaged items
Faults that may occur with equipment, and appropriate action that can be taken to report
and/or rectify the identified faults in the equipment or its components
The characteristics, capabilities and limitations of the equipment
Documentation and record requirements
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when testing equipment and isolating faults
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the testing of
equipment and the isolation of faults
Complete documentation related to the testing of equipment and the isolation of faults
Work collaboratively with others when testing equipment and isolating faults


when testing equipment and isolating faults in accordance with regulatory requirements and
environments
Select and use relevant meters, gauges, equipment and tools when testing equipment and
isolating faults
standards
Apply basic mechanical, hydraulic, electrical and electronic principles to testing and fault
identification activities
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Tests and the isolation of faults on a range of equipment used in the stevedoring,
may be performed: transport, warehousing, distribution and/or storage
industries
safety glasses
two-way radios

Tests may include but are not tests of operational performance

limited to: tests as part of routine servicing
identification of causes of poor or out-of-specification
performance
tests following servicing and/or adjustment of equipment
Records/results of tests may details of faulty equipment or specific components
include: details of action taken
results of testing and associated recommendations
a fire or explosion

site visitors
contractors
may include: fax
email
internet
RF communications
barcode readers

numbers
requirements
Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations pertaining to the checking
legislation may include: and operation of the equipment concerned
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB2107B Conduct train roll-by inspection

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to conduct a
train roll-by inspection in accordance with workplace procedures
codes of practice. It includes preparing to carry out a roll-by
inspection of a moving train, inspecting the moving train in
accordance with workplace procedures, and reporting and
actioning the inspection results. Licensing, legislative, regulatory
team environment.
safeworking codes, protocols and procedures to the conduct of a
roll-by inspection of a moving train as part of workplace activities
industry.

1 Prepare for a roll-by 1.1 Position is taken for the roll-by inspection of a moving train at
inspection the planned time to ensure complete observation without
personal risk
1.2 Individual responsibilities required to complete the roll-by
inspection are agreed, where necessary, with relevant
personnel
1.3 Conditions are assessed and necessary actions are taken to
ensure roll-by inspection is effective
2 Conduct a roll-by 2.1 Train identification and status is confirmed to ensure a roll-by
inspection of a moving inspection is appropriate
train 2.2 Inspection is undertaken systematically to ensure maximum
effectiveness
2.3 Communication is maintained with relevant personnel to
ensure safe, efficient and complete roll-by inspection
2.4 Inspection is conducted in accordance with OH&S workplace
policies and procedures to prevent injury and damage

2.5 Condition of rolling stock and load are observed as the train
passes and specific faults, wagons and locations are identified
and noted
2.6 Conditions requiring urgent action are noted and appropriate
action taken to initiate immediate response
3 Report and action roll- 3.1 All required documentation is completed and forwarded to
by inspection results record inspection results and initiate corrective actions
3.2 Appropriate personnel are informed of actions required to
minimise risk from continued movement of train

Required knowledge:
Procedures for planning a roll-by inspection of a moving train
Procedures for carrying out a roll-by inspection of a moving train
Procedures for completing documentation relevant to a roll-by inspection of a moving train
Security procedures
Issue resolution procedures
Standards and specifications for all items requiring examination
Contingency management processes for unexpected situations that may arise when carrying
out a roll-by inspection of a moving train
Documentation requirements relating to a roll-by inspection
Guidelines relating to equipment capability and limitations
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when carrying out a roll-by inspection of a moving train
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to work activities
Complete documentation related to a roll-by inspection of a moving train
Work collaboratively with others when carrying out a roll-by inspection of a moving train
when carrying out a roll-by inspection of a moving train in accordance with regulatory

Implement contingency plans for unexpected situations that may occur when carrying out a
roll-by inspection of a moving train
environments
procedures
standards
Assess any rolling stock defects and take appropriate action
Select and use relevant equipment and materials
RANGE STATEMENT

may include:
Load status of train during loaded or unloaded

examination may include:


draw gear
superstructures
wheels
bearings
load condition (damage, leaks etc.)
load securing devices (chains, ropes, pins etc.)
trailing items (ropes, hoses etc.)
include: verbal
radio
other train examiners/inspectors
train crews
gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
hearing protection



guidelines
specification
inspection reports
consist forms
wagon cards
incident reports
safeworking forms
guidelines
the Code of Practice for the Defined Interstate Rail
Network in situations where train operations are carried
out on that network
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB2207B Diagnose and rectify minor faults

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to diagnose
and rectify minor faults in accordance with workplace
requirements, including identifying maintenance and/or repair
requirements, conducting minor maintenance and routine repairs,
checking and reporting minor repairs and/or maintenance, and
providing support in accordance with workplace procedures.
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with workplace
procedures and the regulations and safeworking codes of practice
relevant to fault diagnosis and rectification.
team environment.
Work involves the application of routine minor fault diagnosis and
rectification procedures to maintain the safety and operation of
equipment across a variety of operational rail transport contexts.

1 Identify 1.1 Condition of rolling stock and/or motive power unit ancillary
maintenance/repair equipment is assessed
requirements 1.2 Faulty or damaged components or equipment are identified
and assessed for component exchange or minor repair
1.3 Equipment and tools required are identified and obtained
1.4 Work areas and equipment are prepared and made safe for
repair/maintenance/component exchange activities
2 Conduct minor 2.1 Minor repair/maintenance/component exchange are carried out

maintenance and to comply with the manufacturers specifications and
routine repairs workplace procedures
2.2 Equipment, tools and materials required are operated, applied
and handled to conform to OH&S requirements and
manufacturers specifications to prevent injury and damage
3 Check and report 3.1 Minor repair/maintenance/component exchange activities are

minor checked for compliance with safety requirements and
repairs/maintenance workplace procedures

3.2 Equipment is checked to confirm that it has been restored to

operational standards
3.3 Repair/maintenance/component exchange activities are
documented in appropriate records or log books
4 Provide support 4.1 Repairs/maintenance/component exchange activities requiring

support are identified and level of support established
4.2 Assistance to repair/maintenance/component exchange
activities is provided where required
4.3 Repair/maintenance/component exchange work not able to be
undertaken or completed is reported to appropriate personnel
for follow-up action
4.4 Work site is checked for cleanliness and operational safety and
appropriate action taken to restore site and equipment

Required knowledge:
Relevant state/territory regulations, codes of practice and safeworking system requirements
Relevant OH&S and environmental protection requirements
Workplace procedures and policies for the diagnosis and repair of minor faults
Typical minor repair problems that can occur and related action that should be taken
Tools and equipment used when diagnosing and rectifying minor faults and the procedures
and precautions for their care, use and storage
Workplace documentation and records requirements
Workplace component and material supply system
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when diagnosing and rectifying minor faults
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the diagnosis
and rectification of minor faults
Work collaboratively with others when diagnosing and rectifying minor faults
when diagnosing and rectifying minor faults in accordance with regulatory requirements and

Implement contingency plans for unplanned events that may occur when diagnosing and
rectifying minor faults
environments
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Equipment, motive power units all classes of locomotives, motive power units, rail cars
and rolling stock to be checked and types of wagons in service within Australian rail
and maintained may include: systems
Operations may be carried out in operations conducted at day or night

typical rail transport situations, typical weather conditions.
including:
in confined spaces, exposed conditions and controlled or
open environment
Minor maintenance/repair minor component change out
component exchange may diagnosing minor faults
include:
identifying correct lubricants
identifying correct fuel and carrying out refuelling
identifying correct solvents and cleaning fluids
maintaining fluid and air pressures
replacing faulty/damaged/worn equipment
servicing and cleaning batteries
inspecting wheels and ancillary equipment in cabin or on
rolling stock

Safety equipment may include: high visibility clothing

end of train markers
sunscreen and sun glasses
insect repellent
gloves, safety headwear, mask and footwear
portable radios
flags and hand lamps
safety glasses and hearing protection
safety devices
Environmental hazards may leaking oil and fuel
include: defective or inappropriately adjusted exhaust systems
inappropriate disposal of fluids in drains or sewerage
systems
inappropriate disposal of waste and rubbish
Consultative processes may workplace personnel including supervisors and managers
involve: equipment manufacturers representatives and contractors
include: established or standard procedures
Contingency processes may personal injury

relate to: tool malfunctions
Operators of mechanised undertaken training and, where appropriate, hold the
equipment must have: relevant license, permit or certificate
be recognised as competent for the class of machinery
being used

Information/records may include: workplace operational and technical instructions and

procedures for the diagnosis and rectification of minor
faults
relevant regulations including state/territory safety codes
of practice and safeworking regulations
maintenance checklists and records for the diagnosis and
rectification of minor faults
tool/equipment manufacturers instructions, specifications
and recommended procedures
precautions and procedures to be adopted to protect the
environment when diagnosing and rectifying minor faults
OH&S procedures
QA plans and procedures
data and document control procedures
requirements
arrangements
Applicable regulations and relevant state/territory regulations, codes of practice and
legislation may include: safeworking system requirements
Network in situations where operations are carried out on
that network
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB2307B Provide sanitation and water services support to passenger transportation units
TLIB2307B Provide sanitation and water services support

to passenger transportation units
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to provide
sanitation and water services support to passenger transportation
units in accordance with workplace and regulatory requirements,
including planning the decanting and watering of passenger
vehicles, carriages or vessels; providing a decanting and water
service; and completing all decanting and watering operations.
team environment.
workplace procedures to the provision of sanitation and water
services support to passenger transportation units in the transport

1 Plan decanting and 1.1 Transport systems vehicles, carriages or vessel type are
watering of passenger identified to assess the nature and extent of the servicing
vehicles/carriages/vesse required
ls 1.2 Sanitary waste removal and water system refill are planned to
ensure minimal inconvenience and delay to customers and
services
2 Provide decanting 2.1 Decanting unit is connected to transport units waste tanks in
service accordance operational requirements
2.2 Transport units waste is removed to holding tanks in
2.3 Decanting unit is disconnected from transport unit and unit is
cleaned to meet workplace and health and hygiene regulations
3 Provide water service 3.1 Water supply is connected to transport units water storage
tanks in accordance with operational requirements

3.2 Transport units water storage tanks are filled in accordance
with occupational health and safety regulations
3.3 Water supply is disconnected from transport unit and unit
cleaned to meet workplace and health and hygiene regulations
4 Complete decanting 4.1 Documentation is completed concerning the removal of waste

and watering and the supply of water

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures and policies for the provision of sanitation and water services support
to passenger transportation units, including the discharging of waste and the charging of water
containers
the provision of sanitation and water services support to passenger transportation units
Equipment, chemicals and materials used during the provision of sanitation and water
services support to passenger transportation units, and the precautions and procedures that
should be followed in their use
Problems that may occur when providing sanitation and water services support to passenger
transportation units and appropriate action that can be taken to resolve the problems
Communication requirements when providing sanitation and water services support to
passenger transportation units, including radio operation
Site layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when providing sanitation and water services support to
passenger transportation units
provision of sanitation and water services support to passenger transportation units
Complete documentation related to the provision of sanitation and water services support to
Work collaboratively with others when providing sanitation and water services support to


Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when providing
sanitation and water services support to passenger transportation units in accordance with
exist when providing sanitation and water services support to passenger transportation units
environments
procedures
standards
Select and safely use relevant equipment and materials when providing sanitation and water
services support to passenger transportation units
Select, mix and apply appropriate cleaning materials
Handle and store hazardous substances and materials
Store cleaning materials and equipment
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Transportation units may include: rail carriages, buses, coaches, ferries and other transport
units incorporating water and sanitation services
Cleaning and decanting mops
equipment may include: buckets
hoses
pumps
waste tanks
Reporting may include: verbal communication
written communication


Consultative processes may other workplace personnel
may include: radio

guidelines
work instructions, job description and induction materials
manufacturers specifications for equipment/materials
relevant OH&S and environmental protection
requirements and policies
relevant codes of practice including the National
Standards for Manual Handling, the Industry Safety Code
and the ADG Code
relevant health and hygiene legislation, regulations and
related documentation
customer service and quality assurance procedures


guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIB2407B Clean transportation units and facilities for passenger use
TLIB2407B Clean transportation units and facilities for

passenger use
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to clean
transportation units and facilities for passenger use in accordance
with workplace and regulatory requirements, including identifying
and preparing for cleaning; cleaning the facility or unit; identifying
any minor maintenance requirements of transportation units and
facilities; and completing all work requirements. Licensing,
to this unit.
and workplace requirements relevant to the cleaning of
transportation units and facilities for passenger use.
team environment.
workplace procedures to the cleaning of transportation units and
facilities for passenger use as part of work activities in the
transport and allied industries.

1 Identify and prepare 1.1 Transportation units and facilities are inspected for hygiene
for cleaning and cleanliness on an on-going basis
1.2 Customer complaints regarding lack of hygiene and
cleanliness within transport units and facilities are investigated
1.3 Transport units or areas requiring cleaning and the nature of
the material to be cleaned is identified to determine
appropriate response
1.4 Cleaning procedures are identified and cleaning materials and
equipment are organised in accordance with workplace
procedures
1.5 Areas that require cleaning that breach OH&S regulations or
workplace standards are cordoned off to prevent access by
staff and customers
2 Clean facility or unit 2.1 Transportation units and facilities are cleaned or detailed to
workplace standards

2.2 Cleaning equipment is operated in accordance with OH&S

regulations, codes of practice, and workplace procedures
2.3 Chemicals are used in accordance with OH&S legislation,
codes of practice, policies and procedures
2.4 Hazardous and general waste is removed in accordance with
OH&S regulations, codes of practice and workplace
procedures
3 Identify minor 3.1 Transport units and facilities are inspected to identify
maintenance maintenance requirements
requirements of 3.2 Minor maintenance of the transport units and facilities is
transportation units conducted in accordance with the workplace policies and
and facilities procedures
3.3 Minor maintenance actions are reported in accordance with
3.4 Further maintenance requirements of transport units or
facilities are reported in accordance with workplace
procedures
4 Complete the work 4.1 Cordoned off area is re-opened for use when safe for customer
access
4.2 Transportation units/facilities cleanliness and appearance is
verified prior to the unit being released for service
4.3 Stocks of cleaning equipment are monitored and replenished
as required

Required knowledge:
Regulations relevant to the cleaning of transportation units and facilities for passenger use,
including, where relevant, the ADG Code and relevant health and hygiene requirements
Workplace procedures and policies for the cleaning of transportation units and facilities for
passenger use, including the discharging of waste and the charging of water containers
the cleaning of transportation units and facilities for passenger use
Equipment, chemicals and materials used during the cleaning of transportation units and
facilities for passenger use, and the precautions and procedures that should be followed in
their use
Problems that may occur when cleaning transportation units and facilities and appropriate
Communication requirements when cleaning transportation units and facilities, including
radio operation

Site layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when cleaning transportation units and facilities
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the cleaning of
transportation units and facilities
Work collaboratively with others when cleaning transportation units and facilities
when cleaning transportation units and facilities in accordance with regulatory requirements
and workplace procedures
exist when cleaning transportation units and facilities
environments
procedures
Select and safely use relevant equipment and materials when cleaning transportation units and
facilities
standards
Select, mix and apply appropriate cleaning materials
Handle and store hazardous substances and materials
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Transportation units may include: rail carriages, buses, coaches, ferries and other transport
units

Cleaning equipment may include: vacuum cleaner

steam cleaners
mop and bucket
polisher
broom
hose
shampoo unit
hovel
specialised cleaning unit
remote controlled cleaning unit
special containers for syringes
Reporting may include: verbal communication
Facilities could include: hard floor (internal)
soft floor
ceiling surfaces and fittings
external surfaces
hard floor (external)
glass surfaces
internal surfaces
furniture and fittings
seats
hard surfaces (e.g. metal, tiled)
Transportation units may include: passenger vehicles/carriages/vessels owned leased or
hired for which the organisation is responsible for
cleaning
Facilities may include: any premises owned, leased or hired and used by the
transport system's internal and external customers
Chemicals include: all types of active and passive materials/agents used for
cleaning within the organisation's transportation units and
facilities
Hazardous waste includes: all materials/agents/items/objects that are identified under
the relevant acts, regulations or codes

Equipment used to cordon off portable barriers

areas may include: gate closure
witches hats
designated tape
Consultative processes may other workplace personnel, supervisors and managers
involve:

may include: radio
Information/documents may workplace procedures and policies for the cleaning of

include: transportation units and facilities for passenger use
work instructions. inspection reports, works orders, job
description, and induction materials
manufacturers specifications for equipment/materials
Standards for Manual Handling, the Industry Safety Code
and the ADG Code
relevant health and hygiene legislation, regulations and
related documentation

Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations pertaining to the cleaning
legislation may include: of transportation units and facilities for passenger use,
including health and hygiene regulations and the ADG
Code
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIB2607B Prepare for train operation

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to prepare for
train operation in accordance with workplace procedures and the
requirements of relevant safeworking regulations and codes of
practice. It includes implementing the prescribed pre-departure
checks and confirming the required train documentation.
operational principles and procedures to prepare for train operation
as part of workplace activities across a variety of operational
contexts within the Australian rail system.

1 Implement pre- 1.1 Motive power control systems are set-up and checked in
departure checks accordance with workplace policies and procedures
1.2 Required checks and relevant procedures and standards are
identified
1.3 Train, or relevant portion of the train, is checked to ensure that
rolling stock is coupled and sequenced correctly
1.4 Train braking systems are applied and released to ensure they
are operating effectively
1.5 Visual inspection is conducted to identify any obvious defects
that would prevent safe transit
1.6 Faults are identified and appropriate corrective action is taken
to ensure operational safety with minimum delay to planned
running schedule
1.7 Relevant OH&S requirements are followed to prevent injury
and damage
2 Confirm train 2.1 Relevant personnel are promptly advised of the result of
documentation checks completed
2.2 Purpose of the journey and activities to be undertaken, are
identified
2.3 Constraints and special instructions that may apply for the
journey are identified
2.4 Documentation is read to identify and confirm consist, attach /
detach information, loading information and characteristics of
the train including compliance with relevant regulatory and
ADG Code requirements
2.5 Authority to proceed relevant to the operational situation is
obtained and followed

Required knowledge:
Procedures for preparing a train for operation
Set-up procedures for equipment used in the control of trains
Train testing procedures
Train preparation documentation procedures
Communication procedures and protocols
Maintenance and servicing procedures
Train coupling equipment and methods
Safeworking systems and requirements
Safeworking in electrified areas
Train characteristics and specifications
ADG Code and other dangerous goods regulations
Contingency management processes for unexpected events
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when preparing a train for operation
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to preparing a train
for operation
Complete documentation related to the preparation of a train for operation
Work collaboratively with others when preparing a train for operation

Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions when preparing
a train for operation in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when preparing a train for operation
environments
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of train and equipment
Set up and check train control systems
Test air continuity and braking systems
RANGE STATEMENT
Operations conducted: by day or night

in all relevant weather conditions
Motive power units may include diesel locomotives
all motive power units in service electric locomotives
within Australian rail systems
and may include: railcars
multiple units (including electric multiple units)
Rolling stock may include: all rolling stock in service within Australian rail systems
including both passenger cars and freight rolling stock
correct coupling and sequencing of train requires that
couplings are locked in place and flexible connections
between rolling stock are made
positioning and set-up of remote control equipment is
correct
the separation of dangerous goods complies with ADG
Code and regulatory requirements

Visual inspections may include wheels and braking equipment for signs of wear or
checking: damage
flexible connections and fittings for signs of wear or
damage
couplings for signs of wear or damage
fuel, oil, water and coolant
air system for leaks
electrical equipment
pantographs
emergency and safety equipment such as vigilance
control and deadman relays
Relevant personnel can include: maintenance personnel
yard, station and other operational personnel
train controllers and signalers
train crews
depot coordinators
hand-over crew
Communication methods may written, including signed communications, lists and forms
include: verbal
radio
may include: gloves
sunscreen and sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear and footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
hearing protection


guidelines
that network
specification
train consists
train notices
out-of-gauge notices
dangerous goods manifests
brake certification
load/passenger manifests
OH&S and environmental protection legislation, codes of
practice, policies and procedures
maintenance specifications
local instructions
two-way radio operation procedures
guidelines
Network in situations where train is to operate on that
network
relevant Australian standards
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB2707B Set up and shut down on-train remote control system
TLIB2707B Set up and shut down on-train remote control

system
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to set up and
shut down on-train remote control system in accordance with
workplace procedures and the requirements of relevant
safeworking regulations and codes of practice. It includes setting
up the remote control system, setting up the lead control system,
and shutting down the remote control equipment. Licensing,
to this unit.
operational principles and procedures to the setting up and shutting
down of the on-train remote control system as part of workplace
activities across a variety of operational contexts within the
Australian rail system.

1 Set up remote control 1.1 Remote control system components are set up in accordance
system with operational plans and manufacturers instructions
1.2 Remote motive power units are placed in required operating
mode
1.3 Communication code is entered and air and electrical systems
are activated
1.4 Brake and traction systems are tested using approved
personnel to ensure correct operation
2 Set up lead control 2.1 Cab console is checked, electrical systems are activated and
system the system self-test is confirmed
2.2 Communication code is entered and confirmation obtained
that system has entered link mode
2.3 Full control is obtained and brake tests are conducted, using
lead control equipment, to ensure correct braking is
operational
2.4 Procedures to establish total control are repeated where

necessary
2.5 Train is moved using the full range of tests to ensure
operational safety and control
3 Shut down remote 3.1 Shut-down procedures of lead and remote control equipment
control equipment are followed to ensure train security and de-activation of the
system
3.2 Equipment indicators or functions are operated to ensure the
shut-down process is correct and complete

Required knowledge:
Controls, instruments and indicators of an on-train remote control unit and their purpose,
location and use
Procedures for the operation of remote control units
Set-up and shut-down procedures
Braking and safety system procedures
Procedures for the control of motive power units
Procedures for managing hazardous situations involving on-train remote control systems
Procedures for identifying equipment defects in remote control units and assessing any
identified defective units for appropriate action
Critical on-train remote control information including compatible coupling, braking and drive
equipment, ancillary systems, and signalling systems
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when setting up and shutting down on-train remote
control systems
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the setting up
and shutting down of on-train remote control systems
Complete documentation related to the setting up and shutting down of on-train remote
control systems
Work collaboratively with others when setting up and shutting down on-train remote control
systems
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions when setting up
and shutting down on-train remote control systems in accordance with regulatory
procedures
standards
Judge speeds and movements when operating unit over short distances
RANGE STATEMENT

On-train remote control any mechanism and operating system to allow the control
equipment may be: of one motive power unit which is part of a train from
another unit which is part of the same train
non-operational units
Remote control operation may be within a yard for the purpose of marshalling or shunting
used: or on running lines


guidelines
specifications
relevant log or record books
maintenance specifications, notices, records and requests
local instructions
equipment operation manuals
operational instructions, policies and procedures
guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or

required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB2807B Maintain and use hand tools

and use hand tools in accordance with workplace requirements,
including selecting and using hand tools to complete workplace
tasks, maintaining basic hand tools in accordance with
manufacturers instructions, and securing and storing hand tools in
accordance with workplace procedures. Licensing, legislative,
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in accordance with workplace
procedures and safeworking codes relevant to the maintenance and
use of hand tools.
team environment.
Work involves the application of routine procedures to maintain
and use hand tools across a variety of operational workplace
contexts.

1 Select and use hand 1.1 Correct tools for work to be carried out are chosen to complete
tools workplace tasks and to ensure efficient and safe working
conditions
1.2 Appropriate personal safety protection is used to minimise the
risk of personal injury
2 Maintain hand tools 2.1 Equipment is cleaned and maintained in accordance with
manufacturers specifications and/or local instructions to
ensure correct functionality of equipment
2.2 Any unserviceable tools are repaired, replaced or reported to
relevant personnel to ensure correct functionality
3 Secure and store hand 3.1 Tools are transported in a safe, secure, efficient manner to
tools minimise risk of injury to personnel and damage to equipment
3.2 Tools are stored and secured according to manufacturers or
workplace procedures to prevent damage to, and losses of,
equipment


Required knowledge:
Relevant sections of state/territory regulations, codes of practice and safeworking system
requirements
Workplace procedures and policies for the use and maintenance of hand tools
Problems that can occur when using and maintaining hand tools and related action that should
be taken
Materials used when using and maintaining hand tools and the procedures and precautions for
their care, use and storage
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when maintaining and using hand tools
and use of hand tools
Complete documentation related to the use and maintenance of hand tools
Work both individually and collaboratively with others when maintaining and using hand
tools
maintaining and using hand tools in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Identify, select and efficiently and effectively use relevant hand tools and related materials
environments

RANGE STATEMENT
Hand tools may include: those required for operations and maintenance

typical rail transport situations, typical weather conditions
including:
open environment
Materials may include: servicing materials such as lubricants
related materials and consumables needed when using
tools, e.g. nails, screws, grease, etc.
insect repellent
portable radios
safety devices
include: inappropriate disposal of fluids in drains or sewerage
systems
customers/clients
equipment manufacturers representatives and contractors


Operators of mechanised undertaken training

equipment must have: where appropriate, hold the relevant licence, permit or
certificate
being used
procedures for the use and care of hand tools
maintenance checklists and records for the use and
servicing of tools
environment when using and maintaining hand tools
OH&S procedures
requirements
arrangements
that network
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

demonstrate competency in this
unit requirements of the elements and performance criteria

of this unit and include demonstration of applying:
procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB2907B Use and maintain minor mechanical equipment
TLIB2907B Use and maintain minor mechanical

equipment
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to use and
maintain minor mechanical equipment in accordance with
workplace requirements, including carrying out pre-operation
checks on equipment, operating mechanical equipment in
accordance with workplace requirements, conducting routine
maintenance, and securing and storing equipment in accordance
with workplace procedures. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
procedures and the regulations and safeworking codes of practice
relevant to the use and maintenance of minor mechanical
equipment.
procedures to use and maintain minor mechanical equipment
across a variety of operational contexts.

1 Carry out pre- 1.1 Pre-operational checks are conducted to manufacturers
operation checks specifications to ensure optimum functionality of equipment
1.2 Necessary adjustments to equipment are made to ensure
efficient operation, according to manufacturers instructions
1.3 Faulty equipment is reported to relevant person to ensure
equipment is safe and effective to use
2 Operate mechanical 2.1 Equipment is operated in accordance with manufacturers or

equipment workplace operating instructions to ensure safe and effective
operation
risk of injury to operator
2.3 Work operational hazards are eliminated or controlled
appropriately when using equipment to ensure safeworking
conditions
2.4 Assisting personnel are given clear instructions about their
duties if required to ensure safe and effective working
conditions
3 Conduct routine 3.1 Equipment is cleaned and maintained in accordance with

maintenance manufacturers specifications to ensure optimum functionality
3.2 Detailed and accurate records are maintained according to
4 Secure and store 4.1 Equipment is handled and transported in a safe, secure,
efficient manner to minimise risk of injury to personnel and
damage to equipment
4.2 Equipment is stored and secured according to manufacturers
or workplace procedures to prevent damage and losses of
equipment

Required knowledge:
Relevant sections of state and territory codes of practice and safeworking system
requirements including the Code of Practice for the Defined Interstate Rail Network in
situations where operations are carried out on that network
Workplace procedures and policies for the use and maintenance of minor mechanical
equipment
Problems that can occur when using and maintaining minor mechanical equipment and related
action that should be taken
Tools and equipment used when using and maintaining minor mechanical equipment and the
procedures and precautions for their care, use and storage
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when using and maintaining minor mechanical
equipment
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to using and
maintaining minor mechanical equipment
Complete documentation related to using and maintaining minor mechanical equipment
Work collaboratively with others when using and maintaining minor mechanical equipment

when using and maintaining minor mechanical equipment in accordance with regulatory
environments
procedures
Identify, select and efficiently and effectively use relevant tools and equipment
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Equipment may include: mechanical handling/lifting equipment

basic hand tools
small plant such as motorised borers and saws
typical transport situations, typical weather conditions
including:
open environment
tools, e.g. nails, screws, grease, etc.
insect repellent
portable radios
safety devices

systems
customers/clients
equipment manufacturers representatives and contractors

Operators of mechanised undertaken training
equipment must have: where appropriate, hold the relevant licence, permit or
certificate
being used


procedures for the use and maintenance of minor
mechanical equipment
maintenance of minor mechanical equipment
environment when use and maintaining minor mechanical
equipment
OH&S procedures
requirements
arrangements
that network
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB3007B Undertake general site maintenance

general site housekeeping and maintenance in depots, sub-depots,
factories, compounds, campsites, etc. in accordance with
procedures. It includes preparing for the work, conducting site
housekeeping functions, applying pest and vegetation control
measures, and completing all work requirements. Licensing,
to this unit.
requirements of the codes of practice and safeworking
requirements and regulations of the states/territories concerned,
including the Code of Practice for the Defined Interstate Rail
Network in situations where operations are carried out on that
network.
operational principles and procedures to general site maintenance
carried out as part of workplace activities across a variety of

1 Prepare for work 1.1 Works order including drawings, sketches and material lists is
received/accessed, analysed and confirmed if necessary by site
inspection
1.2 Resources, including equipment and materials, are identified
and obtained
1.3 Liaison and communication issues with other personnel at the
site are resolved
1.4 Hazards are identified prior to commencement of work
1.5 Site safety requirements are observed
2 Conduct site 2.1 Stores, materials and equipment are loaded/off-loaded safely
housekeeping functions and secured
2.2 Site, including stores and materials, is laid out to plan
2.3 Stores and materials are checked for serviceability, cleaned as
necessary and prepared for use
2.4 Minor earthwork maintenance is conducted

2.5 Excess materials and refuse are disposed of/returned as
required by workplace procedures
3 Apply pest and 3.1 Pest and vegetation control requirements are identified and
vegetation control appropriate control measure is selected and authorised by the
measures appropriate person
3.2 Chemical control agents are prepared in accordance with
safety requirements and workplace procedures
3.3 Pest control measures are applied, monitored and varied to
maintain effectiveness
3.4 Control measures are applied and pests and vegetation
removed/neutralised
4 Complete the work 4.1 Worksite is rehabilitated

4.2 Work completion details are finalised and recorded/advised to

Required knowledge:
Relevant sections of applicable regulatory requirements
Workplace procedures for general site maintenance
Problems that may occur during site maintenance activities and action that can be taken to
report or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist during site maintenance activities and ways of controlling the risks
involved
Contents of workplace technical manuals and instructions relating to the work activities
concerned
Characteristics of plant and equipment, transport, structures, hardware and electrical
components used in work activities
Impact on work activities of regulatory requirements
Workplace documentation and records system management related to the work concerned
Hazardous chemicals used in general site maintenance and related precautions and personal
protection measures
Relevant recording and documentation procedures
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when carrying out general site maintenance
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information, labels and signs relevant to general
site maintenance

Complete documentation related to general site maintenance
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when carrying out
general site maintenance in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may occur when carrying out general
site maintenance
environments
procedures
standards
Identify and organise resources required for work activities
Use hand tools and minor plant
Work at heights and in confined spaces
RANGE STATEMENT
Operations conducted by day or from a vehicle/platform

night in all relevant weather from a ladder
conditions and may involve
working: from an elevating work platform
from a tree
on the ground
Stores, materials and equipment those required for erection, maintenance and servicing
may include: functions
Minor earthworks may include: restoration of backfill to complete excavations

pole and structure foundations
basic drainage

Vegetation control measures may hand clearing

include: growth retardants
machinery assisted cleaning
herbicidal cleaning
fire cleaning
Pest control measures may seals
include: chemicals
baits
traps
sprays
Communication equipment may two-way radios, and/or
include: telephones

may include: hearing protection
gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices

Information/documents may relevant state/territory codes of practice and safeworking

include: system requirements
that network
procedures
relevant logs or record books
manuals
that network
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB307C Carry out vehicle servicing and maintenance

basic servicing and maintenance of a commercial vehicle,
including action to implement vehicle manufacturers
specifications for routine checks and maintenance and to ensure
that all specified safety requirements are met, and that the vehicle
is operational to the requirements of both the workplace and the
relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority. Licensing,
to this unit.
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the regulations of the
relevant roads and traffic authority.
Work is performed with limited or minimum supervision, and with
routine vehicle checking and maintenance principles and
procedures to service and maintain a commercial vehicle across a
variety of operational contexts.

1 Maintain and service 1.1 Fluid levels are checked and adjusted following manufacturers
the vehicle systems specifications and workplace procedures
1.2 Air levels are checked and adjusted following manufacturers
specifications and workplace procedures
1.3 Routine checks are made of vehicle systems and appropriate
action is initiated for maintenance where required in
1.4 Appropriate precautions and procedures are followed when
servicing/maintaining a vehicle to ensure adequate protection
of the environment
1.5 OH&S procedures are followed when carrying out routine
servicing and maintenance of a vehicle
2 Carry out minor 2.1 Vehicle components are removed, repaired or replaced and
repairs to a vehicle refitted to the vehicle using the correct tools and following
manufacturers instructions and workplace procedures
2.2 Tyres on vehicle are repaired or replaced following workplace
procedures and manufacturers instructions
2.3 Worn brakes are identified and action taken in accordance

with workplace procedures and manufacturers specifications
2.4 The need for more complex maintenance procedures is
identified and the problem correctly referred following
3 Diagnose minor vehicle 3.1 Minor faults in the vehicle systems are identified, diagnosed
faults and undertake and repaired following manufacturers specifications and
repairs for the safe workplace procedures
operation of a vehicle 3.2 Identified faults which create a safety hazard are reported and
appropriate action is taken to remove the vehicle from
operation pending repair
4 Complete 4.1 Records of routine servicing, maintenance and repairs are kept
documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
Relevant 'duty of care' requirements for the routine servicing and maintenance of vehicles
Relevant OH&S and pollution control procedures
Procedures for the checking and routine service and maintenance of a commercial vehicle in
accordance with workplace and the manufacturer's requirements and established safety rules
and regulations
Problems that may occur during the routine servicing and maintenance of a vehicle and
appropriate action and solutions
Recognition and diagnosis of faults and vehicle irregularities
Basic principles of operation of systems on commercial vehicles, including: electrical
systems, fuel systems, cooling systems, steering systems, exhaust systems, tyres and brakes
Basic fault finding procedures required during routine servicing and maintenance of vehicles
Procedures required to minimise waste during routine servicing and maintenance
Housekeeping standards required for routine servicing and maintenance
Procedures for the use and maintenance of the materials, tools and parts required for routine
servicing and maintenance
Reporting and documentation requirements
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when carrying out vehicle servicing and maintenance
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to vehicle
Complete documentation related to vehicle servicing and maintenance

Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions identified when
carrying out vehicle servicing and maintenance in accordance with regulatory requirements
exist during vehicle servicing and maintenance
environments
damage to vehicle or equipment
procedures
standards
Check and replenish fluids and carry out lubrication processes in the course of vehicle
RANGE STATEMENT
Maintenance may be carried out operations conducted at day or night

in typical road transport typical weather conditions
situations, including:
in tight or confined spaces, exposed conditions and
while in a depot, base or warehouse
while in the vehicle on the road
while at a client's workplace
Type of vehicle may include any light vehicle
commercial road transport heavy vehicle
vehicle including:
combination vehicle

Maintenance checks may include: routine inspections of vehicle systems

checks on completion of maintenance activities
Minor routine repairs may replacement of blown globes in vehicle lights
include: replacement of broken fan belt
replacement of blown fuse
door mirrors
repairs to rear tail-light lens
changing of tyres
repair of tyre punctures
replacement of broken coolant hose
Minor routine servicing may topping-up of water levels
inappropriate disposal of vehicle fluids in drains or
sewerage systems
Information/records may include: workplace routine servicing and maintenance procedures,

checklists and instructions
relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority vehicle
maintenance regulations
maintenance checklists and records
vehicle manufacturers instructions, specifications and
recommended procedures
environment when servicing and maintaining vehicles
OH&S procedures to be followed when servicing and
maintaining vehicles

Applicable regulations and relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority vehicle
legislation may include: maintenance regulations and requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB3107B Clean up plant, equipment and worksite

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to clean up
plant, equipment and worksite in accordance with safeworking and
regulatory requirements and workplace procedures, including
planning and preparing work, arranging the clear up and
disposal/reclamation of material, operating cleaning equipment
and mobile plant, finalising the work and restoring the site.
operational principles and procedures to the cleaning up of plant,
equipment and worksites as part of workplace activities across a
variety of operational contexts within the Australian rail system.

1 Plan and prepare work 1.1 Details of cleaning requirements are identified by instructions,
inspections, work orders and schedules
1.2 Materials and equipment are identified and obtained
1.3 Relevant legislative, statutory and workplace requirements and
standards are identified, applied and monitored throughout the
work procedure
1.4 Environmental regulatory requirements are identified to
ensure site is left in an environmentally sound condition
1.5 Required materials to be removed and methods of removal are
identified to facilitate clean up
2 Arrange clear up and 2.1 Storage/disposal areas and quarantine zones are identified and
disposal/ reclamation arranged to ensure environmentally sound disposal
of material 2.2 Reclaimed material is removed to storage areas using
appropriate methods
2.3 Non-required materials/services are removed and disposed of
in appropriate manner to ensure clean and environmentally
stable site
2.4 Site is inspected for overlooked materials to minimise wastage

and losses
3 Operate cleaning 3.1 Cleaning and mobile plant is operated to site/manufacturers

equipment and mobile requirements.
plant 3.2 Operator maintenance is performed to manufacturers/site
standards
3.3 Cleaning equipment is cleaned and stored
4 Finalise work and 4.1 Drainage is established/restored as necessary to ensure well

restore site drained site
4.2 Re-vegetation/environmental repair is arranged if required to
return site to environmentally sound condition
4.3 Barriers are removed or checked for integrity to ensure access
to correct areas
4.4 Access roads are closed if required to prevent unauthorised
access to closed site
4.5 Site is left in suitable level and surface condition to ensure
environmentally sound, safe and clean site

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the cleaning up of plant, equipment and worksites
Problems that may occur during the cleaning up of plant, equipment and worksites and action
Hazards that may exist when cleaning up plant, equipment and worksites and ways of
Permit to work system where applicable
Applications and characteristics of plant and equipment
Cleaning agents/sealants and their properties and precautions for their use
Cleaning equipment and related materials and their applications
Plant and equipment cleaning procedures and instructions
Relevant recording and documentation requirements
Manufacturers instructions for the servicing and cleaning of equipment
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when cleaning up plant, equipment and worksites

Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the cleaning up
of plant, equipment and worksites
Complete documentation related to the cleaning up of plant, equipment and worksites
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may arise when cleaning up plant,
equipment and worksites
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in equipment and sites in accordance with standard operating
procedures
Use hand and power tools
Apply cleaning agents, sealants and chemicals
Handle hazardous materials
standards
Level and re-vegetate sites
Identify and reclaim salvageable materials
Identify and remove water/waste/surplus materials
Operate and maintain relevant mobile plant and mobile plant equipment
Use barriers correctly
RANGE STATEMENT


Materials may include: all purpose garden sprays

floor stripper
floor polish
floor cleaner
disinfectant
degreaser
bleach
petrochemicals
Tools may include: gardening implements
cleaning tools
hand tools
Cleaning equipment may include: hoses
lances
pneumatic tube hones
high speed polishers
vacuum cleaners
steam cleaners
brooms
buckets
mops
shovels
duster
internal combustion driven vacuum cleaner
Cleaning operations may also water lancing
include: internal boiler washing
include: verbal
radio


may include: hearing protection and gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses and safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
Disposal of material may involve: the use of a quarantine zone in accordance with
environmental regulations and requirements
guidelines
procedures
manuals
environmental regulations and associated requirements
guidelines
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB3407B Maintain poles and associated hardware

poles and associated hardware in accordance with safeworking and
planning for the maintenance of poles and associated hardware,
preparing the worksite, conducting the maintenance of poles and
associated hardware, and completing all of the work requirements.
operational principles and procedures to the maintenance of poles
and associated hardware as part of workplace activities across a

1 Plan for maintenance 1.1 Works order is received/accessed, analysed and confirmed, if
of poles and associated necessary by site inspection
hardware 1.2 Resources required for the job are identified and scheduled
1.3 Replacement or additional poles, associated hardware and
plant/equipment are transported to the worksite
1.4 Liaison and communication issues are resolved
2 Prepare the worksite 2.1 Personnel participating in task, including plant operators and
contractors, are fully briefed
2.2 Road signs, barriers and warning devices are positioned, and
worksite protection is provided
2.3 Safeworking practices are observed on or about the running
line/track
2.4 Replacement or additional poles and associated hardware are
placed in planned assembly and/or pre-lift location
2.5 Excavation/foundation is inspected and confirmed as being in
accordance with the works order or specification

3 Conduct maintenance 3.1 Actual maintenance requirement is confirmed by site

of poles and associated inspection
hardware 3.2 Pole and associated hardware to be maintained is stabilised if
necessary
3.3 Maintenance of pole and associated hardware is carried out in
accordance with the work order and workplace standing
requirements
4 Complete the work 4.1 Worksite is rehabilitated, and work is completed in an agreed
time and with minimum waste
4.2 System data and pole records are updated according to

Required knowledge:
Relevant OH&S and environmental procedures and regulations including OH&S instructions
related to pole erection, site safety and rescue techniques
Workplace procedures for the maintenance of poles and associated hardware
Hazards that may exist when maintaining poles and associated hardware and ways of
Mechanical principles related to structures
Pole maintenance techniques and processes
Characteristics, capabilities, uses, limitations and location standards of the types of poles
Switching or de-energising procedures during maintenance operations
Workplace technical manuals and instructions which relate to the assembly, erection and
lift/transfer of poles and association hardware
Pole treatment chemicals and HAZCHEM requirements
Soil types and stabilisation processes
Responsibilities in relation to other authorities, clients and land-owners
Regulations for rigging, traffic control and guidance signals
Documentation and records systems related to pole management
Procedures for identifying and using support plant and equipment
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when maintaining poles and associated hardware
of poles and associated hardware


Work collaboratively with others when maintaining poles and associated hardware
when maintaining poles and associated hardware in accordance with regulatory requirements
environments
Adapt to differences in tools and equipment in accordance with standard operating procedures
standards
Perform basic welding and oxy cutting
Guide, by convention and signals, operators of plant/equipment during lift/transfer operations
Work at heights or in confined spaces
Operate minor plant and equipment
Use hand tools
Rig/sling loads for lifting
RANGE STATEMENT

Work may be conducted: in restricted spaces or exposed conditions
in controlled or open environments
Pole types may include: wood
concrete
steel
composite
Associated hardware may insulators

include: crossarms
stays
earth down leads and bond wires
crossarm braces
pole steps
shackle straps
associated bolts and clamps
Maintenance requirements may site inspection
be obtained from: works orders
workplace personnel
client requests
Maintenance may include: removal, repair and replacement of poles
welding
chemical treatment
pole staking and rebutting
repair and cleaning of associated hardware
servicing
reinstatement
Pole stabilisation techniques may back-fill consolidation
include: concreting
baulking
reinforcement nailing
approved steel reinforcing
temporary and permanent staywires
Methods of erection may include: crane
auger/erector
winch A frame
Works orders may include: drawings
plans
resource and materials lists
Resources may include: personnel
plant
equipment
transport

Liaison may involve: clients

authorities
landowners
personnel
Communication equipment may two-way radio, and/or
include: telephones
gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices


guidelines
relevant log or record book
maintenance notices, records and requests
local instructions
manuals
procedures
emergency procedures manuals
guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or

required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB4007B Inspect poles and associated hardware

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to inspect
poles and associated hardware in accordance with safeworking and
planning and preparing for the inspection, conducting the
inspection of the poles and associated hardware, and completing
the inspection in accordance with workplace requirements.
operational principles and procedures to the inspection of poles
and associated hardware as part of workplace activities across a

1 Plan and prepare for 1.1 Inspection program or works order is received/ accessed,
inspection analysed and confirmed, if necessary by site inspection
1.2 Resources required for the job are identified and scheduled
1.3 Liaison and communication issues are resolved
1.4 Personnel participating in task, including plant operators and
contractors, are fully briefed
2 Conduct inspection of 2.1 Worksite requirements are confirmed and hazards identified
poles and associated by site inspection
hardware 2.2 Road signs, barriers and warning devices are positioned, and
worksite protection is provided
line/track
2.4 Pole structures, including foundations and hardware, are
inspected by test or examination against approved
specifications
3 Complete the 3.1 Worksite is rehabilitated, and work is completed in an agreed

inspection time and with minimum waste

3.2 Inspection reports are completed and pole records are updated

Required knowledge:
Relevant OH&S and environmental procedures and regulations, including OH&S instructions
related to pole erection, site safety and rescue techniques
Workplace procedures for the inspection of poles and associated hardware
Problems that may occur during the inspection of poles and associated hardware, and action
Hazards that may exist when inspecting poles and associated hardware and ways of
Workplace and commercial technical manuals, publications and instructions which relate to
pole quality and chemical treatment
Characteristics, capabilities, uses, limitations and location standards of the types of poles
Mechanical principles related to structures
Pole maintenance techniques and processes
Soil types and stabilisation processes
Diagnostic and fault finding techniques relevant to the inspection of poles and associated
hardware
Regulatory and workplace requirements for rigging, traffic control and guidance signals for
planned operations
Workplace documentation and records systems related to pole management
Procedures for the use of relevant support plant and equipment
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when inspecting poles and associated hardware
Communicate plans, intentions and safety criteria to others
Read and interpret technical instructions and manuals, procedures, information and signs
relevant to the inspection of poles and associated hardware
Complete documentation related to the inspection of poles and associated hardware
Work collaboratively with others when inspecting poles and associated hardware

inspecting poles and associated hardware in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when inspecting poles and associated
hardware
environments
Select and use appropriate pole testing equipment
standards
Use hand tools
Operate relevant minor plant and equipment
RANGE STATEMENT

Work may involve exposure to: chemicals, dangerous or hazardous substances
Pole types may include: wood
concrete
steel
composite

Associated hardware may insulators

include: crossarms
stays
earth down leads and bond wires
crossarm braces
pole steps
shackle straps
associated bolts and clamps
Maintenance requirements may site inspection
be obtained from: works orders
workplace personnel
client requests
Inspection/testing devices may electronic data capture devices
include: computers
sonic testing devices
shigometer
X-ray
CAT-scanner
proof load tester
drills
Works orders may include: drawings
plans
resource and materials lists.
materials lists
Resources may include: personnel
plant
equipment
transport
Liaison may involve: clients
authorities
landowners
personnel
include: telephones



gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
guidelines
local instructions
manuals
procedures


guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB407C Carry out vehicle inspection

an inspection of a commercial vehicle, including action to
implement vehicle manufacturers specifications for routine checks,
to clean the vehicle, and to ensure that all specified safety
requirements are met and that the vehicle is operational to the
requirements of both the workplace and the relevant state/territory
roads and traffic authority. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
relevant roads and traffic authority concerned with the inspection
of commercial vehicles.
routine inspection principles and procedures to check the safety
and operation of a commercial vehicle across a variety of

1 Check the vehicle 1.1 A visual check of the internal and external condition of the
vehicle is carried out following workplace procedures
1.2 Pre-operational inspections and checks of the vehicle's tyres,
suspension, fluid levels and other critical features are carried
out to ensure conformance with the requirements of the
relevant roads and traffic authority
1.3 Associated equipment is tested to ensure it functions correctly
to manufacturers specifications
1.4 Post start-up and shut-down checks are carried out after engine
is started to identify possible engine or electrical problems
1.5 Warning systems (instruments and gauges) are checked to
ensure they are operational
1.6 Where relevant, vehicle monitoring device is logged on/off in
accordance with manufacturers instructions and workplace
policy
2 Clean vehicle 2.1 Vehicle and associated equipment is cleaned in accordance

with workplace procedures and legislation
3 Complete 3.1 Basic faults are identified and/or diagnosed and appropriate
documentation action is taken to report or remedy them as required by
workplace procedures and legislation
3.2 Records of inspection are updated and recommended repairs
are documented in accordance with workplace polices

Required knowledge:
Relevant duty of care requirements for the routine inspection of vehicles
Procedures for the routine inspection of a commercial vehicle in accordance with workplace
and manufacturers requirements and established safety rules and regulations, including pre-
operational checking procedures, visual inspection procedures and warning systems checking
procedures
Problems that may occur during the routine inspection of a vehicle and appropriate actions
and solutions
Basic principles of operation of systems on commercial vehicles, including electrical systems,
fuel systems, cooling systems, steering systems, exhaust systems, tyres, brakes
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others during the routine inspection of a vehicle
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and manuals relevant to the routine
inspection of a vehicle
Complete documentation related to the routine inspection of a vehicle
Work collaboratively with others during the routine inspection of a vehicle
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions that are
identified during the routine inspection of a vehicle in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may occur during the routine
inspection of a vehicle
environments
procedures
Use cleaning equipment
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

open environment
while in the a depot, base or warehouse
Type of vehicle may include any light vehicles
commercial road transport heavy vehicles
vehicles including:
combination vehicles
Inspection may include: visual checks of vehicle
routine checks of vehicle systems
checks in accordance with a detailed inspection schedule
Routine checks may include: water levels
oil levels
air pressure in tyres
brakes
lights
condition of tyres
battery
exhaust system
suspension
sewerage systems


Information/records may include: workplace routine inspection procedures, checklists and

instructions
environment when inspecting, servicing and maintaining
vehicles
OH&S procedures to be followed when inspecting
vehicles
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:

equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB4207B Conduct inspection of safeworking procedures and infrastructure
TLIB4207B Conduct inspection of safeworking procedures

and infrastructure
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to conduct
inspection of safeworking procedures and infrastructure in
accordance with safeworking and regulatory requirements and
workplace procedures, including planning and preparing for the
inspection, inspecting the safeworking infrastructure, inspecting
for compliance with safeworking procedures, and completing
required reports and taking remedial action in accordance with
workplace and regulatory requirements. Licensing, legislative,
requirements and operational principles and procedures to conduct
an inspection of safeworking procedures and infrastructure as part
of workplace activities across a variety of operational contexts
within the Australian rail system. Safeworking procedures and
infrastructure inspected may include any of those in use within

1 Plan and prepare for 1.1 Inspection is planned for in accordance with workplace
inspection requirements
1.2 Relevant instructions and information are gathered in
preparation for inspection
2 Inspect safeworking 2.1 Safeworking equipment is inspected to ensure that it is located

infrastructure and operating correctly
2.2 Safeworking facilities are checked for correct operation and
maintenance
3 Inspect for compliance 3.1 Safeworking forms are checked for sufficient supply and
of safeworking correct completion
procedures 3.2 Work practices of relevant workers are checked to ensure
compliance with safeworking procedures
4 Complete reports and 4.1 Reports are completed in accordance with workplace
take remedial action requirements
4.2 Where necessary, follow-up action is taken to ensure safe
passage of train and equipment

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the inspection of safeworking procedures and infrastructure
Problems that may occur during the inspection of safeworking procedures and infrastructure
and action that can be taken to report or resolve the problems
Hazards that may be identified during an inspection of safeworking procedures and
infrastructure and ways of controlling the risks involved
Safeworking system requirements/regulations
Relevant Australian Standards, technical specifications and manuals
Documentation/authorisation processes and procedures
Material safety data sheets
Hazardous situations associated with workplace activities and ways of controlling the risks
involved
Relevant records procedures
Emergency procedures manuals
Operational equipment manuals and operating instructions
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when inspecting safeworking procedures and
infrastructure
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the inspection
of safeworking procedures and infrastructure
Complete documentation related to the inspection of safeworking procedures and
infrastructure
Work collaboratively with others when inspecting safeworking procedures and infrastructure

Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems when inspecting safeworking
procedures and infrastructure in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when inspecting safeworking procedures
and infrastructure
environments
Adapt to differences in situations and equipment in accordance with standard operating
procedures
Identify, select and use relevant office equipment required when inspecting safeworking
procedures and infrastructure
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

Conditions under which full range of weather conditions
examination is undertaken may full range of light conditions
include:

Infrastructure to be inspected telephones

may include: catchpoints
scotchblocks
rigid levers
Annett keys
trackwork and perway signs
signals and marker plates
station limit and station indicator boards
warning bells, boomgates, flashlights, level crossing
signage
safeworking instruments
Facilities to be inspected may train order and pilot key sheds
include: signal cabins/boxes
Relevant workers may include: workplace personnel
contractors
include: computers
telephones

gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices


guidelines
working timetables
track layouts
signalling diagrams
written advice
inspection schedules
reports
manuals
procedures
guidelines
legislation
ADG Code and associated requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB4607B Service and clean mechanical signalling equipment and infrastructure
TLIB4607B Service and clean mechanical signalling

equipment and infrastructure
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to service and
clean mechanical signalling equipment and infrastructure in
workplace procedures, including cleaning and servicing the
equipment/infrastructure, and checking the operation and
functionality of the equipment/infrastructure after cleaning.
operational principles and procedures to the servicing and cleaning
of mechanical infrastructure signalling equipment as part of

1 Clean and service 1.1 All necessary cleaning and servicing equipment, resources and
equipment consumables are confirmed ready for use
1.2 All rubbish, weeds and obstructions are removed from
equipment and housings
1.3 Initial visual check of operational equipment is performed to
identify any equipment faults
1.4 External surfaces are prepared/painted to organisations
standards to protect the equipment
1.5 All internal surfaces and operational components are cleaned
and lubricated to ensure operational effectiveness
1.6 All chemicals, lubricants and consumables are used and
disposed of in compliance with material safety data sheets and
OH&S Codes and Practices
2 Check equipment 2.1 Approval to conduct a check of equipment operation is

operation obtained in accordance with relevant operational rules and
procedures
2.2 Track clearance check is made before conducting equipment
operation check to ensure safe train movement
2.3 Authorised equipment check is carried out in accordance with
operating procedures to identify any equipment faults
2.4 Operational effectiveness of equipment is confirmed through
observation during train movements if required
2.5 Equipment faults are correctly identified, recorded and
appropriate corrective action is taken
2.6 Serviced equipment is locked and secured to prevent
unauthorised access

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the servicing and cleaning of mechanical signalling equipment and
infrastructure
Problems that may occur during the servicing and cleaning of mechanical signalling
equipment and infrastructure, and action that can be taken to report or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist when servicing and cleaning mechanical signalling equipment and
infrastructure, and ways of controlling the risks involved
Fundamentals of signalling and operations of mechanical signalling equipment
Rail/train movement systems
Fault detection techniques
Recording procedures
Track/turnout layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when servicing and cleaning mechanical signalling
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the servicing
and cleaning of mechanical signalling equipment and infrastructure
Complete documentation related to the servicing and cleaning of mechanical signalling
Work collaboratively with others when servicing and cleaning mechanical signalling
identified when servicing and cleaning mechanical signalling equipment and infrastructure in
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when servicing and cleaning mechanical
signalling equipment and infrastructure
environments
procedures
standards
Use hand, portable, power and air tools
Safely use chemical cleaning agents, solvents and lubricants
Carry out visual inspection and checking
Check/confirm compliance with operational specifications
Use basic computer skills
Use appropriate painting techniques
RANGE STATEMENT


Signal equipment may include: point machines

hydraulic and pneumatic points
signals
points
ground frames
channel irons
wire ropes
point rodding
level crossing signs
signal locations/housings
foundations/support/sleepers
Cleaning and servicing steam cleaners
equipment may include: hand tools
brushes/wire and paint
hand held power/air tools
brush/weed trimmers
Chemicals and consumables may paints and paint strippers
include: cleaning and de-greasing agents
solvents
weed killers
oils
greases
cleaning rags
Rubbish removal/disposal may be internal and/or external operating rules and procedures
carried out using:
Visual checks may include: rust

breakage
graffiti
rubbish build up
environmental damage/degradation
Operational checks may include: mechanical movement
linkages
clearances
interferences
alignment
wear
loose fittings

include: computers
telephones
gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices


guidelines
procedures
authority to access the site or to operate equipment,
including:
written authority
verbal authority
authority as detailed in organisation operating
rules and procedures
guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures


assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB4707B Repair and adjust mechanical signalling equipment and infrastructure
TLIB4707B Repair and adjust mechanical signalling

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to repair and
adjust mechanical signalling equipment and infrastructure
(excluding interlocking equipment) in accordance with
procedures, including diagnosing equipment faults, correcting
equipment faults, and testing and adjusting the equipment after
repair. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
operational principles and procedures to the repair and adjustment
of mechanical signalling equipment and infrastructure (excluding
interlocking equipment) as part of workplace activities across a

1 Diagnose equipment 1.1 Out-of-specification or non-operating equipment/components
faults are correctly identified through operational testing
1.2 Viability of adjustments/replacements/repairs to
equipment/components is correctly evaluated to ensure cost
effective operations
1.3 Work is planned to ensure minimum disruption to train
operations and safe repair activities
1.4 Support/assistance with diagnosis or repair operation is
obtained through liaison with appropriate personnel
2 Correct equipment 2.1 Equipment and component cleaning/lubrication and

faults adjustment is performed to specifications to ensure required
level of operations
2.2 Equipment and components are replaced or repaired as per
operational specifications to ensure required level of
operations
2.3 Viability of repairs to replaced equipment/components is

evaluated and equipment tagged for repair or disposed of as
per organisational requirements
2.4 Liaison with or support to other personnel is maintained to
ensure equipment is maintained within specification
3 Test and adjust 3.1 All equipment functions are tested to ensure operational
equipment compliance with required standards
3.2 Final cleaning, lubricating and adjustments to equipment is
carried out to ensure operational compliance
3.3 Equipment is locked/secured as specified to ensure safety and
protection from elements or persons
3.4 Records of repair activities are correctly completed and
forwarded to appropriate personnel for use in identifying
future maintenance requirements

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the repair and adjustment of mechanical signalling equipment and
infrastructure (excluding interlocking equipment)
Problems that may occur during the repair and adjustment of mechanical signalling
equipment and infrastructure and action that can be taken to report or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist when repairing and adjusting mechanical signalling equipment and
infrastructure and ways of controlling the risks involved
Contents of technical specifications manuals
Track layout
Mechanical fitting techniques
Workshop facilities, personnel and manufacturing/repair capabilities
Overview of other operations and personnel (i.e. non-mechanical)
Material procurement procedures
Principles of railway signalling
Use of chemicals, solvents and lubricants
Recording procedures
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when repairing and adjusting mechanical signalling
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the repair and
adjustment of mechanical signalling equipment and infrastructure
Complete documentation related to the repair and adjustment of mechanical signalling
Work collaboratively with others when repairing and adjusting mechanical signalling
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions when repairing
and adjusting mechanical signalling equipment and infrastructure in accordance with
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when repairing and adjusting mechanical
signalling equipment and infrastructure
environments
Operate signalling equipment
Correctly use protective paints and lubricants
Select and use hand, portable, power and air tools
Check compliance with operational specification
Repair and replace equipment
Apply relevant test procedures
Operate mechanical signalling equipment
standards
RANGE STATEMENT


Equipment may include: signals

points equipment,
ground frames
level crossing and tramway crossing mechanisms
frames
rods
bars
platforms
structures
housings
boxes
signage
Repairs may include: filing
grinding
replacement of components including bushes, pivot pins,
gears, wear plates, welding and joining
Adjustments may include: adjustments using designed adjustment components
shimming
the checking of clearances and tolerances
Cleaning and lubrication all cleaning operations by hand
includes: chemical or steam cleaning
the application of protective paints or sealing agents
the application of lubricating oils and greases
Operational compliance includes: manufacturers or workplace specifications for functional
movements, operations and outcomes
Tools and equipment may hand tools
include: portable power generators
air compressors
measuring rules
gauges
include: telephones



gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
guidelines
local instructions
manuals
procedures


guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB4807B Carry out off-site repair, overhaul and assembly of mechanical signalling equipment
TLIB4807B Carry out off-site repair, overhaul and

assembly of mechanical signalling equipment
off-site repair, overhaul and assembly of mechanical signalling
equipment in accordance with safeworking and regulatory
requirements and workplace procedures, including assessing
equipment condition, replacing out-of-specification components,
producing components where required, assembling components,
and testing and adjusting equipment to ensure overall system
integrity. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
operational principles and procedures to the servicing and cleaning
of mechanical infrastructure signalling equipment as part of

1 Assess equipment 1.1 Equipment condition is established through tagged repair
condition sheets from the field and initial examination
1.2 Condition of all out-of-tolerance equipment and components is
correctly identified and recorded through detailed inspection
and testing
1.3 The type and extent of required repairs are evaluated to
determine viability of repair operations and to estimate time
requirements
1.4 Components requiring disposal are identified and replacement
components are arranged to allow work to commence
2 Replace components 2.1 Equipment is dismantled to the extent required to carry out
previously identified repairs
2.2 Components requiring replacement are stored for later
repair/disposed of in line with organisational requirements
2.3 Components are replaced/repaired/returned to operational

condition in line with technical specifications and standard
workshop practices
3 Produce components 3.1 Components are produced to comply with the defined job
requirements and technical specifications
3.2 Appropriate manufacturing/workshop techniques are applied
to ensure required quality components are produced
4 Assemble components 4.1 Assembly methods and sequencing are planned to ensure
efficient operations
4.2 Components are laid out for assembly in compliance with
planned processes
4.3 Assembly of all components, sub assemblies and equipment is
correctly carried out as per planned operations and in
compliance with job and technical specifications
4.4 All securing methods and operations comply with the job and
technical specifications
5 Test and adjust 5.1 All equipment functions are tested to ensure conformance to
equipment drawings and specifications
5.2 All assembly and joining/securing processes and outcomes are
checked and tested as required to match the job and technical
specifications
5.3 Adjustments are made to ensure all equipment operations meet
the technical specifications
5.4 Operational/functional compliance to the job and technical
specifications is confirmed and certified
5.5 All required documentation is correctly completed and
forwarded to appropriate personnel to confirm the equipment
is certified for use

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the servicing and cleaning of mechanical infrastructure signalling
equipment
Problems that may occur during the servicing and cleaning of mechanical infrastructure
signalling equipment, and action that can be taken to report or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist when servicing and cleaning mechanical infrastructure signalling
equipment, and ways of controlling the risks involved
Fundamentals of signalling and operations of mechanical signalling equipment

Rail/train movement systems
Track/turnout layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when servicing and cleaning mechanical infrastructure
signalling equipment
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the servicing
and cleaning of mechanical infrastructure signalling equipment
Complete documentation related to the servicing and cleaning of mechanical infrastructure
Work collaboratively with others when servicing and cleaning mechanical infrastructure
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions when servicing
and cleaning mechanical infrastructure signalling equipment in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when servicing and cleaning mechanical
infrastructure signalling equipment
environments
procedures
Safely use chemical cleaning agents, solvents and lubricants
Carry out visual inspection and checking
Check/confirm compliance with operational specifications
Use basic computer skills
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

Signal equipment may include: point machines
hydraulic and pneumatic points
signals
points
equipment
ground frames
channel irons
wire ropes
point rodding
level crossing signs
signal locations/housings
foundations/supports/sleepers
Cleaning and servicing steam cleaners
equipment may include: hand tools
brushes/wire and paint
hand-held power/air tools
brush/weed trimmers
Chemicals and consumables may paints and paint strippers
include: cleaning and de-greasing agents
solvents
weed killers
oils
greases
cleaning rags
Rubbish removal/disposal may be using internal and/or external operating rules and
carried out: procedures
Visual checks may include: rust

breakage
graffiti
rubbish build up
environmental damage/degradation
Operational checks may include: mechanical movement
linkages
clearances
interferences
alignment
wear
loose fittings
Communication equipment may two way radios
include: computers
telephones
gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices


guidelines
procedures
authority to access the site or to operate equipment,
including:
written authority
verbal authority
authority as detailed in organisation operating
rules and procedures
guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures


assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB507C Carry out maintenance of vehicles designed to carry special loads
TLIB507C Carry out maintenance of vehicles designed to

carry special loads
basic servicing and routine maintenance of a commercial vehicle
designed to carry a special load, including action to implement
manufacturers specifications for routine checks and maintenance
of the vehicle and its associated ancillary equipment, and to ensure
that all specified safety requirements are met and that the vehicle
and its ancillary equipment are operational to the requirements of
both the workplace and the relevant state/territory roads and traffic
authority. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
relevant roads and traffic authority and workplace procedures and
policy concerning vehicle maintenance.
procedures to maintain the safety and operation of a commercial
vehicle designed to carry special loads across a variety of

1 Diagnose vehicle faults 1.1 Faults in the vehicle and/or ancillary equipment electrical
and undertake repairs system are identified, diagnosed and repaired following
for the safe operation manufacturers specifications and workplace procedures
of a vehicle 1.2 Faults in the fuel system are identified, diagnosed and repaired
following manufacturers specifications and workplace
procedures
2 Maintain the vehicle 2.1 Fluid levels in the vehicle and/or ancillary equipment are
systems checked and adjusted following manufacturers specifications
2.2 Air/hydraulic fluid levels in the vehicle and/or ancillary
equipment are checked and adjusted following manufacturers
2.3 Safety equipment is inspected in accordance with regulatory
3 Carry out minor 3.1 Vehicle components are removed, repaired or replaced and
repairs to a vehicle refitted to the vehicle using the correct tools and following
3.2 Tyres are repaired or replaced on vehicle following workplace
procedures and manufacturers instructions
3.3 The need for more complex maintenance procedures is
identified and the problem correctly referred following
3.4 OH&S procedures are followed throughout maintenance
activities
4 Complete 4.1 Records of routine maintenance and repairs are kept in


Required knowledge:
Relevant duty of care requirements for the routine servicing and maintenance of vehicles
designed to carry special loads
Procedures for the checking and routine servicing and maintenance of a commercial vehicle
designed to carry special loads in accordance with workplace and manufacturers requirements
and established safety rules and regulations
Problems that may occur during the routine servicing and maintenance of a vehicle and its
associated ancillary equipment, and appropriate action and solutions
Recognition and diagnosis of faults and vehicle/ancillary system irregularities
fuel systems, cooling systems, steering systems, exhaust system, tyres, brakes, and relevant
ancillary systems
Basic fault finding procedures required during routine servicing and maintenance of vehicles
Procedures required to minimise waste during routine servicing and maintenance
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when carrying out the routine servicing and
maintenance of a commercial vehicle designed to carry special loads


Work collaboratively with others when carrying out the routine servicing and maintenance of
a commercial vehicle designed to carry special loads
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions when carrying
out the routine servicing of a vehicle designed to carry special loads in accordance with
environments
procedures
standards
Check and replenish fluids and carry out lubrication processes in the course of servicing
activities
RANGE STATEMENT
Type of vehicle may include all concrete agitator

vehicles designed to carry special livestock transporter
loads, for example:
armoured car
tanker
refrigerated vehicle
waste vehicle
fresh produce vehicle
car carrier
container carrier
recovery vehicle


open environment
Ancillary equipment will be refrigeration systems
dependent on type of special load concrete agitation systems
carried and may include:
car transporter systems
livestock transporter systems
waste loading/discharge systems
recovery systems
tanker pumping and related systems
on-board cranes and hoists
armoured car systems
Maintenance checks may include: routine inspections of vehicle systems
routine inspections of ancillary systems
door mirrors
changing of tyres
minor repairs to ancillary systems in accordance with
instructions
Minor routine servicing may topping up of water levels
topping up of fluid levels in ancillary systems where
relevant


sewerage systems

checklists and instructions for both the vehicle and
associated ancillary equipment
environment when servicing and maintaining vehicles
maintaining vehicles designed to carry special loads
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB5307B Maintain mechanical signalling locking and interlocking devices
TLIB5307B Maintain mechanical signalling locking and

interlocking devices
mechanical signalling locking and interlocking devices in
workplace procedures, including diagnosing and correcting faults
in the devices, and testing and adjusting the repaired equipment to
meet workplace and manufacturers standards. Licensing,
to this unit.
operational principles and procedures to the maintenance of
mechanical signalling locking and interlocking devices as part of

1 Diagnose 1.1 Out-of-specification or non-operating mechanical locking and
locking/interlocking interlocking signalling equipment /components are correctly
equipment faults identified through operational testing
1.2 Viability of adjustments/replacements/repairs to
equipment/components is correctly evaluated to ensure cost
effective operations
1.3 Work is planned to ensure minimum disruption to train
operations and safe repair activities
1.4 Support/assistance with diagnosis or repair operations is
obtained through liaison with appropriate personnel
2 Correct equipment 2.1 Mechanical locking and interlocking signalling equipment and
faults component cleaning/lubrication and adjustment is performed
to specifications to ensure required level of operations
2.2 Equipment and components are replaced or repaired as per
operational specifications to ensure required level of
operations
2.3 Viability of repairs to replaced equipment/components is
evaluated and equipment tagged for repair or disposed of in
line with workplace requirements
2.4 Liaison with or support to other personnel is maintained to
ensure equipment is maintained within specification
3 Test and adjust 3.1 All locking/interlocking equipment functions are tested to
locking/interlocking ensure operational compliance with required standards
equipment 3.2 Final cleaning, lubricating and adjustments to equipment are
carried out to ensure operational compliance
3.3 Equipment is locked/secured as specified to ensure safety and
protection from elements or persons
3.4 Records of repair activities are correctly completed and
forwarded to appropriate personnel for use in identifying
future maintenance requirements

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the repair and adjustment of mechanical locking and interlocking
Problems that may occur during the repair and adjustment of mechanical locking and
interlocking signalling equipment and action that can be taken to report or resolve the
problems
Hazards that may exist when repairing and adjusting mechanical locking and interlocking
signalling equipment and ways of controlling the risks involved
Contents of technical specifications and manuals
Track layout
Mechanical fitting techniques
Workshop facilities, personnel and manufacturing/repair capabilities
Overview of other operations and personnel (i.e. non-mechanical)
Material procurement procedures
Principles of railway signalling, particularly those dealing with mechanical locking and
interlocking equipment
Use of chemicals, solvents and lubricants

Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when repairing and adjusting mechanical locking and
interlocking signalling equipment
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the repair and
adjustment of mechanical locking and interlocking signalling equipment
Complete documentation related to the repair and adjustment of mechanical locking and
Work collaboratively with others when repairing and adjusting mechanical locking and
when repairing and adjusting mechanical locking and interlocking signalling equipment in
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when repairing and adjusting mechanical
locking and interlocking signalling equipment
environments
procedures
standards
Operate mechanical locking and interlocking signalling equipment
Correctly use protective paints and lubricants including appropriate painting techniques
Repair and replace mechanical locking and interlocking equipment
Apply relevant test procedures
Operate mechanical signalling equipment
RANGE STATEMENT


Equipment may include: both locking and interlocking equipment including:

signals
points equipment
ground frames
level crossing and tramway crossing
mechanisms
frames
rods
bars
platforms
structures
housings
boxes
signage
Repairs may include: filing
grinding
replacement of components including:
bushes
pivot pins
gears
wear plates
welding
joining
Adjustments may include: designed adjustment components
shimming
checking of clearances and tolerances
Cleaning and lubrication all cleaning operations by hand, chemical or steam
includes: cleaning
the application of protective paints or sealing agents
the application of lubricating oils and greases
Operational compliance includes: manufacturers or workplace specifications for functional
movements, operations and outcomes
include: portable power generators
air compressors
measuring rules
gauges


include: telephones

gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
guidelines
relevant log or record books
local instructions
manuals
procedures


guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB5807B Maintain aerial signal/telecommunications lines and cables
TLIB5807B Maintain aerial signal/telecommunications

lines and cables
aerial signal/telecommunications lines and cables in accordance
with safeworking and regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures, including inspecting and servicing line and cable
routes, diagnosing any identified line and cable faults and
repairing any line and cable faults to the standards specified to
ensure system integrity. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
operational principles and procedures to the maintenance of aerial
signal/telecommunications lines and cables as part of workplace

1 Inspect and service line 1.1 Routes are inspected and recorded and arrangements are made
and cable routes for the removal of any obstructions, damage, infringing
vegetation to provide free access to cables/aerials
1.2 Routes are physically inspected to determine any breaks,
misalignments, damage and insulation wear requiring repair
1.3 Poles are inspected for deterioration and a safety assessment is
made
2 Diagnose line and 2.1 Permission to test isolated equipment is confirmed prior to any
cable faults work being undertaken
2.2 Probable location of fault is identified from visual inspection
and circuit tests are conducted to isolate fault area
2.3 The nature of the fault is identified from further tests and
corrective action required is identified to enable appropriate
arrangements for resources and for work to be performed
2.4 Disconnection/insulation procedures are applied to enable
maintenance work to be carried out in isolation to systems
where lines are in close proximity to high voltage services
3 Repair line and cable 3.1 Work site is made safe in accordance with organisations safety
faults requirements to enable repair work to be safely undertaken
3.2 Aerial lines/cables are repaired to operational and technical
requirements using appropriate jointing or replacement/repair
procedures
3.3 Repaired/replaced line/cable is tested to specified standards to
ensure conformity to operational and technical requirements
3.4 Appropriate personnel are notified of completed
repairs/replacement and appropriate documentation is
completed in accordance with organisations requirements and
returned to appropriate organisation/department as required

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the maintenance of aerial signal/telecommunications lines and
cables
Problems that may occur during the maintenance of aerial signal/telecommunications lines
and cables, and action that can be taken to report or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist when maintaining aerial signal/telecommunications lines and cables,
and ways of controlling the risks involved
Electrical theory and principles relevant to aerial cables
Line/cable technical specifications
Test equipment and procedures
Fault diagnosis/problem solving
Techniques for the operation of support equipment
Pole top rescue procedures
Common aerial cable system faults
Clearance procedures from other services
AS 3000 and AUSTEL requirements relevant to aerial cables

Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when maintaining aerial signal/telecommunications
lines and cables
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information, technical data and drawings relevant
to the maintenance of aerial signal/telecommunications lines and cables
Complete documentation related to the maintenance of aerial signal/telecommunications lines
and cables
Work collaboratively with others when maintaining aerial signal/telecommunications lines
and cables
identified when maintaining aerial signal/telecommunications lines and cables in accordance
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when maintaining aerial
signal/telecommunications lines and cables
environments
procedures
standards
Use relevant test equipment and aerial cable testing techniques
Diagnose and repair aerial cable faults
Carry out line/cable/conductor jointing and termination
Use mechanised equipment
Carry out a pole top rescue
RANGE STATEMENT


Work may be conducted: restricted spaces

exposed conditions
Aerial signal/telecommunications all those in service in the Australian rail systems
lines and cables to be maintained
may include:
Cables may include: multi core wires

open wires
low voltage
All signalling cables and cable supplied and installed to AS 3000 or appropriate
products must be: organisational standards
Fittings may include: poles

cross arms
insulators including spindles, stays and guards
aerial lines
transpositioning
joint sleeves
tie wires
Test equipment may include: meggers
isolator and probe sets
wire test sets
pulse echo fault locaters
ohm meters
earth fault locaters
earth testers
arrestor testers
multi meters
test phones
tone generators
insulation and continuity testers
oscilloscopes

Faults may include: crossed wires

high resistance joints
broken/damaged insulators
crossed/damaged lead-in cables
circuit faults
damage caused by bushfires
storm damage
wind damage
earth conductors
Faults may be reported by: train crews
public response
fault centres
fault indicators
internal users
train controllers
include: computers
telephones
gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices


guidelines
procedures
circuit diagrams and schematics
engineering drawings
line diagrams
line field books
signalling/telecommunication circuits
pole testing technical instructions
guidelines
including AS 4292 and AS 3000
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB607C Carry out inspection of vehicles designed to carry special loads
TLIB607C Carry out inspection of vehicles designed to

carry special loads
an inspection of a commercial vehicle designed to carry a special
load, including action to implement manufacturers specifications
for routine checks of the vehicle and its associated equipment, to
clean the vehicle and its associated equipment, and to ensure that
all specified safety requirements are met and that the vehicle and
equipment are operational to the requirements of both the
workplace and the relevant state/territory roads and traffic
authority. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
relevant roads and traffic authority and workplace procedures and
policy concerning vehicle inspection.
procedures to inspect a commercial vehicle designed to carry
special loads across a variety of operational contexts.

1 Check vehicle 1.1 A visual check of the internal and external condition of the
vehicle is carried out in accordance with workplace
procedures
1.2 Pre-operational inspections and checks of the vehicle's tyres,
suspension, fluid levels and other critical features are carried
out to ensure conformance with road safety standards
to manufacturers specifications
1.4 Post start-up and shut-down checks are carried out after engine
is started to identify possible engine or electrical problems
1.5 Warning systems (instruments and gauges) are checked to
ensure they are operational
1.6 Where relevant, vehicle-monitoring device is logged on/off in
policy

2 Clean vehicle and 2.1 Vehicle and associated equipment is cleaned in accordance
ancillary equipment with workplace procedures and legislation
2.2 Special purpose ancillary equipment is cleaned in accordance
with any relevant government regulations and workplace
procedures
documentation action taken to report or remedy them as required by
documented in accordance with workplace polices

Required knowledge:
Relevant duty of care requirements for the routine inspection of vehicles designed to carry
special loads
Procedures for the checking and routine inspection of a commercial vehicle designed to carry
special loads in accordance with workplace and manufacturers requirements and established
safety rules and regulations including visual inspection procedures, pre-operational checking
procedures and warning systems checking procedures
Problems that may occur during the routine inspection of a vehicle and its associated ancillary
equipment, and appropriate actions and solutions
Techniques for the recognition of faults and vehicle/ancillary system irregularities
fuel systems, cooling systems, steering systems, exhaust systems, tyres, brakes, and relevant
ancillary systems
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when carrying out the routine inspection of a vehicle
and its associated ancillary equipment
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information, technical data and drawings relevant
to the routine inspection of a vehicle and its associated ancillary equipment
Complete documentation related to the routine inspection of a vehicle and its associated
ancillary equipment
Work collaboratively with others when carrying out the routine inspection of a vehicle and its


identified when carrying out the routine inspection of a vehicle and its associated ancillary
equipment in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when carrying out the routine inspection
of a vehicle and its associated ancillary equipment
environments
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

loads, for example:
armoured car
tanker
refrigerated vehicle
waste vehicle
car carrier
container carrier
recovery vehicle
Inspection may be carried out in at day or night
typical road transport situations, typical weather conditions
including:
open environment
while in a workplace, depot, base or warehouse
while at a client's worksite

Ancillary equipment will be refrigeration systems

dependent on type of special load concrete agitation systems
carried and may include:
car transporter systems
livestock transporter systems
waste loading/discharge systems
recovery systems
tanker pumping and related systems
on-board cranes and hoists
armoured car systems
Inspection may include: visual checks of vehicle
routine checks of vehicle systems
checks in accordance with a detailed inspection schedule
Routine checks may include: water levels
oil levels
air pressure in tyres
brakes
lights
condition of tyres
battery
exhaust system
suspension
functions of associated ancillary equipment
sewerage systems


instructions for both the vehicle and associated ancillary
equipment
inspection checklists and records
manufacturers instructions, specifications and
recommended procedures for both the vehicle and any
environment when inspecting and servicing vehicles
OH&S procedures to be followed when inspecting and
servicing vehicles designed to carry special loads
Applicable regulations and relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority
legislation may include: regulations and requirements pertaining to the inspection
of vehicles designed to carry special loads
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIB707C Carry out maintenance of trailers

basic servicing and maintenance of a commercial trailer, including
action to implement trailer manufacturers specifications for routine
checks and maintenance, and to ensure that all specified safety
requirements are met and that the trailer is operational to the
relevant roads and traffic authority.
routine checking and maintenance principles and procedures to
maintain a commercial trailer across a variety of operational
contexts.

1 Identify faults and 1.1 Trailer faults are identified and diagnosed in accordance with
perform routine workplace procedures
maintenance 1.2 Trailer components are lubricated in accordance with
2 Carry out repairs on 2.1 Trailer's air/hydraulic brake system is inspected and adjusted,
trailers and any required minor maintenance or repairs carried out
2.2 Trailer's electrical system is checked for correct operation and
any required minor maintenance or repairs carried out
2.3 Trailer's suspension and axles are inspected and identified
faults repaired and/or reported in accordance with workplace
procedures
2.4 Trailer's wheels and tyres are inspected, removed, repaired and
refitted, as required, in accordance with workplace policy
3 Complete 3.1 Records of routine maintenance and repairs are kept in



Required knowledge:
Relevant duty of care requirements for the routine servicing and maintenance of trailers
Procedures for the checking, and routine service and maintenance of a commercial trailer in
accordance with workplace and manufacturers requirements and established safety rules and
regulations
Problems that may occur during the routine servicing and maintenance of a trailer and
appropriate actions and solutions
Recognition and diagnosis of faults and trailer irregularities
Basic principles of operation of systems on commercial trailers, including electrical systems,
tyres, brakes and coupling systems
Basic fault finding procedures required during routine servicing and maintenance of trailers
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others during the routine servicing and maintenance of a trailer
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the routine
servicing and maintenance of a trailer
Complete documentation related to the routine servicing and maintenance of a trailer
Work collaboratively with others during the routine servicing and maintenance of a trailer
identified during the routine servicing and maintenance of a trailer in accordance with
environments
procedures

standards
Service trailer and equipment in terms of maintenance schedule and standard operating
procedures
Carry out lubrication processes in the course of work activities
RANGE STATEMENT

open environment
Trailers may include: any commercial trailers attached to vehicles used in the
Australian transport industry
Maintenance checks may include: routine inspections of trailer and its systems
Minor routine repairs may the replacement of blown globes in trailer lights
include: minor repairs to couplings
changing of tyres
Minor routine servicing may topping up of water levels
include: lubrication of trailer components
checking of air in tyres
checking of air/hydraulic brake systems
checking of suspension and axles


checklists and instructions
relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority trailer
trailer manufacturers instructions, specifications and
environment when servicing and maintaining trailers
maintaining trailers
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIB7107B Install and maintain pole mounted switches and transformers
TLIB7107B Install and maintain pole mounted switches

and transformers
maintain pole mounted switches and transformers in accordance
procedures, including planning the installation and maintenance,
preparing the worksite, installing switches and transformers in
accordance with workplace specifications, maintaining switches
and transformers, and completing all work in accordance with
workplace requirements. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
team environment.
It involves the application of routine operational principles and
procedures to the installation and maintenance of pole mounted
switches and transformers as part of workplace activities across a
Persons working on energised overhead or underground systems
or electrical equipment must have undertaken training and, where
appropriate, hold the relevant licence, permit or certificate and be
recognised as competent to carry out the work involved.

1 Plan installation and 1.1 Works order is analysed and confirmed, if necessary by site
maintenance inspection
1.2 Resources required for the job are identified and scheduled
according to organisation procedures
1.3 Switch equipment and transformer is transported to the
worksite
1.4 Liaison and communication issues are resolved according to
organisation negotiation procedures
2 Prepare the worksite 2.1 Work plan and resources required are confirmed/checked at
the work-site
2.2 Personnel participating in the activity, including plant
operators and contractors, are fully briefed
2.3 Road signs, barriers and warning devices are positioned to
ensure a safe worksite
track/line
2.5 Work-site is laid out in accordance with the work plan so as to
ensure a minimum of waste and rework
2.6 Systems/circuits are isolated as required, proved safe to work
on in accordance with works order, and electrical permits are
received/accepted/returned
3 Install switches and 3.1 Switch equipment , transformers and earthing systems are
transformers installed and connected
3.2 Transformer is tested and voltage output adjusted
3.3 Visual inspection is carried out to confirm that
equipment/apparatus is in a safe condition to test and/or
commission
3.4 Commission is carried out according to works order/plan
4 Maintain switches and 4.1 Maintenance requirement is confirmed by detailed diagnosis at

transformers site
4.2 Maintenance, including removal, repair, replacement and
reinstatement, is carried out in accordance with the works
order and the condition of equipment
5 Complete the work 5.1 Worksite is rehabilitated

5.2 Appropriate authority is notified on completion of work
5.3 Records and documentation for updating system data are
completed

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the installation and maintenance of pole mounted switches and
transformers
Problems that may occur during the installation and maintenance of pole mounted switches
and transformers

Hazards that may exist when installing and maintaining pole mounted switches and
transformers
Switching or de-energising procedures and maintenance operations
Characteristics, capabilities and uses of types of equipment included in the range of variables
Visual inspection procedures
Distribution system earthing procedures
Relevant organisation and commercial publications, including construction manuals and
technical instructions as they relate to the installation and maintenance of electrical equipment
The responsibilities and rights of other authorities, clients and landowners
Statutory/organisation traffic control requirements, rigging regulations and guidance signals
for plan operations
Live line working techniques and equipment
Relevant electrical/electronic theory and principles
Relevant sections of Australian Standards AS 4292 and AS 3000
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when installing and maintaining pole mounted switches
and transformers
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information, technical data, manuals and
drawings relevant to the installation and maintenance of pole mounted switches and
transformers
Communicate plans, intentions and safety criteria to others
Complete documentation related to the installation and maintenance of pole mounted switches
and transformers
Perform calculations required for installation procedures
Work collaboratively with others when installing and maintaining pole mounted switches and
transformers
when installing and maintaining pole mounted switches and transformers in accordance with
environments

procedures
Select and use hand and power tools and equipment
Select and use test equipment and testing techniques
Apply appropriate repair/testing practices and procedures
Rig/sling loads for lifting
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

exposed conditions
Switchgear covered by the unit sectionalisers
may include: dropout fuses
disconnectors
isolators
air break switches
links
fuses
fuse switches
circuit-breakers
Electrical apparatus may include: transformers
surge diverters
earthing systems
Liaison may involve: personnel
plant
equipment
transport

include: computers
telephones
Installation and maintenance the system energised, subject to the organisation's
work may be performed with: procedures including those for the use of live line
working techniques and equipment
Maintenance may include: the removal, repair and replacement of switching
equipment and transformers including the repair,
replacement and cleaning of associated hardware
gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices


guidelines
procedures
works orders, including drawings, plans, materials and
resource lists
equipment/operational management information
technical and engineering instructions
guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB7307B Clean road tankers

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to clean road
tankers in accordance with workplace procedures and OH&S and
environmental protection regulations, including preparing for
cleaning operations, steam cleaning a tanker, cleaning a tanker
using water and detergent, finalising cleaning operations, and
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with OH&S and
environmental protection regulations and workplace procedures.
Work is performed under some supervision, usually in a team
environment. Work involves the application of routine principles
and procedures to clean commercial tankers across a variety of

1 Prepare for cleaning 1.1 Vehicle is positioned under gantry in accordance with
operations workplace procedures
1.2 Documentation is obtained from the vehicle driver to
determine the product which has been previously carried in the
tanker
1.3 The vehicle keys are taken from the driver to prevent
'accidental drive off' before the cleaning process is completed
1.4 Appropriate cleaning process is selected for type of
tanker/load in accordance with workplace procedures
1.5 Cleaning materials are prepared in accordance with
1.6 The required personal protection and safety equipment is
selected and used in accordance with regulatory requirements
2 Steam clean a tanker 2.1 The vehicle is earthed to prevent sparks and explosions
2.2 Valves are opened to allow draining of the wash materials and
hoses attached in accordance with manufacturers instructions
2.3 All access points, including vents and washing points, are
opened and heat-sensitive auto fill probes removed in
2.4 Where the tank has held oil/diesel, a wash consisting of

detergent wash and hot water rinse is carried out followed by
the application of steam
2.5 Where the tank has only held petrol, a steam clean only is
carried out in accordance with workplace procedures
2.6 After the wash, the unit is left to drain until liquid ceases to
drain from the outlet valves and steam stops leaving the vents
on the top of the tank
2.7 All vents and valves are closed and the auto fill probes
reconnected
2.8 Plastic seals are placed on valves to signify the completed
cleaning of the tanker where required in accordance with
3 Clean a tanker using 3.1 High pressure water and detergent is used to clean around the
water and detergent top of the tanker vents and hatches to remove dirt and they are
rinsed clean with water
3.2 Valves on the outlet manifold are opened and connected with
flexible pipes to the waste storage facility or recycling tanks
for the tank cleaner
3.3 All hatches are opened and spray balls are placed into the
tanks after checking visually for the condition of the tank.
Where solid materials are present these are washed out with
high pressure water prior to starting the cleaning cycle
3.4 Tank is rinsed then washed with tank wash until waste is clear
and then it is recycled into a holding tank for reuse leaving the
tankers tank to drain
3.5 Water in the holding tank is topped up and ph tested and
solution is replaced if necessary in accordance with workplace
procedures
3.6 Tank is rinsed with water in short bursts until the liquid
leaving the tank is clear
3.7 Top of tank is hosed off again with water, and spray balls are
removed
3.8 The tank is visually checked, through the hatches with the aid
of a torch, for cleanliness
3.9 If cleanliness standards have not been achieved, the tanker is
rewashed or re-rinsed as required. Hatches are closed
3.10 At the conclusion of cleaning operations drainage hoses are
removed, manifold checked for cleanliness, and drainage
valves closed and sealed to indicate completed process in
4 Complete cleaning 4.1 Due care is taken to ensure that the disposal of used cleaning
operations materials is in accordance with environmental protection
regulations and workplace procedures
4.2 Wash water is suitably treated using available water cleaning

and separation processes before draining into the sewerage
system
4.3 Cleaning equipment is cleaned, dried, checked and stored in
4.4 Documentation on the cleaning operations is completed in
accordance with workplace procedures and is returned to the
driver along with the keys to the vehicle

Required knowledge:
Relevant duty of care requirements for the routine cleaning of tankers
Procedures for the cleaning of a commercial tanker in accordance with workplace and
manufacturers requirements and established safety rules and regulations
Problems that may occur during the routine cleaning of a commercial road tanker and its
associated ancillary equipment, and appropriate action and solutions
Processes for the recognition and diagnosis of faults and vehicle/ancillary system
irregularities
Hazards that may exist during the cleaning of road tankers and ways of controlling the risks
involved
Basic technical knowledge relevant to the cleaning of road tankers
Materials identification, handling and storage
Hazardous situations and related personal protection measures
Precautions and procedures to dispose of or reprocess cleaning wastes in accordance with
environmental protection requirements
Housekeeping standards required for cleaning operations
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when cleaning road tankers
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, labels and manuals relevant to the cleaning of
road tankers
Complete documentation related to the cleaning of road tankers
Work collaboratively with others when cleaning road tankers

Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when cleaning road
tankers in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
environments
procedures
Carry out required cleaning operations
Select and use appropriate cleaning equipment and materials
Minimise waste during cleaning operations
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Type of vehicle may include: all tankers including those carrying petrol, diesel, oil,
milk, wine and other liquid products
Cleaning operations may be by day or night
carried out in appropriate in typical weather conditions
facilities:
open environment
while in the a depot, base or warehouse
Cleaning operations may include: steam cleaning
water and detergent cleaning
Equipment and materials may detergents and cleaning chemicals
include: hoses and spray balls
steam cleaning equipment
waste recycling tanks/equipment
cleaning tools

Safety hazards may include but fire/ignition risk

are not limited to: vapours and noxious gases
working at heights
slippery, wet surfaces
steam burns
include: inappropriate disposal of washing fluids in drains or
sewerage systems
Depending on work context, high visibility waterproof clothing
safety and protective equipment hearing protection
may include:
gloves
safety glasses, headwear and footwear
safety harness for working on top of tankers
Information/records may include: workplace tanker cleaning procedures, checklists and

instructions for the vehicle, tanks and related ancillary
equipment
relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority
regulations
ADG Code as it applies to tanker cleaning
tanker cleaning checklists and records
tanker manufacturers specifications and recommended
procedures
environment when cleaning tankers
OH&S procedures to be followed when cleaning tankers
QA plans and document control

Applicable regulations and relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority

legislation may include: regulations and requirements
legislation
ADG Code as it applies to the cleaning of tankers
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB7507A Inspect and prepare a motive power unit

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to inspect,
prepare and start a motive power unit in accordance with relevant
workplace practices, rail regulations and codes of practice. It
includes the checking and preparing of the motive power unit,
visually examining the motive power unit, conducting in-cab
checks, and starting and positioning the motive power unit for
service in accordance with workplace requirements. This unit
replaces relevant sections of the previous units TDTB2501A
Prepare, start and shut down motive power unit and TDTC1501A
Prepare, operate, monitor and stable motive power unit. Licensing,
to this unit.
team environment.

1 Start motive power 1.1 Roster is checked and interpreted for day's train driving
unit activities
1.2 Allocation of motive power units is checked in conjunction
with train controllers and roster clerk
1.3 Motive power unit to be inspected and prepared is located in
the yard
1.4 Motive power unit is started in accordance with manufacturers
instructions and any operating faults are recognised,
diagnosed, reported and recorded in appropriate records for
follow-up
1.5 In the case of safety, critical or serious equipment faults that
cannot be readily rectified, the motive power unit is shut
down, the faulty equipment isolated and tagged and the
problem reported for rectification
1.6 All instruments and gauges are observed and readings
interpreted to confirm effective operation, including air and
electrical. Where a problem is indicated, action is taken to
determine the cause and to rectify or report the situation
1.7 Fluid levels are rechecked after starting and appropriate action
taken if required
1.8 Pre-departure checks are carried out to ensure motive power
unit is braking and powering effectively and is safe to move
2 Prepare for work 2.1 Roster is checked and interpreted for day's train driving
activities activities
2.2 Allocation of motive power units is checked as per notices in
conjunction with train controllers and roster clerk
2.3 Trackside safety and basic electrification awareness
procedures are followed while locating the allocated motive
power unit in the yard
2.4 Motive power unit inspection and preparation duties are
identified and interpreted
2.5 Train schedules and notices and other operational and
regulatory documentation is accessed and interpreted in
2.6 Communication equipment required for the day's operations is
obtained and checked to ensure that it is functional
2.7 Required personal protective equipment is obtained for use
during the day's train driving activities
the yard
3 Inspect and prepare 3.1 Features, functions and location of motive power unit and
motive power unit associated equipment are identified
3.2 Log book is checked to confirm serviceability of unit
3.3 Preparation and safety checks are conducted, in accordance
with OH&S and other workplace policies and procedures
3.4 Motive power unit, kit and equipment are checked and defects
and deficiencies are recorded and rectified, isolated, tagged
(where applicable) or reported as per workplace procedures
3.5 Availability of appropriate fuel, lubricating oils, water, coolant
and sand quantities (where applicable) are checked against
journey requirements and appropriate action is taken to
replenish them if required
3.6 Relevant OH&S and regulatory requirements are followed
4 Conduct in-cab checks 4.1 Motive power unit is checked in correct sequence and all
equipment is confirmed to be operating to optimum
requirements
4.2 Cab layout is checked and confirmed to meet operating
requirements
4.3 Pre-departure mechanical checks are correctly performed and
correct functioning of all equipment is confirmed as per

workplace procedures and manufacturers operating
requirements
4.4 Supervisory controls and indicators are checked to ensure they
are functioning correctly and appropriate action is taken if
they are not working correctly
4.5 Communication equipment is checked to ensure that it is
functioning correctly and appropriate action is taken if it is not
working correctly
4.6 Seat, windows, blinds, air conditioners, heaters and other
personal in-cab equipment are checked and adjusted for
correct functionality, safety and comfort
4.7 Auxiliary equipment is checked and is confirmed to be
operational in accordance with operating requirements
4.8 Fire extinguisher and emergency toolbox are checked to
confirm that they are in position and meet operational
requirements
5 Complete 5.1 All required documentation concerning the inspection of the

documentation motive power unit is completed in accordance with workplace
5.2 Log book and other service records on the motive power unit
are completed in accordance with workplace procedures and
6 Position motive power 6.1 Authority to move and position motive power unit is obtained
unit and relevant personnel are advised of intention and procedures
6.2 Motive power unit is operated in accordance with standard
procedures and regulatory requirements and within operating
and operational constraints
6.3 Motive power unit is positioned in accordance with
operational requirements and directions
6.4 Motive power unit performance is monitored during operation
in order to confirm effective operation or to identify defects
6.5 Equipment defects are identified, reported, rectified and
recorded or relevant personnel are advised for assistance
6.6 Relevant OH&S and regulatory requirements are followed to
ensure safety and to prevent injury and damage
6.7 Train controller and other relevant personnel are advised that
the motive power unit is secured in the required position and is
ready for service

Required knowledge:
Principles, purpose and location of controls, monitoring devices, braking, power source and
traction systems
Inspection procedures for a motive power unit
In-cab pre-operational checks for a motive power unit
Start-up procedures for motive power units
Operating procedures for motive power units
Braking and safety system procedures for motive power units
Operating controls to start, accelerate, decelerate and stop a motive power unit
Procedures for adjusting controls to optimise the operation of a motive power unit
Procedures for managing and controlling hazardous situations when preparing and starting up
a motive power unit
Procedures for starting and operating auxiliary systems on a motive power unit
Procedures for checking fuel and fluid levels and carrying out lubrication processes on a
motive power unit
External features of a motive power unit that must be checked during a pre-operational visual
inspection
Procedures for minor maintenance including cleaning, brake shoe/pad replacement and sand
box requirements
Procedures for identifying equipment defects and assessing for appropriate action
Typical defects that can occur on a motive power unit and related action that should be taken
Requirements for completing relevant documentation when inspecting and preparing a motive
power unit
Functions of all supervisory indicators and controls and related checks for correct operation
Communication equipment checks
Lubrication requirements for a motive power unit
Cleaning requirements for a motive power unit
Functions of auxiliary systems on a motive power unit and related checks for correct
operation
Fuel tank capacity and range (where applicable)
Procedures for raising and lowering a pantograph on electric motive power units
Local procedures and operating requirements
Procedures for operating electronic communications equipment with required protocol
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when inspecting and preparing a motive power unit

Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information and signs relevant to the visual
inspection, preparation, start-up and positioning of a motive power unit
Document outcomes of inspection of a motive power unit
Complete documentation related to the preparation and positioning of a motive power unit
Work collaboratively with others inspecting and preparing a motive power unit
Interpret and follow instructions and prioritise work
Identify and assess motive power unit defects and deficiencies and take appropriate action to
report, isolate, repair or replace any identified defective equipment as per workplace
procedures
environments
Adapt to differences in motive power units and associated equipment and procedures
Monitor and anticipate operational problems and hazards and take appropriate action
Check and replenish fluids and carry out lubrication requirements on a motive power unit
Conduct a visual inspection of a motive power units and associated equipment
Prepare a motive power unit prior to service
Position a motive power unit in readiness for service
RANGE STATEMENT


Motive power equipment may auxiliary systems

include: automatic control systems
braking systems
drive systems
instrumentation
manual controls
remote train and signal control systems
communication systems
warning equipment
power source
vigilance systems
traction systems
head and marker lights
Inspection of a motive power unit lights
may include: hoses
couplings
destination boards (electric urban train services)
doors and door locks
springs
brake equipment
wheels
seals
sand and fuel (regional diesel train services)
pantographs (in case of electric MPUs)
electrical cables
glass windows and doors
compressor oil levels
automatic power cut out sensors
audible faults (e.g. hiss of escaping air)
visible faults (e.g. oil leaks, tears and cracks)

In-cab pre-operational checks brake checks

will include: electro-pneumatic brake cut out test (for electric urban
trains)
driver's safety control test
functionality checks of supervisory controls and
indicators
traction
in-cab check of communication equipment (depending on
type of MPU this may include radio, intercom, PA
systems, passenger emergency intercom, passenger
emergency systems, etc.)
radio communication check with train controller
seat
windows and blinds
air conditioners and heaters
door locks
fire extinguishers
emergency toolbox
passenger service resources
Electric motive power unit start- check that handbrake is on
up sequence will include: check log book
switch batteries on
switch auxiliary compressor on
pantograph up
close main circuit breaker
observe and interpret gauges (electric and air)
take appropriate action if gauge readings outside normal
operation range
recheck fluid levels
start motive power unit

Diesel motive power unit start-up check that handbrake is on

sequence will include: check log book
check all fluid levels (including radiator, crankcase oil,
water, compressor oil and governor oil) and take
appropriate action if outside required levels
battery switch on
isolation switch to 'start'
all circuit breakers on
observe and interpret gauges (electric and air)
operation range
start motive power unit
Risk minimisation may require do not present a hazard and could be attended to under
differentiating between faults, running maintenance or in a normal maintenance
defects and deficiencies that: schedule
present a potential hazard and need to be attended to
under running maintenance or at the next most practical
opportunity
present an immediate hazard and require immediate
attention
Relevant personnel may include: train crew
train controllers and signallers
rostering supervisors and staff
other train drivers and crews
depot coordinators
yard masters, supervisors and other operational personnel
service delivery supervisors
electric train service supervisor
station yard staff
maintenance and cleaning personnel
immediate internal or external customers
Action taken upon the reporting the problem and carrying out repairs
identification of faults, defects or (depending on the level and extent of work required), or
deficiencies may include: isolating and tagging the faulty equipment and advising
appropriate personnel of the fault and need for repair or
replacement

Depending on the organisation standard operating procedures

concerned workplace procedures company procedures
may be called:
Safety and personal protective gloves
equipment may include: sunscreen and sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
two-way radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
audible indicators
breathing equipment
fire extinguishers
hearing protection
Positioning of motive power unit operation of manual points
may involve: operation of turntable
coupling/uncoupling to other rolling stock
Information and documents may applicable legislated rail safety requirements including
guidelines
notices in drivers' notice board/box
reference cards
train driver roster sheet and/or table card
operational instructions, policies and procedures:

Applicable legislation, applicable legislated rail safety requirements including

regulations and codes may acts and regulations from each state and territory together
include: with any nationally approved compliance codes and/or
guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB7607A Inspect and prepare a heritage motive power unit
TLIB7607A Inspect and prepare a heritage motive power

unit
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to inspect and
prepare a heritage motive power unit in accordance with
workplace procedures and the requirements of relevant rail
regulations and codes of practice. It includes the checking and
preparing of the motive power unit, visually examining the motive
power unit, conducting in-cab checks, and starting and positioning
the motive power unit for service in accordance with workplace
nationally approved compliance codes and/or guidelines and local
rail regulations and codes of practice as they apply to the operation
of heritage railway systems.
team environment.

1 Start heritage motive 1.1 Roster is checked and interpreted for day's train driving
power unit activities
1.2 Allocation of motive power units is checked in conjunction
with train controllers and roster clerk
the yard
1.4 Motive power unit is started in accordance with manufacturers
instructions and any operating faults are recognised,
diagnosed, reported and recorded in appropriate records for
follow-up
cannot be readily rectified, the motive power unit is shut
down, the faulty equipment isolated and tagged and the
problem reported for rectification
1.7 Fluid levels are rechecked after starting and appropriate action
taken if required
1.8 Pre-departure checks are carried out to ensure heritage motive
power unit is braking and powering effectively and is safe to
move
2 Prepare for motive 2.1 Roster is checked and interpreted for day's train driving
power unit work activities
activities 2.2 Allocation of motive power units is checked as per notices in
procedures are followed while locating the allocated motive
power unit in the yard
2.4 Motive power unit inspection and preparation duties are
identified and interpreted
the yard
3 Inspect and prepare 3.1 Features, functions and location of motive power unit and
motive power unit associated equipment are identified
3.4 Motive power unit, kit and equipment are checked and defects
and deficiencies are recorded and rectified, isolated, tagged
(where applicable) or reported as per workplace procedures
3.5 Availability of appropriate fuel, lubricating oils, water, coolant
and sand quantities (where applicable) are checked against
journey requirements and appropriate action is taken to
replenish them if required
4 Conduct in-cab checks 4.1 Motive power unit is checked in correct sequence and all
equipment is confirmed to be operating to optimum
requirements
requirements

requirements
working correctly
4.6 Seat, windows, blinds, air conditioners, heaters and other
personal in-cab equipment are checked and adjusted for
correct functionality, safety and comfort
4.8 Fire extinguisher, emergency toolbox and other required
equipment are checked to confirm that they are in position and
meet operational requirements
5 Complete 5.1 All required documentation concerning the inspection of the

documentation motive power unit is completed in accordance with workplace
5.2 Log book and other service records on the motive power unit
are completed in accordance with workplace procedures and
6 Position motive power 6.1 Authority to move and position heritage motive power unit is
unit obtained and relevant personnel are advised of intention and
procedures
6.2 Motive power unit is operated in accordance with standard
6.3 Motive power unit is positioned in accordance with
operational requirements and directions
6.4 Motive power unit performance is monitored during operation
in order to confirm effective operation or to identify defects
6.5 Equipment defects are identified, reported, rectified and
recorded or relevant personnel are advised for assistance
the motive power unit is secured in the required position and is
ready for service


Required knowledge:
and territory together with any nationally approved compliance codes and/or guidelines and
local rail regulations and codes of practice as they relate to heritage railway operations
traction systems
Visual inspection procedures for a heritage motive power unit
In-cab pre-operational checks for a heritage motive power unit
Start-up procedures for motive power units
Operating procedures for motive power units
Braking and safety system procedures for motive power units
Procedures for adjusting controls to optimise the operation of a motive power unit
a motive power unit
Procedures for starting and operating auxiliary systems on a motive power unit
motive power unit
External features of a motive power unit that must be checked during a pre-operational visual
inspection
box requirements
Requirements for completing relevant documentation when inspecting and preparing a
heritage motive power unit
Lubrication requirements for a motive power unit
Cleaning requirements for a motive power unit
Functions of auxiliary systems on a motive power unit and related checks for correct
operation
Fuel tank capacity and range (where applicable)
Procedures for raising and lowering a pantograph on electric motive power units

Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when inspecting and preparing a heritage motive power
unit
inspection, preparation, start-up and positioning of a motive power unit
Document outcomes of visual inspection of a motive power unit
Complete documentation related to the preparation and positioning of a motive power unit
Work collaboratively with others as part of a train crew
procedures
environments
Check and replenish fluids and carry out lubrication requirements on a motive power unit
Conduct a visual inspection of a motive power units and associated equipment
Prepare a motive power unit prior to service
Position a motive power unit in readiness for service
RANGE STATEMENT

Heritage motive power units may diesel locomotives
include all heritage motive power electric locomotives
units in service within Australian
rail systems and may include: railcars


braking systems
drive systems
instrumentation
manual controls
warning equipment
power source
vigilance systems
traction systems
Inspection of a heritage motive lights
power unit may include: hoses
couplings
springs
brake equipment
wheels
seals
electrical cables


will include: electro-pneumatic brake cut out test (for electric urban
trains)
driver's safety control test
indicators
traction
type of MPU this may include radio, intercom, PA
seat
windows and blinds
air conditioners and heaters
door locks
fire extinguishers
emergency toolbox
passenger service resources
Electric heritage motive power check that handbrake is on
unit start-up sequence will check log book
include:
switch batteries on
switch auxiliary compressor on
pantograph up
close main circuit breaker
observes and interpret gauges (electric and air)
operation range
start heritage motive power unit

Diesel motive power unit start-up check log book

sequence will include: check all fluid levels ( including radiator, crankcase oil,
water, compressor oil and governor oil) and take
appropriate action if outside required levels
battery switch on
isolation switch to 'start'
all circuit breakers on
handbrake on
observes and interpret gauges (electric and air)
operation range
start heritage motive power unit
opportunity
attention
depot coordinators
station yard staff
replacement


may be called:
safety glasses
insect repellent
two-way radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
audible indicators
breathing equipment
fire extinguishers
hearing protection
Positioning of heritage motive operation of manual points
power unit may involve: operation of turntable
guidelines
reference cards
train driver roster sheet and/or table card


guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB7707A Inspect and prepare a heritage steam locomotive
TLIB7707A Inspect and prepare a heritage steam

locomotive
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to inspect and
prepare a heritage steam locomotive with relevant workplace
practices, rail regulations and codes of practice. It includes the
checking and preparation of a heritage steam locomotive, visually
examining the locomotive, conducting in-cab checks, and moving
and positioning the locomotive for service in accordance with
workplace requirements. This unit replaces part of the previous
unit TDTC1401A Prepare, operate, monitor and stable steam
locomotive. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
operational principles and procedures to inspect, prepare and
position a steam locomotive as part of workplace activities across
a variety of operational contexts in the Australian heritage rail
system.

1 Light fire and raise 1.1 Roster is checked and interpreted for day's train driving
steam activities
1.2 Allocation of locomotives is checked as per notices and in
1.3 Locomotive to be inspected and prepared is located in the yard
1.4 Pre-light-up procedures applicable to the type of fire box are
identified and followed to enable safe boiler operation
1.5 Light-up procedures and safety practices are followed to build
up steam within the boiler and to ensure 'smoking' is
minimised
1.6 Instruments and equipment are monitored to ensure safe and
efficient operation as steam pressure is raised to operating
level
1.7 Where a problem is indicated, action is taken to determine the

cause and to rectify or report the situation
2 Prepare for steam 2.1 Roster is checked and interpreted for day's train driving
locomotive work activities
activities 2.2 Allocation of locomotives is checked as per notices and in
procedures are followed while locating the allocated
locomotive in the yard
2.4 Locomotive inspection and preparation duties are identified
and interpreted
regulatory documentation is accessed and interpreted
2.8 Locomotive to be inspected and prepared is located in the yard
3 Inspect and prepare 3.1 Features, functions and location of locomotive and associated
locomotive equipment are identified
3.2 Log book is checked to confirm serviceability of locomotive
3.4 Locomotive, kit and equipment are checked and defects and
deficiencies are recorded and rectified, isolated, tagged (where
applicable) or reported as per workplace procedures and
3.5 Availability of appropriate fuel, lubricating oils, water and
sand quantities (where applicable) are checked against journey
requirements and appropriate action is taken to replenish them
if required
4 Conduct in-cab checks 4.1 Locomotive is checked in correct sequence and all equipment
is confirmed operating to optimum requirements
requirements
workplace procedures and operating requirements
4.4 Operational controls and indicators are checked to ensure they

working correctly
4.7 Fire extinguisher, safety equipment, emergency toolbox and
any other required equipment are checked to confirm they are
in position and meet operational requirements
4.8 Pre-departure checks are carried out to ensure locomotive is
braking and powering effectively and is safe to move
5 Complete 5.1 All required documentation concerning the inspection,

documentation preparation and start up of the locomotive is completed in
accordance with workplace procedures and regulatory
requirements
5.2 Log book and other service records on the locomotive are
completed in accordance with workplace procedures and
6 Position motive power 6.1 Authority to move and position locomotive is obtained and
unit relevant personnel are advised of intention and procedures
6.2 Locomotive is operated in accordance with standard
6.3 Locomotive is positioned in accordance with operational
requirements and directions
6.4 Locomotive performance is monitored during operation in
order to confirm effective operation or to identify defects
6.5 Equipment defects are identified, rectified and recorded or
relevant personnel are advised for assistance
the locomotive is secured in the required position and is ready
for service

Required knowledge:
Locomotive controls, instruments and indicators and their purpose, location and use

Inspection procedures for a heritage steam locomotive

In-cab pre-operational checks for a heritage steam locomotive
Procedures for lighting fire and raising steam on heritage steam locomotives
Operating procedures for locomotives
Braking and safety system procedures for steam locomotives
Operating controls to start, accelerate, decelerate and stop a heritage steam locomotive
Procedures for adjusting controls to optimise the operation of a heritage steam locomotive
Procedures for managing and controlling hazardous situations when preparing and firing up a
heritage steam locomotive
Procedures for starting and operating auxiliary systems on a locomotive
locomotive
traction systems
External features of a steam locomotive that must be checked during a pre-operational visual
inspection
box requirements
Procedures for identifying equipment defects, assessing and reporting for appropriate action
Typical defects that can occur on a steam locomotive and related action that should be taken
Requirements for completing relevant documentation when inspecting and preparing a steam
locomotive
Communication equipment checks and operating procedures
Lubrication requirements for a heritage steam locomotive
Cleaning requirements for a heritage steam locomotive
Functions of auxiliary systems on a heritage steam locomotive and related checks for correct
operation
Fuel capacity and range (where applicable)
Procedures for operating communications equipment with required protocol
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when inspecting and preparing a heritage steam
locomotive
inspection, preparation and positioning of a heritage steam locomotive
Document outcomes of visual inspection of a heritage steam locomotive
Complete documentation related to the preparation and positioning of a steam locomotive

Identify and assess steam locomotive defects and deficiencies and take appropriate action to
procedures
environments
Adapt to differences in steam locomotives and associated equipment and procedures
Check and replenish fluids and carry out lubrication requirements on a steam locomotive
Conduct an inspection of a steam locomotives and associated equipment
Prepare a steam locomotive prior to service
Light fire and raise steam on a steam locomotive
Position a steam locomotive in readiness for service
RANGE STATEMENT

Heritage steam locomotives may any heritage steam locomotives in service within
include: Australia
Equipment on a heritage steam steam locomotive instrumentation (gauges)

locomotive may include: feed water controls
boiler controls and safety devices
braking systems
driving and other operational controls
warning equipment
ancillary systems
vigilance systems
traction systems
Communications equipment may portable and fixed two way radio
include : mobile phone

Inspection of a heritage steam lights

locomotive may include: hoses
couplings
brake equipment
wheels
seals
sand and fuel
audible faults (e.g. hiss of escaping air or steam)
Pre-operational checks will brake checks
include: driver's safety control test
indicators
check of communication equipment (depending on type
of locomotive, this may include radio, passenger
windows and blinds
fire extinguishers
emergency toolbox
Auxiliary equipment may steam regulator
include: cab sprinkler
gauges
generator
sandboxes
whistle
steam turbine generator
all ancillary valves
hand brake
injectors
lubricators
gauge glasses
blower
damper
cylinder cocks
mechanical stoker
oil burning apparatus

opportunity
attention
depot coordinators
station yard staff
replacement
may be called:


safety glasses
insect repellent
two-way radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
audible indicators
breathing equipment
fire extinguishers
hearing protection
Positioning of steam locomotive operation of manual points
may involve: operation of turntable
guidelines
steam locomotive operational records and user log books
preparation sheets certificates and service dockets
train running sheets
time sheets
roadworthy certificate
operational instructions, policies and procedures,
including: those related to preventing steam locomotives
from moving; track speed, length and load limitations;
monitoring and complying with signals; and procedures
for operating in accordance with specific track conditions
documented details of the train including length and
weight


guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB7807A Inspect, prepare and start an electric tram

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to inspect,
prepare and start an electric tram in accordance with relevant
regulations and workplace practices. It includes the checking and
preparing of the electric tram, visually examining the electric tram,
conducting on-tram checks, and starting and positioning the
electric tram for service in accordance with workplace
requirements. This unit replaces part of the previous unit
TDTC2101A Drive tram Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
nationally approved compliance codes and/or guidelines, as well
as relevant road rules and tramway regulatory requirements of the
states/territories concerned.
operational principles and procedures to inspect, prepare, start and
position an electric tram as part of workplace activities across a

1 Plan and prepare an 1.1 Roster is checked and interpreted for day's tram driving
electric tram activities
1.2 Allocation of electric trams is checked in conjunction with
tram controllers and roster clerk
1.3 Electric tram inspection and preparation duties are identified
and interpreted
1.4 Tram schedules and notices and other operational and
during the day's tram driving activities
1.7 Electric tram to be inspected and prepared is located in the
depot

1.8 Depot safety and basic electrical equipment awareness

procedures are followed while locating the tram in the depot.
2 Visually inspect and 2.1 Features, functions and location of electric tram and associated
prepare electric tram equipment are identified
2.3 Pre-start internal and external safety and maintenance checks
are conducted, in accordance with OH&S and other workplace
2.4 Electric tram and equipment are checked by visual inspection
and defects and deficiencies are recorded and rectified,
isolated, tagged (where applicable) or reported as per
workplace procedures and regulatory requirements
2.5 Availability of traction power and sand if required are checked
against journey requirements as per workplace procedures and
3 Conduct on-tram 3.1 Electric tram is checked in correct sequence and all lights are
checks confirmed operating to optimum requirements
requirements
working correctly
3.5 Seat, windows, blinds and other personal in-cab equipment are
checked and adjusted for correct functionality, safety and
comfort
3.6 Ancillary equipment is checked and is confirmed to be
3.7 Fire extinguisher, point bars and any other required tools are
checked to confirm that they are in position and meet
4 Start electric tram 4.1 Electric tram is started in accordance with instructions and any
operating faults are recognised, diagnosed, reported and
recorded in appropriate records for follow-up
cannot be readily rectified, the electric tram is shut down and
reported for rectification in accordance with procedures


4.4 Sand operation (if applicable) is checked after starting and
appropriate action is taken if not effectively functioning
4.5 Pre-departure checks are carried out to ensure electric tram is
braking and powering effectively and is safe to move
5 Position electric tram 5.1 Authority to move and position electric tram is obtained and
relevant personnel are advised of intention and procedures
5.2 Electric tram is operated in accordance with standard
5.3 Electric tram is positioned in accordance with operational
requirements and directions
5.4 Tram performance is monitored during operation in order to
confirm effective operation or to identify defects
5.5 Equipment defects are identified, rectified and recorded or
relevant personnel are advised for assistance
5.7 Relevant personnel are advised that the electric tram is secured
in the required position and is ready for service
6 Complete 6.1 All required documentation concerning the inspection,

documentation preparation and start-up of the electric tram is completed in
accordance with workplace procedures and regulatory
requirements

Required knowledge:
Relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority and tramway operating procedures
Electric tram controls, instruments and indicators and their purpose, location and use
Monitoring devices; braking and power equipment; safety systems; ancillary systems; and any
signalling systems
Visual inspection procedures for an electric tram
On-tram pre-operational checks for an electric tram
Start-up procedures for an electric tram
Braking and safety system procedures for electric trams
Operating controls to start, accelerate, decelerate and stop an electric tram

Procedures for adjusting controls to optimise the operation of an electric tram
an electric tram
Procedures for starting and operating ancillary systems on an electric tram
Functions of sand as used on an electric tram and the procedures for checking and refilling
sand levels and carrying out sand system testing processes on an electric tram
traction systems
External features of an electric tram that must be checked during a pre-operational visual
inspection
Procedures for minor maintenance including cleaning
Typical defects that can occur on an electric tram and related action that should be taken
Requirements for completing relevant documentation when inspecting, preparing and starting
an electric tram
Cleaning requirements for an electric tram
Functions of ancillary systems on an electric tram and related checks for correct operation
Procedures for raising and lowering a pantograph or trolley pole on an electric tram
Procedures for operating any electronic communications equipment with required protocol
Fatigue management knowledge and techniques including: causes and effects of fatigue;
strategies to manage fatigue; factors which increase fatigue-related accidents; and lifestyles
which promote the effective long term management of fatigue
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when inspecting, preparing, starting up and positioning
an electric tram
Operate any electronic communication equipment to required protocol
inspection, preparation, starting and positioning of an electric tram
Document outcomes of visual inspection of an electric tram
Complete documentation related to the inspection, preparation, start up and positioning of an
electric tram
Work collaboratively with others during the inspection, preparation, start up and positioning
of an electric tram
Identify and assess tram defects and deficiencies and take appropriate action to report, isolate,
repair or replace any identified defective equipment as per workplace procedures


environments
Adapt to differences in trams and associated equipment and procedures
standards
Check and replenish sand (where applicable) on an electric tram
Conduct a visual inspection of an electric tram and associated equipment
Prepare and start an electric tram prior to service
Position an electric tram in readiness for service
RANGE STATEMENT

Electric trams include all electric hand-operated or foot pedal control systems or both
trams in service within Australian
transport systems and may
include:
Electric tram equipment may ancillary systems

braking systems
drive systems
instrumentation
manual controls
warning equipment
power source
vigilance systems
traction systems
Pre-operation checks may sand levels
include: brake testing
lights internal and external
air systems
interlocks and door controls

Visual inspection of an electric lights

tram may include: hoses
couplings
destination indicators or signs
springs
brake equipment
wheels
seals
sand
pantographs or trolley poles
electrical cables
may include: driver's safety control test
indicators
traction controls
type of tram this may include radio, intercom, PA
radio communication check with tram controller
seat (ergonomic setting for safety, function and comfort)
windows and blinds
door locks
fire extinguishers
point bars, any other tools and tool boxes

Electric tram start-up sequence check log book

may include: pantograph or trolley pole up
switch on batteries, if any
switch on compressor, if any
close all power control switches
close all light switches and set lights for proposed
direction of travel
check sand levels and functions
check handbrake/park brake is functioning correctly
observe and interpret gauges
operation range
start tram
opportunity
attention
Relevant personnel may include: tram crew
tram controllers
other tram drivers and crews
depot coordinators
supervisors and other operational personnel
internal and external suppliers
deficiencies may include: isolating the faulty equipment and advising appropriate
personnel of the fault and need for repair or replacement
may be called:

Information and documents may relevant national and state or territory transport
include: regulations and codes of practice
reference cards
tram driver roster sheet and/or table card
guidelines
relevant state/territory road rules and tramway codes of
practice
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIB7907A Set up and secure a towing situation

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to plan a
towing job and set up towing situation, including obtaining and
confirming job instructions, assessing towing requirements,
determining a plan of action, and carrying out all required action
to set up and secure a towing situation. Licensing, legislative,
applicable OH&S legislation and other relevant regulations
covering the setting up and securing of a towing situation.
Work is performed under limited supervision. It involves the
application of regulatory requirements and standard operating
procedures to the setting up and securing of a towing situation.

1 Obtain information on 1.1 Information on the towing job is obtained from base or depot
towing job as per procedures
1.2 Further information on towing requirements is obtained at the
scene of the job
2 Assess towing 2.1 Equipment requirements and techniques to carry out the
requirements towing job are assessed
2.2 Potential hazards that may be experienced at the towing site
and during the towing operation are identified and appropriate
precautions and strategies are adopted to manage and control
the risks involved
2.3 Type of vehicle to be towed is identified and critical aspects of
vehicle design determined as they relate to allowable towing
arrangements and configurations
3 Determine appropriate 3.1 Sequence of action and plan for the towing activity and the
plan of action safety and security of persons, vehicles and property are
determined as per regulatory requirements and standard
3.2 Towing vehicle and associated equipment to carry out the job
are organised to be available for the work
4 Set up and secure the 4.1 The setting up and securing of a towing situation are carried
towing situation out in accordance with the established action plan

4.2 Safety equipment, witch's hats and safety signs are deployed
as per standard operating procedures and regulatory
requirements
4.3 Onlookers and other personnel in the vicinity of the towing
situation are managed as per applicable safety management
procedures and security requirements
4.4 Vehicle or equipment to be towed is manoeuvred into position
using relevant equipment as per standard operating procedures
4.5 Vehicle or equipment to be towed is secured using appropriate
winches, ropes and cables as per relevant load restraint
regulations and standard operating procedures
5 Record and report 5.1 The assessment of the towing situation and action taken are
results of inspection accurately reported in accordance with regulatory
and testing requirements, workplace policy and industry guidelines
5.2 Records are clear, unambiguous and concisely kept in
5.3 Clear reference is made to any issues, hazards or incidents that
may have arisen when attending the towing situation and any
related action taken

Required knowledge:
Regulations and standards relevant to the setting up and securing of a towing situation
Focus of operation of work systems, equipment, management and workplace standard
operating systems for the checking and assessing of the operational capability of equipment
The characteristics, applications, capabilities and limitations of the towing equipment
Tools and equipment used when setting up and securing a towing situation and the
precautions and procedures that should be followed in their use
Problems that may occur when setting up and securing of a towing situation and appropriate
Hazards that may exist when setting up and securing of a towing situation and precautions
and action that should be taken to minimise or eliminate the hazards concerned
Documentation and record requirements when checking and assessing the operational
Housekeeping standards and procedures required when setting up and securing a towing
situation
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when setting up and securing a towing situation
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the setting up and
securing of a towing situation
Complete documentation related to the setting up and securing of a towing situation
Work safely and collaboratively with others when setting up and securing a towing situation
Modify activities depending on differing workplace contexts, risk situations and towing
situations
Recognise problems concerning the setting up and securing of a towing situation and take
appropriate action
Prioritise work activities when setting up and securing a towing situation
Select and use personal protective equipment as per OH&S requirements
Select and use equipment and tools required when setting up and securing a towing situation
RANGE STATEMENT
Work may be conducted: in a range of towing situations

by day or night
in a range of weather conditions
Customers may be: vehicle owners
operators of expressways, freeways, tollways or tunnels
police and other emergency services personnel
local government authorities
car park operators
road traffic authorities
owners and operators of equipment elevating work
platforms, forklifts, small load shifting equipment, etc.

Towing situations may include: vehicle accidents

vehicle breakdowns
expressway breakdowns and accidents
tunnel breakdowns and accidents
stolen cars
vehicles illegally parked on clearways
vehicles illegally parked in car parks
abandoned vehicles
carriage of equipment such as elevating work platforms,
forklifts, small load shifting equipment, etc.
Required towing vehicle may tilt tray tow truck with winch (5 tonne, 7.5 tonne and 10
include: tonne capacity)
tow truck with crane and cradle
towing vehicle with a detachable self loading table top
articulated drop-deck low loader
trailer
Potential hazards that may occur vehicular traffic at the scene
in various towing situations may live electrical wires
include:
contaminated blood at scene
weather conditions
oil on vehicle trays (slippery surfaces)
unsafe or damaged equipment
unsafe procedures in the use of towing equipment
fire at the scene
spilt or leaking fuel or dangerous or hazardous goods or
substances
unsafe manual lifting procedures
sharps that may be contaminated with transmittable
diseases

Hazard control strategies may use of flashing lights on vehicles

include: deployment of safety equipment such as warning signs or
witch's hats
strategic positioning of towing vehicle
use of appropriate personal protective equipment,
including reflective vests and raincoats
use of safe procedures in the use of towing equipment
checking equipment and isolating, rectifying or reporting
any defective equipment
following correct safety procedures in the event of live
fallen electrical wires at an accident scene
following correct procedures in the event of spilt or
leaking fuel or dangerous or hazardous goods or
substances as per the Australian Dangerous Goods Code
using correct portable firefighting equipment to control a
fire at the scene
correct manual lifting strategies
cleaning of vehicles (including removal of oil from
vehicle trays)
concerned, operating procedures company procedures
may be called:
safety glasses
two-way radios
high visibility clothing (raincoats and vests)
portable fire extinguishers
Communication at towing sites mobile phone
and in the work area may include: fax
email
internet
RF communications

Information and documents may standard procedures and policies for the setting up and
include: securing a towing situation
manufacturers specifications for towing vehicle,
equipment and tools
workplace and client instructions
requirements
quality assurance standards
Applicable legislation, relevant standards and codes pertaining to the setting up
regulations and codes may and securing of a towing situation
include: relevant state/territory regulations and licence/permit
requirements pertaining to the operation of tow trucks
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or

required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB8007A Use, clean and maintain towing equipment

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to use, clean
and maintain towing equipment in accordance with workplace
requirements. It includes carrying out pre-operation checks on
equipment, carrying out basic routine servicing of the equipment,
using the towing equipment, cleaning the equipment, and
recording and reporting the results of checks in accordance with
workplace procedures. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
OH&S legislation and other relevant regulations covering the use,
cleaning and basic servicing of the towing vehicle and the
equipment concerned.
application of regulatory requirements and standard operating
procedures to the use, cleaning and servicing of a towing vehicle
and its equipment.

1 Visually inspect vehicle 1.1 Towing vehicle and equipment are visually inspected prior to
and towing equipment operations as per standard pre-operational functional and
safety check procedures and manufacturers specifications
1.2 Aspects of vehicle or equipment found to be faulty or outside
manufacturers or workplace specifications are reported to
designated persons for appropriate action
2 Check vehicle and 2.1 Towing vehicle and equipment are checked to ensure that they
towing equipment for can be operated in accordance with manufacturers
operational capability specifications and standard operating procedures
2.2 Safety systems are all checked for operational effectiveness
2.3 Routine servicing and lubrication checks of the tow truck and
its equipment are carried out in accordance with the service
schedule for the vehicle and the equipment concerned
3 Identify and assess 3.1 The effect of any identified faults on the operation of the
impact of faults on towing vehicle and equipment is assessed
towing operations 3.2 Faulty equipment or components that may affect the safe
operation of the vehicle and equipment are isolated, tagged
and reported to the appropriate personnel for rectification
4 Use towing equipment 4.1 Towing equipment is operated in accordance with

on vehicle manufacturers specifications and regulatory requirements
4.2 Attachment points used in the towing operation and the weight
of the vehicle being towed or load being carried are checked to
ensure that they are consistent with established towing
practice, regulatory requirements and the permissible safe
working loads for the tow truck and its associated towing
equipment
4.3 Safety precautions are followed when using the towing
equipment on a tow truck in accordance with standard
operating procedures and occupational health and safety
requirements
4.4 Personal protective equipment is worn in accordance with
standard operating procedures and occupational health and
safety requirements
5 Clean towing vehicle 5.1 Appropriate cleaning process is selected for type of towing
and its equipment vehicle and its equipment in accordance with standard
5.2 Cleaning materials are prepared in accordance with
manufacturers instructions and standard operating procedures
5.3 The required personal protective and safety equipment is
selected and used in accordance with regulatory requirements
and standard operating procedures
5.4 Towing vehicle is cleaned using appropriate cleaning
materials and tools as per standard procedures
6 Record and report 6.1 The results of the visual inspection and operational checks are
results of visual accurately reported in accordance with regulatory
inspection and requirements, workplace policy and standard procedures
operational checks 6.2 Records are clear, unambiguous and concisely kept in
future safety of the towing vehicle or equipment

Required knowledge:
Regulations and standards relevant to the use, cleaning and servicing of a towing vehicle and
its equipment
Standard operating procedures and policies for the use, cleaning and servicing of a towing
vehicle and its equipment
Focus of operation of work systems, equipment, management and workplace standard

operating systems for the use, cleaning and servicing of a towing vehicle and its equipment
The characteristics, capabilities and limitations of the towing vehicle and its equipment
Tools, materials and equipment used during the use, cleaning and maintenance of a towing
vehicle and its equipment and the precautions and procedures that should be followed in their
use
Problems that may occur when using, cleaning and servicing a towing vehicle and its
equipment and appropriate action that can be taken to resolve the problems
Operational safety requirements for the towing vehicle and equipment concerned
Documentation and record requirements when using, cleaning and servicing a towing vehicle
and its equipment
Housekeeping standards and procedures required when operating and servicing a tow truck
and its equipment
Hazards that may exist when using, cleaning and servicing a towing vehicle and its equipment
and the precautions and action that should be taken to minimise or eliminate the hazards
concerned
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when using, cleaning and servicing a towing vehicle and
its equipment
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and labels relevant to the operation, cleaning and
servicing of a towing vehicle and its equipment
Complete documentation related to the operation, cleaning and servicing of a towing vehicle
and its equipment
Work safely and collaboratively with others when using, cleaning and servicing a towing
vehicle and its equipment
Modify activities depending on differing towing contexts, risk situations and environments
Recognise problems concerning the safety and operational capability of the towing vehicle
and its equipment and take appropriate action
exist when operating, cleaning and servicing a towing vehicle and its equipment
Adapt to changes in towing vehicles and associated equipment and procedures
Use required personal protective equipment conforming to industry and OH&S standards
including the operation of portable fire extinguishers
Select and use relevant equipment, tools and cleaning agents when using, cleaning and
servicing a towing vehicle and its equipment

RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
car park operators
vehicle breakdowns
stolen cars
abandoned vehicles
trailer
Purpose of equipment checking it is free from damage and faults that may prejudice
and inspection is to ensure: safety or limit operational capability
Safety and operational capability on a range of towing vehicles and their associated
checks may be performed: equipment
Operational and servicing checks operating and checking the functionality of various pieces
may be performed by: of safety and component equipment (where applicable)
completing a service checklist for the towing vehicle and
its equipment
Potential problems that may be fluid leaks

identified during visual low fluid levels
inspections and service checks:
damaged or worn cables and ropes
broken equipment or parts
cracks, surface or structural faults or other damage
tightness of bolts, fixtures and fittings within
specifications
Records and results of pre- details of faulty equipment or specific components
operation and operational checks action taken
may include:
results of checks
completion of a service checklist or schedules
safety glasses
two-way radios
may be called:
Communication in the work area mobile phone
may include: fax
email
internet
RF communications

Information and documents may standard procedures and policies for the operation,
include: checking and servicing of towing vehicle, equipment and
tools
equipment and tools
requirements
industry code of practice
documentation
Applicable legislation, relevant standards, codes and regulations pertaining to the
regulations and codes may a towing vehicle and its equipment
include: relevant state and territory OH&S legislation
relevant state and territory environmental protection
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:

equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB807C Carry out inspection of trailers

an inspection of a commercial trailer, including action to
implement trailer manufacturers specifications for routine checks,
to clean the trailer, and to ensure that all specified safety
requirements are met and that the trailer is operational to the
relevant roads and traffic authority concerned with the inspection
of commercial trailers.
routine inspection principles and procedures to check a
commercial trailer across a variety of operational contexts.

1 Check the trailer 1.1 A visual check of the internal and external condition of the
trailer is carried out following workplace procedures
1.2 Pre-operational inspections and checks of the trailer's brake
systems, suspension and axles, electrical systems and wheels
and tyres are carried out to ensure conformance with road
safety standards
to manufacturers specification
2 Clean trailer 2.1 Trailer and associated equipment is cleaned in accordance

with workplace procedures and legislation
documentation action taken to report or remedy them as required by
documented in accordance with workplace policies


Required knowledge:
Relevant duty of care requirements for the routine inspection of trailers
Procedures for the routine inspection of a commercial trailer in accordance with workplace
and manufacturers requirements and established safety rules and regulations including visual
inspection procedures and pre-operational checking procedures
Problems that may occur during the routine inspection of a trailer and appropriate actions and
solutions
Basic principles of operation of systems on commercial trailers, including electrical systems,
tyres, brakes and coupling systems
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others during the routine inspection of a trailer
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and other information relevant to the routine
inspection of a trailer
Complete documentation related to the routine inspection of a trailer
Work collaboratively with others during the routine inspection of a trailer
identified during the routine inspection of a trailer in accordance with regulatory requirements
environments
procedures
standards
Monitor and check condition of trailer and its equipment in terms of maintenance schedule
and standard operating procedures

RANGE STATEMENT

open environment
while in the trailer on the road
Trailers may include: any commercial trailers attached to vehicles used in the
Australian transport industry
Inspection may include: visual checks of trailer
routine checks of trailer systems
checks in accordance with a trailer inspection schedule
Routine checks may include: air pressure in tyres
brakes
lights
condition of tyres
suspension
coupling systems

instructions
relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority trailer
trailer manufacturers instructions, specifications and
environment when inspecting, servicing and maintaining
trailers
OH&S procedures to be followed when inspecting
trailers

Applicable regulations and relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority trailer
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB8109A Repair timber structures

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to repair
timber structures and their components in accordance with
procedures. It includes determining job requirements, preparing
and maintaining components, performing repairs, cleaning up the
site after maintenance activities, and completing documentation.
Licensing or certification requirements are not applicable to this
unit.
operational principles and procedures to the repair of structures
and their components as part of workplace activities across a

1 Determine job 1.1 Structures are inspected as necessary to locate defects
requirements 1.2 Job requirements are determined in accordance with
workplace procedures, including identification of scope of
work and resources required
2 Prepare component for 2.1 Components requiring replacement are checked against
repair standards and are measured for preparation of replacement
component
2.2 Materials required for job are identified and organised as
required to enable appropriate replacement of components
2.3 Replacement components are cut and shaped to the required
standard in accordance with workplace procedures
2.4 Surfaces of components are treated using appropriate methods
and materials as required
3 Perform repairs 3.1 Component is replaced to required standard in accordance

3.2 Connections between timber members are tightened, repaired
or replaced using approved material and techniques

3.3 External timber deficiencies in components are treated with
suitable materials as required to minimise degradation of
components
4 Clean up site 4.1 Site is cleaned up to ensure it is restored and environmentally

sound and safe in accordance with workplace procedures and
environmental regulations and standards
5 Complete 5.1 Work as executed documentation is completed as required in


Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the repair of timber structures and/or components
Problems that may occur during the repair of structures and/or components, and action that
can be taken to report or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist when repairing structures and/or components, and ways of controlling
the risks involved
Functions of different types of timber structures
Timber structures repair methods and techniques
Types of timber and their characteristics and features
Carpentry principles
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when repairing timber structures
Read and interpret plans and specifications relevant to the repair of timber structures
Follow operational instructions and work sequences when undertaking timber structures
repair
Complete documentation related to the repair of timber structures
Work collaboratively with others when repairing timber structures
when repairing timber structures in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may arise during the repair of timber
structures
Apply precautions to minimise, control or eliminate hazards that may exist during work
activities

environments
Select and use relevant tools and equipment
Adapt to differences in tools and equipment and work requirements in accordance with
standard operating procedures
Identify defects
RANGE STATEMENT

exposed conditions
substances
Structures may include: underbridges, overbridges, footbridges
culverts
retaining walls
platforms
Equipment may include: welding, oxy and cutting equipment
temporary supports
manual tools
small power tools
air tools and compressor
scaffolding
ladders
elevated work platform (EWP)
boat/barge

Materials may include: timber

structural steel
epoxy grouts
paint (protective treatment)
bolts and fasteners
carbon fibre
concrete
Maintenance methods may replacing
include: repairing
splicing
bolting
bonding
screwing up
painting (protective treatment)
temporarily supporting
shoring
formwork
Liaison may include: internal/external personnel from other work areas (e.g.
train controllers)
road authorities
local councils
landowners
via trackside signals


gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
safety harness
torch
safety devices
respirator
include: procedures
local authority regulations and procedures
work orders
manufacturers or workplace equipment instructions and
operation manuals
and/or guidelines
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
replacing timber components
repairing existing timber structures using a
range of repair techniques
repairing a range of defect types
required to:
equipment, and
workplace

TLIB8209A Repair steel structures

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to repair steel
structures and their components in accordance with safeworking
and regulatory requirements and workplace procedures. It includes
determining job requirements, preparing and maintaining
components, performing repairs, cleaning up the site after
maintenance activities, and completing documentation. Licensing
or certification requirements are not applicable to this unit.
operational principles and procedures to the repair of structures
and their components as part of workplace activities across a

2 Prepare component for 2.1 Components requiring repair are prepared according to
repair requirements
required to enable appropriate repair of components
2.3 Surfaces of components are treated using appropriate methods
and materials as required
2.4 Components are assembled using appropriate lifting methods
to ensure safety
2.5 Connection locations are checked for clearances and
tolerances to allow smooth fitting of components
2.6 Fastening of components is performed to specification as
required
3 Perform repairs 3.1 Steel members are accurately marked, drilled and cut in

3.2 Component is replaced or repaired to required standard in
3.3 Replaced or repaired components are connected to the
structure by approved methods in accordance with workplace
procedures
3.4 Connections between steel members are tightened, repaired or
replaced using approved material and techniques
3.5 External steel deficiencies in components are treated with
suitable materials as required to minimise degradation of
components

5 Complete 5.1 Work as executed documentation is completed as required in


Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the repair of steel structures
Problems that may occur during the repair of steel structures, and action that can be taken to
report or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist when repairing structures and/or components, and ways of controlling
the risks involved
Functions of different types of steel structures
Steel structures repair methods and techniques
Information on the use of epoxy and grouts for mortar pads
Basic steel components assembly techniques
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when repairing steel structures
Read and interpret plans and specifications relevant to the repair of steel structures
Follow operational instructions and work sequences when undertaking steel structures repair
Complete documentation related to the repair of steel structures
Work collaboratively with others when repairing steel structures

when repairing steel structures in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may arise during the repair of steel
structures
environments
Identify defects
RANGE STATEMENT

exposed conditions
substances
Structures and components may underbridges, overbridges, footbridges
include: culverts
tunnels
retaining walls
platforms
overhead wiring structures
signal gantries


temporary supports
manual tools
small power tools
scaffolding
ladders
boat/barge
Materials may include: structural steel
epoxy grouts
cement grouts
bolts and fasteners
carbon fibre
Structures maintenance methods replacing
may include: repairing
bolting
bonding
welding
painting (protective treatment)

train controllers)
road authorities
local councils
landowners
trackside signals



gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radios/mobile phone
safety harness and ropes
torch
safety devices
respirator
include: procedures
work orders
operation manuals

and/or guidelines
including AS 4292
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
replacing steel components
repairing existing steel structures using a
range of repair techniques
required to:
equipment, and

workplace

TLIB8309A Maintain bridge bearings

bridge bearings in accordance with safeworking and regulatory
requirements and workplace procedures. It includes determining
job requirements, maintaining bridge bearings, cleaning up the site
after maintenance activities, and completing documentation.
unit.
operational principles and procedures to the maintenance of bridge
bearings as part of workplace activities across a variety of

1 Determine job 1.1 Bridges are inspected as necessary to locate bearings requiring
requirements maintenance
1.2 Job requirements are determined in accordance with
2 Perform bearing 2.1 Components requiring maintenance are cleaned and prepared
maintenance in accordance with workplace procedures
2.2 Bearing components are maintained to standard in accordance

4 Complete 4.1 Work report documentation is completed as required in



Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the maintenance of bridge bearings
Problems that may occur during the maintenance of bridge bearings, and action that can be
Hazards that may exist when maintaining bridge bearings, and ways of controlling the risks
involved
Functions of different types of bridge bearings
Routine maintenance methods and techniques
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when maintaining bridge bearings
Read and interpret plans and specifications relevant to the maintenance of bridge bearings
Follow operational instructions and work sequences when undertaking the maintenance of
bridge bearings
Complete documentation related to the maintenance of bridge bearings
Work collaboratively with others when doing the maintenance of bridge bearings
when doing the maintenance of bridge bearings in accordance with regulatory requirements
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may arise during the maintenance of
bridge bearings
environments
Identify minor defects

RANGE STATEMENT

substances
Structures may include: underbridges
overbridges
footbridges
Bearing types may include: fixed
sliding
floating
Equipment may include: manual tools
small power tools
jacks
scaffolding
ladders
boat/barge
Materials may include: cleaning products
oil and grease
bolts and fasteners
Structures maintenance methods cleaning housings
may include: clearing vegetation
tightening bolts
removing corrosion
resetting
oiling and/or greasing
train controllers)
road authorities
local councils
landowners

Communication equipment two-way radios

systems may include: telephones/mobile phones

gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
hand lamps
flags
respirators
safety devices
include: procedures
local authorities procedures
work orders
operation manuals

and/or guidelines
including AS 4292
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
inspecting bearings and determining work
requirements
routine cleaning and servicing of bridge
bearings
cleaning up worksite
completing workplace documentation
required to:
equipment, and

workplace

TLIB8409A Carry out routine maintenance of structures

routine maintenance of structures in accordance with safeworking
determining job requirements, performing routine maintenance,
cleaning up the site after maintenance activities, and completing
documentation. Licensing or certification requirements are not
operational principles and procedures to the maintenance of
structures and their components as part of workplace activities
system.

1 Determine job 1.1 Structures are inspected to locate and evaluate defects
2 Perform routine 2.1 Components are cleaned and cleared in accordance with
maintenance workplace procedures
2.2 Fastenings are tightened to required standard in accordance
2.3 Where minor defects cannot be rectified they are reported in

4 Complete 4.1 Work report documentation is completed as required in


Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the maintenance of structures
Problems that may occur during the routine maintenance of structures, and action that can be
Hazards that may exist when completing routine maintenance of structures, and ways of
Routine maintenance methods and techniques
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others during the routine maintenance of structures
Follow operational instructions and work sequences when undertaking routine structures
maintenance
Complete documentation related to the routine maintenance of structures
Work collaboratively with others when completing routine maintenance of structures
when doing routine maintenance of structures in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may arise during the routine
maintenance of structures
environments
Select and use required tools and equipment
Identify defects and remedies
RANGE STATEMENT


exposed conditions
substances
overbridges
footbridges
culverts
tunnels
retaining walls
platforms
signal gantries
noise barriers
service crossings
buffer stops
lighting towers
water towers
turntables
elevated roads
Equipment may include: manual tools
small power tools
scaffolding
ladders
boat/barge
Materials may include: bolts and fasteners
Structures maintenance methods clearing debris

may include: clearing vegetation
clearing drainage
cleaning weepholes

train controllers)
road authorities
local councils
landowners
include: computers
telephones/mobile phones
Depending on the work context high visibility clothing

gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
hand lamps
flags
safety devices


include: procedures
local authorities procedures
work orders
operation manuals
and/or guidelines
including AS 4292
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
routine cleaning of structures and
components
tightening a range of fastener types
of time and in a suitable range of contexts
resources for assessment Resources for assessment include:

required to:
equipment, and
workplace

TLIB8509A Apply track fundamentals

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to understand
fundamentals of track maintenance and construction and carry out
basic track measurement, in accordance with approved standards,
procedures. It includes identifying track terminology, track
components and track tools and equipment; and undertaking basic
track measurement. Licensing or certification requirements are not
operational principles and procedures to the understanding of
fundamentals of track maintenance and construction as part of

1 Identify track and 1.1 Basic terminology for track and structures infrastructure is
structures terminology identified
1.2 Features of track geometry are identified
2 Identify track 2.1 Principal track components are identified and their purpose is
components understood
2.2 Principal turnout components are identified and their purpose
is understood
3 Identify track tools 3.1 Tools and equipment for track installation and maintenance
and equipment are identified
3.2 Track machines for track installation and maintenance are
identified
4 Undertake basic track 4.1 Basic terminology for track measurement is identified and
measurement defined
4.2 Measuring equipment is identified and relevant equipment is
selected for taking basic track measurements

4.3 Measuring equipment is checked for accuracy
4.4 Measurements are taken accurately and recorded in
accordance with workplace requirements

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the basic measurement of track
Problems that may occur during the basic measurement of track, and action that can be taken
to report or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist when taking basic track measurements, and ways of controlling the
risks involved
Track terms
Fundamentals of track structures
Fundamentals of track layout and geometry
Track components
Tools and equipment used in track construction and repair
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when taking basic track measurements
drawings relevant to taking basic track measurements
Complete documentation related to basic track measurement
identified when taking basic track measurements in accordance with regulatory requirements
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when taking basic track measurements
environments
procedures

standards
Select equipment used for basic track measurement
Undertake basic track measurement
Identify basic track tools and equipment
RANGE STATEMENT

exposed conditions
Basic track measurements may length, depth, width, diameter
include: gauge, foot gauge
alignment, superelevation, track centres
rail gaps, rail temperature
Measuring equipment may tape measures
include: gauge boards
stringline
plumb bob
gap gauge
rail thermometer

Tools and equipment may mechanical handling/lifting equipment

include: track machines
hand tools including impact and tension wrenches,
grinders, friction rail saws, rail borers, tie tampers, track
jacks, spiking hammers and bars
rail tensors
cutting and boring equipment
fastening equipment
on-track equipment including sleeper spacers
rail heaters
rail threaders
dog pullers
Track components may include: rails, rail fastenings and welds
sleepers and sleeper fastenings
ballast
formation and earthworks
Track layout may include: plain track
turnouts
special trackwork including catchpoints, expansion
switches, diamond crossings and slips
Basic track geometry may tangent track
include: curves
transitions
superelevation
Track maintenance and basic fettling
construction methods may resleepering
include:
rerailing
ballasting
track resurfacing
ballast cleaning
rail grinding
concrete sleeper laying
train controllers)
agreed audible or hand signal

gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
hand lamps
flags
safety devices

include: procedures
works orders
rail inspections and timekeeping records
trackworker standard manual
bridge workers manual

and/or guidelines
including AS 4292
local authority regulations
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
identifying a range of track terminology
identifying a number of different track
components
identifying track tools and equipment
relevant to their job role
undertaking basic track measurements
required to:
equipment, and

workplace

TLIB8609A Apply awareness of structures fundamentals

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to understand
and apply awareness of structures fundamentals in accordance
with approved standards, safeworking and regulatory requirements
and workplace procedures. It includes identifying types of
structures, structures terminology and conventions, and defect
categories; and locating and identifying defects in structures.
unit.
operational principles and procedures to the awareness of
structures fundamentals as part of workplace activities across a

1 Identify types of 1.1 Principal bridge types and their purpose are identified
bridges and structures 1.2 Other principal structure types and their purpose are identified
2 Identify structures 2.1 Basic terminology for structures infrastructure is defined

terminology and 2.2 Principal components of structures and their purpose are
conventions identified
2.3 Conventions for numbering structures and their components
are identified
3 Identify defect 3.1 Types of defect are identified

categories 3.2 Conventions for categorising defects are identified
4 Locate structures 4.1 Tools and equipment for visual inspection of structures are
defects identified and selected
4.2 Defects in structures are located and identified


Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for locating defects in structures
Problems that may occur locating defects in structures, and action that can be taken to report
or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist when locating defects in structures, and ways of controlling the risks
involved
Structures terms and conventions
Fundamentals of structure types
Types of structures defects
Structures components
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when locating defects in structures
drawings relevant to locating defects in structures
Follow operational instructions and work sequences when locating defects in structures
Work collaboratively with others when locating defects in structures
Select equipment used for basic structures inspection
Locate previously identified defects
RANGE STATEMENT

exposed conditions


overbridges
footbridges
culverts
tunnels
retaining walls
platforms
signal gantries
noise barriers
service crossings
buffer stops
lighting towers
water towers
turntables
elevated roads
track slabs
Materials may include: timber
steel
concrete/masonry
Equipment may include: torch
geologists hammer
scaffolding
extension ladder
elevated work platforms (EWP)
boat or barge
Structures components may girders, corbels, headstocks
include: piers, abutments, trestles, piles
bolts, fasteners
protective coatings
Methods for locating defects may visual inspection
include:
train controllers)
road authorities
local councils
landowners

gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
portable radio/mobile phones
hand lamps
flags
safety harness and ropes
breathing apparatus
safety mask
air monitors
safety devices

include: procedures
previous reports
works orders

trackside signals
guidelines
including AS 4292
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
identifying different types of structures and
components
undertaking basic inspection of structures
locating defects in structures
required to:
equipment, and

workplace

TLIB8709A Examine timber structures

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to examine
timber structures in accordance with safeworking and regulatory
requirements and workplace procedures. It includes obtaining all
relevant previous reports, performing the detailed examination,
initiating appropriate necessary actions if any, and completing all
required documentation. Licensing or certification requirements
are not applicable to this unit.
operational principles and procedures to the conduct of a detailed
timber structures examination as part of workplace activities
system.

1 Obtain previous 1.1 Operational history of structure is reviewed from available
reports sources
1.2 Previous defects identified in reports are noted to enable
rechecking of problem areas
1.3 Relevant personnel are contacted to identify any reported
complaints or indications of wear or damage
2 Perform detailed 2.1 Timber structures and components are visually inspected and
examination checked for signs of movement, deterioration and damage in
2.2 Connections between timber components are visually
inspected and checked for signs of wear, looseness, corrosion,
deterioration and damage in accordance with workplace
procedures
2.3 Relevant inspection aids are used to perform detailed
inspection to identify defects in accordance with workplace
procedures
2.4 Defects or deficiencies are identified in accordance with
3 Take appropriate 3.1 Major defects affecting safe passage are acted on as soon as
actions possible in accordance with workplace procedures
4 Complete 4.1 Examination schedule or work report data is completed in

4.2 Documentation on work undertaken is completed in

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the conduct of a detailed timber structures examination
Problems that may occur during the conduct of a detailed timber structures examination, and
action that can be taken to report or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist when conducting a detailed timber structures examination, and ways
of controlling the risks involved
Timber structures examination methods and techniques
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when conducting a detailed timber structures
examination
Read and interpret plans and specifications relevant to a detailed timber structures
examination
Follow operational instructions and work sequences when undertaking timber structures
examination
Identify defects
Complete documentation related to a detailed timber structures examination
Work collaboratively with others when conducting a detailed timber structures examination
conducting a detailed timber structures examination in accordance with regulatory
Plan and organise remedial work

environments
procedures
Identify, select and use measuring instruments and equipment
RANGE STATEMENT

overbridges
footbridges
culverts
retaining walls
platforms
buffer stops
elevated roads/pits


geologists hammer
measuring tape
spirit level with straight edge
plumb bob
boring equipment and probe
camera
binoculars
mirror
vernier calipers
demec gauge, points and adhesive
scaffolding
extension ladder
boat or barge
Structures examination methods visual examination
may include: hammer test
bore and probe
deflection test
train controllers)
road authorities
local councils
landowners


gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
Information/documents may local authority regulations and procedures
include: work orders
examination reports and defect lists
local instructions
operation manuals

and/or guidelines
including AS 4292
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
examining a range of structure types
taking appropriate action for identified
defects
completing documentation of examination
results
required to:
equipment, and

workplace

TLIB8809A Examine steel structures

steel structures in accordance with safeworking and regulatory
requirements and workplace procedures. It includes obtaining all
relevant previous reports, performing the detailed examination,
initiating appropriate necessary actions if any, and completing all
required documentation. Licensing or certification requirements
are not applicable to this unit.
steel structures examination as part of workplace activities across a

reports sources
2 Perform detailed 2.1 Steel structures and components are visually inspected and
examination checked for signs of buckling, cracking, corrosion,
procedures
2.2 Connections between steel components are visually inspected
and checked for signs of wear looseness, cracking, corrosion,
procedures
2.3 Protective coatings on steel structures and components are
visually inspected and checked for condition
procedures


Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the conduct of a detailed steel structures examination
Problems that may occur during the conduct of a detailed steel structures examination, and
action that can be taken to report or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist when conducting a detailed steel structures examination, and ways of
Steel structures examination methods and techniques
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when conducting a detailed steel structures examination
Read and interpret plans and specifications relevant to a detailed steel structures examination
Follow operational instructions and work sequences when undertaking steel structures
examination
Identify defects
Complete documentation related to a detailed steel structures examination
Work collaboratively with others when conducting a detailed steel structures examination
conducting a detailed steel structures examination in accordance with regulatory requirements
Plan and organise remedial work

environments
procedures
RANGE STATEMENT

overbridges
footbridges
culverts
tunnels
retaining walls
platforms
signal gantries
noise barriers
service crossings
buffer stops
lighting towers
water towers
turntables
elevated roads


geologists hammer
measuring tape
wire brush
plumb bob
camera
binoculars
mirror
vernier calipers
ultrasonic tester
dry film thickness gauge
scaffolding
extension ladder
boat or barge
magnetic or electronic gauges
dye penetrant
magnetic particle
ultrasonic testing
x-ray
train controllers)
road authorities
local councils
landowners


gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
hand lamps
flags
tripods
harness and ropes
respirator
safety mask
gas detectors
safety devices
local instructions
operation manuals

and/or guidelines
including AS 4292
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
defects
results
required to:
equipment, and

workplace

TLIB9009A Use communication systems in a taxicab

communication systems in a taxicab. It includes identifying
features of the taxicab communication system and operating it
effectively; using appropriate communication protocols and
communicating with a base; and identifying faulty operation of
communication equipment and taking appropriate action.
and workplace requirements relevant to the use of taxicab
communication systems in the taxi industry.
supervision.
This unit involves the application of established communication
principles and practice for taxi drivers and the use of local
technical and colloquial language and vocabulary in day-to-day
communications.

1 Identify features of 1.1 The features and functions of the taxi radio system are
taxi communication identified
system 1.2 The features and functions of the taxi computer dispatch
system are identified
1.3 The features and functions of the taxi duress alarm system are
identified (if fitted)
2 Operate taxi 2.1 Checks are carried out to confirm communication system is
communication system operational in accordance with the manufacturers instructions
2.2 Communication system is used in a manner consistent with
road laws and safe driving practices
2.3 Communication security is maintained in accordance with
3 Use appropriate 3.1 Received messages are interpreted and recorded where
communication required in accordance with workplace procedures

protocols 3.2 Messages are transmitted clearly and precisely with due
observation of ethics and protocols required of users
3.3 Incoming messages are received and answered promptly and
courteously within operating procedures and (any) regulatory
requirements
3.4 Vocal communication is clear, unambiguous and uses
appropriate procedures, language and codes
3.5 Appropriate protocols and procedures are followed when
using communications systems during emergencies
4 Maintain 4.1 Equipment is checked and maintained in working order in

communication accordance with workplace procedures
equipment operational 4.2 Minor faults in the communications systems are promptly
status identified, diagnosed and repaired or reported in accordance

Required knowledge:
Relevant codes of practice and legislative requirements including local regulations
Workplace procedures and policies for the use of communication systems in a taxicab
Procedures and protocols for the use of communication systems during an emergency
Features of various communication systems
Basic communication techniques including the phonetic alphabet
Basic principles of effective communication
Basic barriers to effective communication and how to overcome them
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when using communication systems in a taxicab,
including both during transmission and receipt of information
Communicate effectively with multilingual persons or persons with limited ability to speak or
understand English
Read and interpret operating instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the
use of communication systems in a taxicab
Apply relevant codes of practice
Complete documentation related to the use of communication systems in a taxicab
Work collaboratively with others when using communication systems in a taxicab
Identify, report and/or rectify any problems that may arise when using communication
systems in a taxicab in accordance with workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when using
communication systems in a taxicab
environments
workplace tasks
procedures
standards
Undertake pre-operational checks for communications systems and equipment
Carry out minor routine maintenance procedures for communications equipment
Plan own work including predicting consequences, identifying improvements and interpreting
information from the communication systems to increase opportunities for fares
RANGE STATEMENT
Communication system may computer dispatch

include: mobile phone, both on person or hands-free
vehicle mounted radio
security equipment, including duress alarm and camera
(if fitted)
Equipment and technology may taxicab
include: taxi meter
radio/computer dispatch
street directory
mobile phone
toll tags
Messages are interpreted by: active listening
two-way conversation
questioning to obtain information and/or clarify
information and understanding
routine oral reporting

Communication may involve: English speaking people

people with limited ability to communicate in English
people with communication disabilities
use of phonetic alphabet
Communication problems may misunderstanding
include: limited ability of others to communicate in English
noisy environments or communication channels
illegible writing or print
use of non-standard vocabulary
incorrect assumption that message has been received and
or correctly understood
not following correct communication protocols and
procedures
Workplace procedures may relevant regulations, standards and codes of practice
include: relevant Australian and state/territory OH&S legislation
equal opportunity legislation and related policies
Information/documentation may workplace communication procedures, protocols,
include: checklists and instructions
manufacturers specifications for communications
equipment
communication records
legislation, regulations and related documentation
Worksite environment may customers
include: depot personnel
other drivers
managers
police and other emergency service personnel
EVIDENCE GUIDE

operating a taxicab communication system
effectively
communicating effectively using
maintaining communication equipment
operational status
using communication system during
emergencies
identifying communication system problems
or faults and taking appropriate action
maintaining workplace records and
documentation
completing work systematically with the
required attention to detail without damage
to goods or equipment
showing evidence of application of relevant
showing evidence of an understanding of
relevant regulations and codes
OH&S regulations and hazard prevention
workplace procedures and work instructions
relating to the use of communication
equipment
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace
Assessment of this unit must be undertaken on actual
taxi radio equipment

TLIB907C Check conveyor operational status

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to check
conveyor operational status in accordance with workplace
requirements, including inspecting conveyor system and work
area, checking equipment operational capability, and identifying
and assessing faults and reporting results of inspection and testing
in accordance with workplace procedures and relevant regulatory
and workplace requirements relevant to the checking and
assessment of the operational capability of equipment.
supervision.
workplace procedures to the checking and assessment of the
operational capability of equipment in the stevedoring, transport,

1 Inspect conveyor 1.1 The conveyor equipment is checked prior to start-up in
system and work area accordance with workplace procedures, manufacturers safety
checks and specifications to ensure it is free from damage and
obstructions that may limit operational capability
1.2 Work area is checked to ensure that it is safe and appropriate
for the required task
2 Check equipment 2.1 Conveyors are inspected after start-up in accordance with
operational capability manufacturers specifications and workplace inspection
specifications and procedures
2.2 Warning systems are checked for operational effectiveness
2.3 Records are checked to determine maintenance history and
requirements and goods carried
3 Identify, assess faults 3.1 Faults are identified and assessments made of the potential
and report results of effect on the operation of the equipment for the required work,
inspection and testing and details forwarded to relevant personnel in accordance with
3.2 Accurate reporting of the results of the inspection and testing

is kept in accordance with regulatory requirements, workplace
policy and industry guidelines
future safety/operation of the equipment
3.4 Conveyor system is continually monitored for safe and
efficient operation

Required knowledge:
Regulations relevant to the checking and assessing of the operational capability of conveyor,
including, where relevant, the ADG Code and relevant bond, quarantine or other legislative
requirements
capability of conveyor
the checking and assessing of the operational capability of conveyor
The purpose, characteristics, capabilities, requirements and limitations of the conveyor
Conveyed materials' potential for toxicity, reactiveness, material grade, type and purpose
including information from relevant material data safety sheets and ADG Code
documentation (where applicable)
Function and principles of operation of belt cleaning systems
Tools and equipment used during the checking and assessing of the operational capability of
conveyor and the precautions and procedures that should be followed in their use
Problems that may occur when checking and assessing the operational capability of conveyor
Operational safety requirements for the conveyor concerned
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when checking and assessing the operational capability
of a conveyor
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and labels relevant to the checking
and assessment of the operational status of a conveyor
Complete documentation related to the checking and assessment of the operational status of a
conveyor
Work collaboratively with others when checking and assessing the operational capability of a
conveyor
identified when checking and assessing the operational capability of a conveyor in accordance
environments
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of conveyor equipment
Service conveyor equipment in terms of maintenance schedule and standard operating
procedures
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Purposes of conveyor to ensure that the conveyor and its safety devices and
checks/inspections are: warning systems are operational, are in accordance with
specifications, and are free from faults that may prejudice
safety or limit operational capability

Conveyor may be enclosed or buckets

exposed, above or underground. rollers
Conveyor belt construction and
materials may vary. Types of air slides
conveyors may include: drag chains
gravity systems
Aspects of conveyor equipment belt surface and edges
covered by workplace inspection frame
specifications and procedures
may include but is not limited to: idlers
motive power source
tensions
tracking
speed
guides
Checks may include but are not visual checks in accordance with manufacturers
limited to: instructions
monitoring of operational performance
service checks in accordance with manufacturers
instructions
tests and checks of safety devices and warning indicators
in accordance with workplace and regulatory
requirements
checks on adjustments against specifications
checks of readings on gauges and monitors against
specifications
Records/results of checks may details of out-of-performance indications
include: details of faulty equipment or specific components
details of action taken
results of checks/tests
incident breakdown procedures
noise restrictions
hours of operations
Hazards in the work area may chemicals and fumes

stationary and moving machinery, goods, materials and
vehicular traffic
a fire or explosion
service lines
spills, leakages and ruptures
dust/vapours
site visitors
contractors

safety glasses
two-way radios
respirators and fume masks
protective clothing
may include: fax
email
internet
RF communications
barcode readers

numbers
requirements
Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations pertaining to the checking
legislation may include: and operation of the conveyor system concerned
including the ADG Code where applicable
legislation
requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIB9109A Measure and record track geometry

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to measure
and record track geometry in accordance with safeworking and
regulatory requirements and workplace procedures. It includes
measuring and recording track geometry, and reporting results.
unit.
operational principles and procedures to measure and record track
geometry across a variety of operational contexts within the

1 Measure geometry 1.1 Equipment appropriate to task is selected and checked for
correct operation in accordance with manufacturers
instructions and workplace procedures
1.2 Equipment is operated in accordance with manufacturers or
work instructions to provide appropriate data for analysis
2 Record results 2.1 Data is recorded in a complete and accurate manner

3 Use/report data 3.1 Data is compared to maintenance/construction tolerances in

3.2 Results are reported in accordance with workplace procedures

Required knowledge:

Track geometry parameters e.g. alignment, top, line, twist, superelevation associated with
maintenance and/or construction
Workplace procedures for the measuring and recording of track parameters
Problems that may occur during the measurement and recording of track geometry, and action
Hazards that may exist when measuring and recording track geometry, and ways of
Details of local authority procedures
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when measuring and recording track parameters
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information, plans, drawings and specifications
relevant to the measurement and recording of track parameters
Read recorded track geometry data
Complete documentation related to the measurement and recording of track geometry
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems when measuring and recording track
geometry in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
environments
Adapt to differences in equipment in accordance with workplace procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT


Recording of track geometry may top, surface

include measurement of: line, alignment
twist, superelevation
gauge
track centres, lateral or vertical clearances
Measurement equipment may stringline and measuring rules
include: gauge and superelevation boards
tape measures
measuring trolleys
electronic measurement devices
Recording equipment may paper forms, notes
include: electronic data entry devices
paper data capture devices
electronic data capture devices
work teams)
gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
hand lamps
flags
safety devices


include: local instructions
manuals
procedures
and/or guidelines
including AS 4292
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
using appropriate measurement tools to
measure the range of geometry elements
accurately recording and reporting results

situations in the workplace
required to:
equipment, and
workplace

TLIB9209A Operate minor mechanical equipment

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to operate
and maintain minor mechanical equipment in accordance with
procedures. It includes carrying out pre-operation checks on
equipment, operating mechanical equipment, conducting routine
maintenance, and securing and storing equipment. Licensing or
certification requirements are not applicable to this unit.
procedures to operate and maintain minor mechanical equipment
across a variety of operational contexts.

1 Carry out pre- 1.1 Pre-operational checks are conducted to manufacturers
operation checks specifications to ensure optimum functionality of equipment
1.2 Necessary adjustments to equipment are made to ensure
efficient operation, according to manufacturers instructions
1.3 Faulty equipment is reported to relevant person to ensure
equipment is safe and effective to use
2 Operate mechanical 2.1 Equipment is operated in accordance with manufacturers or

equipment workplace operating instructions to ensure safe and effective
operation
risk of injury to operator
2.3 Work operational hazards are eliminated or controlled
appropriately when using equipment to ensure safeworking
conditions
2.4 Assisting personnel are given clear instructions about their
duties if required to ensure safe and effective working
conditions
3 Conduct routine 3.1 Equipment is cleaned and maintained in accordance with

maintenance manufacturers specifications to ensure optimum functionality

3.2 Records are maintained according to workplace procedures
4 Secure and store 4.1 Equipment is handled and transported in a safe, secure,
efficient manner to minimise risk of injury to personnel and
damage to equipment
4.2 Equipment is stored and secured according to manufacturers
or workplace procedures to prevent damage and losses of
equipment

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures and policies for the operation and maintenance of minor mechanical
equipment
Problems that can occur when operating and maintaining minor mechanical equipment, and
related action that should be taken
Tools and equipment used when operating and maintaining minor mechanical equipment, and
the procedures and precautions for their care, use and storage
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when operating and maintaining minor mechanical
equipment
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to operating and
maintaining minor mechanical equipment
Complete documentation related to operating and maintaining minor mechanical equipment
Work collaboratively with others when operating and maintaining minor mechanical
equipment
when operating and maintaining minor mechanical equipment in accordance with regulatory
environments

procedures
Identify, select and efficiently and effectively use relevant tools and equipment
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

in any weather conditions
exposed conditions
Minor mechanical equipment mechanical handling/lifting equipment
may include: compressors
small plant such as motorised borers and saws
generators
tools, e.g. nails, screws, grease, saw blades, grinding
wheels, drill bits, etc.
equipment may include: sunscreen and sun glasses
insect repellent
gloves
safety headwear
mask
footwear
safety devices


systems


procedures for the use and maintenance of minor
maintenance of minor mechanical equipment
work orders
environment when operating and maintaining minor
OH&S procedures
requirements
emergency procedures manuals

and/or guidelines
including AS 4292
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
carrying out pre-operation checks
operating mechanical equipment correctly
performing routine maintenance on
storing mechanical equipment appropriately


In a real or simulated environment, access is required
to:
equipment, and
workplace

TLIB9309A Clean equipment and restore worksite

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to clean up
plant, equipment and worksite in accordance with safeworking and
planning and preparing work, arranging the clear up and
disposal/reclamation of material, operating cleaning equipment
and mobile plant, finalising the work and restoring the site.
unit.
operational principles and procedures to the cleaning up of plant,
equipment and worksites as part of workplace activities across a

1 Plan and prepare work 1.1 Details of cleaning requirements are identified by instructions,
inspections, work orders and schedules
1.2 Materials and equipment are identified and obtained
1.3 Required materials to be removed and methods of removal are
identified to facilitate clean up
2 Clear up and dispose 2.1 Storage/disposal areas and quarantine zones are identified to
of or reclaim material ensure environmentally sound disposal
2.2 Reclaimed material is removed to storage areas using
appropriate methods
2.3 Non-required materials/services are removed and disposed of
in appropriate manner to ensure clean and environmentally
stable site
2.4 Site is inspected for overlooked materials to minimise wastage
and losses
3 Operate cleaning 3.1 Cleaning and mobile plant is operated to site/manufacturers

equipment and mobile requirements
plant 3.2 Operator maintenance is performed to manufacturers/site

standards
3.3 Cleaning equipment is cleaned and stored
4 Finalise work and 4.1 Where used, barriers are removed or checked for integrity to
restore site ensure access to correct areas
4.2 Site is left in suitable surface condition to ensure an
environmentally sound, safe and clean site

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the cleaning up of plant, equipment and worksites
Problems that may occur during the cleaning up of plant, equipment and worksites, and action
Hazards that may exist when cleaning up plant, equipment and worksites, and ways of
Cleaning agents/sealants and their properties and precautions for their use
Cleaning equipment and related materials and their applications
Relevant recording and documentation requirements
Manufacturers instructions for the cleaning of equipment
Material safety data sheets (MSDS)
Required skills:
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the cleaning up
of plant, equipment and worksites
Complete documentation related to the cleaning up of plant, equipment and worksites
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems in accordance with workplace
procedures
Apply precautions to minimise, control or eliminate hazards that may exist during work
activities
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in equipment and sites in accordance with standard operating
procedures


standards
Identify and reclaim salvageable materials
Identify and remove water/waste/surplus materials
Operate and maintain relevant cleaning equipment
Use barriers correctly
RANGE STATEMENT

Materials may include: floor stripper
floor polish
floor cleaner
disinfectant
degreaser
bleach
petrochemicals
Tools may include: cleaning tools
hand tools
Cleaning equipment may include: hoses
lances
pneumatic tube hones
high speed polishers
vacuum cleaners
steam cleaners
brooms
buckets
mops
shovels
duster
internal combustion driven vacuum cleaner
Cleaning operations may also water lancing
include: internal boiler washing


include: verbal
radio/mobile phone

equipment may include: hearing protection and gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses and safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
Disposal of material may involve: the use of a quarantine zone in accordance with
environmental regulations and requirements
include: procedures
manuals
environmental regulations and associated requirements

and/or guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
identifying and obtaining correct materials
and equipment
operating cleaning equipment correctly
disposing of waste materials correctly
leaving site in a suitable condition
knowledge assessments, and/or
required to:
equipment, and

workplace

TLIB9409A Check and repair track geometry

repair track geometry in accordance with safeworking and
determining the job requirements, restoring track geometry,
certifying track after work, and completing all required
documentation. Licensing or certification requirements are not
operational principles and procedures to the checking and
repairing of track geometry as part of workplace activities across a

1 Determine job 1.1 Faults and deficiencies in track geometry are identified, and
requirements work required for restoration of track to required standard is
determined
1.2 Appropriate repair methods are identified to enable repairs to
be effected
1.3 Job requirements and resources are determined in accordance
with workplace procedures and as per scope of work
2 Restore track 2.1 Survey data are used where required to establish correct
geometry geometry
2.2 Appropriate lifting and lining methods and equipment are used
to lift and line track to restore running surface to required
geometry in accordance with workplace standards and
procedures
3 Certify track after 3.1 Track geometry is checked for compliance with acceptance
work standards
3.2 Vertical and horizontal structural and overhead clearances are
checked against required standards to allow safe passage of
trains
3.3 Track structure where work has been undertaken is checked
for compliance to standards required to enable reinstatement
of service
3.4 Appropriate operating conditions are applied in accordance
4 Complete 4.1 Documentation on work undertaken is completed in

documentation accordance with workplace requirements

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the checking and repair of track geometry
Problems that may occur when carrying out work activities to check and repair track
geometry, and action that can be taken to report or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist when carrying out work activities to check and repair track geometry,
Relevant Australian Standards, technical specifications and manuals
Track geometry maintenance methods and techniques
Defects in track structure (sleeper condition, spacing, fastening condition, rail joint condition,
ballast profile and packing) that can affect safe operation
Clearance defects that can affect safe operation
Defects in earthworks that can affect safe operation
Track stability and the work requirements for differing weather conditions
Track geometry acceptance standards
Track certification techniques
Organisational requirements/regulations
Details of relevant local authority procedures
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when carrying out work activities to check and repair
track geometry
relevant to work activities to check and repair track geometry
Complete documentation related to work activities to check and repair track geometry
Record and report results of track work in required format
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems when carrying out work activities in
Plan and organise work
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when carrying out work activities
environments
Identify, select and use tools and equipment required in work activities to check and repair
track geometry
Identify track geometry defects
Determine work requirements and work methods
Select and use appropriate lifting and lining methods and equipment to correct geometry
defects
Use appropriate measurement methods to assess and correct geometry defects
Identify defects in track structure (sleeper condition, spacing, fastening condition, rail joint
condition, ballast profile and packing) affecting safe operation
Identify structure and track centre clearance defects affecting safe operation
Identify defects in earthworks affecting safe operation
Assess defects against acceptance standards and apply appropriate restrictions
RANGE STATEMENT

exposed conditions
substances
Ballasted track geometry to be plain track

checked and repaired may turnouts and special trackwork
include:
Track geometry repair methods manual fettling with hand tools and light equipment
may include: manual fettling with small on-track or off-track plant
(spot tampers etc.)
resurfacing with large on-track plant
Manual fettling includes: any operation where measurement of geometry (before
and after) is conducted by hand-held equipment and lifts
and pulls are manually calculated
Resurfacing operations include: any operation where measurements and calculations of
lifts and pulls are carried out automatically or semi-
automatically by resurfacing plant
Equipment may include: mechanical lifting and handling devices
basic hand tools and small plant
track jacks
on-track machines (tampers, liners, regulators, etc.)
manual and electronic measuring equipment
Certifying track after work erection of any structure adjacent to or over the track
includes any of the the following (safe clearances)
works:
Reinstatement of service may unrestricted operation of rail traffic

include: operation under speed restriction
restricted clearance operation
operation under tonnage restrictions



gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
dust mask
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
include: local instructions
work orders
manuals
procedures

and/or guidelines
including AS 4292
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
identifying a number of different faults and
deficiencies
correctly determining appropriate repair
methods for identified faults
using appropriate lifting and lining methods
and equipment to restore running surface to
required geometry
after work is completed, certifying track to
operational standards
completing documentation in accordance
with standards and workplace procedures

required to:
equipment, and
workplace

TLIB9509A Check and repair points and crossings

repair points and crossings in accordance with approved standards,
procedures. It includes determining job requirements, maintaining
components and tolerances, installing components, conducting
post-installation checks, and completing all required
documentation. Licensing or certification requirements may be
operational principles and procedures to the checking and repair of
points and crossings as part of workplace activities across a variety
of operational contexts within the Australian rail system.

1 Determine job 1.1 Faults and deficiencies in points and crossings are identified
requirements and work required for restoration of track to required standard
is determined
1.2 Appropriate repair methods are identified to enable repairs to
be effected
1.3 Job requirements are determined in accordance with
workplace procedures, including identification of the scope of
work activities and resources required
2 Maintain components 2.1 Clearances are adjusted to specifications to ensure correct

and tolerances functioning
2.2 Wearing surfaces are cleaned and lubricated as required to
minimise wear and ensure correct functioning

3 Install components 3.1 New components are prepared to specifications ready for
installation
3.2 New components are installed in accordance with standards
4 Conduct post- 4.1 Functional checks are carried out to ensure correct operation
installation checks 4.2 Completed work is checked for compliance to acceptance
standards in accordance with workplace procedures
4.3 Appropriate operating conditions are applied in accordance
5 Complete 5.1 Required documentation is completed in accordance with


Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the checking and repair of points and crossings
Problems that may occur during the checking and repair of points and crossings, and action
Hazards that may exist when checking and repairing points and crossings, and ways of
Features and principles of operation of points and crossings
Special maintenance requirements for points and crossings
Defects that can occur in points and crossings
Measurement techniques
Types of lubricants
Clearances/tolerances
Tension of fittings
Defect tolerances and maintenance techniques
Component replacement techniques
Installation and maintenance requirements for manual points equipment
Points and crossings acceptance standards
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when checking and repairing points and crossings

drawings relevant to the checking and repair of points and crossings
Complete documentation related to the checking and repair of points and crossings
Work collaboratively with others when checking and repairing points and crossings
identified when checking and repairing points and crossings in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when checking and repairing points and
crossings
environments
procedures
Identify/locate defects in points and crossings
Use relevant plant and mechanised equipment
Use appropriate equipment and methods to make accurate measurements on points and
crossings
Determine work requirements and work methods
Select and use appropriate installation and repair techniques and equipment to correct defects
in points and crossings
Select and apply appropriate lubricants
Undertake functional checks after work has been completed
Measure and compare completed work to construction or maintenance acceptance limits
Identify defects in special trackwork affecting safe operation
Complete relevant documentation accurately
RANGE STATEMENT



exposed conditions
Equipment may include: off-track plant, cranes
mechanical lifting and handling devices
hand tools and small plant
rail saws, rail drills
Maintenance may include: adjusting switch bearing
adjusting switch set
adjusting switch housings
adjusting clearances at crossings and switches
tightening or replacing fastenings
replacing switches, switch housings, stockrails, closure
rails, crossings and checkrail units
drilling switches and stockrails
replacing plates, studs and chocks
adjusting bearer spacing
Points and crossing may include: turnouts
diamond crossings
slips
catchpoints
expansion switches

Components may include: switches

crossings
stockrails
closure rails
rail braces
bearer plates
bolts, clips
studs/switch stops
heel blocks
housings
anti-creep devices
chairs
switch rollers
checkrails
chocks
manual points equipment
Crossings may include: fabricated cant
Rail Bound Manganese
monoblock
Davis
compound crossings
swing nose
spring wing type crossings
single or dual gauge
Bearers may include: timber
concrete
steel
Fastenings may include: slip/friction
resilient
Measuring equipment may measuring tapes
include: stringline
rail gauges (switch, crossing)
gauge boards
Manual points equipment may asymmetrical
be: conventional
undercut
housed
Heels of switches may be: fixed

flexible
Operations of switches may be: manual
interlocked
equipment/systems may include: computers
gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
dust mask
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
hand lamps
flags
safety devices


include: procedures
works orders
signals staff)
trackside signals
and/or guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

situations:
identifying faults and appropriate repair
methods
cleaning and adjusting components, and/or
preparing and installing replacement
components
conducting functional checks on completed
works
completing documentation to required
workplace standards
required to:
equipment, and
workplace

TLIB9609A Repair concrete/masonry structures

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to repair
concrete/masonry structures and their components in accordance
procedures. It includes determining job requirements, preparing
components, performing repairs, and cleaning up the site after
maintenance activities. Licensing or certification requirements are
not applicable to this unit.
operational principles and procedures to the repair of
concrete/masonry structures and their components as part of

2 Prepare components 2.1 Components requiring repair are prepared in accordance with
for repair workplace procedures
required to enable appropriate repair of components
3 Perform repairs 3.1 Defective area is removed in accordance with workplace

procedures
3.2 Repairs are carried out to required standard in accordance with

5 Complete 5.1 Documentation is completed as required in accordance with


Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the repair of concrete/masonry structures
Problems that may occur during the repair of structures, and action that can be taken to report
or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist when repairing concrete/masonry structures, and ways of controlling
the risks involved
Functions of different types of concrete/masonry structures
Concrete/masonry structures repair methods and techniques
Information on the use of epoxy and grouts for mortar pads and cracks
Basic concrete construction techniques
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when repairing concrete/masonry structures
Read and interpret plans and specifications relevant to the repair of concrete/masonry
structures
Follow operational instructions and work sequences when undertaking concrete/masonry
structures repair
Complete documentation related to the repair of concrete/masonry structures
Work collaboratively with others when repairing concrete/masonry structures
when repairing concrete/masonry structures in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may arise during the repair of
concrete/masonry structures
environments

Identify defects
RANGE STATEMENT

in dry weather conditions
exposed conditions
substances
Structures and components may concrete structures
include: masonry structures
underbridges, overbridges, footbridges
culverts
tunnels
retaining walls
platforms
signal gantries
temporary supports
manual tools
small power tools
scaffolding
ladders
boat/barge
Materials may include: epoxy grouts
cement grouts
carbon fibre
bolts and fasteners
reinforcement
Maintenance methods may repairing

include: painting (protective treatment)
cathodic protection
bonding
train controllers)
road authorities
local councils
landowners

gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
safety harness
torch
safety devices
respirator


include: procedures
work orders
material safety data sheets (MSDS)
operation manuals
and/or guidelines
including AS 4292
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
preparing components to be repaired
repairing existing concrete/masonry
structures using a range of repair techniques

required to:
equipment, and
workplace

TLIB9709A Install and maintain guard rails

maintain guard rails in accordance with safeworking and
determining job requirements, installing guard rails, and
requirements are not applicable to this unit.
operational principles and procedures to the installation and
maintenance of guard rails as part of workplace activities across a

1 Determine job 1.1 Worksite is identified
requirements 1.2 Obstructions are cleared from gangways/flangeways to ensure
safe passage of trains
1.3 Installation, replacement or repair method is selected to meet
work requirements in accordance with worksite standards and
procedures
1.4 Plant, equipment and materials are prepared for work
2 Install guard rail 2.1 Existing rail is removed, if required, to enable fitting of new
rail
2.2 New or replacement guard rail is installed to standards using
suitable equipment and fastening system to restore
functionality of guard rail
2.3 Final job is checked for compliance to standards to enable
services to be restored safely
3 Complete 3.1 Documentation on work undertaken is completed in

documentation accordance with workplace requirements


Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the installation and maintenance of guard rails
Problems that may occur during the installation and maintenance of guard rails, and action
Hazards that may exist when carrying out the installation and maintenance of guard rails, and
Principles of guard rail function
Guard rail installation and maintenance techniques and processes
Technical manuals and instructions which relate to the installation and maintenance of guard
rails
Standards applicable to use of guard rails
Required skills:
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the installation
and maintenance of guard rails
Complete documentation related to the installation and maintenance of guard rails
Operate communication systems to required protocol
when carrying out the installation and maintenance of guard rails in accordance with
environments
damage to materials or equipment
Select appropriate material for guard rails
Install and remove guard rails
standards

RANGE STATEMENT

substances
Guard rails include: guard rails installed on level crossings and sharp curves
to prevent derailment
guard rails installed on underbridges and near vulnerable
structures to limit lateral movement of derailed wagons
Types of guard rail may vary rail mass
according to: rail type
bearer type
location of guard rail (between the running rails or
outside the running rails)
Tools may include: rail tongs
mechanical lifting and handling devices
hand tools
small plant
on-track equipment (e.g. dog puller)
Materials may include: fastening components
new or part worn rail for guard rails
special steel section guard rails
splay rails
specially fabricated 'vee'
Work may involve: exposure to chemicals, dangerous or hazardous
substances



gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
include: procedures
work orders
operation manuals

and/or guidelines
including AS 4292
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
installing or maintaining the guard rails on
underbridges, level crossings in open track
ensuring completed work meets track
geometry requirements
required to:
equipment, and

workplace

TLIB9809A Examine concrete/masonry structures

concrete/masonry structures in accordance with safeworking and
obtaining all relevant previous reports, performing the detailed
examination, initiating appropriate necessary actions, and
requirements are not applicable to this unit.
concrete/masonry structures examination as part of workplace

reports sources
2 Perform detailed 2.1 Concrete and masonry structures and components are visually
examination inspected and checked for signs of movement, deterioration
and damage in accordance with workplace procedures
procedures



Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for conducting concrete/masonry structures examinations
Problems that may occur during the conduct of a detailed concrete/masonry structures
examination, and action that can be taken to report or resolve the problems
Hazards that may exist when conducting a detailed concrete/masonry structures examination,
Concrete/masonry structures examination methods and techniques
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when conducting a detailed concrete/masonry structures
examination
Read and interpret plans and specifications relevant to a detailed concrete/masonry structures
examination
Follow operational instructions and work sequences when undertaking concrete/masonry
structures examination
Identify defects
Complete documentation related to a detailed concrete/masonry structures examination
Work collaboratively with others when conducting a detailed concrete/masonry structures
examination
conducting a detailed concrete/masonry structures examination in accordance with regulatory
environments


procedures
RANGE STATEMENT

overbridges
footbridges
culverts
tunnels
retaining walls
platforms
signal gantries
noise barriers
service crossings
buffer stops
track slabs


geologists hammer
measuring tape
plumb bob
camera
binoculars
mirror
vernier calipers
scaffolding
extension ladder
elevated work platforms
boat or barge
corer meter
corer meter testing
train controllers)
road authorities
local councils
landowners
systems may include: telephones/mobile telephones


gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
hand lamps
flags
tripods
harness and ropes
respirator
safety mask
gas detectors
safety devices
local instructions
operation manuals

and/or guidelines
including AS 4292
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
defects
results
required to:
equipment, and

workplace

TLIB9909A Examine track infrastructure

track and right of way infrastructure in accordance with
procedures. It includes preparing for examination, examining track
and right of way, analysing examination results, and reporting
findings. Licensing or certification requirements are not applicable
to this unit.
operational principles and procedures to the examination of track
infrastructure as part of workplace activities across a variety of

1 Prepare for 1.1 Examination task is reviewed to establish requirements
examination 1.2 Equipment appropriate to task is selected and checked for
correct operation in accordance with manufacturers
2 Examine track 2.1 Examination task is undertaken in accordance with workplace

procedures
2.2 Condition of track or right of way infrastructure being
examined is recorded in accordance with workplace
procedures
2.3 Measurements of track or right of way infrastructure being
examined are taken and recorded in accordance with
3 Analyse examination 3.1 Available data is analysed to identify trends, defects or

results variations from allowable tolerances
3.2 Appropriate action is taken to safeguard operation of the rail
system

4 Report findings 4.1 Examination schedule or work report data is completed in

4.3 Results of analysis are prioritised and reported to relevant
personnel in accordance with workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for the examination, recording and reporting of track and right of way
infrastructure
Track and right of way infrastructure condition standards
Problems that may occur during the examination of track and right of way
Hazards that may exist when examining track and right of way infrastructure, and ways of
Track measurement equipment and techniques
Track and right of way defects and their causes
Track deterioration rates under differing operating conditions
Data analysis techniques for the analysis of track and right of way infrastructure parameters
Required skills:
relevant to the examination of track and right of way infrastructure
Read and interpret track recording data
Apply track and right of way infrastructure condition standards
Undertake track and right of way infrastructure examination tasks
Identify condition of track and right of way infrastructure
Measure, calculate and record data accurately
Analyse data and prioritise identified defects
Take appropriate action to repair or protect defects
Complete documentation related to the examination of track and right of way infrastructure
Work collaboratively with others when examining track and right of way infrastructure
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems when examining track and right of way
infrastructure in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures

Work systematically with required attention to detail without injury to self or others
Identify, select and use tools
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

substances
exposed conditions
Track and right of way track components
infrastructure may include: turnouts
formation
drainage
earthworks
trackside signs
fencing
level crossings
Examination methods may visual assessment
include: measurement of parameters
analysis of recorded data
Examination tasks may include: component condition and wear
geometry
clearances
stability
post irregularity examinations
special seasonal examinations

Available data may include: previous examination results

current examination results
track recording car data
track patrol reports
work reports
track condition history
Depending on the type and stop trains
seriousness of identified defects, speed restrictions
appropriate action may include:
immediate repair action
report for programmed repair action
monitor for further deterioration

include: track boards
measuring rules
gauges
electronic measuring equipment
gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
dust mask
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
hand lamps
flags
safety devices



include: local authority regulations and procedures
work orders
local instructions
manuals
procedures
and/or guidelines
including AS 4292
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
situations:
preparing for examination
examining track and right of way
analysing examination results
reporting findings
required to:
equipment, and
workplace

TLIC1007C Pilot or escort oversized and/or overmassed loads
TLIC1007C Pilot or escort oversized and/or overmassed

loads
pilot or escort activities in the movement of oversized and/or
overmassed loads including preparing for pilot/escort operation,
carrying out communications regarding pilot or escort operation,
and fulfilling all functions related to the piloting and escorting of
vehicles carrying oversized and overmassed loads. Licensing,
to this unit.
requirements and regulations of the relevant state/territory roads
and traffic authority pertaining to the piloting and escorting of
oversized and overmassed loads.
routine principles and procedures to pilot or escort an oversized or
overmassed vehicle in a variety of operational contexts.
Competency Field C Driving Vehicle

1 Prepare for pilot or 1.1 Maintenance needs of pilot and/or escort vehicles and
escort operation associated equipment are identified according to maintenance
schedule or reports of faults
1.2 Pilot and/or escort vehicles and associated equipment are
prepared for operation to manufacturers specifications,
workplace procedures and government regulations
1.3 Minor maintenance on vehicles is carried out in accordance
with workplace policies and to manufacturers specifications
1.4 Post-maintenance inspections and tests of pilot and/or escort
vehicles and associated equipment are completed
1.5 The outcomes of inspections, identified faults and repairs are
recorded in accordance with workplace procedures
2 Carry out 2.1 Transport companies whose vehicles are scheduled for escort
communications are consulted to confirm requirements for escort operation
regarding pilot or 2.2 The escort permit is verified for completeness and accuracy
escort operation and convoy is checked to ensure compliance with the permit
in accordance with government rules and regulations and

government policy
2.3 The permit holder is advised of the results of the check
2.4 Convoy is briefed and given instructions and directions on the
escort operation
3 Conduct pilot and/or 3.1 Required vehicle positioning, traffic warning and directional
escort operation signalling procedures are implemented to enable safe passage
of the load
3.2 Safety equipment is operated and roadside obstacles are
positioned to ensure safe passage of the load in accordance
with government rules and regulations and workplace
procedures
3.3 Precautions are taken to ensure that convoy personnel are
aware of road and other conditions that may impact on load
and vehicle security
3.4 All required liaison with relevant authorities is undertaken
3.5 Documentation is completed in accordance with government
rules and regulations and workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
Relevant road rules, regulations, permit and licence requirements of the relevant state/territory
roads and traffic authority pertaining to the piloting and escorting of oversized and
overmassed loads
Vehicle controls, instruments and indicators and their use
Vehicle handling procedures
Procedures to be followed in the event of a driving/piloting/escort emergency
Engine power management and safe driving strategies
Efficient driving techniques
Pre-operational checks carried out on vehicle and related action
Differences between transmission types
Map reading and road navigation techniques
Driving hazards and related defensive driving techniques
Principles of stress management when carrying out pilot/escort functions
Factors which may cause traffic delays and diversions and related action that can e taken by a
driver
Workplace driving and operational instructions
Causes and effects of fatigue on drivers
Factors which increase fatigue-related accidents
Fatigue management techniques

Lifestyles which promote the effective long-term management of fatigue
Documentation requirements for piloting and escorting oversized/overmassed loads
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when piloting and escorting vehicles with oversized and
overmassed loads
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the piloting and
escorting of vehicles with oversized and overmassed loads
Complete documentation related to the piloting and escorting of vehicles with oversized and
overmassed loads
Work collaboratively with others when piloting and escorting vehicles with oversized and
overmassed loads
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when piloting and
escorting vehicles with oversized and overmassed loads in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when piloting and escorting vehicles
with oversized and overmassed loads
environments
procedures
RANGE STATEMENT
Operations include: all pilot and escort vehicle operations
Pilot and escort operations may operations conducted at day or night

be carried out in typical road typical weather conditions
transport situations, including:
on the open road
on a private road

Vehicle handling procedures may starting a vehicle

include: steering and manoeuvring a vehicle
accelerating and braking
positioning and stopping a vehicle
reversing a vehicle
operating vehicle controls, instruments and indicators
using defensive driving techniques
managing engine performance
Pre-operational checks may visual check of vehicle
include: checking and topping up of fluid levels
checks of tyre pressures
checks of operation of vehicle lights and indicators
including warning indicators
checks of brakes
replacement of door mirrors
changing of tyres
Driving hazards may include wet and iced roads
(examples only): oil on road
animals and objects on road
fire in vehicle
leaking fuel
faulty brakes
parked vehicles on the road
faulty steering mechanism on vehicle
pedestrians crossing the road
flooded sections of road
windy sections of road
foggy conditions

Factors that can cause traffic traffic accidents

delays and diversions may flooded sections of road
include (examples only):
road damage
bridge/tunnel damage
road works
building construction
emergency situations such as bushfires, building fires,
etc.
road closures for special events such as marches, parades,
etc.
holiday traffic
road closures for utility works such as electricity, water,
sewerage, telecommunications, gas, etc.
Documentation/records may state/territory pilot/escort permit/regulatory requirements

include: state/territory road rules
workplace driving instructions and procedures
recommended driving procedures including
preoperational checks of vehicle
vehicle log book or record book (where required)
Applicable procedures and codes relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority driving
may include: regulations and licence requirements pertaining to
piloting and escort functions
relevant state/territory oversized and overmassed permit
regulations and requirements
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC107C Drive vehicle

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to drive
commercial light vehicles and cars safely, including the
systematic, safe and efficient control of all vehicle functions,
monitoring of traffic and road conditions, management of vehicle
condition, and performance and effective management of
hazardous situations. Assessment of this unit may be undertaken
within a licensing examination conducted by, or under the
authority of, the relevant state/territory Road Traffic Authority.
Application of the Unit Driving must be carried out in compliance with the licence
and traffic authority.
Driving is performed with limited or minimum supervision, and
with limited accountability and responsibility for self and others in
achieving the prescribed outcomes.
Driving involves the application of routine vehicle driving
principles and procedures to maintain the safety and operation of a
commercial vehicle across a variety of driving contexts.

1 Drive the vehicle 1.1 Vehicle is started, steered, manoeuvred, positioned and
stopped in accordance with traffic regulations and
manufacturers instructions
1.2 Engine power is managed to ensure efficiency and
performance and to minimise engine and transmission damage
1.3 Driving hazards are identified and/or anticipated and avoided
or controlled through defensive driving
1.4 The vehicle is driven in reverse, maintaining visibility and
achieving accurate positioning
1.5 Vehicle lights and indicators are used in accordance with
traffic regulations and manufacturers instructions
1.6 The vehicle is parked, shut down and secured in accordance
with manufacturers specifications, traffic regulations and
1.7 Appropriate procedures are followed in the event of a driving
emergency
2 Monitor traffic and 2.1 The most efficient route of travel is taken through monitoring
road conditions and anticipation of traffic flows and conditions, road standards
and other factors likely to cause delays or route deviations
2.2 Traffic and road conditions are constantly monitored and acted
upon to enable safe operation and ensure no injury to people
or damage to property, equipment, loads and facilities
3 Monitor and maintain 3.1 Vehicle performance is maintained through pre-operational

vehicle performance inspections and checks of the vehicle
3.2 Performance and efficiency of vehicle operation is monitored
during use
3.3 Defective or irregular performance or malfunctions are
reported to the appropriate authority
3.4 Vehicle records are maintained/updated and information is
processed in accordance with workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
road traffic authority
Vehicle handling procedures
Procedures to be followed in the event of a driving emergency
Factors which may cause traffic delays and diversions and related action that can be taken by
a driver
Principles of stress management when driving a vehicle
Fatigue management strategies including on-road techniques

Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when driving a commercial vehicle
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the driving of a
commercial vehicle
Complete documentation related to the driving of a commercial vehicle
Work collaboratively with others when driving a commercial vehicle
when driving a commercial vehicle in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may occur when driving a
commercial vehicle
exist during the driving of a commercial vehicle
Monitor and anticipate traffic hazards and take appropriate action
environments
procedures
Monitor performance of vehicle and take appropriate action where required
RANGE STATEMENT
Type of vehicle includes: cars and vehicles equal to or less than 4.5 tonnes GVM
and seating up to 12 adults, including the driver, and all
types of transmission
Driving may be carried out in operations conducted at day or night
including:
on the open road
on a private road
while at a depot, base or warehouse
while at a client's workplace or work site


reversing a vehicle
checks of brakes
changing of tyres
fire in vehicle
leaking fuel
faulty brakes
foggy conditions


road damage
road works
etc.
etc.
holiday traffic
Documentation/records may state/territory driving licence requirements

recommended driving procedures including pre-
operational checks of vehicle
may include: regulations and licence requirements pertaining to the
class of vehicle
relevant state/territory permit regulations and
requirements
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC1107C Transport passengers with disabilities

vehicles used for the transport of people with disabilities including
pre-operational checks of the vehicle and its ancillary equipment;
assistance to passengers in the use of restraints and ancillary
equipment; provision of appropriate support to passengers during
their journey; and manoeuvring the vehicle with due consideration
of passengers' disabilities and the requirements of relevant
government regulations. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
Application of the Unit Transporting of passengers with disabilities must be carried out in
compliance with the licence requirements and regulations of the
relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority.
routine vehicle driving principles and procedures to maintain the
safety and operation of a commercial vehicle conveying persons
with disabilities across a variety of driving contexts.

1 Carry out pre- 1.1 The pre-operational checks for the vehicle and its associated
operational checks on ancillary equipment are carried out in accordance with
vehicles manufacturers requirements, government regulations and
1.2 All faults and defects identified during checks are repaired or
reported in accordance with workplace procedures
2 Drive a vehicle used by 2.1 Passengers are assisted in a courteous manner, sensitive to the
passengers with disability
disabilities 2.2 Passengers are assisted to use restraints, and the ancillary
equipment which accompanies them, where appropriate
2.3 Ongoing support is provided to the passenger to maximise
their travelling comfort
2.4 Ancillary equipment is stowed safely in vehicle following
relevant regulations, where appropriate
2.5 The vehicle is manoeuvred in accordance with the regulations
for the class of vehicle involved
2.6 The vehicle is manoeuvred with due consideration to any

required precautions related to the disability of the passengers
or relevant government regulations pertaining to the special
load
2.7 Signs or indicators are fixed to the vehicle if required

Required knowledge:
Relevant road rules, regulations and licence requirements of the relevant state/territory road
traffic authority
Relevant anti-discrimination legislation
Duty of care responsibilities when driving vehicles used by passengers with disabilities
Vehicle and ancillary equipment controls, instruments and indicators and their use
Vehicle handling procedures and procedures for operating ancillary equipment
Techniques for driving vehicles used by passengers with disabilities
Pre-operational checks carried out on vehicle and ancillary equipment and related action
driver
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when transporting passengers with disabilities
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the transporting
of passengers with disabilities
Interact with passengers with disabilities
Complete documentation related to the transporting of passengers with disabilities
Work collaboratively with others when transporting passengers with disabilities
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when transporting
passengers with disabilities in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures

environments
procedures
RANGE STATEMENT
Type of vehicle includes: cars and vehicles designed to transport passengers with
disabilities
Transporting of passengers may operations conducted at day or night
on the open road
on a private road
while at a client's workplace or worksite
reversing a vehicle
operating the controls, instruments and indicators of the
vehicle and ancillary equipment
fire in vehicle
leaking fuel
faulty brakes
foggy conditions
Pre-operational checks may visual check of vehicle and ancillary equipment

checks of brakes
changing of tyres
road damage
road works
emergency situations such as bushfires, building fires, etc
sporting events, etc
holiday traffic

workplace instructions and procedures for the transport of
passengers with disabilities
manufacturers instructions, specifications and
recommended operating procedures for both vehicle and
ancillary equipment, including pre-operational checks
class of vehicle
relevant anti-discrimination legislation
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC1207C Ride courier/delivery motorcycle

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to ride a
courier/delivery motorcycle while safely carrying loads. This
includes pre-operational checks of the motorcycle; the systematic,
safe and efficient control of all functions; and effective
management of hazardous situations. Licensing, legislative,
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the
regulations/permit requirements of the relevant state/territory
roads and traffic authority pertaining to the riding of a motorcycle
on public roads.
Work is generally performed with indirect supervision, and with
limited accountability and responsibility for self in achieving the
prescribed outcomes.
Driving involves the application of routine procedures to pick up
and deliver products, documents and materials from and to
customers across a variety of operational contexts.

1 Ride the courier 1.1 Motorcycle is started, steered, manoeuvred, positioned and
motorcycle stopped in accordance with traffic regulations, manufacturers
instructions and workplace policy
performance and to minimise engine and gear damage
1.4 The motorcycle is parked, shut down and secured in
accordance with manufacturers specifications, traffic
1.5 Motorcycles carrying dangerous goods are driven along
designated routes in accordance with the AE or ADG codes,
relevant government regulations and workplace policies
1.6 Load is checked to confirm compliance with the load limit of
the motorcycle
1.7 The load is secured, transported and the motorcycle is
manoeuvred with due consideration to any required
precautions related to characteristics of the load and/or
relevant government regulations pertaining to special loads
1.8 Any required signs or indicators are fixed to the motorcycle

1.9 Personal protective equipment and clothing is identified, worn
and adjusted to meet legislative, regulatory or policy
requirements
upon to enable safe operation and to ensure no injury to people
3 Monitor and maintain 3.1 Motorcycle performance is maintained through pre-

motorcycle operational inspections and checks of the motorcycle
performance 3.2 Performance and efficiency of motorcycle operation is
monitored during use
3.4 Motorcycle records are maintained/updated and information is

Required knowledge:
Motorcycle handling procedures
Workplace operational instructions
Pre-operational checks carried out on motorcycle and related action
Motorcycling hazards and related defensive riding techniques
a courier motorcyclist
Requirements of courier work systems/operations and relevant equipment
Procedures and policies concerning the identification, acceptance and carrying of
dangerous/hazardous goods
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when riding a commercial courier or delivery
motorcycle

Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the riding of a
commercial courier or delivery motorcycle
Complete documentation related to the riding of a commercial courier or delivery motorcycle
Work collaboratively with others when riding a commercial courier or delivery motorcycle
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when riding a commercial courier or
delivery motorcycle
environments
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of motorcycle and take appropriate action
RANGE STATEMENT
Work may be carried out in operations conducted day or night

including:
on the open road
on a private road
while at a depot or base
while at a customer's workplace or premises

Motorcycle handling procedures starting a motorcycle

may include: steering and manoeuvring a motorcycle
stopping and parking
using defensive riding techniques
Pre-operational checks may visual check of motorcycle for operational capability
include: checking and topping up fluid levels
checks of operation of lights
checks of gearing, steering and brakes
check of seat adjustment
Minor routine repairs may replacement of blown globes in motorcycle lights
include: changing of tyres
dust and vapours
humidity, air temperature and radiant heat
light including UV
noise
wet and iced roads
oil on road
Personal protective equipment helmet
may include: sunglasses
sun cream
Hazardous or dangerous goods medical samples or supplies
may include: explosives
acids, alkalines or solvents


involve: other employees and supervisors
management
industrial relations, Occupational Health and Safety
specialists
include:
road damage
road works
road closures for special events such as marches, sporting
events, etc.
holiday traffic

Information and documentation state/territory licence requirements relevant to courier

may include: motorcyclists
state/territory road rules
workplace instructions and procedures for courier
motorcyclists including emergency procedures
motorcycle manufacturers instructions, specifications and
recommended riding and servicing procedures including
preoperational checks of motorcycle
operations manuals including quality assurance
procedures
HAZCHEM codes and dangerous/hazardous goods codes
and procedures
agreements
OH&S procedures
Applicable procedures and codes relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority
courier motorcyclists
legislation
applicable dangerous/hazardous goods codes and
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC1307C Ride courier/delivery bicycle

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to ride a
courier/delivery bicycle while safely carrying loads. This includes
pre-operational checks of the bicycle; the systematic, safe and
efficient control of all functions; and effective management of
hazardous situations. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the
regulations/permit requirements of the relevant state/territory
roads and traffic authority pertaining to the riding of the bicycle on
public roads.
Work is generally performed with indirect supervision, and with
limited accountability and responsibility for self in achieving the
prescribed outcomes.
Driving involves the application of routine procedures to pick up
and deliver products, documents and materials from and to
customers across a variety of operational contexts.

1 Inspect bicycle for 1.1 Work area is checked to ensure that operational checks of
operational capability bicycle may be conducted safely
1.2 The bicycle is checked prior to operation in accordance with
manufacturers safety checks, specifications and workplace
procedures to ensure it is free from damage that may limit
operational capability
1.3 Component operation is tested in accordance with
manufacturers specifications and workplace procedures
1.4 Warning systems are all checked for operational effectiveness
1.5 Air pressure and lubrication are checked against specifications
1.6 Where required, appropriate products are used to maintain
specified levels
1.7 Faults are identified and assessments made of their potential
effect on the operation of the bicycle for the required work
operations, and are reported to the appropriate personnel for
rectification
1.8 Personal protective equipment is identified, worn and adjusted
to meet recommended Australian Standards, legislative,
regulatory or policy requirements
2 Ride the bicycle 2.1 Road area is checked for hazards prior to and during
journey(s)
2.2 Bicycle is steered, manoeuvred, positioned and stopped in
accordance with traffic regulations, manufacturers instructions
and workplace policy
2.3 Gears are managed to ensure efficiency and performance and
to minimise gear damage and fatigue
2.4 Hazards are identified and/or anticipated and avoided or
controlled through defensive riding
2.5 The bicycle is parked and secured in accordance with
manufacturers specifications, traffic regulations and
2.6 The bicycle is securely loaded and manoeuvred with due
consideration to any required precautions related to
characteristics of the load and/or relevant government
regulations pertaining to special loads
2.7 Any required signs or indicators are fixed to the bicycle
4 Monitor and maintain 4.1 Performance of bicycle operation is monitored during use
bicycle performance 4.2 Defective or irregular performance or malfunctions are
4.3 Records are maintained/updated and information is processed
4.4 Clear reference in any reports is made to any items which may
affect the future efficient use and/or safety of the equipment

Required knowledge:
Bicycle handling procedures
Workplace operational instructions

Pre-operational checks carried out on bicycle and related action

Cycling hazards and related defensive riding techniques
a courier cyclist
Requirements of courier work systems/operations and relevant equipment
Procedures and policies concerning the identification, acceptance and carrying of
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when riding a commercial courier or delivery bicycle
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the riding of a
commercial courier or delivery bicycle
Complete documentation related to the riding of a commercial courier or delivery bicycle
Work collaboratively with others when riding a commercial courier or delivery bicycle
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when riding a
commercial courier or delivery bicycle in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may occur when riding a commercial
courier or delivery bicycle
environments
Apply fatigue management knowledge and techniques when riding a commercial courier or
delivery bicycle
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of bicycle and its equipment and take appropriate action if required
Service bicycle in terms of maintenance schedule and standard operating procedures

RANGE STATEMENT
Work may be carried out in operations conducted at day or night

including:
on the open road
on a private road
while at a customer's workplace or premises
Bicycle handling procedures may steering and manoeuvring a bicycle

include: accelerating and braking
parking
using defensive riding techniques
Pre-operational checks may visual check of bicycle for operational capability
include: checks of tyre pressures
checks of operation of lights
checks of gearing, steering and brakes
check of seat adjustment
Minor routine repairs may replacement of blown globes in bicycle lights
include: changing tyres
repairing tyre punctures
dust and vapours
light including UV
noise
wet and iced roads
oil on road
Personal protective equipment helmet
may include: sunglasses
sun cream

Hazardous or dangerous goods medical samples or supplies

may include: acids, alkalines or solvents
management
specialists
include:
road damage
road works
road closures for special events such as marches, sporting
events, etc.
holiday traffic

Information and documentation state/territory licence requirements relevant to courier

may include: cyclists
workplace instructions and procedures for courier cyclists
including emergency procedures
bicycle manufacturers instructions, specifications and
recommended riding procedures including pre-
operational checks of bicycle
operations manuals including quality assurance
procedures
HAZCHEM codes and dangerous/hazardous goods codes
and procedures
agreements
OH&S procedures
Applicable procedures and codes relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority
courier cyclist
legislation
applicable dangerous/hazardous goods codes and
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC1607B Conduct marshalling operations

marshalling operations in accordance with safeworking and
regulatory requirements and workplace procedures including the
planning and organisation of the efficient movement and
positioning of rolling stock to make up a train, break up a train,
load or unload. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
team environment.
procedures to carry out marshalling across a variety of operational
contexts.

1 Establish marshalling 1.1 Job specifications and instructions are interpreted in order to
requirements clarify the train consist requirements
1.2 Personnel requirements and availability to make up the train
consist are identified and confirmed
1.3 Equipment requirements are identified, obtained, and prepared
for use
1.4 Relevant OH&S legislation, codes of practice, organisational
policies and procedures and safeworking systems and
requirements related to marshalling and shunting are identified
2 Plan rolling stock 2.1 Rolling stock is located and movements are planned to ensure
movements that track use and/or rolling stock placements are appropriate
2.2 Rolling stock cards are checked to determine availability and
appropriateness to the consist
3 Position rolling stock 3.1 Sequence of rolling stock movements is determined to achieve
correct consist
3.2 Rolling stock is sorted, organised in correct sequence,
positioned and coupled for efficient movement

3.3 Marshalling strategy minimises rolling stock movement and
restrictions to track access
3.4 Marshalling strategy ensures that rolling stock is moved and
placed safely by following relevant safeworking systems and
requirements
3.5 Radio and line of sight communication tools are used in
accordance with standard operational procedures and
conventions
3.6 Contingency plans are implemented, when necessary, to
overcome unplanned events
3.7 Appropriate end-of-train monitoring unit/signals are fitted and
operation is confirmed prior to departure
3.8 Train is finalised in accordance with operational requirements,
and irregularities are reported and rectified to ensure
movement will be safe for personnel and load
and damage
4 Prepare and distribute 4.1 Train consist information is prepared and filed and/or
documentation computer entered, according to operational requirements
4.2 Appropriate documentation is delivered to train crews and
yard personnel to meet operational requirements
4.3 Documentation is provided to other relevant personnel,
including those responsible for marshalling/shunting
operations en route, to achieve operational requirements

Required knowledge:
for manual handling
Dangerous Goods Codes and regulations
Marshalling plan and instructions
Loading and unloading procedures
Procedures for getting on and off rolling stock in an appropriate manner
Procedures for coupling and uncoupling rolling stock
Procedures for operating points and signals
Procedures for managing hazardous situations when marshalling rolling stock
Radio communication protocol
Yard features
Characteristics and features of wagons and other rolling stock
Principles of operation of protective devices, air brakes, handbrakes, derailers
Local track and signal layouts
Draw gear capacities and related operating procedures
Shunting signals and commands and line of sight communication systems
Relevant documentation
Defects that can occur on marshalling gear and equipment and related action that should be
taken
Procedures for operating mechanical, electronic and other line of sight communications
equipment within required protocols
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when conducting marshalling activities
Read and interpret instructions, plans, procedures, information and signs relevant to the
conduct of marshalling activities
Complete documentation related to the conduct of marshalling activities
Work collaboratively with others when conducting marshalling activities
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when conducting
marshalling activities in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when conducting marshalling activities
environments
Apply fatigue management knowledge and techniques when conducting marshalling activities
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Rolling stock includes: all rolling stock in service within Australian rail systems

Equipment may include: draw gear
air brake system components and handbrakes
rail tractors
rolling stock
communication equipment
switching equipment
turntables
motor vehicles
fixed signals
OH&S requirements are those gloves
necessary to meet applicable sunscreen, sunglasses and safety glasses
organisational, state/territory and
national policies and procedures hearing protection
and may include the use of: insect repellent
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
audible indicators
breathing equipment
fire extinguishers
breakdown equipment
emergency containers
end-of-train unit or marker
equipment for handling electrical cables
emergency warning devices
portable signs and markers

Contingencies may include: derailments

collisions
breakdowns
injuries and fatalities
hazardous materials spills
fires and leaks
track damage
powerline damage
Contingency plans and emergency procedures manuals
contingencies may involve: ADG Code and other regulations pertaining to the
carriage of dangerous goods
safeworking systems and requirements


guidelines
Network in situations where marshalling operations are
carried out on that network
order books
cards/deck sheets
noticeboards
special train notices
yard orders
periodical circulars
transport authority rules and operating procedures
computer-based data systems
timetables
train consist
incident reports
drivers advice
train register book
safeworking forms
marshalling plan
Applicable procedures and codes relevant state/territory codes of practice and safeworking
may include: system requirements
Network in situations where marshalling operations are
legislation
Railways of Australia Code of Practice and Conditions
for the Carriage of Dangerous Goods

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC1707B Shunt rolling stock

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to safely
shunt rolling stock in accordance with safeworking and regulatory
requirements and workplace procedures, including controlling and
directing the physical movement of rolling stock and operating
relevant equipment to carry out a developed shunting strategy.
team environment.
procedures to carry out shunting activities as part of workplace

1 Plan and prepare for 1.1 Shunting requirements are interpreted and clarified and
shunting operation vehicles and equipment are obtained and prepared in
accordance with shunting strategy
1.2 Rolling stock movements, availability and locations are
established in order to determine appropriate siding and/or
track locations for vehicle placement
1.3 Relevant OH&S legislation, codes of practice, organisational
policies and procedures and safeworking systems and
requirements related to shunting are identified
2 Carry out shunting 2.1 Points, levers, switches, signals and line of sight
control procedures communications are used to assist the control of rolling stock
movement
2.2 Hand, light and radio shunting commands used are uniform
and conform with operational and statutory requirements
and damage
2.4 Wagon cards are checked and wagons are obtained and sorted
to comply with shunting requirements

2.5 Shunting control techniques are applied to prevent damage of
rolling stock and loads/contents
3 Shunt rolling stock 3.1 Workplace procedures for shunting are identified and applied
3.2 Rolling stock is positioned to meet shunting requirements
3.3 Coupling systems are identified and applied to attach and
detach rolling stock
3.4 Connecting brake hoses, electrical couplings and hand brakes
are connected/disconnected and applied/released in
accordance with operational and OH&S requirements
3.5 Shunting occurs with the minimum of necessary moves within
governing safety requirements and limitations
4 Finalise train consist 4.1 Train consists are made up according to operational
procedures within timetabling requirements
4.2 Irregularities and defects with equipment rolling stock are
reported in accordance with operational requirements

Required knowledge:
for manual handling
Dangerous Goods Codes and regulations
Shunting plan and instructions
Procedures for prioritising work
Loading and unloading procedures
Procedures for getting on and off rolling stock in an appropriate manner
Procedures for coupling and uncoupling rolling stock
Procedures for operating points and signals
Procedures for solving problems associated with shunting operations
Procedures for identifying and reporting hazards
Radio communication protocol
Wagon mechanisms
Yard features
Characteristics and features of wagons and other rolling stock
Principles of operation of protective devices, air brakes, handbrakes, derailers

Location and operation of signals and points

Local track and signal layouts
Draw gear capacities and related operating procedures
Shunting signals and commands and line of sight communication systems
Defects that can occur on a shunting gear and equipment and related action that should be
taken
Procedures for operating mechanical, electronic and other line of sight communications
equipment with required protocols
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when shunting rolling stock
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the shunting of
rolling stock
Complete documentation related to the shunting of rolling stock
Work collaboratively with others when shunting rolling stock
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions when shunting
rolling stock in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when shunting rolling stock
environments
procedures
Monitor condition and performance of equipment and take appropriate action if required
Check gear and equipment in terms of service schedule and standard operating procedures
standards

RANGE STATEMENT
Rolling stock may include: all rolling stock in service within Australian rail systems

Equipment may include: draw gear
air brake system components and handbrakes
rail tractors
rolling stock
switching equipment
turntables
motor vehicles
fixed signals
OH&S requirements are those gloves
necessary to meet applicable sunscreen, sunglasses and safety glasses
workplace, state/territory and
national policies and procedures hearing protection
and may include the use of: insect repellent
portable radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
audible indicators
breathing equipment
fire extinguishers
breakdown equipment
emergency containers
end-of-train unit or marker
equipment for handling electrical cables
emergency warning devices
portable signs and markers

Contingencies may include: derailments

collisions
breakdowns
injuries and fatalities
hazardous materials spills
fires and leaks
track damage
powerline damage
Contingency plans and emergency procedures manuals
contingencies may involve: ADG Code and other relevant dangerous goods
regulations
safeworking systems and requirements


guidelines
Network in situations where shunting operations are
order books
cards/deck sheets
noticeboards
yard orders
periodical circulars
transport authority rules and operating procedures
computer-based data systems
timetables
train consist
incident reports
drivers advice
train register book
safeworking forms
marshalling plan and shunting lists
Network in situations where shunting operations are
legislation
Railways of Australia Code of Practice and Conditions

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC1807B Operate on-train remote control system

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to operate an
on-train remote control unit in accordance with safeworking and
regulatory requirements and workplace procedures including
preparing motive power units before setting up on-train remote
control equipment, operating the system after the set-up is
complete and shutting it down after operation. Licensing,
to this unit.
team environment.
procedures to the operation of the on-train remote control system
as part of workplace activities across a variety of operational

1 Position equipment 1.1 Remote control equipment and motive power units are
and motive power unit positioned in required locations
1.2 Brake test is conducted on each train section using appropriate
personnel
1.3 Front and rear train consists are coupled together to form one
train, applying safeworking techniques
and damage
1.5 Relevant codes of practice and safeworking systems and
requirements are followed
2 Monitor and operate 2.1 Motive power units and control system set-up are checked to
remote control ensure safe operational status
equipment 2.2 Remote control equipment is operated and monitored in
accordance with operational requirements during train
movements to provide safe train handling and control
2.3 Any operational difficulties encountered are addressed by re-
establishing control of the motive power unit(s) with

minimum risk to personnel and equipment
3 Shut down remote 3.1 Shut-down procedures of lead and remote control equipment
control equipment are followed to ensure train security and deactivation of the
system
3.2 Equipment indicators or functions are operated to ensure the
shut-down process is correct and complete

Required knowledge:
On-train remote control unit controls, instruments and indicators and their purpose, location
and use
Positioning procedures
Shut-down procedures
Procedures for the control of motive power units
Procedures for the operation of remote control units
Motive power operating techniques
Procedures for managing hazardous situations involving on-line remote control systems
Operational instructions
Shunting and marshalling procedures
Procedures for identifying equipment defects in remote control units and assessing for
appropriate action including compatible coupling, braking and drive equipment, ancillary
systems and signalling systems
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when operating on-train remote control system
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the operation of
on-train remote control system
Complete documentation related to the operation of on-train remote control system
Work collaboratively with others when operating on-train remote control system

Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, faults or malfunctions when operating
on-train remote control system in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when operating on-train remote control
system
environments
procedures
standards
Judge train speeds and movements
Monitor performance of equipment and take appropriate action if required
RANGE STATEMENT

On-train remote control that using any mechanism and operating system to allow
equipment is: the control of one motive power unit which is part of a
train from another unit which is part of the same train
Motive power units include all diesel locomotives
motive power units in service electric locomotives
multiple units including electric
non-operational units
multiple units
Remote control operation may be within a yard for the purpose of marshalling or shunting,
used: or on running lines
Action taken as a result of carrying out repairs or adjustments, depending on the

identified faults, defects or level and extent of work required
deficiencies may include: reporting to appropriate personnel



guidelines
local instructions
equipment operation manuals
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or

required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC1907B Drive train to operational requirements

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to drive a
train to operational requirements in accordance with safeworking
and regulatory requirements and workplace procedures. This
includes applying train management techniques to manage the
movement of a train and, as the driver of a motive power unit, to
conduct all movements and related activities required to achieve
operational requirements. It also includes responding effectively to
external factors and emergencies, handing over a train to a relief
crew and stabling it at the end of a journey. Licensing, legislative,
operational principles and procedures to drive trains to operational
requirements as part of workplace activities across a variety of

1 Drive train efficiently 1.1 Motive power unit is operated in accordance with the relevant
and effectively codes of practice, workplace procedures and instructions
1.2 Motive power unit is operated safely within track/road
characteristics and conditions and to minimise wear and fuel
use and avoid damage
1.3 Motive power unit is operated with due care for passenger
comfort and/or condition of freight
1.4 Performance of equipment and rolling stock is monitored to
maintain optimum running conditions and identify faults,
defects and efficiencies
1.5 Relevant codes of practice, OH&S and environmental
requirements are followed to prevent injury and damage
2 Complete train 2.1 Train documentation is received, interpreted and followed

journey 2.2 Train is operated in accordance with train documentation and
procedures
2.3 Events and circumstances affecting planned running schedule

are communicated to relevant personnel en route
2.4 Relevant codes of practice, safeworking and signalling
requirements are followed throughout train operations
2.5 Train control instructions and other instructions are received,
interpreted and applied to ensure safe and effective control of
the train
2.6 Communications are maintained with train control and other
relevant officers during the train journey in accordance with
the relevant codes of practice and safeworking systems
2.7 Instructions concerning train operation are given to relevant
personnel to ensure safe and efficient running
3 Respond effectively to 3.1 Instructions are verified, when required, interpreted and
external operating followed, in accordance with relevant codes of practice,
factors safeworking systems and requirements and organisational
policies and procedures, to ensure that actions taken are
appropriate and safe
3.2 Fixed and hand signals and verbal movement commands are
interpreted and followed, in accordance with relevant codes of
practice, safeworking systems and organisational policies and
procedures, to ensure that actions taken are appropriate and
safe
3.3 Hazardous situations are recognised and appropriate action
taken to minimise risk to personnel and equipment
4 Prepare train for crew 4.1 Relevant personnel are advised of condition and location of
hand-over the train
4.2 Documentation is updated and faults identified en route are
reported to relevant personnel in accordance with established
4.3 Incidents or unusual occurrences are recorded and reported to
relevant personnel in accordance with established policies and
procedures
5 Stable train 5.1 Location for stabling of the train is confirmed with relevant
personnel
5.2 Train is shunted and secured in accordance with directions,
workplace procedures and relevant rail regulations
5.3 Train is stabled in accordance with organisational policies and
procedures
5.4 Safety devices are activated or put in position to ensure the
safety of personnel and equipment


Required knowledge:
Motive power unit controls, instruments and indicators and their purpose, location and use
Starting-up and shutting-down procedures
Train driving procedures
Operating controls to start, accelerate, decelerate and stop
Techniques and procedures for complying with speed and load limits
Processes for adjusting controls to maximise efficient and safe running
Procedures for managing hazardous situations and emergencies
Procedures for operating and monitoring the performance of ancillary systems on a train
Procedures for refuelling and lubricating a motive power unit (as applicable for various types
of MPUs)
Procedures for minor maintenance, cleaning, lubricating and servicing of motive power unit
Train characteristics including: track and train dynamics; monitoring principles and
procedures; load types and security; fault finding procedures and signalling systems
Motive power unit equipment and systems including: monitoring devices; braking and drive
equipment; ancillary systems and signalling systems
Track and road characteristics including: track and bridge limitations; speed limitations;
gauge limitation; curves and gradients; curfews; location of signals and crossings; emergency
cross-overs; and yard and siding layouts
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when driving a train to operational requirements
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to driving a train
Complete documentation related to the driving of a train to operational requirements

procedures
exist when driving a train to operational requirements
Recognise problems that may arise when driving a train and take appropriate action
Check and replenish fluids and carry out lubrication processes in the course of train
operations
environments
damage to goods, vehicles or equipment
Adapt to differences in trains, associated motive power units and ancillary equipment
standards
Monitor train performance and security of load to facilitate optimum safe operation
Apply information about the track or road to train operations
Stable and secure a train
Monitor journey schedule
RANGE STATEMENT
Operations may be conducted: by day or night in all relevant weather conditions

multiple units including electric
Rolling stock includes: any rolling stock in service within Australian rail systems
Safety devices can include: power brakes

hand brakes
chocks
lock-out equipment to prevent train from moving

Track and road characteristics track and bridge limitations

include: speed limitations
gauge limitation
curves and gradients
curfews
location of signals and crossings
emergency cross-overs
train examiners
train crews
those providing operational assistance
signals staff
passengers
station staff
Communication protocols may general safety
include: emergency messages
testing communications equipment
transmitting and receiving messages
identification
standard radio terms
phonetic alphabet
spoken figures
Communications equipment may oral, aural or signed communications
include: hand held or portable two way radio equipment
fixed and mobile telephone equipment
Direct Traffic Control (DTC) communications
email
Depending on the type of standard operating procedures
organisation concerned company procedures
workplace procedures may be
called: enterprise procedures
site procedures

guidelines
motive power unit log book
time sheets
equipment operation manuals and maintenance
specifications
emergency procedure manuals relevant maintenance
specifications
isolation and lock-out procedures
procedures for using protective clothing and equipment
specified operating limits for motive power units
local instructions
guidelines
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC207C Drive light rigid vehicle

light rigid vehicle safely including systematic and efficient control
of all vehicle functions, monitoring of traffic and road conditions,
management of vehicle condition, and performance and effective
management of hazardous situations. Assessment of this unit may
be undertaken within a licensing examination conducted by, or
under the authority of, the relevant state/territory Road Traffic
Authority. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
and traffic authority pertaining to light rigid vehicles.
Driving is performed with limited or minimum supervision, and
with limited accountability and responsibility for self and others in
commercial light rigid vehicle across a variety of driving contexts.

1 Drive the light rigid 1.1 The light rigid vehicle is started, steered, manoeuvred,
vehicle positioned and stopped in accordance with traffic regulations
and manufacturers instructions
1.4 The light rigid vehicle is driven in reverse, maintaining
visibility and achieving accurate positioning
1.5 The light rigid vehicle is parked, shut down and secured in
emergency


during use

Required knowledge:
Light rigid vehicle controls, instruments and indicators and their use
Light rigid vehicle handling procedures
Map reading and road navigation techniques including the use of a GPS device where
applicable
a driver
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when driving a commercial light rigid vehicle
commercial light rigid vehicle
Complete documentation related to the driving of a commercial light rigid vehicle
Work collaboratively with others when driving a commercial light rigid vehicle
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when driving a commercial light rigid
vehicle
exist when driving a commercial light rigid vehicle
environments
procedures
standards
Carry out pre-operational checkson the vehicle in the course of work activities
RANGE STATEMENT
Type of vehicle includes: all light rigid vehicles including trucks and buses greater
than 4.5 tonnes or seating more than 12 adults including
the driver
including:
on the open road
on a private road


reversing a vehicle
checks of brakes
changing of tyres
fire in vehicle
leaking fuel
faulty brakes
foggy conditions


road damage
road works
etc.
etc.
holiday traffic
Documentation/records may state/territory light rigid vehicle driving licence

include: requirements
may include: regulations and licence requirements pertaining to light
rigid vehicles
requirements
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC2307B Operate train with due consideration of route conditions
TLIC2307B Operate train with due consideration of route

conditions
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to operate a
train with due consideration of route conditions in accordance with
procedures. This includes identifying route requirements, applying
route knowledge to the planning of a train journey, and using route
knowledge during a train journey in accordance with workplace
requirements and standards. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
team environment.
procedures to operate a train with due consideration of route
conditions as part of workplace activities across a variety of

1 Identify route 1.1 Sources of information on critical aspects of a train route are
requirements accessed in accordance with workplace procedures
1.2 Information on critical aspects of a train route are interpreted
and analysed for use when planning a train journey and
operating a train during a journey
2 Apply route knowledge 2.1 Route information is applied to the planning of a train journey
when planning a train in accordance with workplace procedures and safeworking
journey codes of practice and regulations
2.2 Events and circumstances likely to affect planned running
schedule are communicated to relevant personnel en route
2.3 Relevant codes of practice, safeworking and signalling
requirements are applied when planning train operations
2.4 Instructions concerning planned train operation are
communicated to relevant personnel to ensure safe and
efficient on-time running
3 Use route knowledge 3.1 Route information is evaluated and applied to the management
during a train journey of train operations during a train journey in accordance with
workplace procedures and safeworking codes of practice and
regulations
3.2 Hazardous situations along the train route are recognised and
appropriate action is taken to minimise risk to personnel and
equipment
3.3 Communications are maintained with traffic control and other
the relevant codes of practice and safeworking systems
3.4 Train control and other instructions are received, interpreted
and applied to ensure safe and effective control of the train

Required knowledge:
Route information including track/bridge limitations, speed limitations, gauge limitation,
curves and gradients, curfews, location of signals and crossings, emergency cross-overs,
weather conditions along the route, track work along the route, reports of accidents or
breakdowns along the route, yard and siding layouts and typical problems that can occur
along a train route
Procedures for identifying and/or anticipating route problems and related action that can be
taken
Safe operational procedures and techniques for optimising efficiency, minimising wear and
tear on rolling stock and motive power units, using route knowledge and terrain for advantage
and optimising the quality of ride for passengers
Driving procedures
Procedures for operating controls to start, accelerate, decelerate and stop
Procedures for complying with speed and load limits
Procedures for adjusting controls to maximise efficient and safe running
Procedures for managing hazardous situations
Procedures for operating ancillary systems

Motive power unit systems and equipment including monitoring devices, braking and drive
equipment, ancillary systems and signalling systems
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when operating a train with due consideration of route
conditions including fixed and hand signals and the use of train communications equipment
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, route information and signs relevant to the
operation of a train with due consideration of route conditions
Complete documentation related to the operation of a train with due consideration of route
conditions
Work collaboratively with others when operating a train with due consideration of route
conditions
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when operating a train
with due consideration of route conditions in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when operating a train with due
consideration of route conditions
environments
procedures
Apply route knowledge to train operations
Monitor train performance and its security to facilitate optimum safe operation and quality of
ride to passengers (where applicable)
Service train and its equipment in terms of maintenance schedule and standard operating
procedures
standards

RANGE STATEMENT
Trains may be operated: over tracks owned and maintained by different

organisations
Motive power units include any diesel locomotives
motive power units in service electric locomotives
multiple units
electric multiple units
Rolling stock includes: any rolling stock in service within Australian rail systems

Critical route information may track/bridge limitations
include but is not limited to: speed limitations
gauge limitation
curfews
weather conditions along the route
track work along the route
reports of accidents or breakdowns along the route
Depending on context, train safety of the train and passengers/freight
management considerations to comfort and quality of ride of passengers
which route information may be
applied may include but are not use of track terrain for the advantage of train operations
limited to: optimisation of the efficiency of operations
on-time running
wear and tear on rolling stock and motive power units
security of freight in the case of a freight train
size and dimensions of a freight train and its load

Relevant personnel may include: train controllers

train examiners
train crews
signals staff
passengers
station staff
include but are not limited to: emergency messages
identification
phonetic alphabet
spoken figures
Communications equipment may train intercom
include but is not limited to: hand-held or portable radio equipment
fixed radio equipment
computer-based communications equipment
specialised testing facilities


guidelines
motive power unit log book
route information
local instructions
track speed, length and load limitations
train notices, records and requests
weather information and alerts
specified operating limits and optimum efficiency
running speeds for motive power units
operational instructions, protocols, policies and
procedures, including:
those related to preventing trains from moving
track speed, length and load limitations
monitoring and complying with signals
operating in accordance with track condition
specifications
procedures for using protective clothing and equipment
relevant Australian standards and related requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC2407B Operate urban passenger train

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to operate an
urban passenger train in accordance with safeworking and
regulatory requirements and workplace procedures. This includes
driving an urban train efficiently and effectively; assisting
passengers as required; carrying out pre- and post-operation
checks and terminus inspections; responding effectively to
abnormal situations, incidents and external operating factors; and
stabling an urban train in accordance with workplace
Work is generally performed without direct supervision. It
involves the application of routine operational principles and
procedures to operate urban trains as part of workplace activities
system.

1 Drive urban train 1.1 Train is operated in accordance with the relevant codes of
efficiently and practice, workplace procedures and instructions
effectively 1.2 Train is operated safely within track/road characteristics and
route conditions
1.3 Train operations are controlled to minimise wear and fuel use
and avoid damage
1.4 Train is operated with due care for passenger comfort and
quality of ride
1.5 Train is safely operated to specified timetable and schedule in
accordance with on-time running standards
1.6 Performance of equipment and rolling stock is monitored to
maintain optimum running conditions and identify faults,
defects and efficiencies
1.7 Relevant codes of practice, OH&S and environmental
requirements are followed to prevent injury and damage

2 Assist passengers 2.1 Passenger needs when boarding the train are monitored and
identified in accordance with workplace procedures and
customer service standards
2.2 Passengers are given appropriate assistance in accordance with
2.3 Passengers with disabilities and/or difficulties are identified
and given appropriate assistance when
embarking/disembarking to/from the train
2.4 Where applicable, passengers are advised of station
identification, emergency situations and other critical
information, using the train communications system
2.5 Train control and other instructions are received, interpreted
and applied to ensure safe and effective control of the train
2.6 Communications are maintained with traffic control and other
the workplace procedures, relevant codes of practice and
safeworking systems
2.7 Instructions concerning train operation are given to relevant
personnel to ensure safe and efficient on-time running
3 Carry out train 3.1 Pre- and post-operation checks and terminus inspections are
inspections carried out in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2 Train visual checks are made in accordance with workplace
procedures
3.3 Problems and defects are identified and reported/rectified in
accordance with workplace procedures, other regulatory
requirements and manufacturers instructions
3.4 Cleanliness and tidiness of train are checked, if required, and
appropriate action is taken to maintain quality standards in
3.5 Incidents or unusual occurrences are recorded and reported to
relevant personnel in accordance with established policies and
procedures
4 Respond effectively to 4.1 Abnormal operating situations are identified and appropriate
abnormal situations action is taken to report and/or respond to the situations in
and external operating accordance with workplace procedures and regulatory
factors requirements
4.2 Hazardous situations are recognised and appropriate action is
taken to minimise risk to personnel and equipment in
accordance with workplace procedures and OH&S and
4.3 Safety and other incidents are identified and dealt with in
accordance with workplace procedures and OH&S and
4.4 Appropriate communications are maintained with relevant
personnel during safety and other incidents in accordance with

workplace procedures and OH&S and regulatory requirements
4.5 Instructions are verified, when required, interpreted and
followed, in accordance with relevant codes of practice,
safeworking systems and requirements and workplace policies
and procedures, to ensure that actions taken are appropriate
and safe
practice, safeworking systems and workplace policies and
safe
4.7 Reports on safety and other incidents are completed and
referred to appropriate personnel in accordance with
5 Stable urban train 5.1 Urban train is stabled in accordance with workplace
instructions and procedures
5.2 Post-operational checks of the train are conducted in
5.3 If required, problems and defects are identified and
reported/rectified in accordance with workplace procedures,
regulatory requirements and manufacturers instructions
5.4 Safety devices are activated or put in position to ensure the
safety of personnel and equipment
5.5 Required documentation on train operations is completed in

Required knowledge:
Operational instructions including start-up and shut-down procedures
Urban train operating procedures including driving procedures, braking and safety system
procedures, operating controls to start, accelerate, decelerate and stop, complying with speed
and load limits, adjusting controls to maximise efficient and safe running, managing
hazardous situations and ancillary system procedures
Procedures for pre-and post-operational checks
Procedures for carrying out terminus checks
Procedures for fuelling (where relevant) and lubrication of motive power units
Train controls, instruments and indicators and their purpose, location and use
Safe operational procedures and techniques for optimising efficiency, minimising wear and
tear on rolling stock and motive power units, using route knowledge and terrain for advantage
and optimising the quality of ride for passengers
Route information including track/bridge limitations, speed limitations, gauge limitation,
curves and gradients, location of signals and crossings, emergency cross-overs, track work
along the route, reports of accidents or breakdowns along the route, typical problems that can
occur along an urban train route and procedures for identifying and/or anticipating route
problems and related action that can be taken
Urban train operating equipment and systems including monitoring devices, braking and drive
Customer services policies, standards and procedures
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when operating an urban passenger train including the
use of train communications equipment
Complete documentation related to urban passenger train operations
Work collaboratively with others when operating an urban passenger train
an urban passenger train in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when operating an urban passenger train
Respond appropriately to abnormal situations, safety incidents and emergencies
Monitor and anticipate operational hazards and take appropriate action
Modify activities to cater for variations in workplace contexts, route conditions and
environment
procedures
standards
Monitor train performance to facilitate optimum safe operation and quality of ride to
passengers (where applicable)

Carry out required pre-operational, terminus and post-operational checks of train

Apply route information to train operations
RANGE STATEMENT
Trains may be: any urban train operated in the Australian rail system
Safety devices may include: power brakes

hand brakes
chocks
lock-out equipment to prevent train from moving
Track/road characteristics track/bridge limitations
include: speed limitations
gauge limitation
curfews
Abnormal situations may include technology failure
but are not limited to: illness
signals in stop mode
assault
brawls
false alarm
passenger initiated alarm
track obstructions
passenger caught in self-closing doors
pedestrians crossing the track
suicide on the track
level crossing accidents
incorrect information or failure in communications
overhead wiring failure


train examiners
signals staff
passengers
station staff
include but are not limited to: emergency messages
sending and receiving messages
identification
phonetic alphabet
spoken figures
Communications equipment may train intercom
include but is not limited to: hand-held or portable radio equipment
fixed radio equipment
computer-based communications equipment


guidelines
operational instructions, protocols, policies and
procedures, including:
train operation procedures
pre- and post-operation and terminus
inspection procedures
procedures to prevent trains from moving
unintentionally or against safeworking rules
track speed, length and limitations
procedures for monitoring and complying
with signals
procedures for operating in accordance with
track/route conditions
train log or record book
procedures/instructions for dealing with emergencies or
abnormal situations
quality and customer service standards, policies and
procedures
specified operating limits for trains
local instructions
communication equipment procedures
specifications
relevant Australian standards and related requirements
including AS 4292 Part 1
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC2507B Operate four wheel drive vehicle

four wheel drive vehicle safely in a range of conditions. These
include driving a four wheel drive vehicle on normal roads,
traversing slopes, ascending and descending steep slopes and stall
recovery. It also includes operation of the vehicle in rugged
terrain, the use of a jack and the completion of all pre- and post-
operational checks. Assessment of this unit may be undertaken
within a licensing examination conducted by, or under the
authority of, the relevant state/territory road traffic authority.
requirements and regulations of the relevant state/terrritory roads
and traffic authority.
Driving is performed with limited or minimum supervision, with
Driving involves the application of four wheel drive vehicle
operating principles and procedures to maintain the safety and
operation of a commercial four wheel drive vehicle across a
variety of on-road and off-road contexts.

1 Operate four wheel 1.1 Pre-start checks of vehicle and equipment are carried out to
drive vehicles on manufacturers specifications and roadworthy requirements
normal roads 1.2 Tyres are checked for pressure suitable for terrain and/or
changed in accordance with workplace procedures
1.3 Loads are secured in accordance with workplace and
legislative requirements
1.4 Vehicle is driven on and off road to legislative and workplace
requirements, at appropriate speeds for conditions and hazards
1.5 Vehicle is parked and shut down in accordance with
workplace and manufacturers requirements
2 Operate vehicle on, or 2.1 Pre-start checks of vehicle and equipment are carried out to
across, a slope manufacturers specifications and roadworthy requirements
2.2 Tyres are checked for pressure suitable for terrain and/or
changed to operational guidelines

2.3 Loads are secured in accordance with workplace and
2.4 Vehicle is driven on and off road to regulatory and workplace
requirements at appropriate speeds for conditions and hazards
3 Operate vehicle 3.1 Intended vehicle path is inspected prior to negotiation of slope
ascending a steep slope 3.2 Appropriate gear is selected to ascend grade, and engine
including stall recovery revolutions maintained to ensure constant traction
3.3 Air-conditioning unit is turned off to avoid engine acceleration
3.4 Foot brake is applied as vehicle stalls, handbrake applied and
ignition turned off
3.5 Clutch is depressed and reverse gear selected
3.6 Clutch is released and handbrake is slowly released
3.7 Ignition is turned on and brakes are released
3.8 Vehicle is started and allowed to reverse down the slope
3.9 Brakes are applied as necessary to control descent
4 Operate vehicle 4.1 Intended vehicle path is inspected prior to negotiation of the
descending a steep slope
slope including stall 4.2 Appropriate gear is selected to ascend grade, and engine
recovery revolutions maintained to ensure constant traction
4.3 Air-conditioning unit is turned off to avoid engine acceleration
4.4 Braking is used to control decent and skidding is avoided by
the application of brakes to emulate ABS
4.5 Ignition is turned off, foot brake is applied, and handbrake
engaged
4.6 Clutch is depressed and low gear is selected
4.7 Clutch is released and handbrake is slowly released
4.8 Ignition is turned on and brakes are released
4.9 Vehicle is started and allowed to continue down the slope
4.10 Brakes are applied as necessary to control descent and
skids are steered into
5 Operate vehicle in 5.1 Intended vehicle path is inspected prior to negotiation of

rugged terrain rugged terrain
5.2 Correct gear/range is selected to negotiate terrain
5.3 Freewheel hubs are engaged and disengaged in accordance
with driving conditions
5.4 Vehicle controls are set in accordance with manufacturers
instructions for operation in the surrounding terrain
5.5 Traction is maintained in accordance with requirements of the
vehicle and the surrounding terrain
5.6 Selection of appropriate gear/range before negotiating terrain

is demonstrated
5.7 Where necessary, chains are fitted to vehicle in accordance
with manufacturers instructions
5.8 Vehicle load is inspected, positioned and secured to maximise
traction for four wheel driving.
5.9 Terrain is negotiated in accordance with requirements for
specific driving conditions
6 Operate jack 6.1 Jack is located under vehicle in accordance with vehicle
manufacturers specifications and workplace procedures
6.2 Jack is used and operated in accordance with manufacturers
7 Complete operations 7.1 Vehicle is parked and shut down to workplace and
manufacturers requirements
7.2 Faults or malfunctions are corrected and/or reported in
7.3 Vehicle and equipment are cleaned and stored after use in
7.4 Any log books or reports required by the workplace are
completed in accordance with workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
Road rules, regulations, permit and licence requirements of the relevant state/territory road
traffic authority
Workplace procedures for the operation of four wheel drive vehicle in both on-road and off-
road situations
Problems that may occur when operating a four wheel drive vehicle, and action that can be
Hazards that may exist when operating a four wheel drive vehicle in both on-road and off-
road situations, and ways of controlling the risks involved
Vehicle handling procedures and techniques for a range of conditions, including rock, mud,
sand, ice and snow
Efficient driving techniques and safe driving strategies
The effect on the centre of gravity of changing fluid loads
Hazards and risks associated with traversing cross slopes
Effects of hard surface driving (e.g. Highway wind up) on the 4x4 system
The appropriate use of diff locks

Pre-and post-operational checks and related action
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when operating a four wheel drive vehicle
a four wheel drive vehicle
Work collaboratively with others when operating a four wheel drive vehicle
when operating a four wheel drive vehicle in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unexpected situations that may arise when operating a four
wheel drive vehicle
environments
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of four wheel drive vehicle and its equipment and take appropriate
action if required
Conduct pre-start checks
Monitor and anticipate traffic hazards and take appropriate action drive vehicles in a range of
conditions
Demonstrate emergency procedures in the operation of vehicles
Identify and correct minor operational faults
Clean and store vehicles and equipment

RANGE STATEMENT
Vehicles include: all terrain vehicles

cars and utilities
a range of trailers
light trucks
Operations may be carried out in operations may be conducted day or night
typical four wheel drive typical weather conditions
on the open road
in rugged terrain off-road conditions that can be smooth,
rough, uneven, slippery, boggy, sandy, steep or hilly
on a steep slope
during emergency response
while at a client's workplace or worksite
reversing a vehicle
Considerations when driving may operational characteristics of the type of four wheel drive
include: vehicle
traffic conditions
levels of emergency response
adverse weather
traffic regulations
warning devices
adverse terrain

Traffic conditions to be taken speed limits for operation

into account when driving may legal parking
include:
traffic pattern and density
known peak periods and special community functions
effects of weather on roads
road surface/off-road terrain
visibility
Operational hazards may include steep slopes and rugged terrain
(examples only): wet and iced road/terrain
flooded road/terrain
oil on road
fire in vehicle
leaking fuel
faulty brakes
windy or foggy sections of road/terrain
Workplace guidelines/procedures pre- and post-operation checks
may include: standards of operation
storage and usage of fuels and lubricants
policies and routines relating to wear and damage
precautions and safeguards
emergency response driving
driving in adverse terrain
driving in special environments
reporting routines

Pre-start checks may include: fuel, water, oil

brake and transmission fluid levels
battery water levels and electrolyte checks
tyres
belts
leads
hydraulic lines and connections
air cleaners
air-conditioners
brakes
off-road safety equipment in line with manufacturers
recommendations
Manufacturers specifications may engine characteristics
include: systems warning function
four wheel drive operation
radius of turning circle
safety procedures
Installed devices may include: warning lights
tachometer
temperature gauge
electrical charging
ancillary systems indicator
speedometer
oil pressure
brake warning lights
audible warning devices
hose
Minor routine servicing may the replacement of blown globes in vehicle lights
door mirrors
changing of tyres
replacement of broken coolant


Documentation/records may state/territory driving license requirements

may include: regulations and license requirements pertaining to the
class of four wheel drive vehicle
requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or

required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC2607A Operate and monitor a motive power unit

and monitor a motive power unit in accordance with relevant
workplace practices, rail regulations and codes of practice. It
includes operating the controls of the motive power unit, and
monitoring its performance and maintaining its operational
condition during a journey. It also includes working
collaboratively with other train crew and relevant personnel.
operational principles and procedures to maintain the safety and
operation of a motive power unit across a variety of operational
contexts in the Australian rail system.

1 Operate motive power 1.1 Motive power unit handling techniques and track and road
unit knowledge are interpreted and applied to eliminate or
minimise risk of injury to personnel or damage to equipment,
rolling stock and load
1.2 Acceleration and braking techniques are applied safely within
track and road and weather conditions
1.3 Movement of motive power unit between sections ensures that
all rolling stock is positioned safely in accordance with
relevant codes of practice, safeworking systems, and related
requirements
2 Operate and monitor 2.1 Motive power unit equipment is monitored and operated to
on-board equipment maintain optimum running conditions and identify faults,
defects and deficiencies
2.2 Appropriate action is taken in response to identified faults,
defects and deficiencies to ensure safe operation of motive
power unit, including communications with operations
controller where necessary
2.3 Faults, defects and deficiencies are assessed to determine risk

of damage to equipment or injury to personnel
external operating followed, in accordance with relevant codes of practice, rail
factors regulatory requirements and organisational policies and
safe
safe
3.3 Hazardous situations are recognised and interpreted and
appropriate initiatives and action are taken to minimise risk to
personnel and equipment as per workplace procedures and
applicable regulatory requirements
4 Work collaboratively 4.1 Safe operation and monitoring of the motive power unit is
with other train crew maintained in collaboration with other members of the train
and relevant personnel crew, train controllers and other relevant personnel as per
workplace requirements and the principles of rail resource
management
4.2 Any potential or actual conflicts or grievances with other
members of the train crew, train controllers and other relevant
personnel during the operation of the motive power unit are
recognised and resolved in accordance with workplace
procedures and the principles of rail resource management
5 Communicate with 5.1 Regular communication is maintained with train crew, train
train crew, train controllers, drivers of other trains and other relevant personnel
controllers and other in the course of operation of the motive power unit as per
personnel workplace procedures and regulatory requirements
5.2 Train crew, train controllers, drivers of other trains and other
relevant personnel are advised of operational problems,
delays, and safety incident and emergency situations that may
arise in the course of operation of the motive power unit
5.3 Information provided by train crew, train controllers, drivers
of other trains and other relevant personnel relevant to the
ongoing operation of the motive power unit is interpreted and
applied to driving activities as per workplace procedures and
6 Follow all applicable 6.1 Rail regulatory requirements applicable to the operation of the
rail regulatory motive power unit and the train and track or road concerned
requirements are accessed, understood and interpreted

6.2 Relevant rail regulatory requirements are applied and followed

in the course of operation of the motive power unit
6.3 Principles of rail resource management are applied in all rail
operations involving the motive power unit as per workplace
procedures and applicable rail regulatory requirements

Required knowledge:
Procedures for operating and monitoring the motive power unit
Motive power unit knowledge including: monitoring devices, braking and drive equipment,
ancillary systems, and signalling systems
Track and road knowledge including: track/bridge limitations, speed limitations, gauge
limitations, curves and gradients, curfews, location of signals and crossings, emergency cross-
overs, and operation of a turntable
Operating controls to start, accelerate, decelerate and stop the motive power unit
Speed and load limits for the motive power unit
Procedures for managing safety incidents and hazardous situations that may arise when
operating and monitoring a motive power unit
Procedures for operating and monitoring ancillary equipment on the motive power unit
Procedures for checking the battery and fluid levels and lubricating a diesel motive power unit
(where applicable)
Procedures for checking the battery and fluid levels and lubricating an electric motive power
unit (where applicable)
Procedures for identifying equipment defects and assessing them for appropriate action
Procedures for minor maintenance, cleaning, lubricating and servicing of a motive power unit
Typical faults that can occur on a motive power unit and related action that should be taken
for repair, isolation, replacement, reporting and recording of the faulty equipment
Procedures for raising and lowering the pantograph on an electric motive power unit (where
applicable)
Requirements for completing relevant documentation during and after operation and
monitoring of a motive power unit
Train schedules, motive power unit allocation and operational instructions
Requirements for communicating and working collaboratively with other members of the
train crew, train controllers and other relevant personnel
Procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency when operating a motive power unit
Personal protective equipment required when operating a motive power unit and procedures
for its use
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when operating and monitoring a motive power unit
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the operation
and monitoring of a motive power unit
Complete documentation related to the operation and monitoring of a motive power unit
procedures
exist when operating and monitoring a motive power unit
Recognise problems that may arise when operating and monitoring a motive power unit and
take appropriate action
Check and replenish fuel and fluids and carry out lubrication processes on a motive power
unit
environments
Select and use required personal protective clothing and equipment conforming to industry
and OH&S standards
Operate a motive power unit
Monitor the performance of a motive power unit
RANGE STATEMENT
Motive power units may include diesel MPUs

all motive power units in service electric MPUs


braking systems
drive systems
instrumentation
manual controls
warning equipment
power source
vigilance systems
traction systems
head and marker lights\
opportunity
attention
depot coordinators
station yard staff
replacement


may be called:
safety glasses
insect repellent
two-way radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
audible indicators
breathing equipment
fire extinguishers
hearing protection
guidelines
motive power unit operational records and user log books
time sheets
train wire (MPU status list, dangerous goods list, consist
information, etc.)
automatic train protection parameters
including: those related to preventing motive power units
weight

guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC2707A Stable a motive power unit

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to stable a
motive power unit in accordance with relevant workplace
practices, rail regulations and codes of practice. It includes
determining the required stabling location, shunting and securing
the train, stabling and securing the motive power unit, carrying out
all required post-operational checks and completing post-
operational paperwork. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
of railway systems.
team environment.
procedures to the stabling and securing of a motive power unit
across a variety of operational contexts in the Australian rail
system.

1 Determine stabling 1.1 Contact is made with train controller and yard staff to
location determine planned location for stabling the motive power unit
1.2 Directions of train traffic controller and yard staff are
interpreted and followed
1.3 Care is taken to keep clear of other roads
2 Stable motive power 2.1 Train is shunted and secured in accordance with directions,
unit workplace procedures and rail regulations
2.2 Motive power unit is stabled as directed
2.3 Derailers are set in place as per workplace procedures and rail
regulations
2.4 Handbrakes are applied
2.5 Power brakes are applied
2.6 Motive power unit is shut down as per manufacturers

2.7 Cab is secured as per workplace procedures
3 Carry out post- 3.1 Fuel and fluid levels are checked and any required action is
operational checks taken to replenish them
3.2 Inspection is made of motive power unit as per workplace
procedures
3.3 Any identified faults and defects are fixed or reported and
recorded as per workplace procedures
3.4 Faulty and defective equipment that presents a safety risk is
isolated and tagged as per workplace procedures and rail
regulations
3.5 Outcomes of post-operational checks are recorded as per
4 Complete post- 4.1 All required safeworking documentation is completed as per

operational paperwork workplace procedures and rail regulations
4.2 All equipment is returned and stowed as per workplace
requirements

Required knowledge:
Procedures for stabling a motive power unit
Speed and load limits compliance requirements
Procedures for managing hazardous situations when operating and stabling a motive power
unit
Procedures for operating and shutting down auxiliary systems
Procedure for completing relevant documentation when stabling a motive power unit
Motive power unit knowledge may include: monitoring devices; braking and power
equipment; ancillary systems; and signalling systems
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when stabling a motive power unit
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the inspection,
preparation, start up and positioning of a motive power unit
Complete documentation related to the stabling of a motive power unit
Operate electronic communications equipment to required protocol
procedures
exist when stabling a motive power unit
Recognise problems that may arise when stabling a motive power unit and take appropriate
action
Check and replenish fuel and fluids and carry out lubrication requirements on a motive power
unit
environments
standards
Conduct a visual inspection of a motive power unit
Document outcomes of an inspection of a motive power unit
Shut down a motive power unit after service
RANGE STATEMENT



braking systems
drive systems
instrumentation
manual controls
warning equipment
power source
vigilance systems
traction systems
Inspection of a motive power unit lights
may include: hoses
couplings
springs
brake equipment
wheels
seals
electrical cables
Post operation checks may lubrication system
include: checking for fluid leaks
brake testing
checking of fluid levels

opportunity
attention
depot coordinators
station yard staff
replacement
may be called:


safety glasses
insect repellent
two-way radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
audible indicators
breathing equipment
fire extinguishers
hearing protection
guidelines
time sheets
safe working documentation
guidelines
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC2807A Operate and monitor a heritage motive power unit
TLIC2807A Operate and monitor a heritage motive power

unit
and monitor a heritage motive power unit in accordance with
relevant workplace practices, rail regulations and codes of
practice. It includes operating the controls of the motive power
unit; and monitoring its performance and maintaining its
operational condition during a journey. It also includes working
collaboratively with other train crew and relevant personnel.
operation of a motive power unit across a variety of operational
contexts in the Australian heritage rail system.

1 Operate motive power 1.1 Motive power unit handling techniques and track and road
unit knowledge are interpreted and applied to eliminate or
1.3 Movement of motive power unit between sections ensures that
requirements
2 Operate and monitor 2.1 Motive power unit equipment is monitored and operated to
defects and deficiencies to ensure safe operation of motive

power unit, including communications with operations
controller where necessary
safe
safe
4 Work collaboratively 4.1 Safe operation and monitoring of the motive power unit is
management
personnel during the operation of the motive power unit are
controllers and other in the course of operation of the motive power unit as per
delays, safety incident and emergency situations that may arise
ongoing operation of the motive power unit is interpreted and
rail regulatory motive power unit and the train and track or road concerned
6.2 Relevant rail regulatory requirement are applied and followed
operations involving the motive power unit as per workplace

Required knowledge:
Procedures for operating and monitoring the motive power unit
Motive power unit knowledge including: monitoring devices, braking and drive equipment,
ancillary systems, and signalling systems
Track and road knowledge including: track/bridge limitations, speed limitations, gauge
Operating controls to start, accelerate, decelerate and stop the motive power unit
Speed and load limits for the motive power unit
operating and monitoring a motive power unit
Procedures for operating and monitoring ancillary equipment on the motive power unit
Procedures for checking the battery and fluid levels and lubricating a diesel motive power unit
(where applicable)
Procedures for checking the battery and fluid levels and lubricating on an electric motive
power unit (where applicable)
Procedures for minor maintenance, cleaning, lubricating and servicing of a motive power unit
Typical faults that can occur on a motive power unit and related action that should be taken
for repair, isolation, replacement, reporting and recording of the faulty equipment
Procedures for raising and lowering the pantograph on an electric motive power unit (where
applicable)
monitoring of a motive power unit
Train schedules, motive power unit allocation and operational instructions

Procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency when operating a motive power unit
Personal protective equipment required when operating a motive power unit and procedures
for its use
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others in the course of operating and monitoring a motive
power unit
and monitoring of a motive power unit
Complete documentation related to the operation and monitoring of a motive power unit
procedures
exist when operating and monitoring a motive power unit
Recognise problems that may arise when operating and monitoring a motive power unit and
Check and replenish fuel and fluids and carry out lubrication processes on a motive power
unit
environments
standards
Operate a motive power unit
Monitor the performance of a motive power unit
RANGE STATEMENT

Heritage motive power units may diesel MPUs

include all heritage motive power electric MPUs

braking systems
drive systems
instrumentation
manual controls
warning equipment
power source
vigilance systems
traction systems
opportunity
attention
depot coordinators
station yard staff

replacement
may be called:
safety glasses
insect repellent
two-way radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
audible indicators
breathing equipment
fire extinguishers
hearing protection

guidelines
time sheets
train wire (MPU status list, dangerous goods list, consist
information, etc.)
weight
guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures


assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC2907A Stable a heritage motive power unit

motive power unit in accordance with relevant workplace
the train, stabling and securing the motive power unit, carrying out
all required post-operational checks and completing post-
operational paperwork. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
team environment.
procedures to the stabling and securing of a motive power unit
across a variety of operational contexts in the Australian heritage
rail system.

location determine planned location for stabling the motive power unit
1.2 Directions of train controller and yard staff are interpreted and
followed
2 Stable motive power 2.1 Train is shunted and secured in accordance with directions,
unit workplace procedures and rail regulations
2.2 Motive power unit is stabled as directed
regulations
2.5 Power brakes are applied
2.6 Motive power unit is shut down as per manufacturers

3 Carry out post- 3.1 Fuel and fluid levels are checked and any required action is
operational checks taken to replenish them
3.2 Inspection is made of motive power unit as per workplace
procedures
regulations
4 Complete post- 4.1 All required safeworking documentation is completed as per

operational paperwork workplace procedures and rail regulations
requirements

Required knowledge:
Procedures for stabling a motive power unit
Procedures for managing hazardous situations when operating and stabling a motive power
unit
Procedures for operating and shutting down auxiliary systems
Procedure for completing relevant documentation when stabling a motive power unit
Motive power unit knowledge may include: monitoring devices; braking and power
equipment; ancillary systems; and signalling systems
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when stabling a heritage motive power unit
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the inspection,
preparation, start up and positioning of a motive power unit
Complete documentation related to the stabling of a motive power unit
procedures
exist when stabling a motive power unit
Recognise problems that may arise when stabling a motive power unit and take appropriate
action
Check and replenish fuel and fluids and carry out lubrication requirements on a motive power
unit
environments
standards
Conduct a visual inspection of a motive power unit
Document outcomes of an inspection of a motive power unit
Shut down a motive power unit after service
RANGE STATEMENT
Heritage motive power units may diesel locomotives

include all heritage motive power electric locomotives


braking systems
drive systems
instrumentation
manual controls
warning equipment
power source
vigilance systems
traction systems
Inspection of a heritage motive lights
power unit may include: hoses
couplings
springs
brake equipment
wheels
seals
electrical cables
brake testing
checking of fluid levels

opportunity
attention
depot coordinators
station yard staff
replacement
may be called:


safety glasses
insect repellent
two-way radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
audible indicators
breathing equipment
fire extinguishers
hearing protection
guidelines
time sheets
safe working documentation
guidelines
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC3007A Operate and monitor a heritage steam locomotive
TLIC3007A Operate and monitor a heritage steam

locomotive
and monitor and a heritage steam locomotive in accordance with
relevant workplace practices, rail regulations and codes of
practice. It includes operating the controls of a steam locomotive;
and monitoring its performance and maintaining its operational
condition during a journey. It also includes working
collaboratively with other train crew and relevant personnel. This
unit replaces part of the previous unit TDTC1401A Prepare,
operate, monitor and stable steam locomotive. Licensing,
to this unit.
operation of a steam locomotive across a variety of operational
contexts in the Australian heritage rail system.

1 Operate steam 1.1 Steam locomotive handling techniques and track and road
locomotive knowledge are interpreted and applied to eliminate or
1.3 Movement of steam locomotive between sections ensures that
requirements
2 Operate and monitor 2.1 Steam locomotive equipment is monitored and operated to

defects and deficiencies to ensure safe operation of steam
locomotive, including communications with operations
controller where necessary.
safe
interpreted and followed, in accordance with relevant rail
regulations and codes of practice and workplace policies and
safe
4 Work collaboratively 4.1 Safe operation and monitoring of the steam locomotive is
management
personnel during the operation of the steam locomotive are
controllers and other in the course of operation of the steam locomotive as per
delays, safety incidents and emergency situations that may
arise in the course of operation of the heritage steam
locomotive
ongoing operation of the steam locomotive is interpreted and
rail regulatory steam locomotive and the train and track or road concerned
6.2 Relevant rail regulatory requirement are applied and followed
in the course of operation of the steam locomotive
operations involving the steam locomotive as per workplace

Required knowledge:
Principles of rail resource management as they apply to the operation and monitoring of the
performance of a steam locomotive
Steam locomotive controls, instruments and indicators and their purpose, location and use
Procedures for operating and monitoring the steam locomotive
Steam locomotive knowledge including: basic principles of steam engine operation,
monitoring devices, braking equipment, ancillary systems, and signalling systems
Track and road knowledge including: track and bridge limitations, speed limitations, gauge
Operating controls to start, accelerate, decelerate and stop a steam locomotive
Speed and load limits for the steam locomotive
operating and monitoring the performance of a steam locomotive
Procedures for operating and monitoring the performance of ancillary equipment on the steam
locomotive
Procedures for minor maintenance, cleaning, lubricating and servicing of a steam locomotive
Typical faults that can occur on a steam locomotive and related action that should be taken for
repair, isolation, replacement, reporting and recording of the faulty equipment
monitoring of the performance of a steam locomotive
Train schedules, steam locomotive allocation and operational instructions

Procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency when operating a steam locomotive
Personal protective equipment required when operating a steam locomotive and procedures
for its use
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others in the course of operating and monitoring the
performance of a steam locomotive
and monitoring of a steam locomotive
Complete documentation related to the operation and monitoring the performance of a steam
locomotive
procedures
exist when operating and monitoring a steam locomotive
Recognise problems that may arise when operating and monitoring a steam locomotive and
Check and replenish fluids and carry out lubrication processes on a steam locomotive
environments
standards
Operate a steam locomotive
Monitor the performance of a steam locomotive
RANGE STATEMENT
include: Australia
Equipment on a steam steam locomotive instrumentation (gauges)

braking systems
warning equipment
ancillary systems
vigilance systems
traction systems
include: mobile phone
gauges
generator
sandboxes
whistle
hand brake
injectors
lubricators
gauge glasses
blower
damper
cylinder cocks
mechanical stoker
opportunity
attention


depot coordinators
station yard staff
replacement
may be called:
safety glasses
insect repellent
two-way radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
audible indicators
breathing equipment
fire extinguishers
hearing protection

guidelines
time sheets
train wire (status list, dangerous goods list, consist
information, etc.)
weight
guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures


assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC307C Drive medium rigid vehicle

medium rigid vehicle safely including systematic and efficient
control of all vehicle functions, monitoring of traffic and road
conditions, management of vehicle condition and performance and
effective management of hazardous situations. Assessment of this
unit may be undertaken within a licensing examination conducted
by, or under the authority of, the relevant state/territory Road
Traffic Authority. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
and traffic authority pertaining to medium rigid vehicles.
commercial medium rigid vehicle across a variety of driving
contexts.

1 Drive the medium 1.1 The medium rigid vehicle is started, steered, manoeuvred,
rigid vehicle positioned and stopped in accordance with traffic regulations
1.3 Engine operation is maintained within the manufacturer's
specified torque range and temperature through effective
transmission use
1.4 Braking system of medium rigid vehicle is managed and
operated to ensure effective control of the vehicle under all
conditions
1.6 The medium rigid vehicle is driven in reverse, maintaining
visibility and achieving accurate positioning
1.7 The medium rigid vehicle is parked, shut down and secured in

emergency

during use

Required knowledge:
Medium rigid vehicle controls, instruments and indicators and their use
Medium rigid vehicle handling procedures
Principles of operation of air brakes and procedures for their use
Map reading and road navigation techniques including the use of a GPS device where
applicable
a driver

Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when driving a medium rigid vehicle
Work collaboratively with others when driving a medium rigid vehicle
when driving a medium rigid vehicle in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when driving a medium rigid vehicle
environments
procedures
standards
Carry out pre-operational checks on a medium rigid vehicle
RANGE STATEMENT
Type of vehicle includes: all medium rigid vehicles, for example any 2-axle rigid
vehicle, including truck and bus greater than 8 tonnes
GVM


including:
on the open road
on a private road
reversing a vehicle
using air brakes
checks of brakes
changing of tyres


fire in vehicle
leaking fuel
faulty brakes
foggy conditions
include:
road damage
road works
etc.
etc.
holiday traffic
Documentation/records may state/territory medium rigid vehicle driving licence


medium rigid vehicles
requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIC3107A Stable a heritage steam locomotive

heritage steam locomotive in accordance with relevant workplace
the train, stabling and securing the heritage steam locomotive,
carrying out all required post-operational checks and completing
post-operational paperwork. This unit replaces part of the previous
unit TDTC1401A Prepare, operate, monitor and stable heritage
steam locomotive. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
operational principles and procedures to the stabling and securing
a steam locomotive across a variety of operational contexts in the
Australian heritage rail system.

location determine planned location for stabling the steam locomotive
1.2 Directions of train controller and yard staff are interpreted and
followed
2 Stable and shut down 2.1 Carriages or vehicles are shunted and secured in accordance
steam locomotive with directions, workplace procedures and rail regulations
2.2 Steam locomotive is stabled in correct location as directed
regulations
2.5 Park brakes are secured
2.6 Steam locomotive is stabled as per operator's instructions and
3 Carry out post- 3.1 Fluid and fuel levels are checked and any required action is
operational checks taken to top up levels
3.2 Visual check is made of steam locomotive as per workplace
procedures
regulations
4 Complete post- 4.1 Timesheet or other work record is completed

operational paperwork 4.2 Roster is checked for future work allocation
4.3 Issues and variations are discussed and resolved with roster
clerk
4.4 All required safeworking documentation and actions are
completed as per workplace procedures and rail regulations
requirements

Required knowledge:
Steam locomotive controls, instruments and indicators and their purpose, location and use
Procedures for operating and stabling a steam locomotive
Operating controls to start, accelerate, decelerate and stop a steam locomotive
Speed and load limits
Procedures for managing hazardous situations when operating and stabling a steam
locomotive
Procedures for operating and shutting down ancillary systems
Procedure for completing relevant documentation when stabling a steam locomotive
Procedures for minor maintenance, cleaning, lubricating and servicing of steam locomotives
Procedures for identifying equipment defects, assessing and reporting for appropriate action
Monitoring devices; braking and power equipment, auxiliary systems, and signalling systems
Typical defects that can occur on a steam locomotive and related action that should be taken
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when stabling a heritage steam locomotive
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the stabling of a steam
locomotive
Complete documentation related to the stabling of a steam locomotive
Work collaboratively with others when stabling a steam locomotive
procedures
Satisfactorily manage unplanned events
exist when stabling a steam locomotive
Recognise problems that may arise when stabling a steam locomotive and take appropriate
action
Check and replenish fluids and fuel and carry out lubrication requirements on a steam
locomotive
environments
standards
Conduct an inspection of a steam locomotive
Document outcomes of inspection of a steam locomotive
Stable a steam locomotive after service
RANGE STATEMENT
include: Australia

Equipment on a steam steam locomotive instrumentation (gauges)

braking systems
warning equipment
ancillary systems
vigilance systems
traction systems
Inspection of a heritage steam lights and power systems
locomotive may include: hoses
couplings
head boards
suspension
brake equipment
wheels
seals
sand and fuel
boiler and mountings
cables
audible faults (e.g. hiss of escaping air or steam)
include: mobile phone


gauges
generator
sandboxes
whistle
hand brake
injectors
lubricators
gauge glasses
blower
damper
cylinder cocks
mechanical stoker
brake testing
checking of fluid and fuel levels
opportunity
attention
depot coordinators
station yard staff
replacement
may be called:
safety glasses
insect repellent
two-way radios
hand lamps
flags
safety devices
audible indicators
breathing equipment
fire extinguishers
hearing protection
Positioning of heritage motive operation of manual points
power unit may involve: operation of turntable

guidelines
time sheets
train wire (status list, dangerous goods list, consist
information, etc.)
guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC3207A Operate and monitor a passenger electric tram

and monitor a passenger electric tram in accordance with relevant
workplace practices, tramway regulations and codes of practice.
This includes planning and preparing the tram for passenger
service, operating the tram, operating the revenue collection
system (where applicable), monitoring the tram's performance
during service, and communuicating effectively with other
personnel. This unit replaces the unit TDTC2201A Operate a
passenger tram. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
operational principles and procedures to operate and monitor a
passenger electric tram across a variety of operational contexts.

1 Plan and identify a 1.1 Driving requirement is identified and confirmed from roster,
passenger electric tram shift-card or other authorised documentation
for operations 1.2 Sign-on/log-on procedures at the depot are completed and the
tram to be driven is correctly identified and located
1.3 Resources are identified and obtained, including
documentation
1.4 Procedures for reporting incidents and the cancellation and
non-operation of services are identified and followed
2 Operate a passenger 2.1 Tram is operated within specifications and organisational

electric tram requirements to meet required schedules, routes, timetables
and special services
2.2 On-board equipment is confirmed as being serviceable, and is
operated in accordance with specifications and organisation's
requirements

2.3 Warning devices and gauges are monitored and responded to

in accordance with organisation's requirements
2.4 Operational restrictions established by the organisation and
relevant legislation are observed
2.5 Tram is stopped in designated and approved locations and
within limitations, to permit safe embarkation and alighting of
all kinds of passengers
2.6 Destination signs are adjusted in accordance with work
schedules
2.7 Wheelchair equipment where provided is operated when
required in accordance with workplace procedures
external operating followed, in accordance with relevant regulatory requirements
factors and organisational policies and procedures, to ensure that
actions taken are appropriate and safe
3.2 Fixed traffic and hand signals and verbal movement
commands are interpreted and followed, in accordance with
regulatory requirements and organisational policies and
safe
3.4 Defensive driving practices are employed at all times
4 Operate revenue 4.1 Start-up check is completed in accordance with workplace

collection systems procedures
(where applicable) 4.2 Ticketing system is activated, operated and updated in
4.3 Ticketing system defects are reported in accordance with
4.4 Ticketing system is closed down, in accordance with
authorised organisation procedures
5 Operate and monitor 5.1 Electric tram equipment is monitored and operated to maintain
on-board equipment optimum running conditions and identify faults, defects and
deficiencies
defects and deficiencies to ensure safe operation of tram,
including communications with operations controller where
necessary
5.4 Defects are reported and/or recorded

6 Work collaboratively 6.1 Safe operation and monitoring of the tram is maintained in
with other personnel collaboration with other members of the tram crew, tram
(where applicable) controllers and other relevant personnel as per workplace
requirements
members of the tram crew, tram controllers and other relevant
personnel during the operation of the tram are recognised and
resolved in accordance with workplace procedures
7 Communicate with 7.1 Regular communication is maintained with tram crew, drivers
tram crew and other of other passenger electric trams and other relevant personnel
personnel in the course of operation of the tram as per workplace
7.2 Tram crew, tram controllers, drivers of other passenger
electric trams and other relevant personnel are advised of
operational problems, delays, safety incidents and emergency
situations that may arise in the course of operation of the tram
7.3 Information provided by tram crew, drivers of other passenger
electric trams and other relevant personnel relevant to the
ongoing operation of the passenger electric tram is interpreted
and applied to driving activities as per workplace procedures
and applicable regulatory requirements
8 Follow all applicable 8.1 Tramway regulatory requirements applicable to the operation
tramway regulatory of the tram and the track or road concerned are accessed,
requirements understood and interpreted
8.2 Relevant tramway regulatory requirements are applied and
followed in the course of operation of the passenger electric
tram

Required knowledge:
Relevant road rules of the relevant state/territoty roads and traffic authority, where applicable
Relevant driver identification procedures, licences and authorities required to drive an electric
tram
Passenger electric tram controls, instruments and indicators and their purpose, location and
use including controls to start, accelerate, decelerate and stop the tram
Passenger electric tram operating characteristics, capabilities and limitations
Procedures for operating and monitoring the passenger electric tram


Speed and load limits for the tram
operating and monitoring a passenger electric tram
Procedures for operating and monitoring ancillary equipment on the tram
sand levels and carrying out sand system testing processes on a passenger electric tram
Passenger electric tram knowledge may include monitoring devices, braking and drive
Track, road and route knowledge including: track limitations, speed limitations, curves and
gradients and location of any signals, indicators and points
Typical defects that can occur on a passenger electric tram and related action that should be
taken
Principles of defensive driving
Procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency when operating a passenger electric
tram
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when operating and monitoring a passenger electric
tram
and monitoring of a passenger electric tram
Complete documentation related to the operation and monitoring of a passenger electric tram
Work collaboratively with others when operating and monitoring a passenger electric tram
Identify and assess tram defects and deficiencies and take appropriate action to report any
identified defective equipment as per workplace procedures
exist when operating and monitoring a passenger electric tram
Recognise problems that may arise when operating and monitoring a passenger electric tram
and take appropriate action
Check and refill sand boxes where provided and carry out sand system testing processes on a
passenger electric tram


environments
standards
Operate a passenger electric tram and monitor its performance to facilitate optimum safe
operation
Apply track and road knowledge when driving a passenger electric tram
RANGE STATEMENT
Passenger electric trams include hand-operated or foot pedal control systems or both
all passenger electric trams in
service within Australian
include:
Passenger electric tram ancillary systems

equipment may include: automatic control systems
braking systems
drive systems
instrumentation
manual controls
warning equipment
power source
vigilance systems
traction systems


tram controllers
depot coordinators
opportunity
attention
may be called:
Information and documents may relevant National and state or territory transport
reference cards


guidelines
practice
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIC3307A Drive an electric tram to operational requirements
TLIC3307A Drive an electric tram to operational

requirements
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to drive an
electric tram to operational requirements in accordance with
relevant regulations and workplace practices. It includes operating
the tram efficiently and effectively; driving the tram; completing
the journey; and responding effectively to external factors and
emergencies. This unit replaces part of the previous unit
TDTC2101A Drive tram Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
operational principles and procedures to drive an electric tram as
part of workplace activities across a variety of operational
contexts.

1 Operate tram 1.1 Electric tram is operated in accordance with the relevant codes
efficiently and of practice, workplace procedures and instructions
effectively 1.2 Electric tram is operated safely in accordance with traffic
regulations
1.3 Electric tram is operated with due care of the vehicle
1.4 Movements are within limits of vehicle and road dimensions
and in line with specifications
1.5 Movements are smooth and controlled
1.6 Performance of the electric tram is monitored to maintain
optimum running condition and identify faults, defects and
efficiencies in accordance with organisation's requirements
2 Drive tram 2.1 Traffic flows are anticipated and appropriate defensive action
is taken to maintain the efficiency of tram operation
2.2 Electric tram is constantly monitored for any malfunctions or
factors which may affect tram performance
3 Complete tram 3.1 Tram documentation is received, interpreted and followed

journey 3.2 Electric tram is operated and manoeuvred in accordance with
tram documentation and procedures
3.3 Events and circumstances affecting planned running schedule
are communicated to relevant personnel en route
3.4 Tram control and other instructions are received, interpreted
and applied to ensure safe and effective control of the tram
3.5 Communications are maintained with tram controllers during
the tram journey in accordance with the relevant
organisational requirements
3.6 Instructions concerning tram operation are given to relevant
personnel to ensure safe and efficient running
external operating followed, in accordance with relevant regulatory requirements
factors and organisational policies and procedures, to ensure that
actions taken are appropriate and safe
4.2 Fixed traffic and hand signals and verbal movement
commands are interpreted and followed, in accordance with
regulatory requirements and organisational policies and
safe

Required knowledge:
Where relevant, road rules of the relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority
Relevant driver identification procedures, licences and authorities required to drive an electric
tram
including controls to start, accelerate, decelerate and stop the tram
Electric tram operating characteristics, capabilities and limitations
Procedures for operating and monitoring the electric tram
Speed limits for the tram

operating and monitoring an electric tram
sand levels and carrying out sand system testing processes on an electric tram
Electric tram knowledge may include monitoring devices, braking and drive equipment,
ancillary systems and signalling systems
Track, road and route knowledge may include: tram routes, tramway limitations, speed
limitations, curves and gradients and location of any signals, indicators and points
Principles of defensive driving
Procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency when operating an electric tram
which promote the effective long term-management of fatigue
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when driving an electric tram to operational
requirements
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to driving an
electric tram
Complete documentation related to the driving of an electric tram to operational requirements
Work collaboratively with others as when operating and monitoring an electric tram
Drive defensively, apply precautions and required action to minimise, control or eliminate
hazards that may exist when driving an electric tram to operational requirements
Recognise problems that may arise when driving an electric tram and take appropriate action
Check and refill sand boxes where provided and carrying out sand system testing processes
on a tram
environments
Adapt to differences in trams, associated trams and ancillary equipment
standards
Operate an electric tram and monitor its performance to facilitate optimum safe operation
Apply track and road knowledge when driving an electric tram

RANGE STATEMENT
include:

braking systems
drive systems
instrumentation
manual controls
warning equipment
power source
vigilance systems
traction systems
tram controllers
depot coordinators

opportunity
attention
may be called:
reference cards
guidelines
practice
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC3407A Berth and shut down an electric tram

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to berth and
shut down an electric tram including determining the required
berthing location; berthing, shutting down and securing the tram;
carrying out all required post-operational activities; and
completing post-operational paperwork. This unit replaces part of
the previous unit TDTC2101A Drive tram. Licensing, legislative,
operational principles and procedures to berth and shut down an
electric tram as part of workplace activities across a variety of

1 Determine berthing 1.1 Contact is made with tram controller and depot staff, or
location information is obtained from an information board, to
determine planned location for berthing the tram
1.2 Directions of tram controller and depot staff are interpreted
and followed
2 Berth and shut down 2.1 Electric tram is berthed in accordance with organisation's and
an electric tram site requirements
2.2 Shut-down procedures are carried out in accordance with
specifications and organisation's requirements
3 Carry out post- 3.1 Visual and other checks are made of tram as per workplace
operational checks procedures
reported as per workplace procedures and relevant regulations

4 Secure an electric tram 4.1 Brakes are applied as per workplace procedures
4.2 Electric tram is secured in accordance with depot requirements
5 Complete post- 5.1 Timesheet or other work record is completed

operational paperwork 5.2 Roster is checked for future work allocation
5.3 Issues and variations are discussed and resolved with roster
clerk
5.4 All required documentation is completed as per workplace
procedures
requirements
5.6 Records of the electric tram are completed in accordance with

Required knowledge:
Monitoring devices; braking and power equipment; safety systems, ancillary systems; and
signalling systems
Procedures for operating, berthing and shutting down an electric tram
Operating controls to start, accelerate, decelerate and stop an electric tram
Procedures for managing hazardous situations when berthing and shutting down an electric
tram
Procedures for operating and shutting down ancillary systems
Procedure for completing relevant documentation when berthing and shutting down an
electric tram
Procedures for any other work necessary to berth and shut down a tram
which promote the effective long-term management of fatigue
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when berthing and shutting down an electric tram
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the berthing and
shutting down of an electric tram
Complete documentation related to the berthing and shutting down of an electric tram
Work collaboratively with others when berthing and shutting down an electric tram
exist when berthing and shutting down an electric tram
Recognise problems that may arise when berthing and shutting down an electric tram and take
appropriate action
environments
standards
Conduct a visual inspection of an electric tram
Document outcomes of visual inspection of an electric tram
Shut down an electric tram after service
RANGE STATEMENT
include:


braking systems
drive systems
instrumentation
manual controls
warning equipment
power source
vigilance systems
traction systems
Visual inspection of an electric lights
tram may include: hoses
couplings
destination indicators or signs
springs
brake equipment
wheels
seals
sand
pantographs or trolley poles
electrical cables
Post operation checks may sand levels
include: brake testing
internal and external lights
air systems
interlocks and door controls

opportunity
attention
tram controllers
depot coordinators
may be called:
reference cards


guidelines
practice
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIC3507A Manage the operation of a tow truck

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to manage
tow truck operations including carrying out pre-operational checks
on a tow truck; driving a tow truck carrying/towing a load;
operating ancillary equipment; and completing documentation.
applicable legislation and relevant regulations covering the
operation of the tow truck and related equipment, including tow
truck regulations, road rules, load restraint regulations, OH&S
regulations and environmental protection requirements.
Work is performed with minimum supervision. It involves the
application of application of driving principles and procedures for
safe tow truck operations.

1 Carry out pre- 1.1 The pre-operational checks for the tow truck are carried out as
operational checks on per government regulations, manufacturers requirements, and
the tow truck workplace policies and procedures
1.3 Checks are made to ensure that the vehicle or load being
towed or carried is secured as per tow truck operational
practice and regulatory requirements
2 Drive a tow truck 2.1 The tow truck is manoeuvred in accordance with the
carrying or towing a established towing practice, regulations/permit requirements
vehicle or other load for the class of vehicle involved and the vehicle being towed
or the load being carried
2.2 Appropriate defensive driving techniques are applied for the
prevailing road, traffic and weather conditions
2.3 The tow truck is driven along appropriate routes in accordance
with the relevant codes, relevant government regulations and
workplace policies
2.4 The vehicle or load is transported and the vehicle manoeuvred
in accordance with any required precautions relating to
unusual/special characteristics of the load and/or relevant
government regulations pertaining to the special load

2.6 In the event of a driving emergency, appropriate procedures
are followed taking into account the vehicle being towed or
the load being carried
2.7 Symptoms of fatigue are recognised and appropriate fatigue
management strategies are applied during towing operations
3 Operate ancillary 3.1 A visual check of the internal and external condition of the
equipment on the tow ancillary equipment on the tow truck is carried out in
truck accordance with workplace procedures
3.2 Towing equipment is tested to ensure it functions correctly to
3.3 Towing equipment is operated in accordance with
manufacturers specifications and regulatory requirements
3.4 Attachment points used in the towing operation and the weight
of the vehicle being towed or load being carried are checked to
ensure that they are consistent with established towing
practice, regulatory requirements and the permissible safe
working loads for the tow truck and its associated towing
equipment
4 Complete 4.1 Records of tow truck operations and related maintenance of

documentation the tow truck and ancillary equipment are kept in accordance
4.2 All forms and official record requirements related to towing
operations are completed in accordance with regulatory
requirements and company procedures

Required knowledge:
Relevant towing permit and licence requirements of the state/territory road traffic authority
concerned
Relevant road rules and related regulations of the state/territory road traffic authority
concerned
Tow truck controls, instruments and indicators and their use
Tow truck handling procedures both with and without a tow or load
Procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency when operating a tow truck including
the use of portable fire extinguishers

Pre-operational checks carried out on a tow truck and its towing equipment and related action
that should be taken
Differences between transmission types on various types of tow trucks and the implications
for driving techniques
Map reading and road navigation techniques relevant for the area of tow truck operations
a driver
Principles of stress management when driving a tow truck
Strategies and techniques to manage on-road fatigue
Records and documentation requirements for tow truck operations and procedures for their
completion
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when carrying out tow truck operations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, regulations, signs, charts, maps, and labels
relevant to tow truck operations and apply them to towing activities
Complete documentation required when carrying out tow truck operations
Work safely and collaboratively with others when carrying out tow truck operations
Modify activities and take appropriate initiatives depending on differing towing contexts, risk
situations and environments
Recognise symptoms of fatigue that may occur during tow truck operations and take
appropriate action
Recognise problems that may occur in the course of tow truck operations and take appropriate
action
exist when carrying out tow truck operations
Adapt to changes in equipment and standard operating procedures required for tow truck
operations
Participate in identifying and meeting own learning needs
Provide information on towing services and their features
Correctly use required personal protective equipment required for tow truck operations
including the operation of portable fire extinguishers
Identify, select and use equipment, processes and procedures relevant to required tow truck
operations

RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
trailer
car park operators
vehicle breakdowns
stolen cars
abandoned vehicles
Purpose of equipment checking it is free from damage and faults that may prejudice
and inspection is to ensure: safety or limit operational capability
any identified faults or problems are rectified and/or
reported as per company procedures prior to towing
operations


changing of tyres
repair or replacement of faulty towing equipment
fire in tow truck
leaking fuel
faulty brakes
faulty steering mechanism on tow truck
foggy conditions
road damage
road works
etc.
etc.
holiday traffic

Potential hazards that may occur vehicular traffic at the scene

in various towing situations may live electrical wires
include:
contaminated blood at scene
weather conditions
oil on vehicle trays (slippery surfaces)
unsafe or damaged equipment
unsafe procedures in the use of towing equipment
fire at the scene
spilt or leaking fuel or dangerous or hazardous goods or
substances
unsafe manual lifting procedures
sharps that may be contaminated with transmittable
diseases
Hazard control strategies may reporting the problem and carrying out repairs
include: (depending on the level and extent of work required), or
isolating and tagging the faulty equipment and advising
replacement
Depending on the organisation use of flashing lights on vehicles
concerned workplace procedures deployment of safety equipment such as warning signs or
may be called: witch's hats
strategic positioning of towing vehicle
use of appropriate personal protective equipment and
clothing
use of safe procedures in the use of towing equipment
checking equipment and isolating, rectifying or reporting
any defective equipment
following correct safety procedures in the event of live
fallen electrical wires at an accident scene
following correct procedures in the event of spilt or
leaking fuel or dangerous or hazardous goods or
substances as per the Australian Dangerous Goods Code
using correct portable firefighting equipment to control a
fire at the scene
use of personal protective equipment
use of reflective raincoats and vests
correct manual lifting strategies
cleaning of vehicles (including removal of oil from
vehicle trays)


concerned, operating procedures company procedures
may be called:
safety glasses
two-way radios
Communication at towing sites mobile phone
and in the work area may include: fax
email
internet
RF communications
Information and documents may state/territory tow truck driver licence certification
workplace driving instructions and procedures for drivers
of tow trucks
tow truck manufacturers instructions, specifications and
recommended operating procedures, including
preoperational checks of the tow truck and its equipment
standard procedures and policies for the operating a tow
truck
equipment and tools
requirements

Applicable legislation, relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority driving

regulations and codes may regulations and licence/permit requirements pertaining to
include: the tow truck operations
relevant state/territory load restraint regulations
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC3607B Apply safe car driving behaviours

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the high-level safe driving skills and knowledge
required by car drivers to enable them to apply safe driving
behaviours. This includes higher order skills, such as hazard
perception, risk control and safe driving judgement, decision
making and multi-tasking. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
Application of the Unit This unit is required by car driving instructors and covers higher
order car driving skills and knowledge that build upon basic driver
licence requirements.
Safe car driving behaviours must be able to be applied without
supervision. This involves the application of higher order car
driving skills, such as hazard perception, judgement, decision
making, multi-tasking, risk control and safe driving attitudes
across a range of vehicles and driving situations.
Definition of a vehicle (car class C) in this context is 'vehicle equal
to or less than 4.5 tonnes GVM and seating up to 12 adults,
including driver'.

1 Define and apply safe 1.1 Requirements for safe car driving are acknowledged,
car behaviours interpreted and applied
1.2 Importance of attitude in abiding by the road rules in relation
to level of risk faced by a driver is understood and taken into
account in car driving activities
1.3 Importance of cooperation with other road users in order to
drive safely is understood and taken into account in car
driving activities
1.4 Motivation to drive safely is interpreted and described,
including values, emotions and personal needs
1.5 Principles of proactive driving, also known as low-risk
driving, that keep the driver at a low-level risk are interpreted
and applied
1.6 Specific factors that constitute an actual risk of a collision are
understood and applied, including options for avoiding a
collision; crash avoidance space; variables affecting minimum
space; effects of observation, perception and response time;
and consequences related to crash avoidance spaces
2 Interpret and apply 2.1 Risk factors contributing to the formation of opinions and
low-risk driving beliefs about low-risk driving are understood and applied
strategies 2.2 Road safety information that reflects the changing road
environment is clarified and taken into account in car driving
activities
2.3 Human psychological and physiological aspects that can
influence low-risk driving are acknowledged and taken into
2.4 Low-risk driving strategies are understood, interpreted and
applied consistently
3 Interpret and apply 3.1 Relevant rules and regulations are identified, interpreted
road rules applicable correctly and consistently applied
to safe car driving 3.2 Road signs, signals and markings are identified and taken into
3.3 Purpose of road rules and traffic safety laws in ensuring safe
and efficient regulation of traffic flow is understood and taken
into account in car driving activities
4 Manage collision when 4.1 Common contributing collision factors, including age,
driving a car experience, speed, drugs, alcohol, road conditions, fatigue and
time of day are recognised, and appropriate actions are
managed
4.2 External factors that could lead to collisions, including speed,
space, vision, road conditions, vehicle condition and
environmental conditions are understood and managed
4.3 Internal factors that could lead to collisions, including
emotional factors, driver's own behaviours and driver's
operation at high levels of risk are acknowledged and
managed
4.4 Consequences of collisions in relation to relevant traffic laws
and physical, financial and psychological costs to the
individual and society are understood and managed
4.5 Functions of vehicle controls and how to recover control of
the vehicle are understood and demonstrated
4.6 Corrective actions to be taken after a collision are understood
and applied if required
5 Demonstrate and 5.1 Appropriate action is taken to respond to various types of

maintain a high level of adverse conditions
competence in car 5.2 Principles of braking are applied at a high level of competence
control skills 5.3 Principles of steering are applied at a high level of competence
5.4 Slow speed manoeuvres are carried out at a high level of
competence
5.5 Vehicle is guided and controlled at a high level of competence

Required knowledge:
Australian road law enforcement methodology
Common external risk factors in collisions or crashes, such as speed, space, vision, road
conditions, vehicle conditions and environmental conditions
Common internal risk factors in collisions or crashes, such as age, experience, speed, drugs,
alcohol, fatigue, time of driving (day or night), attitude, motivation, and beliefs or values
Consequences of collisions or crashes in relation to physical, financial and psychological
costs to individuals and to society
Critical factors underpinning high-level driving competence
Low-risk driving principles
Driving hazards and related low-risk driving techniques
Established and reviewed laws and penalties in relation to demerit point offences, such as
driving while disqualified or under the influence of drugs and alcohol
Importance of attitude in abiding by the road rules
Importance of cooperation with other road users
Importance of space and speed management to avoid a collision
Importance of vision to avoid collision
Processes for identifying and responding to hazards
Purpose and benefits of road rules enforcement for safe car driving
Rationale for ongoing development of traffic regulations to meet changing traffic conditions
Risk management and low-risk driving
Road safety issues, including fatigue management and effects of drugs, alcohol and
medication on driving performance
Road signs, signals and markings
Road transport law (state or territory road rules and traffic safety legislation, e.g. driver
licensing, vehicle registration, alcohol and drugs, and vehicle standards)
Rules of braking
Rules of observation
Rules of steering
Safe, proactive and responsible car driving behaviours
Types of adverse driving conditions commonly encountered during driving activities
Required skills:
Adapt appropriately to differences in vehicles, including their controls and safety devices, and
the driving environment
Apply basic and high-level road skills when driving a car

Apply fatigue, attitude, motivation, concentration and anger management knowledge and
techniques
Apply observation skills in the course of vehicle operations
Apply precautions and act to minimise, control or eliminate hazards that may exist while
driving a vehicle
Apply road positioning skills
Apply safe car driving strategies
Apply traffic management skills
Carry out pre-operational checks and related action on vehicles
Communicate effectively with others when applying safe car driving behaviours
Deal effectively with adverse conditions while driving a vehicle
Evaluate risk and behave accordingly
Guide and control vehicles
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may occur while driving a vehicle
Interpret and follow operational instructions when applying safe car driving behaviours
Manage speed and space while driving a vehicle
Manoeuvre a vehicle at slow speed
environments
Monitor traffic and road conditions and react appropriately
Negotiate complex traffic and road conditions and make appropriate decisions
Promptly report and/or rectify identified problems, faults or malfunctions that may arise when
applying safe car driving behaviours
Read and interpret instructions, road rules, procedures, jurisdictional requirements,
information and signs relevant to safe car driving behaviours
Work collaboratively with other road users when driving a vehicle

RANGE STATEMENT
Applicable regulations and road transport law, for example:

legislation may include: legislation and related regulations applicable
to driving and using motor vehicles in relevant
state or territory
motor vehicle driver learner permit, driver
licence requirements and issue procedures
applicable in relevant state or territory
occupational health and safety legislation in
relevant state or territory
equal opportunity legislation in relevant state
or territory
workplace relations legislation in relevant
state or territory
Characteristics of car driving gender
instructors may include age (within regulatory guidelines)
information in relation to:
driving experience
fluency in English
educational background and general knowledge
diverse social and economic backgrounds and attitudes
effects of prior and current learning
individual learning styles
High level of driving competence ability to consistently carry out car driving tasks across a
is defined as: wide range of simple and complex situations and
conditions, including different types of vehicles, weather
conditions, road conditions and diverse potential hazards.
This also includes the management of attitude,
motivation, fatigue, anger and concentration
Road positioning skills are: those required to maintain a safe legal position on the
road when driving a vehicle. This includes observation,
speed management, decision making, hazard perception
and response to hazards, buffering from other vehicles,
maintaining space when making turns at intersections,
maintaining space from other vehicles when stopped, or
reducing speed and maintaining space requirements
during manoeuvres, such as kerb-side stopping, hill starts,
u-turns, three-point turns and reverse parking

Communication may include: oral and aural

reading and interpreting maps, street directories and GPS
navigation devices
using own vehicle horn, indicators, brake lights and road
positioning
recognising and responding to signals from other vehicles
recognising and responding to road signs, traffic signals
and other authorised signalling systems
non-verbal communication with other drivers and
motorcycle riders e.g. gestures and nods
Factors that affect learning effects of previous and current learning
progress may include: decision making skills in a range of driving situations
optimism bias (tendency to view negative incidents such
as road accidents as unlikely to happen to them;
overestimation of driving ability; and underestimation of
accident risk)
causal attribution (explains that driver's actions often
depend upon their interpretation of the cause of events,
limiting the ability to make objective risk assessments
and resulting in a tendency to blame external causes)
learner characteristics and attitudes
resources, e.g. time, location, space, people and costs
vehicle type
Resources may include: training materials and publications
location
personnel
dual control vehicle
OH&S and other workplace resource requirements
enterprise/industry standard operating procedures
funding for training facilities, resources and staff
Road users may include: pedestrians
cyclists
drivers or riders of trams and trains, and motor vehicles,
including motorcycles, light vehicles and heavy vehicles
Specific needs may relate to: age (within regulatory guidelines)
disability (within regulatory guidelines)
language, literacy and numeracy needs
those requiring refresher training

Driving may be undertaken in/at: a range of vehicle types

restricted spaces
open roads, e.g. freeways, main and busy roads, country
roads and suburban roads
a simulated environment
a range of weather conditions
time of day
Learning activities may include: demonstrations
explanations
problem solving
mentoring
coaching while driving
self-paced learning
assessment with feedback
combinations of the above
Workplace documents and company/enterprise/organisational procedures and
procedures may include: policies
record of driving skills, knowledge and abilities
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Critical aspects for assessment Evidence required to demonstrate competency in this

and evidence required to unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the
compliance with appropriate legislative,
regulatory and procedural requirements
while driving a vehicle
identification of risk factors which might
impact on driving behaviours and
implementing appropriate low-risk driving
response measures
selection and use of vehicle controls and
safety devices to enable safe car driving
Context of assessment Performance is demonstrated consistently over a period

assessment tasks
access to an appropriate range of driving
environments and situations
required to:
relevant and appropriate resources and/or
vehicles
applicable documentation, including driving
procedures, legislation, regulations and safe
driving policies
Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally
appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and
literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being
performed
Access to assessment support must be provided when
required.
conducted through appropriate written/oral tests,
including how to:
explain
describe
interpret
convey understanding
Practical assessment should occur:
in an appropriate range of situations in a
variety of driving environments
in adverse driving conditions
In all cases where practical assessment is used, it will
be combined with targeted questioning to assess the
underpinning knowledge
Assessment method may include consideration of third-
party reports and authenticated prior achievements,
which include on-road assessment by a qualified person

TLIC3708A Apply safe heavy vehicle driving behaviours

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the high-level safe driving skills and knowledge
required by heavy vehicle drivers to enable them to apply safe
driving behaviours. This includes higher order skills, such as
hazard perception, risk control and safe driving judgment, decision
Application of the Unit This unit is required by heavy vehicle driving instructors and
covers higher order heavy vehicle driving skills and knowledge
that build upon basic driver licence requirements.
Safe heavy vehicle driving behaviours must be able to be applied
without supervision. This involves the application of higher order
heavy vehicle driving skills, such as hazard perception, judgement,
decision making, multi-tasking, risk control and safe driving
attitudes across a range of vehicles and driving situations.
Definition of a heavy vehicle (class LR, MR, HR, HC, and MC) in
this context is a 'vehicle greater than 4.5 tonnes GVM and also
includes a vehicle seating more than 12 adults, including the
driver'.

1 Define and apply safe 1.1 Requirements for safe heavy vehicle driving are
heavy vehicle driving acknowledged, interpreted and applied
behaviours 1.2 Importance of attitude in abiding by the road rules in relation
to level of risk faced by a driver is understood and taken into
account in heavy vehicle driving activities
drive safely is understood and taken into account in heavy
vehicle driving activities
1.4 Motivation to drive safely is interpreted and described,
1.5 Principles of proactive driving, also known as low-risk
driving, that keep the driver at a low-level risk are interpreted
and applied
low-risk driving beliefs about low-risk driving are understood and applied
environment is clarified and taken into account in heavy
vehicle driving activities
influence low-risk driving are acknowledged and taken into
account in heavy vehicle driving activities
2.4 Low-risk driving strategies are understood, interpreted and
to safe heavy vehicle 3.2 Road signs, signals and markings are identified and taken into
driving account in heavy vehicle driving activities
into account in heavy vehicle driving activities
driving a heavy vehicle experience, speed, drugs, alcohol, road conditions, fatigue and
managed
space, vision, road conditions, vehicle condition and
emotional factors, drivers own behaviours and drivers
managed
4.5 Functions of vehicle controls and how to recover control of
the vehicle are understood and demonstrated

competence in heavy 5.2 Principles of braking are applied at a high level of competence
vehicle control skills 5.3 Principles of steering are applied at a high level of competence
competence
5.5 Vehicle is guided and controlled at a high level of competence

Required knowledge:
conditions, vehicle conditions and environmental conditions
alcohol, fatigue, time of driving (day or night), attitude, motivation, and beliefs or values
Critical factors underpinning high-level driving competence
Low-risk driving principles
Driving hazards and related low-risk driving techniques
driving while disqualified or under the influence of drugs and alcohol
Purpose and benefits of road rules enforcement for safe heavy vehicle driving
Risk management and low-risk driving
medication on driving performance
Road transport law (state or territory road rules and traffic safety legislation, e.g. driver
licensing, vehicle registration, alcohol and drugs, and vehicle standards)
Rules of braking
Rules of steering
Safe, proactive and responsible heavy vehicle driving behaviours
Types of adverse driving conditions commonly encountered during driving activities
Required skills:
Adapt appropriately to differences in vehicles including their controls, safety devices, and the
driving environment
Apply basic and high-level road skills when driving a heavy vehicle
techniques
Apply observation skills in the course of vehicle operations
driving a vehicle
Apply safe heavy vehicle driving strategies
Carry out pre-operational checks and related action on vehicles
Communicate effectively with others when applying safe heavy vehicle driving behaviours
Deal effectively with adverse conditions while driving a vehicle
Guide and control vehicles
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may occur while driving a vehicle
Interpret and follow operational instructions when applying safe heavy vehicle driving
behaviours
Manage speed and space while driving a vehicle
Manoeuvre a vehicle at slow speed
environments
applying safe heavy vehicle driving behaviours
information and signs relevant to safe heavy vehicle driving behaviours
Work collaboratively with other road users when driving a vehicle

RANGE STATEMENT
Applicable regulations and Road transport law, for example:

to driving and using heavy vehicles in relevant
state or territory
heavy vehicle driver learner permit, driver
licence requirements and issue procedures
applicable in relevant state or territory
or territory
state or territory
Characteristics of heavy vehicle gender
driving instructors may include age (within regulatory guidelines)
driving experience
fluency in English
High level of heavy vehicle ability to consistently carry out heavy vehicle driving
driving competence is defined as: tasks across a wide range of simple and complex
situations and conditions, including different types of
vehicles, weather conditions, road conditions and diverse
potential hazards. This also includes the management of
attitude, motivation, fatigue, anger and concentration
road when driving a vehicle. This includes observation,
speed management, decision making, hazard perception
and response to hazards, buffering from other vehicles,
maintaining space when making turns at intersections,
maintaining space from other vehicles when stopped, or
reducing speed and maintaining space requirements
during manoeuvres, such as kerb-side stopping, hill starts,
and reversing


navigation devices
using own vehicle horn, indicators, brake lights and road
positioning
non-verbal communication with other drivers and
motorcycle riders e.g. gestures and nods
progress may include: decision making skills in a range of driving situations
overestimation of driving ability; and underestimation of
accident risk)
causal attribution (explains that a drivers actions often
vehicle type
location
personnel
dual control vehicle
cyclists

Driving may be undertaken in/at: a range of heavy vehicle types

restricted spaces
time of day
explanations
problem solving
mentoring
coaching while driving
self-paced learning
record of driving skills, knowledge and abilities
EVIDENCE GUIDE

while driving a heavy vehicle
impact on heavy vehicle driving behaviours
and implementing appropriate low-risk
driving response measures
selection and use of vehicle controls and
safety devices to enable safe heavy vehicle
driving

assessment tasks
access to an appropriate range of heavy
vehicle driving environments and situations
required to:
heavy vehicles
applicable documentation, including heavy
vehicle driving procedures, legislation,
regulations and safe heavy vehicle driving
policies
performed
required
including how to:
explain
describe
interpret
variety of driving environments
in adverse driving conditions

TLIC3808A Apply safe motorcycle riding behaviours

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the high-level safe riding skills and knowledge
required by motorcycle riders to enable them to apply safe riding
behaviours. This includes higher order skills, such as hazard
perception, risk control and safe riding judgement, decision
Application of the Unit This unit is required by motorcycle riding instructors and covers
higher order riding skills and knowledge that build upon basic
rider licence requirements.
Safe riding behaviours must be able to be applied without
supervision. This involves the application of higher order riding
skills, such as hazard perception, judgement, decision making,
multi-tasking, risk control and safe riding attitudes across a range
of motorcycles and riding situations.
Definition of a motorcycle (class R) in this context is a 'two or
three wheel motorcycle/motorbike'.

1 Define and apply safe 1.1 Requirements for safe riding are acknowledged, interpreted
motorcycle riding and applied
behaviours 1.2 Importance of attitude in abiding by the road rules in relation
to level of risk faced by a rider is understood and taken into
account in motorcycle riding activities
ride safely is understood and taken into account in motorcycle
riding activities
1.4 Motivation to ride safely is interpreted and described,
1.5 Principles of proactive riding, also known as low-risk riding,
that keep the rider at a low-level risk are interpreted and
applied

low-risk riding beliefs about low-risk riding are understood and applied
environment is clarified and taken into account in motorcycle
riding activities
influence low-risk riding are acknowledged and taken into
account in motorcycle riding activities
2.4 Low-risk riding strategies are understood, interpreted and
2.5 Features and benefits of protective clothing are understood
and applied
to safe motorcycle 3.2 Road signs, signals and markings are identified and taken into
riding account in motorcycle riding activities
into account in motorcycle riding activities
riding a motorcycle experience, speed, drugs, alcohol, road conditions, fatigue and
managed
space, vision, road conditions, motorcycle condition and
emotional factors, riders own behaviours and riders
managed
4.5 Functions of motorcycle controls are understood and
demonstrated

competence in 5.2 Principles of braking are applied at a high level of competence
motorcycle control 5.3 Principles of steering and counter-steering are applied at a
skills high level of competence

competence
5.5 Motorcycle is guided and controlled at a high level of
competence
5.6 Principles of body weight transfer are applied at a high level
of competence

Required knowledge:
conditions, motorcycle conditions and environmental conditions
alcohol, fatigue, time of riding (day or night), attitude, motivation, and beliefs or values
Critical factors underpinning high-level riding competence
Low-risk riding principles
Riding hazards and related low-risk riding techniques
riding while disqualified or under the influence of drugs and alcohol
Purpose and benefits of road rules enforcement for safe motorcycle riding
Risk management and low-risk riding
medication on riding performance
Road transport law (state or territory road rules and traffic safety legislation, e.g. rider
licensing, motorcycle registration, alcohol and drugs, and motorcycle standards)
Rules of braking
Rules of steering and counter-steering
Rules of body weight transfer
Safe, proactive and responsible motorcycle riding behaviours
Types of adverse riding conditions commonly encountered during riding activities
Features and benefits of protective riding apparel

Legal requirements of protective riding apparel
Required skills:
Adapt appropriately to differences in motorcycles, including their controls and safety devices,
and the riding environment
Apply basic and high-level road skills when riding a motorcycle
techniques
Apply observation skills in the course of motorcycle operations
riding a motorcycle
Apply safe motorcycle riding strategies
Carry out pre-operational checks and related action on motorcycles
Communicate effectively with others when applying safe motorcycle riding behaviours
Deal effectively with adverse conditions while riding a motorcycle
Guide and control motorcycles
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may occur while riding a motorcycle
Interpret and follow operational instructions when applying safe riding behaviours
Manage speed and space while riding a motorcycle
Manoeuvre a motorcycle at slow speed
environments
Monitor performance of motorcycle and take appropriate action where required
applying safe motorcycle riding behaviours
information and signs relevant to safe motorcycle riding behaviours
Work collaboratively with other road users when riding a motorcycle

RANGE STATEMENT
Applicable regulations and road transport law, for example:

to driving and using motorcycles in relevant
state or territory
motorcycle rider learner permit, rider licence
requirements and issue procedures applicable
in relevant state or territory
or territory
state or territory
Characteristics of motorcycle gender
riding instructors may include age (within regulatory guidelines)
riding experience
fluency in English
High level of motorcycle riding ability to consistently carry out motorcycle riding tasks
competence is defined as: across a wide range of simple and complex situations and
conditions, including different types of motorcycles,
weather conditions, road conditions and diverse potential
hazards. This also includes the management of attitude,
motivation, fatigue, anger and concentration
road when riding a motorcycle. This includes
observation, speed management, decision making, hazard
perception and response to hazards, buffering from other
vehicles, maintaining space when making turns at
intersections, maintaining space from other vehicles
when stopped, or reducing speed and maintaining space
requirements during manoeuvres, such as kerb-side
stopping, hill starts, u-turns and reverse parking


navigation devices
using own motorcycle horn, indicators, brake lights and
road positioning
non-verbal communication with other riders/drivers e.g.
gestures and nods
progress may include: decision making skills in a range of riding situations
overestimation of riding ability; and underestimation of
accident risk)
causal attribution (explains that riders actions often
motorcycle type
location
personnel
cyclists

Riding may be undertaken in/at: a range of motorcycle types

restricted spaces
time of day
explanations
problem solving
mentoring
coaching while riding
self-paced learning
record of riding skills, knowledge and abilities
EVIDENCE GUIDE

while riding a motorcycle
impact on riding behaviours and
implementing appropriate low-risk riding
response measures
selection and use of motorcycle controls and
safety devices to ensure safe riding

assessment tasks
access to an appropriate range of riding
environments and situations
required to:
motorcycles
applicable documentation, including riding
procedures, legislation, regulations and safe
riding policies
performed
required.
including how to:
explain
describe
interpret
variety of riding environments
in adverse riding conditions

TLIC3909A Operate and monitor a monorail train

and monitor a monorail train in accordance with relevant
workplace practices, regulations and codes of practice. This
includes planning and identifying the monorail train for
operations, operating the train, monitoring the trains performance
during service, and communicating effectively with the Controller
and other personnel. Licensing or certification requirements are
not applicable to this unit.
legislated rail safety requirements including acts and regulations
from each applicable state and territory together with any
operational principles and procedures to operate and monitor a
monorail train across a variety of operational contexts.

1 Plan and identify a 1.1 Driving requirement is identified and confirmed from roster,
monorail train for shift-card or other authorised documentation
operations 1.2 Sign-on/log-on procedures at the depot are completed and the
monorail train to be operated is correctly identified
1.3 Essential equipment is identified and obtained
2 Operate and monitor 2.1 Monorail train is operated within specifications and
monorail train in organisational requirements to meet required schedules and
normal operational special services
mode 2.2 On-board equipment is confirmed as being serviceable, and is
operated in accordance with specifications and organisation
requirements
2.3 Warning devices and gauges are monitored and responded to
in accordance with organisation requirements
2.4 Operational restrictions established by the organisation and
relevant legislation are observed
2.5 Monorail train is stopped in designated and approved locations
and within limitations, to permit safe embarkation and
alighting of all kinds of passengers
3 Operate monorail train 3.1 In the event of an abnormal situation occurring, Controller is
in abnormal situations contacted and their instructions are requested
3.2 Appropriate mode of operation is selected and implemented
when authorised by the Controller
3.3 All instructions from the Controller are followed
4 Monitor on-board 4.1 Equipment is monitored to maintain optimum running

equipment conditions and identify faults, defects and deficiencies
defects and deficiencies to ensure safe operation of train,
including communications with Operations Controller where
necessary
4.3 If instructed by the Controller, faults, defects and deficiencies
are assessed to determine risk of damage to equipment or
injury to personnel
4.4 Defects are reported and/or recorded
5 Communicate with 5.1 Regular communication is maintained with the Controller in

Controller the course of operation of the monorail train as per workplace
5.2 Controller is advised of operational problems, delays, safety
incidents and emergency situations that may arise in the
course of operation of the monorail train
5.3 Information provided by the Controller relevant to the ongoing
operation of the monorail train is interpreted and applied to
driving activities as per workplace procedures and applicable
6 Follow all applicable 6.1 Regulatory requirements applicable to the operation of the
regulatory monorail train are accessed and interpreted
requirements 6.2 Relevant regulatory requirements are applied and followed in
the course of operation of the monorail train

Required knowledge:
Monorail train controls, instruments and indicators and their purpose, location and use
including controls to start, accelerate, decelerate and stop the train
Monorail train operating characteristics, capabilities and limitations including all modes of
operation
Procedures for operating and monitoring the monorail train
operating and monitoring a monorail train
Procedures for operating and monitoring ancillary equipment on the train
Monorail train knowledge may include monitoring devices, braking and drive equipment and
ancillary systems
Track knowledge including track limitations, speed limitations, curves and gradients and
location of any indicators
Typical defects that can occur on a monorail train and related action that should be taken
Procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency when operating a monorail train
Fatigue management knowledge and techniques including causes and effects of fatigue,
strategies to manage fatigue, factors which increase fatigue-related accidents, and lifestyles
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with the Controller when operating and monitoring a monorail train
and monitoring of a monorail train
Interpret and follow instructions
Complete documentation related to the operation and monitoring of a monorail train
Work collaboratively with others when operating and monitoring a monorail train
Identify and assess train defects and deficiencies and take appropriate action to report any
identified defective equipment as per workplace procedures
exist when operating and monitoring a monorail train
Recognise problems that may arise when operating and monitoring a monorail train and take
appropriate action
Operate a monorail train and monitor its performance to facilitate optimum safe operation
Apply track and road knowledge when driving a monorail train
RANGE STATEMENT

in all normal weather conditions
Modes of operation include: fully automatic

semi-automatic
manual
Essential equipment includes: monorail procedures and announcements folder
hand microphone
keys
pre-service sheet
alarm sheet
portable radio
hold at station dial
operators chair
no entry signs
vigilance systems
traction systems
fire extinguisher
Abnormal situations may include: stoppage between stations
computer failure
mechanical failure
electrical failure
Relevant personnel may include: controllers
other monorail train drivers/supervisors
may be called:

train driver roster sheet
Applicable legislation, legislated rail safety requirements including acts and
regulations and codes may regulations from each applicable state and territory
include: together with any nationally approved compliance codes
and/or guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
driving monorail train in manual mode to
organisational standards
operating monorail train in automatic and
semi-automatic modes correctly
communicating appropriately and
effectively with the Controller

required to:
equipment, and
workplace

TLIC4009A Provide wheelchair accessible taxi services to passengers with disabilities
TLIC4009A Provide wheelchair accessible taxi services to

wheelchair accessible taxis used for the transport of people with
disabilities. It includes carrying out pre-operational checks of the
vehicle and its ancillary equipment; communicating effectively
with passengers; securing passengers and ancillary/mobility
equipment; providing appropriate support to passengers during
their journey; and manoeuvring the vehicle with due consideration
of the passengers disability. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
certification requirements may be applicable to this unit.
Application of the Unit This unit applies to all taxi drivers who are entering the role of
drivers of wheelchair accessible taxis. Work involves transferring
passengers, and applying both manual loading and unloading with
the aid of equipment/appliances. The work involves the
application of routine vehicle driving principles and procedures to
maintain the safety and operation of a commercial vehicle
conveying people with disabilities in varying driving contexts.
Transporting passengers with disabilities must be carried out in
relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority.

1 Carry out pre- 1.1 The pre-operational checks for the vehicle and its associated
operational checks on ancillary equipment are carried out in accordance with
vehicles manufacturers requirements, government regulations and
2 Communicate 2.1 Appropriate communication methods are selected and used to

effectively with meet the requirements of passengers with disabilities
passengers 2.2 Appropriate and effective verbal and non-verbal
communication skills are used including appropriate body
language and language style
2.3 Effective listening skills are demonstrated
2.4 Questions are used to gain appropriate information
3 Assist passengers into 3.1 Passenger characteristics are identified and taken into account
and out of the vehicle when determining appropriate assistance into and out of the
in a manner suited to vehicle
their disability 3.2 Compatibility of passengers mobility device and vehicles
loading, anchoring and carrying equipment is assessed in
accordance with regulations
3.3 Passengers are assisted into and out of the vehicle,
demonstrating compliance with loading regulations and
workplace safety requirements
3.4 Passengers and their mobility device/wheelchair are secured
safely in accordance with vehicle and equipment
specifications and regulations
3.5 Vehicle equipment is operated and stowed in accordance with
company procedures and manufacturers instructions
3.6 Ancillary equipment is stowed safely in vehicle following
3.7 Passengers are picked up and set down in a safe and efficient
manner, taking into account suitable locations and safe use of
equipment
3.8 Relevant OH&S and passenger welfare is considered
4 Drive a vehicle used by 4.1 Ongoing support is provided to passengers to maximise their
passengers with travelling comfort
disabilities 4.2 The vehicle is driven safely in accordance with the regulations
for the class of vehicle involved
4.3 The vehicle is driven in accordance with road and traffic
conditions with due consideration to any required precautions
related to the disability of the passengers and relevant
government regulations
4.5 Documentation/transactions relevant to the provision of the
taxi subsidy scheme is completed
5 Plan and organise 5.1 Workload is assessed and prioritised

daily work activities 5.2 Daily routine is planned to take into account work schedules
and network/communication bookings
5.3 Clarification of requirements of tasks is sought when
appropriate
5.4 Achievable time and other performance measures are agreed
5.5 Tasks are completed with variations to plan identified and
reported

6 Apply ethical 6.1 Ethical behaviour is applied that avoids any form of sexual
behaviour harassment, or physical or mental abuse, or intimidation
towards passengers with disabilities

Required knowledge:
Relevant road rules, regulations and licence requirements of the relevant state/territory road
traffic authority including the need to give priority to wheelchair passengers
Equal opportunity/anti-discrimination legislation
Procedures and protocols for the provision of wheelchair accessible taxi services to customers
Typical problems that can occur when providing wheelchair accessible taxi services to
customers, and related appropriate action that can be taken to prevent or solve them
Sources of information and documentation needed when providing wheelchair accessible taxi
services to customers
Characteristics of various disabilities: intellectual/physical, congenital/acquired
Characteristics of permanent/temporary and multiple disabilities including (singularly or
multiple): cerebral palsy, spina bifida, multiple sclerosis, paraplegia, quadriplegia, muscular
dystrophy, epilepsy, arthritis, diabetes, asthma, psychological disabilities, visual/hearing
impairment, intellectual disabilities
Various types of mobility aids that cannot be secured safety in wheelchair accessible taxis
Alternate transport modes if mobility aids cannot be safely secured in a wheelchair accessible
taxi vehicle
Passengers that cannot be seated in or on certain mobility aids whilst in transit
Etiquette/protocols for interacting with passengers with disabilities
Vehicle operational checks
Methods of securing a range of wheelchair/mobility devices and passengers with various
disabilities
Taxi transport subsidy scheme bookings and fare concessions
Vehicle and ancillary equipment controls, instructions and indicators and their use
Duty of care responsibilities when transporting passengers with disabilities
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when providing wheelchair accessible taxi services to
customers
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the provision of
wheelchair accessible taxi services to customers

Complete documentation related to the provision wheelchair accessible taxi services to

customers
Operate electronic equipment to required protocol
Work collaboratively with others when providing wheelchair accessible taxi services to
customers
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when providing
wheelchair accessible taxi services to customers
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when providing
wheelchair accessible taxi services to customers, in accordance with regulatory requirements
Apply relevant codes of practice and legislative requirements
environments
procedures
workplace tasks
standards
Assess risks and hazards when assisting passengers with disabilities into and out of the
vehicle
Take precautions to control risk when assisting passengers with disabilities into and out of the
taxicab
Ability to safely use manual handling techniques and to operate loading equipment
Apply techniques for manoeuvring and driving vehicles transporting passengers with
disabilities
Monitor traffic and road conditions
Conduct pre-operational checks on vehicle and ancillary equipment and take related action
Monitor performance of taxicab and its equipment and take appropriate action where required

RANGE STATEMENT
Pre-operational checks may visual check of vehicle and ancillary equipment

include: checking compatibility of mobility devices and vehicle
loading, anchoring and carrying equipment
checking and topping up fluid levels
checking tyre pressure
checking operation of vehicle lights and indicators
checking brakes before moving vehicle
Ancillary equipment may ramps
include: hoists
Workplace procedures may company policies and procedures
include: established workplace procedures
Passengers may have a range of intellectual/physical disability
disabilities which may involve: congenital/acquired disability
permanent/temporary disability
Assistance into and out of the operations conducted during the day or night
vehicle, picking up, setting down in all weather conditions
and transporting of passengers
may include: different terrain and road surfaces
Vehicle handling procedures starting a vehicle

must include: steering and manoeuvring a vehicle
reversing a vehicle
operating the controls, instruments and indicators of the
vehicle and the ancillary equipment
managing vehicle blind spots and height restrictions
managing engine performance and its effect on the
environment

Driving hazards may include but unstable passengers

are not limited to: wet and iced roads
road damage
road works
oil on road
road closures for special events such as marches, parades
holiday traffic
sewerage, telecommunications, gas
foggy conditions
EVIDENCE GUIDE

exercising all required safety precautions
and procedures during loading, unloading
and driving operations
assisting passengers into and out of the
vehicle in accordance with workplace
procedures
securing passengers for safe transport in
accordance with relevant standards and
procedures
maintaining the comfort and dignity of
providing customer service and working
effectively with others
carrying out pre-operational checks on
vehicles used by passengers with disabilities
identifying driving hazards and using
appropriate defensive driving techniques
following safe handling procedures for
vehicles used by passengers with disabilities
recognising and adapting ethical behaviour
that avoids any form of sexual harassment,
or physical or mental abuse, or intimidation
towards passengers with special needs
following emergency procedures when
required
monitoring and maintaining vehicle
performance and its effect on the
environment
reporting and/or rectifying any identified
vehicle faults or malfunctions in accordance
applying procedures for taxi subsidy scheme
bookings and payments
completing workplace documentation
participating in a range of interactions with
following OH&S regulations and legislation
assessment, and/or
participation in a range of interactions with
passengers with a range of disabilities
drive and operate a vehicle used to transport
passengers with disabilities in a range of
operational situations - this is not to be done
in a simulated environment
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace
practical assessment must occur using a
wheelchair accessible taxi or taxi approved
by the state regulations


TLIC407D Drive heavy rigid vehicle

heavy rigid vehicle safely including systematic and efficient
control of all vehicle functions, monitoring of traffic and road
conditions, management of vehicle condition and performance,
and effective management of hazardous situations. Assessment of
this unit may be undertaken within a licensing examination
conducted by, or under the authority of, the relevant state/territory
Road Traffic Authority. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
and traffic authority pertaining to heavy rigid vehicles.
commercial heavy rigid vehicle across a variety of driving
contexts.

1 Drive the heavy rigid 1.1 The heavy rigid vehicle is started, steered, manoeuvred,
vehicle positioned and stopped in accordance with traffic regulations
specified torque range and temperature through effective gear
selection and smooth transition in gear changes
1.4 Braking system of heavy rigid vehicle is managed and
conditions
1.6 The heavy rigid vehicle is driven in reverse, maintaining
visibility and achieving accurate positioning.
1.7 The heavy rigid vehicle is parked, shut down and secured in

1.8 Where required, overwidth and overweight permit applications
are undertaken in accordance with relevant regulatory
requirements
emergency
or damage to property, equipment loads and facilities

during use

Required knowledge:
Heavy rigid vehicle controls, instruments and indicators and their use
Heavy rigid vehicle handling procedures
Pre-operational checks carried out on heavy rigid vehicle and related action

a driver
Fatigue management strategies and on-road techniques
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when driving a commercial heavy rigid vehicle
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to when the
driving of a commercial heavy rigid vehicle
Complete documentation related to the driving of a commercial heavy rigid vehicle
Work collaboratively with others when driving a commercial heavy rigid vehicle
when driving a commercial heavy rigid vehicle in accordance with regulatory requirements
exist when driving a commercial heavy rigid vehicle
environments
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of the vehicle and its equipment and take appropriate action where
required
Carry out pre-operational checks in the course of work activities

RANGE STATEMENT
Type of vehicle includes: all heavy rigid vehicles, for example any rigid vehicle
with 3 or more axles, including trucks or buses, greater
than 8 tonnes GVM
including:
on the open road
on a private road
reversing a vehicle
using air brakes
checks of brakes
changing of tyres


fire in vehicle
leaking fuel
faulty brakes
foggy conditions
work site hazards including power and service lines,
buildings, structures, facilities, underground services,
uneven or unstable ground and recently filled trenches,
stationary and moving machinery and equipment,
hazardous or dangerous materials, noise, light, energy
sources, and obstructions
include:
road damage
road works
etc.
sporting events, etc.
holiday traffic

Documentation/records may state/territory heavy rigid vehicle driving licence and

include: permit requirements
relevant standards and certification requirements
may include: regulations and licence/permit requirements pertaining to
heavy rigid vehicles
requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC4109A Operate self-propelled equipment on track

self-propelled equipment on track in accordance with safeworking
performing pre-operational and post-operational checks, operation
of the equipment, and the completion of required documentation.
It encompasses the operation of all self-propelled equipment, on
track including road/rail equipment operated in rail mode.
Licensing or certification requirements may be applicable to this
unit.
Work is performed with some supervision, generally within a team
environment. It involves the application of routine operational
principles and procedures to operate self-propelled equipment on
track as part of workplace activities across a variety of operational
Operators of self-propelled equipment on track may need to have
fulfilled licence or certification requirements for the type of
equipment being used.

1 Perform pre- 1.1 Basic pre-operational equipment checks are conducted as per
operational equipment manufacturers specifications or local maintenance schedules
checks 1.2 Service books are checked and completed accurately as
required
1.3 Deficiencies with equipment are identified and rectified in
1.4 Relevant persons are notified of problems and/or
documentation completed
2 Operate equipment 2.1 Equipment is placed on track and removed from track where
applicable
2.2 Equipment is driven on track
2.3 Equipment is set up for work and prepared for travel after
work
2.4 Equipment is operated in a safe and efficient manner in

procedures
2.5 Equipment is operated with due regard for prevailing
operating conditions to ensure safe working conditions and
minimise potential accidents
2.6 Equipment is operated to achieve the outcome and quality of
work in accordance with the workplace standards and
procedures
2.7 Warning systems are monitored and responded to
appropriately during operation to maintain correct
functionality of equipment
2.8 Equipment is left stored in appropriate manner and location to
ensure security and protection of equipment
3 Perform post- 3.1 Post-operational equipment checks are conducted as per

operational equipment manufacturers specifications or local maintenance schedules
procedures to identify defects and maintenance requirements
3.2 Deficiencies with equipment are identified and rectified in an
appropriate manner to maintain correct functionality of
equipment
3.3 Relevant persons are notified of problems and/or
documentation is completed in accordance with instructions
and the relevant codes of practice
4 Complete 4.1 Service books are checked and completed accurately

documentation 4.2 Required documentation is completed in a timely, accurate
and complete manner in accordance with workplace
procedures

Required knowledge:
Servicing schedules and procedures for pre- and post-operational checks of self-propelled
equipment
Equipment and materials for use when conducting pre- and post-operational checks of self-
propelled equipment
Components of self-propelled equipment and their applications
Workplace procedures for the operation of self-propelled equipment
Problems that may occur during the operation of self-propelled equipment, and action that can
be taken to report or resolve the problems
Setting up requirements in preparation for work

Hazards that may exist when setting up and operating self-propelled equipment on track, and
Types of self-propelled equipment and their applications
Technical specifications and manuals
Impact of machine operation on track condition and geometry
Defects that can occur in self-propelled equipment, and related action that should be taken
Local authority procedures
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when operating self-propelled equipment on track
self-propelled equipment on track
Work collaboratively with others when operating self-propelled equipment on track
self-propelled equipment on track in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Plan and organise work
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when operating self-propelled equipment
on track
environments
procedures
Drive self-propelled equipment on track (for which certificated and/or licensed)
RANGE STATEMENT

Work may be conducted in: exposed conditions

substances
Equipment may include: basic mechanical/hydraulic self-propelled equipment,
including:
jacks
borers
pullers
(rail-mounted) lubricators
winches
tampers
rail adjusters
ballast scarifiers
equipment with multiple functions, including:
ballast regulators, cranes, sleeper renewer,
gantry, sleeper laying frame, disposal and
distribution wagons, and road/rail equipment
when operated in rail mode
complex self-propelled equipment, including:
tamper liners
track laying machines
rail-mounted lubrication vehicles
rail planers
rail grinders
undercutters
ballast cleaning machines
ballast screening and collection units
track geometry recording and detection cars

equipment/systems may include: radio headsets


gloves
sunscreen
sunglasses
safety glasses
insect repellent
safety headwear
safety footwear
hand lamps
flags
safety devices

include: procedures
manuals
work orders

and/or guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
situations:
performing pre- and post-operational
equipment checks
operating self-propelled equipment on track
in travel and work mode
required to:
equipment, and

workplace

TLIC4209A Operate coach/bus

passenger coach/bus safely. It includes maintaining systematic and
efficient control of all coach/bus functions; monitoring traffic and
road conditions; managing coach/bus condition and performance;
and effectively managing hazardous situations. Licensing,
legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may be
Application of the Unit Operation of a passenger coach/bus is performed with limited or
minimum supervision, with limited accountability and
responsibility for self and others in achieving the prescribed
outcomes.
This unit involves the application of routine vehicle driving
commercial coach/bus across a variety of contexts.
The entry requirement for this unit is the attainment of applicable
licence from the state regulatory authority to operate a bus/coach.

1 Operate the coach/bus 1.1 The coach/bus is started, steered, manoeuvred, positioned and
stopped in accordance with manufacturers instructions
1.3 Engine operation is maintained within the manufacturers
transmission use
1.4 Braking system of coach/bus is managed and operated to
ensure effective control of the coach/bus under all conditions
1.5 Hazards are identified and/or anticipated and avoided or
controlled through defensive driving techniques
1.6 The coach/bus is driven in reverse, maintaining visibility and
achieving accurate positioning in accordance with workplace
procedures
1.7 The coach/bus is parked, shut down and secured in accordance
with manufacturers specifications and workplace procedures
1.8 The behaviours displayed by operators towards other road
users is appropriately aligned with workplace procedures

2 Monitor and respond 2.1 The most efficient route of travel is taken through monitoring
to traffic and road and anticipation of traffic flows and conditions, road standards
conditions and other factors likely to cause delays or route deviations
3 Monitor and maintain 3.1 Coach/bus performance is maintained through pre-operational

coach/bus performance inspections and checks of the coach/bus and ancillary
equipment
3.2 Performance and efficiency of coach/bus operation is
repaired or reported to the appropriate authority in accordance
3.4 Coach/bus records are maintained/updated and information is
3.5 Vehicle monitoring devices (such as tachographs) are operated
4 Operate the coach/bus 4.1 Passenger positioning and dispersion is in accordance with
safely manufacturers instructions and workplace procedures
4.2 Bus/coach doors are operated safely for entry and exit from
coach/bus in accordance with manufacturers and workplace
instructions
4.3 Visual checks are conducted on entry to and exit from bus
stops in accordance with workplace instructions
4.4 Vehicle positioning and movement are convenient and safe for
passengers embarking and disembarking in accordance with
regulatory and workplace instructions
5 Operate bus/coach 5.1 All bus/coach associated equipment is operated in accordance

associated equipment with manufacturers and workplace instructions
5.2 Faults with all bus/coach associated equipment are reported
according to manufacturers and workplace instructions
5.3 Route destination is clearly displayed on the vehicle as
required by workplace instructions
6 Provide customer 6.1 Comfort and wellbeing of passengers are in accordance with
service to passengers workplace instructions
on coach/bus 6.2 Lost property processing is in accordance with organisational
procedures
6.3 Assistance is provided for identified special needs and/or any
luggage and ancillary equipment requirements in accordance
with workplace instructions

Required knowledge:
Relevant state and territory regulations and procedures in relation to bus stops
Coach/bus controls, instruments and indicators and their use
Coach/bus handling procedures
Pre-operational checks carried out on coaches/buses and related action
a driver
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when driving a commercial coach or bus
a commercial coach or bus
Complete documentation related to the operation of a commercial coach or bus
Operate electronic communication equipment to required protocol including on-board
intercom and communications equipment
Work collaboratively with others when operating a commercial coach or bus
when operating a commercial coach or bus in accordance with workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may occur when operating a
commercial coach or bus
exist during the operation of a commercial coach or bus
environments
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of coach or bus and its equipment and take appropriate action where
required
Service coach or bus and its equipment in terms of maintenance schedule and standard
RANGE STATEMENT
Type of vehicle includes: all coaches and buses relevant to specific licence
classifications
Operate a passenger coach/bus operations conducted at day or night
may be carried out in typical road typical weather conditions
transport situations pertaining to
a coach/bus, including: on the open road
on a private road
kerb side bus stops
within shopping centres
within railway complexes
within tourist attractions car parks
Special needs may include: temporarily physically impaired persons
visually and hearing impaired persons
mentally impaired persons
frail and elderly persons
school children

Bus/coach associated equipment ticket machines

may include: electronic doors
manual doors
toilet units
reversing a vehicle
operating door opening and closing equipment
Pre-operational checks may exterior vehicle checks
include: internal vehicle checks
checking and topping up of fluid levels
checks of brakes
microphone operational
equipment such as jack, wheel brace, spare tyre
trailers such as jockey wheel, coupling of trailer
changing of tyres


fire in vehicle
leaking fuel
faulty brakes
foggy conditions
road damage
road works
etc.
holiday traffic
Documentation/records may state/territory coach/bus driving licence requirements

coach/bus manufacturers instructions, specifications and
recommended driving procedures, including pre-
operational checks of coach/bus

coaches/buses
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

undertaking pre-operational checks &
vehicle handling procedures
implementing responses to changing road
conditions
applying knowledge of relevant legislation
applying customer service skills in
accordance with industry requirements and
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIC507D Drive heavy combination vehicle

heavy combination vehicle safely including systematic and
efficient control of all vehicle functions, monitoring of traffic and
road conditions, management of vehicle condition and
performance, coupling and uncoupling of trailer, and effective
management of hazardous situations. Assessment of this unit may
be undertaken within a licensing examination conducted, by or
under the authority of, the relevant state/territory Road Traffic
Authority. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
and traffic authority pertaining to heavy combination vehicles.
commercial heavy combination vehicle across a variety of driving
contexts.

1 Drive the heavy 1.1 The heavy combination vehicle is started, steered,
combination vehicle manoeuvred, positioned and stopped in accordance with traffic
regulations and manufacturers instructions
specified torque range and temperature through effective gear
selection and smooth transition in gear changes
1.4 Braking system of heavy combination vehicle is managed and
conditions
1.6 The heavy combination vehicle is driven in reverse,
maintaining visibility and achieving accurate positioning
1.7 The heavy combination vehicle is parked, uncoupled, shut

down and secured in accordance with manufacturers
specifications, traffic regulations and workplace procedures
1.8 Where required, overwidth and overweight permit applications
are undertaken in accordance with relevant regulatory
requirements
1.9 Appropriate signage, lights and the like are checked for
operational effectiveness and for conformity to prescribed
traffic regulations
1.10 Appropriate procedures are followed in the event of a
driving emergency
or damage to property, equipment loads and facilities

3.2 Prime mover and trailer are aligned and coupled in accordance
with manufacturers instructions and workplace procedures
3.3 Coupled vehicle is checked and tested to ensure it is correctly
secured and to confirm that it is fully operational
during use

Required knowledge:
Heavy combination vehicle controls, instruments and indicators and their use
Heavy combination vehicle handling procedures


Pre-operational checks carried out on heavy combination vehicle and related action
Map reading and navigation of the vehicle and related action
a driver
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when driving a heavy combination vehicle
heavy combination vehicle
Complete documentation related to the driving of a heavy combination vehicle
Work collaboratively with others when driving a heavy combination vehicle
when driving a heavy combination vehicle in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may arise when driving a heavy
combination vehicle
environments
procedures
Apply map reading and road navigation techniques to the operation of a heavy combination
vehicle

standards
Monitor performance of vehicle, its trailers and its equipment and take appropriate action
where required
RANGE STATEMENT
Type of vehicle includes: all heavy combination vehicles that may be driven on
public and private roads and work sites
including:
on the open road
on a private road
reversing a vehicle
using air brakes
checks of brakes
checks of coupling equipment


changing of tyres
fire in vehicle
leaking fuel
faulty brakes
foggy conditions
work site hazards including power and service lines,
buildings, structures, facilities, underground services,
uneven or unstable ground and recently filled trenches,
stationary and moving machinery and equipment,
hazardous or dangerous materials, noise, light, energy
sources, and obstructions
road damage
road works
etc.
holiday traffic


Documentation/records may state/territory heavy combination vehicle driving

include: licence/permit requirements
may include: regulations and licence requirements pertaining to heavy
combination vehicles
requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or

required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC607C Drive multi-combination vehicle

multi-combination vehicle safely, including systematic and
efficient control of all vehicle functions, coupling and uncoupling
of dollies, monitoring of traffic and road conditions, management
of vehicle condition and performance, and effective management
of hazardous situations. Assessment of this unit may be
undertaken within a licensing examination conducted by, or under
the authority of, the relevant state/territory Road Traffic Authority.
and traffic authority pertaining to multi-combination vehicles.
commercial multi-combination vehicle across a variety of driving
contexts.

1 Drive the multi- 1.1 The multi-combination vehicle is started, steered,
combination vehicle manoeuvred, positioned and stopped in accordance with traffic
regulations and manufacturers instructions
1.3 Braking system of multi-combination vehicle is managed and
conditions
1.5 The multi-combination vehicle is driven in reverse,
maintaining visibility and achieving accurate positioning
1.6 The multi-combination vehicle is parked, shut down,
uncoupled and secured according to manufacturers
specifications, traffic regulations and workplace procedures
1.7 Appropriate signage, lights and the like are checked for
operational effectiveness and for conformity to prescribed
traffic regulations
emergency
2 Monitor traffic and 2.1 The most efficient and permissible route of travel is taken
road conditions through monitoring and anticipation of traffic flows and
conditions, road standards and other factors likely to cause
delays or route deviations

3.2 Prime mover, dollies and trailer are aligned and coupled in
proper sequence in accordance with manufacturers
3.3 Coupled vehicle is checked and tested to ensure it is correctly
secured and to confirm that it is fully operational
during use

Required knowledge:
Multi-combination vehicle controls, instruments and indicators and their use
Multi-combination vehicle handling procedures
Pre-operational checks carried out on multi-combination vehicle and related action

a driver
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when driving a multi-combination vehicle
multi-combination vehicle
Complete documentation related to the driving of a multi-combination vehicle
Work collaboratively with others when driving a multi-combination vehicle
when driving a multi-combination vehicle in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when driving a multi-combination
vehicle
exist during the driving of a multi-combination vehicle
environments
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of vehicle, its trailers and its equipment and take appropriate action
where required
Service vehicle and its equipment in terms of maintenance schedule and standard operating
procedures

RANGE STATEMENT
Type of vehicle includes: all multi-combination vehicles that may be driven on

public and private roads and work sites
including:
on the open road
on a private road
reversing a vehicle
using air brakes
checks of brakes
checks of coupling equipment
changing of tyres


fire in vehicle
leaking fuel
faulty brakes
foggy conditions
road damage
road works
etc.
etc.
holiday traffic
Documentation/records may state/territory multi-combination vehicle driving

include: licence/permit requirements

multi-combination vehicles
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC707C Operate vehicle carrying special loads

vehicle carrying a special load safely including compliance with
road traffic authority and other relevant government regulations
and company policies; and effective management of hazardous
situations. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
Application of the Unit Driving must be carried out in compliance with the licence and
permit requirements and regulations of the relevant state/territory
roads and traffic authority as well as the specific regulatory and
permit requirements pertaining to the special load being carried.
commercial vehicle carrying a special load across a variety of
driving contexts.

1 Carry out pre- 1.1 The pre-operational checks for the special purpose vehicle and
operational checks its associated ancillary equipment are carried out in
accordance with manufacturers requirements, government
regulations and workplace policies and procedures
2 Drive a vehicle 2.1 The vehicle is manoeuvred in accordance with the

carrying special loads regulations/permit requirements for the class of vehicle
involved and the load being carried
2.2 Vehicles carrying explosives or dangerous goods are driven
along designated routes in accordance with the relevant codes,
relevant government regulations and workplace policies
2.3 The load is transported and the vehicle manoeuvred in
accordance with any required precautions relating to
unusual/special characteristics of the load and/or relevant
government regulations pertaining to the special load
including the Australian Dangerous Goods Code and the

2.5 Appropriate procedures are followed for the load concerned in
the event of a driving emergency

Required knowledge:
Where applicable, Australian regulations and codes of practice for the handling and transport
of dangerous goods and hazardous substances, including the Australian Dangerous Goods
Code and the Australian Explosives Code
a driver
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when driving a vehicle designed to carry special loads
vehicle designed to carry special loads
Complete documentation related to the driving of a vehicle designed to carry special loads
Work collaboratively with others when driving a vehicle designed to carry special loads

when driving a vehicle designed to carry special loads in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when driving a vehicle designed to carry
special loads
exist during the driving of a vehicle designed to carry special loads
environments
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of vehicle and its equipment and load and take appropriate action if
required
Service vehicle and its equipment in terms of maintenance schedule and standard operating
procedures
RANGE STATEMENT
Type of vehicle includes: all vehicles designed to carry special loads, for example
concrete agitator, livestock transporter, armoured car,
tanker, refrigerated vehicle, waste vehicle, fresh produce
vehicle, car carrier, container carrier, recovery vehicle
including:
on the open road
on a private road


reversing a vehicle
checks of brakes
changing of tyres
Designated routes are: those that are determined by permit/regulatory
requirements for a specific class of load such as
explosives or dangerous goods
fire in vehicle
leaking fuel
faulty brakes
foggy conditions


road damage
road works
emergency situations such as bushfires, building fires, etc
etc
holiday traffic

workplace driving instructions and procedures for drivers
of vehicles carrying the specific load concerned
procedures/designated routes prescribed by the relevant
authority for vehicles carrying the specific loads
concerned
the class of vehicle
relevant regulations/permit requirements specific to the
load being carried
Australian regulations and codes of practice for the
handling and transport of dangerous goods and hazardous
substances, including the Australian Dangerous Goods
Code and the Australian Explosives Code
relevant State/Territory environmental protection
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC807C Drive coach/bus

passenger coach/bus safely including systematic and efficient
control of all coach/bus functions; monitoring of traffic and road
conditions; management of coach/bus condition and performance;
and effective management of hazardous situations. Assessment of
this unit may be undertaken within a licensing examination
Road Traffic Authority. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
and traffic authority pertaining to the driving of a commercial
coach/bus.
commercial coach/bus across a variety of driving contexts.

1 Drive the coach 1.1 The coach/bus is started, steered, manoeuvred, positioned and
transmission use
1.4 Braking system of coach/bus is managed and operated to
ensure effective control of the coach/bus under all conditions
1.6 The coach/bus is driven in reverse, maintaining visibility and
1.7 The coach/bus is parked, shut down and secured in accordance
with manufacturers specifications, traffic regulations and
emergency
3 Monitor and maintain 3.1 Coach/bus performance is maintained through pre-operational

coach/bus performance inspections and checks of the coach/bus and ancillary
equipment
3.2 Performance and efficiency of coach/bus operation is
repaired or reported to the appropriate authority
3.4 Coach/bus records are maintained/updated and information is

Required knowledge:
Coach/bus controls, instruments and indicators and their use
Coach/bus handling procedures
Pre-operational checks carried out on coaches/buses and related action
driver

Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when driving a commercial coach or bus
Complete documentation related to the driving of a commercial coach or bus
Operate electronic communication equipment to required protocol including on-board
intercom and communications equipment
Work collaboratively with others when driving a commercial coach or bus
when driving a commercial coach or bus in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may occur when driving a
exist during the driving of a commercial coach or bus
environments
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of coach or bus and its equipment and take appropriate action where
required
Service coach or bus and its equipment in terms of maintenance schedule and standard
RANGE STATEMENT
Type of vehicle includes: all coaches and buses relevant to specific licence
classifications

including:
on the open road
on a private road
reversing a vehicle
operating door opening and closing equipment
checks of brakes
changing of tyres


fire in vehicle
leaking fuel
faulty brakes
foggy conditions
road damage
road works
etc.
holiday traffic
Documentation/records may state/territory coach/bus driving licence requirements

coach/bus manufacturers instructions, specifications and
recommended driving procedures including pre-
operational checks of coach/bus

coaches/buses
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIC907C Drive taxicab

taxicab safely including systematic and efficient control of all taxi
functions, monitoring of traffic and road conditions, management
of taxi condition, and performance and effective management of
hazardous situations. Assessment of this unit may be undertaken
within a taxi driver licensing examination conducted by, or under
the authority of, the relevant state/territory authority. Licensing,
to this unit.
and traffic authority pertaining to a commercial taxicab.
taxicab across a variety of driving contexts.

1 Drive the taxi 1.1 The taxi is started, steered, manoeuvred, positioned and
1.4 The taxi is driven in reverse, maintaining visibility and
1.5 The taxi is parked, shut down and secured in accordance with
manufacturers specifications, traffic regulations and
1.6 Taximeter is used in accordance with government regulations
and workplace policy
emergency

3 Monitor and maintain 3.1 Taxi performance is maintained through pre-operational

3.2 Taxi is maintained in accordance with state/territory licensing
regulations and workplace standards
3.3 Performance and efficiency of taxi operation is monitored
during use
repaired or reported to the appropriate authority in accordance

Required knowledge:
road traffic/taxicab control authority
Taxicab controls, instruments and indicators and their use
Taxicab handling procedures
driver
Taxicab security procedures and precautions
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when driving a taxicab
taxicab
Complete documentation related to the driving of a taxicab
Work collaboratively with others when driving a taxicab
Promptly report and/or address any identified problems, security incidents, faults or
malfunctions that may arise when driving a taxicab in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events or security incidents when driving a
taxicab
exist during the driving of a taxicab
environments
standards
procedures
Monitor performance of taxicab and its equipment and take appropriate action where required
RANGE STATEMENT
Type of vehicle includes: all taxicabs relevant to specific licence classifications


including:
on the open road
on a private road
while at a customer's workplace or work site
reversing a vehicle
checks of brakes
changing of tyres


fire in vehicle
leaking fuel
faulty brakes
foggy conditions
road damage
road works
etc.
etc.
holiday traffic
Documentation/records may state/territory taxicab driving licence/regulatory


taxicabs
relevant state/territory taxicab control regulations and
requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLID1007C Operate a forklift

forklift, including checking forklift condition, driving the forklift
to fulfil operational requirements, monitoring site conditions, and
monitoring and maintaining forklift performance. Assessment of
this unit will usually be undertaken within a licensing examination
OH&S authority. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
Application of the Unit Operation of a forklift must be carried out in compliance with the
licence requirements and regulations of the relevant state/territory
authority.
Operation of a forklift is performed under some supervision,
generally within a team environment. It involves the application of
routine equipment operation principles and procedures to maintain
the safety and operation of a forklift in a variety of operational
contexts.
Competency Field D Load Handling

1 Check forklift 1.1 Condition of forklift is checked for compliance with OH&S
condition and workplace requirements for warning devices,
manufacturers specifications and the nature of the load
shifting task
1.2 Attachments are checked to ensure appropriate adjustment and
operation
1.3 Mirrors and seats are adjusted for safe operation by the driver
1.4 Log books are checked and appropriate workplace
documentation is completed in accordance with workplace
requirements
2 Drive the forklift 2.1 Forklift is started, steered, manoeuvred, positioned and
stopped in accordance with regulations and manufacturers
instructions
2.3 Operational hazards are identified and/or anticipated and
avoided or controlled through defensive driving and
appropriate hazard control techniques
2.4 Forklift is driven in reverse, maintaining visibility and

2.5 The forklift is parked, shut down and secured in accordance
with manufacturers specifications, regulations and workplace
procedures
3 Operate a forklift to 3.1 The lifting task to be undertaken is appropriately planned and
handle loads the correct lifting truck and attachments are selected
3.2 The load is lifted, carried, lowered and set down in accordance
with OH&S legislation, manufacturers specifications and
company procedures
4 Monitor site conditions 4.1 When selecting the most efficient route, hazards and traffic
flow are identified and appropriate adjustments are made
4.2 Site conditions are assessed to enable safe operations and to
ensure no injury to people or damage to property, equipment,
loads or facilities occurs
5 Monitor and maintain 5.1 Performance and efficiency of vehicle operation is monitored
forklift performance during use
5.2 Defective/irregular performance and malfunctions reported to
relevant personnel
5.3 Forklift records are maintained/updated in accordance with
workplace procedures and legislative requirements

Required knowledge:
Relevant duty of care requirements pertaining to the operation of a forklift
Workplace operating procedures
Forklift controls, instruments and indicators and their use
Forklift handling procedures
Procedures to be followed in the event of an operational emergency
Engine power management and safe operating strategies
Operating hazards and related defensive driving and hazard control techniques
Pre-operational checks carried out on forklift and related action
Principles of stress management when driving a forklift
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when operating a forklift

a forklift
Complete documentation related to the operation of a forklift
Work collaboratively with others when operating a forklift
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when operating a forklift
exist during the operation of a forklift
environments
procedures
standards
Identify points of balance and safe lifting positions on a range of loads when operating a
forklift (including accessories)
Monitor performance of forklift and its equipment and take appropriate action where required
Ensure that a forklift and its equipment are maintained in terms of service schedule and
RANGE STATEMENT
Types of forklift may include: counterbalance trucks

reach trucks
pallet trucks


typical forklift operational typical weather conditions
on the open road
on a private road or worksite
while at a workplace

exposed conditions
Loads to be shifted may require: special precautions
Loads to be shifted may be: irregularly shaped

packaged or unpackaged
labelled or unlabelled
palleted or unpalleted
Personnel in the work area may workplace personnel
contractors
Forklift handling procedures may starting a forklift
include: steering and manoeuvring a forklift
positioning and stopping a forklift
reversing a forklift
operating forklift controls, instruments and indicators
Pre-operational checks may visual check of forklift
checks of tyres
checks of operation of forklift lights and indicators
checks of brakes
Hazards may include (examples wet and iced operating surfaces

only): oil on operating surface
faulty brakes
workplace obstacles and other operational equipment and
vehicles
damaged loads and pallets
other personnel in work area
Personal protection equipment gloves

safety glasses
two-way radios
Information/documents may goods identification numbers and codes, including IMDG
include: markings and HAZCHEM signs
manifests, bar codes, picking slips, merchandise transfers,
stock requisitions, goods and container identification
Australian Standard 2359 - Industrial Truck Code
manufacturers specifications for forklift and associated
equipment
operations and service record book or log
workplace procedures and policies for the operation of
forklifts
ADG Code and material safety data sheets
regulatory requirements concerning the use of forklifts
arrangements

Applicable procedures and codes relevant state/territory regulations pertaining to the

may include: operation of forklifts
relevant codes and standards, including Australian
Standard 2359 - Industrial Truck Code
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID107C Shift materials safely using manual handling methods
TLID107C Shift materials safely using manual handling

methods
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to shift loads
using manual handling methods, including assessing the risks
associated with relocating the load, planning the relocation process
and carrying out the relocation in accordance with the plan.
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the relevant OH&S
regulations concerning the manual lifting and movement of loads.
team environment.
Work involves the application of the basic principles for the safe
lifting and movement of loads when shifting materials using
manual handling methods as part of day-to-day work.

1 Assess risks arising 1.1 Products, goods or materials to be relocated are identified
from the relocation of 1.2 Locations for storage are determined and potential routes to be
the load followed are identified
1.3 Effect of load relocation on original load base is predicted
1.4 Points of balance are estimated
1.5 Required clearances are compared to available space and
adjustments made
1.6 Effects of moving contents which may be loose, liquid,
dangerous or hazardous are considered
1.7 Potential risks in route(s) which may be followed are
considered
1.8 Risks to self are identified arising from the required lifting,
load carrying, set down or movement of the goods
1.9 Manual handling procedures for lifting, lowering and carrying,
pushing and pulling are identified
1.10 Team lifting processes are considered for application
1.11 Appropriate personal protective equipment is worn
2 Plan load relocation 2.1 Relocation of the load is planned consistent with the code of
practice for manual handling

2.2 Process for relocating load is proposed including predicting
and planning for potential difficulties
2.3 Proposed process is checked against code of practice and
workplace procedures for compliance
3 Relocate load 3.1 Actions for lifting, lowering and carrying, pulling and pushing
a load are in accordance with workplace procedures and
OH&S requirements
3.2 Applications appropriate for team relocation of load are
identified
3.3 Team lifting tasks are coordinated
3.4 Planned process and route are followed
3.5 Relocated materials are set down without damage to goods,
personnel or equipment and checked for stability
3.6 Relocation is checked to see that it meets work requirements,
with any variance(s) reported

Required knowledge:
Relevant OH&S procedures and guidelines concerning the manual lifting and movement of
loads
Risks when manually lifting and handling materials and goods and related precautions to
control the risk, including: the load on the spine during lifting; controlled actions on a
movement during lifting; rotation and side movement of the spine during lifting; postures and
positions during lifting; work layout; the type, weight and position of the load; frequency of
shifting operations; distance over which load is to be shifted; and time allowed for the shifting
of the load
Workplace procedures and policies for the handling of furniture and effects
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when manually lifting and handling materials and goods
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the manual lifting and
handling of materials and goods
Work collaboratively with others when manually lifting and handling materials and goods

Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when manually lifting
and handling materials and goods in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected situations that may occur when manually lifting
and handling materials and goods
Apply precautions and required action to minimise, control or eliminate risks that may exist
when manually lifting and handling materials and goods
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in loads and materials in accordance with standard operating
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
The shifting operations may be in a range of work environments

conducted: by day or night

exposed conditions
Materials to be shifted may goods
include: equipment and tools
cleaning materials
components and parts of vehicles and equipment such as
tyres, batteries, lifting gear, etc.
materials used in the course of work such as drums of
fuel, raw materials, packaging, etc.


contractors
may include: electronic data interchange
fax
email
internet
radio

safety glasses
two-way radios


include: manifests, bar codes, goods and container identification
documentation
arrangements
Applicable regulations and relevant state/territory OH&S legislation
legislation may include: relevant state/territory environmental protection
legislation
dangerous goods and air freight regulations
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID1107C Conduct specialised forklift operations

forklift with specialised attachments or all-terrain equipment,
including checking attachments and worksite for suitability,
selecting the type of forklift and accessories for required load
shifting tasks, and shifting load and completing work in
accordance with operational requirements. Assessment of this unit
will usually be undertaken within a licensing examination
OH&S authority. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
Application of the Unit Specialised operation of a forklift must be carried out in
relevant state/territory authority.
Specialised operation of a forklift is performed under some
supervision, generally within a team environment. It involves the
application of equipment operation principles and procedures to
maintain the safety and specialised operation of a forklift in a wide

1 Check attachments 1.1 Suitable work site is selected for operations
and worksite for 1.2 Work area is checked for overhead obstructions and proximity
suitability to service delivery lines
1.3 Barriers or warning signs are erected in areas subject to
passing traffic
1.4 Attachments and platforms are securely fixed to carriage or
tines
1.5 Personnel support platforms are inspected to ensure
compliance with the relevant Australian Standard
2 Select type of forklift 2.1 Special equipment, accessories or attachments are identified to
and accessories for the match load characteristics and work requirements
required workplace 2.2 Appropriate specialised equipment is selected
task 2.3 Existing attachments are removed and stored according to
2.4 Specialised equipment is fitted according to manufacturers
2.5 Designated staff are notified regarding specialist operations
3 Shift load and 3.1 Equipment is operated within safe working limits and to
complete work maximise efficiency of operations
3.2 Load is lifted, carried and set down in accordance with
workplace and manufacturers procedures and regulatory
requirements
3.3 Documentation is completed reporting any damage or faults to
goods or equipment
3.4 Specialist equipment and forklift are returned to appropriate
storage/parking area

Required knowledge:
Relevant duty of care requirements pertaining to the specialised operation of a forklift
Workplace operating procedures
Forklift controls, instruments and indicators and their use
Types of forklift accessories and ancillary equipment, their purposes and procedures for their
use
Handling procedures for forklifts involved in specialised operations
Procedures to be followed in the event of an operational emergency
Operating hazards and related defensive driving and hazard control techniques
Engine power management and safe operating strategies
Pre-operational checks carried out on forklift and accessories and related action
Principles of stress management when driving a forklift
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when conducting specialised forklift operations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to specialised
forklift operations
Complete documentation related to specialised forklift operations
Work collaboratively with others when conducting specialised forklift operations

when conducting specialised forklift operations in accordance with regulatory requirements
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may occur when conducting
specialised forklift operations
exist during specialised forklift operations
environments
procedures
standards
Identify points of balance and safe lifting positions on a range of loads when operating a
forklift (including accessories)
RANGE STATEMENT
Types of forklift may include: counterbalance trucks

reach trucks
pallet trucks
container-handling heavy forklifts
vacuum
top frame
Specialised forklift operations operations conducted at day or night
may be carried out in typical typical weather conditions
forklift operational situations,
including: on the open road
on a private road or worksite
while at a workplace

Specialised forklift may be used stock/goods/container handling

to assist in a range of workplace loading and unloading vehicles
tasks, including:
stacking stock and goods
lifting and moving equipment
transporting materials and goods in a workplace
exposed conditions
Loads to be shifted may require: special precautions
Specialised forklift operations spikes

may involve the use of a range of drum carriers
attachments and accessories,
including: bale carriers
tines
personnel carriers
high reaching
pantograph
jibs
paper clamps
hooks
side lifters
containerised
contractors

Forklift operational procedures starting a forklift (including pre-start checks)

may include: steering and manoeuvring a forklift
positioning and stopping a forklift
reversing a forklift
operating forklift controls, instruments and indicators
Pre-operational checks may visual checking of forklift and its associated accessories
include but are not limited to: and equipment
checking and topping up of fluid levels
checks of tyres
checks of operation of forklift lights and indicators
checks of brakes
Post-operational checks may parking in a safe place
include but are not limited to: shutting down forklift
lowering all equipment
visually checking for faults or damage
Hazards may include (examples wet and iced operating surfaces
only): oil on operating surface
faulty brakes
workplace obstacles and other operational equipment and
vehicles
damaged loads and pallets
other personnel in work area

safety glasses
two-way radios

Information/documents may goods identification numbers and codes, including IMDG

include: markings and HAZCHEM signs
manifests, bar codes, picking slips, merchandise transfers,
stock requisitions, goods and container identification
Australian Standard 2359 - Industrial Truck Code
manufacturers specifications for forklift and associated
accessories and equipment
operations and service record book or log
workplace procedures and policies for the operation of
forklifts
regulatory requirements concerning the use of forklifts
arrangements
Applicable procedures and codes relevant state/territory regulations pertaining to the
may include: operation of forklifts
relevant codes and standards, including Australian
Standard 2359 - Industrial Truck Code
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID1207C Operate specialised load shifting equipment

specialised load shifting equipment in accordance with workplace
requirements and relevant regulatory requirements, including
planning work for the current working conditions; using controls
and equipment operating systems to manage movement of the unit
and accessory operations; locating load and identifying load
characteristics; moving materials and loads; monitoring and
operating controls; and stopping, parking and securing equipment
after operation. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in accordance with codes, regulations,
licence and/or permit and workplace requirements relevant to
operation of the specialised load shifting equipment concerned.
supervision.
workplace procedures to the operation of specialised load shifting
equipment in the stevedoring, transport, warehousing, distribution
and/or storage industries.

1 Plan work for the 1.1 Traffic flow and work area conditions are constantly assessed
current working and anticipated to allow safe operation to ensure no injury to
conditions people, or damage to equipment, loads or facilities
1.2 Characteristics of the load are taken into account to ensure
that, where applicable, appropriate attachments are used to
transport the load
1.3 Any occurrences in the work area that may affect the safety
and efficiency of operations are reported to the appropriate
personnel
2 Use controls and 2.1 Equipment is prepared and any appropriate attachment fitted
equipment operating 2.2 Gear and operational levers are checked to ensure that they are
systems to manage in the neutral position prior to inserting ignition key and
movement of the unit starting engine
and accessory 2.3 Engine is started in accordance with manufacturers guidelines
operations to bring the engine to speed
2.4 Instruments and gauges are monitored during start-up and

operations to ensure that operation is within manufacturers
specifications and enterprise safety requirements
2.5 Engine power is managed for efficiency of equipment
movement and economy of equipment operations
2.6 Equipment operations are conducted within the manufacturer's
specified torque range
2.7 Any faults or damage to equipment are immediately reported
to the appropriate personnel
3 Locate load and 3.1 Load is located and identified according to instructions
identify load 3.2 Loading and unloading plans are followed to ensure efficiency
characteristics and safety of operations
3.3 Characteristics of the load are taken into account to ensure that
appropriate loading and unloading procedures are followed
3.4 Hazardous goods are identified and relevant procedures are
taken into account when planning and conducting the work
3.5 Load weight and dimensions are within the capacity of the
equipment
4 Move materials and 4.1 Equipment is manoeuvred and positioned using smooth and
loads controlled movements
4.2 Manoeuvres are within the limits of the equipment and in line
with manufacturers specifications
4.3 Materials are moved ensuring no injury to personnel or
damage to equipment or goods
5 Monitor and operate 5.1 Equipment controls are monitored and operated in accordance
controls with manufacturers operating instructions
5.2 Control systems are understood and acted upon in accordance
with statutory authority regulations, manufacturers guidelines
and site operating procedures
5.3 Control faults are identified and reported in accordance with
manufacturers instructions and workplace guidelines
6 Stop, park and secure 6.1 Equipment is brought to a controlled halt within
equipment manufacturers guidelines
6.2 Equipment is parked without injury to personnel or damage to
equipment, loads or facilities in accordance with company
procedures
6.3 Equipment is secured on a flat, even surface and not close to
doorways, aisles, access-ways or blind corners and in
accordance with securing procedures for the appropriate
equipment


Required knowledge:
Regulations relevant to the operation of specialised load shifting equipment, including, where
relevant, the ADG Code and relevant bond, quarantine or other legislative requirements
Workplace procedures and policies for the operation of the specialised load shifting
equipment
the operation of the specialised load shifting equipment
The purpose, characteristics, capabilities, requirements and limitations of the specialised load
shifting equipment
including information from relevant material safety data sheets and ADG Code
Problems that may occur when operating specialised load shifting equipment and appropriate
Operational safety requirements and precautions for the specialised load shifting equipment
concerned
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when operating specialised load shifting equipment
Complete documentation related to the operation of specialised load shifting equipment
Work collaboratively with others when operating specialised load shifting equipment
when operating specialised load shifting equipment in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when operating specialised load shifting
equipment
exist during the operation of specialised load shifting equipment

environments
Select and use relevant gear and accessories when operating specialised load shifting
equipment
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of specialised load shifting equipment and take appropriate action
where required
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

holds on ships
exposed conditions
even or uneven surfaces
wet or dry surfaces
Equipment may include: reach stackers
straddle trucks
excavators
front-end loaders (over 10 tonne)
bulldozers (both in transport and shipping terminals and
in the holds of ships)
straddle carriers


noise restrictions
hours of operations
vehicular traffic
service lines
dust/vapours
faulty gear/equipment/tools
site visitors and contractors
union representatives, industrial relations and OH&S
specialists
may include: fax
email
internet
RF communications
bar code readers
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing

Information/documents may workplace procedures and policies for the operation of

include: the specialised load shifting equipment concerned
manifests, picking slips, merchandise transfers, stock
equipment identification labels, bar codes and serial
numbers
requirements

Applicable regulations and relevant codes, regulations and licence/permit

legislation may include: requirements pertaining to the operation of the
specialised load shifting equipment concerned including
the ADG Code (where applicable)
legislation
requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or


workplace

TLID1307C Move materials mechanically using automated equipment
TLID1307C Move materials mechanically using automated

equipment
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to move
materials mechanically using automated equipment such as
automatic guided vehicles, tow motors, high level order pickers,
conveyor systems, and mechanised pallet movers. This includes
selecting appropriate mechanical moving equipment (where
relevant), moving materials/goods in accordance with operational
requirements, checking condition of materials/goods and
regulations concerning the movement of materials mechanically
using automated equipment.
Work is performed under limited or minimum supervision. It
involves the application of the basic principles and routine
procedures for the safe movement of materials mechanically using
automated equipment.

1 Select load moving 1.1 The mechanised handling equipment, the route to be taken and
equipment procedures to be used are selected appropriate to the
characteristics of the goods
1.2 Dangerous goods and hazardous materials are identified and
handled in accordance with codes of practice, OH&S
2 Move goods 2.1 Goods are moved using the selected materials handling
equipment in accordance with occupational health and safety
regulations, manufacturers instructions and company
procedures
2.2 Problems in the movement of goods and materials using the
automated equipment are identified and are reported in
3 Check goods and 3.1 Moved goods are inspected for possible damage during
complete transit/movement and appropriate action is taken
documentation 3.2 All required documentation is completed for the tracking of
the moved goods in accordance with company requirements

Required knowledge:
Regulations relevant to the use of automated equipment to move materials mechanically
Workplace procedures and policies for the use of automated equipment to move materials
mechanically
the use of automated equipment to move materials mechanically
The purpose, characteristics, capabilities, requirements and limitations of the automated
materials moving equipment
Problems that may occur during the use of automated equipment to move materials
mechanically and appropriate action that can be taken to resolve the problems
Risks when using automated equipment to move materials and related precautions to control
the risks
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when using automated equipment to move materials
mechanically
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the use of
automated equipment to move materials mechanically
Complete documentation related to the use of automated equipment to move materials
mechanically
Work collaboratively with others when using automated equipment to move materials
mechanically
when using automated equipment to move materials mechanically in accordance with


environments
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of automated equipment and take appropriate action where required
Ensure servicing of automated equipment in terms of maintenance schedule and standard
Check and replenish fluids (where applicable) and carry out lubrication processes in the
course of work activities
RANGE STATEMENT
The operations may be in a range of work environments

in a range of typical weather conditions

exposed conditions
Mechanised equipment may automatic guided vehicle
include a range of goods and tow motors
materials handling equipment
such as: high level order picker
conveyor system
mechanised pallet mover
safety glasses
two-way radios


moving and rotating equipment and vehicles
contractors
fax
email
internet
radio

manufacturers instructions concerning the use and
servicing of automated mechanical equipment
documentation
arrangements


legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID1407C Load and unload vehicles carrying special loads
TLID1407C Load and unload vehicles carrying special

loads
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to load and
unload vehicles carrying special loads, including loading and
unloading the special load onto and from the vehicle, securing and
protecting the vehicle and the load, and completing all required
documentation. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the licence and
permit requirements and regulations of the relevant state/territory
roads and traffic authority as well as the specific code, regulatory
and permit requirements pertaining to the special load being
carried.
team environment. It involves the application of the basic
principles, routine procedures and regulatory requirements to the
loading and unloading of vehicles designed to carry special loads.

1 Load and unload 1.1 Load characteristics are identified and taken into account
vehicle when determining appropriate loading and unloading
procedures
1.2 Hazardous cargo is identified and handled in accordance with
required procedures for hazardous and dangerous cargo
1.3 Vehicle is loaded demonstrating compliance with vehicle
loading regulations and workplace safety requirements
1.4 Lifting aids and appliances are selected and used to aid
loading procedures in compliance with workplace procedures
1.5 Vehicle is unloaded or partially unloaded in a safe and
efficient manner taking into account suitable locations,
stowage, safe use of equipment and the balance of the
remaining load
1.6 Ancillary equipment is operated in accordance with company
procedures and manufacturers instructions during loading and
unloading operations
2 Secure and protect 2.1 The vehicle load is secured using the correct load restraint and
vehicle and load protection equipment for different loads, vehicles and carriage
conditions
2.2 The load is protected in accordance with legal and workplace
safety requirements
2.3 The distribution of the load is checked to ensure that it is even,
legal and within the safe working capacity of the vehicle
3 Complete 3.1 The loaded vehicle is inspected and checked for security to
documentation travel
3.2 All required transportation documentation for the cargo is
completed in accordance with workplace requirements

Required knowledge:
Relevant state/territory mass and loading regulations and regulations pertaining to the various
types of special loads, including Australian Dangerous Goods (ADG) and Australian
Explosives Code where applicable
OH&S procedures and guidelines concerning the lifting and movement of loads
Characteristics of various types of special loads
Risks and hazards when loading and unloading various types of special loads and related
precautions to control the risk
Workplace procedures and policies for the loading and unloading of vehicles designed to
carry special loads
Containers and goods coding, IMDG markings and where applicable emergency information
panels, including their meaning and implications for loading and unloading processes
Methods of securing various types of special loads
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when loading and unloading special loads
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the loading and
unloading of special loads
Identify and interpret containers and goods coding, IMDG markings and where applicable
Complete documentation related to the loading and unloading of special loads
Work collaboratively with others when loading and unloading special loads


Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when loading and
unloading special loads in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may arise when loading and
unloading special loads
exist during the loading and unloading of special loads
environments
procedures
standards
Identify and correctly use equipment required to load and unload the various types of special
loads
Safely use manual handling techniques and to operate manually
RANGE STATEMENT

loads, for example:
armoured car
tanker
refigerated vehicle
waste vehicle
car carrier
container carrier
recovery vehicle
vehicles carrying dangerous goods or explosives
Loading and unloading in a range of work environments and weather conditions
operations may be conducted: by day or night


exposed conditions
contractors
fax
email
internet
radio
Loading operations may be manually
carried out: with the aid of lifting equipment and/or appliances

safety glasses
two-way radios

Information/documents may goods identification numbers and codes, including ADG

include: and IMDG markings and HAZCHEM signs
manifests, bar codes, goods and container identification
National Load Restraint Guide
Australian Truck Drivers Manual
arrangements
Applicable regulations and state/territory mass and loading regulations
Codes
Code
Code of Practice for the Safe Transport of
Radioactive Substances
state/territory legislation covering the safe
handling of infectious substances
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in this this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the
unit requirements of the elements and performance criteria
procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID1507D Identify and label explosives and dangerous goods
TLID1507D Identify and label explosives and dangerous

goods
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to identify
and label explosives and dangerous goods, including assessing
explosives/dangerous goods; handling explosives/dangerous goods
in accordance with regulatory requirements; labelling
explosives/dangerous goods in accordance with regulatory
requirements; and complying with all required documentation.
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the regulatory
requirements of the relevant Australian state/territory authorities
concerned with the carriage of explosives and dangerous goods
including the current Australian Dangerous Goods and Australian
Explosives Codes.
involves the application of standard procedures and regulatory
requirements for the identification and labelling of explosives and
dangerous goods.

1 Assess 1.1 Load is checked for explosives/dangerous goods in accordance
explosives/dangerous with the relevant codes and government regulations
goods 1.2 Types of explosives/dangerous goods are identified from
labels, DG declarations and placarding in accordance with
workplace procedures, and all required action is taken to
ensure compliance with relevant government regulations and
ADG/Australian Explosives Codes as applicable
1.3 Hazards posed by load are identified from labels and material
safety data sheets (MSDS)
2 Handle 2.1 Identified explosives/dangerous goods are handled and

explosives/dangerous loaded/unloaded in accordance with regulatory requirements,
goods codes, National Load Restraint Guide, and employer policy
2.2 Appropriate personal protective equipment is used when
handling explosives/dangerous goods in accordance with
class, subsidiary risk and MSDS information
2.3 Handling of different types of load takes into account the
identified hazards posed by the explosives/dangerous goods

concerned
2.4 When loading/storing explosives/dangerous goods,
segregation procedures are followed according to the class and
subsidiary risk information
3 Label 3.1 All packages/containers are labelled with the class and
explosives/dangerous subsidiary risk in accordance with current ADG/Australian
goods Explosives Codes as applicable
3.2 A dangerous goods declaration is included with manifest and
other shipping documents
3.3 Vehicles carrying explosives and/or dangerous goods are
placarded in accordance with current ADG/Australian
Explosives Codes as applicable
4 Complete 4.1 All required transport documents are completed in accordance

documentation with current ADG/Australian Explosives Codes as applicable

Required knowledge:
Relevant Australian and state/territory regulations and codes pertaining to the identification
and labelling of explosives and dangerous goods including the current ADG and Australian
Explosives Codes
Risks and hazards when loading, unloading and handling explosives and dangerous goods,
and related precautions to control the risk
Workplace procedures and policies for the identification and labelling of explosives and
dangerous goods
Characteristics of explosives and dangerous goods relevant to handling and transport
Compatibility of various types of explosives and dangerous goods
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when loading, unloading and handling explosives and
dangerous goods
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the loading,
unloading and handling of explosives and dangerous goods
Interpret material safety data sheets, containers and goods coding, markings and other
information describing explosives and dangerous goods including, where applicable,
emergency information panels for the mode of transport/storage selected
Complete documentation related to the loading, unloading and handling of explosives and
dangerous goods
Correctly mark/label explosives and dangerous goods
Work collaboratively with others when loading, unloading and handling explosives and
dangerous goods
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when loading,
unloading and handling explosives and dangerous goods in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may arise when loading, unloading
and handling explosives and dangerous goods
exist during the loading, unloading and handling of explosives and dangerous goods
environments
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Operations may be conducted: in a range of work environments and weather conditions

by day or night

exposed conditions
a workplace, warehouse or depot
in a vehicle on the road
at a client's workplace

Goods/cargo to be identified and require special precautions for handling and storage
classified may:
Classes of dangerous goods and as defined in the respective Australian codes

explosives are:
Standard marking and signage for as required in the respective Australian codes
identified explosives and
dangerous goods is:

contractors
fax
email
internet
radio

safety glasses
two-way radios

Information/documents may goods identification numbers, codes, markings and signs

include: codes of practice including the Australian/International
Dangerous Goods Codes and the Australian/International
Explosives Codes
workplace procedures and policies for the loading and
unloading of vehicles
arrangements
Applicable regulations and current Australian and international regulations and codes
legislation may include: of practice for the handling and transport of dangerous
Codes
Code
legislation
equal employment and affirmative action legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

identifying explosives and dangerous goods
from labels in accordance with regulatory
requirements and practices
handling explosives and dangerous goods
according to regulatory requirements, codes,

National Load Restraint Guide and
employer policy as appropriate
locating, interpreting and applying relevant
codes and regulations
indentifying the hazards from labels of
explosives and dangerous goods
identifying the personal protective
equipment required when handling
maintaining workplace records for the
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID1607D Load and unload explosives and dangerous goods
TLID1607D Load and unload explosives and dangerous

goods
unload explosives and dangerous goods, including identifying
explosives/dangerous goods; loading and unloading
explosives/dangerous goods using appropriate equipment; securing
and protecting the vehicle load; and checking the vehicle to ensure
the load is secure and the vehicle is marked in accordance with
regulatory requirements. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
Australian and state/territory regulations including the current
Australian Dangerous Goods (ADG) Code, the current Australian
Explosives Code, and mass and loading regulations.
involves the application of the basic principles, routine procedures
and specific regulatory requirements to the loading and unloading
of explosives and dangerous goods in a range of operational
situations.

1 Prepare to load and 1.1 Explosives and/or dangerous goods are identified and their
unload vehicle characteristics taken into account when determining
appropriate handling, loading and storage procedures
including confirmation that the relevant emergency procedures
are being carried out
1.2 Compatibility of explosives and/or dangerous goods is taken
into account when assembling and segregating cargo for
loading
1.3 Vehicle and/or loading equipment is checked to ensure it is
suitable to handle/carry load
2 Load/unload vehicle 2.1 Vehicle is loaded/unloaded in accordance with workplace

procedures and the current ADG/Australian Explosives Code
as applicable
2.2 The load is segregated according to class and subsidiary risk,
and the distribution of the load is checked in accordance with
workplace procedures, relevant mass and loading regulations
and the current ADG/Australian Explosives Code as
applicable
2.3 Personal protective equipment is used during the
loading/unloading operations as required for the type of
dangerous goods/explosive concerned
2.4 Emergency procedures are followed in the event of an incident
or accident when loading or unloading explosives and/or
dangerous goods
2.5 Emergency procedures are followed in the event of a safety
incident or accident when loading dangerous goods or
explosives
3 Secure and protect 3.1 The vehicle load is secured using the correct load restraint and
vehicle load protection equipment for different loads, vehicles and carriage
conditions concerned
safety requirements
3.3 The distribution of the load is checked to ensure that it is even,
legal and within the safe working capacity of the vehicle
3.4 Vehicle is clearly marked/placarded to indicate the carriage of
explosives and/or dangerous goods, in accordance with
government regulations and company procedures
4 Check the vehicle 4.1 The loaded vehicle is inspected and checked to ensure that it is
suitable to carry explosives and/or dangerous goods and the
load weight and dimensions are within the vehicle's safe
carrying capacity and equipment capability
4.2 The loaded vehicle is checked to ensure that it can be safely
parked and secured
4.3 Dangerous goods declaration and all required transportation
documentation for the cargo is completed in accordance with

Required knowledge:
Relevant Australian and state/territory regulations and codes pertaining to the identification,
handling and marking of explosives and dangerous goods
Relevant state/territory mass and loading regulations
Risks and hazards when loading, unloading and handling explosives and dangerous goods,
and related precautions to control the risk
Workplace procedures and policies for the loading and unloading of explosives and dangerous
goods

Characteristics of various classes of explosives and dangerous goods relevant to handling and
transport
Compatibility of various types of explosives and dangerous goods
Manual handling techniques and manually-operated load shifting equipment required for the
loading, unloading and handling of explosives and dangerous goods
Methods of securing a load on a vehicle
Methods of placarding or marking a vehicle carrying explosives/dangerous goods
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when loading, unloading and handling explosives and
dangerous goods
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the loading,
unloading and handling of explosives and dangerous goods
Identify and interpret containers and goods coding, markings and, where applicable,
emergency information panels for the mode of transport/storage selected
Work collaboratively with others when loading, unloading and handling explosives and
dangerous goods
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when loading, unloading and handling
exist during the loading, unloading and handling of explosives and dangerous goods
environments
procedures
Use manual handling techniques and operate manually-operated load shifting equipment
when loading, unloading and handling explosives and dangerous goods
standards

RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Work may be conducted in: limited and restricted spaces

exposed conditions
Goods/cargo to be loaded and special precautions for handling and stacking
unloaded may require:
Classes of dangerous goods and as defined in the respective Australian codes

explosives are:
Standard placarding, marking and as required in the respective Australian codes, including
signage for identified explosives HAZCHEM Codes
and dangerous goods are:

contractors
fax
email
internet
radio


Load restraint procedures and as specified in mass and loading regulations and
equipment are: guidelines and current ADG Code/Australian Explosives
Code as applicable
safety glasses
two-way radios
Information/documents may goods identification numbers and codes, including
include: current ADG Code and IMDG markings and HAZCHEM
signs
relevant codes of practice, including the Australian
Dangerous Goods Code, the Australian Explosives Code,
the Industry Safety Code, and National Standards for
Manual Handling
unloading of vehicles
Australian Truck Drivers Manual
arrangements

Applicable regulations and Australian and state/territory mass and loading

legislation may include: regulations
Codes
Code
legislation
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

identifying load characteristics, loading
equipment and related practices
identifying load label in accordance with
identified classification and subsidiary risk
information
identifying markings/placards for vehicle in
accordance with relevant regulatory
requirements
segregating, distributing and securing load
for safe transport in accordance with
regulations and current ADG/AEG Code
requirements
safely loading and unloading explosives and
dangerous goods in accordance with
workplace procedures and current

ADG/AEG Code requirements
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID1807C Handle furniture and effects

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to handle
furniture and effects during the course of a removal, including
preparing for the removal, moving furniture items in accordance
with the removal plan, and loading/unloading the furniture
onto/from the removal vehicle. Licensing, legislative, regulatory
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the relevant industry
codes of practice for the handling of furniture and effects.
Work is performed under limited or minimum supervision
the basic principles and routine procedures to the handling of
furniture and effects in a range of furniture removal contexts.

1 Prepare for removal 1.1 Appropriate removals equipment and materials are selected
and work areas are organised in consultation with the client
upon arrival at the client's premises
1.2 Hazardous items are identified through consultation with
client in accordance with workplace procedures
1.3 Protective coverings and drop cloths are placed in packing and
traffic areas in accordance with workplace procedures
1.4 Checks are made that the client has prepared specific items for
removal as required by workplace policy
1.5 Routes for the lifting and movement of furniture and effects to
the vehicle are identified, and floors, pathways and/or stairs
are checked to ensure they are free of obstacles and hazards
before any goods are handled
2 Move furniture items 2.1 Furniture and effects are selected, lifted, moved and loaded
onto the vehicle in accordance with removals documentation,
OH&S regulations and workplace procedures
2.2 Special lifting and moving equipment is selected and used in
accordance with OH&S regulations and workplace procedures
3 Load vehicle 3.1 Vehicle/container is prepared for the loading process and
furniture and effects are stowed and secured in accordance
with removals documentation, client's requirements and
3.2 Furniture and effects are unloaded from vehicle/container and
stored in accordance with removals documentation and
workplace policy
3.3 All required removals documentation is completed in

Required knowledge:
Risks when handling furniture and effects during a removal and related precautions to control
the risk
Workplace procedures and policies for the handling of furniture and effects
Specialised lifting equipment and procedures for its use
Insurance rights and responsibilities
Housekeeping standards and procedures during a removal
Methods of securing a load on a removal vehicle
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when handling furniture and effects during removal
operations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the handling of
furniture and effects during removal operations
Complete documentation related to the handling of furniture and effects during removal
operations
Work collaboratively with others when handling furniture and effects during removal
operations
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when handling
furniture and effects during removal operations in accordance with regulatory requirements
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when handling furniture and effects
during removal operations
environments

damage to furniture or equipment
Operate and adapt to differences in furniture, equipment and operating environment in
accordance with standard operating procedures
Identify and correctly use equipment required to handle furniture and effects
Identify dangerous goods and other items that are prohibited carriage during a removal and
take appropriate action as per regulatory requirements and standard operating procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Removal load may include: any household and workplace furniture and effects
including fridges, freezers, washing machines, bed ends,
mattresses and bases, lamp shades, pendulum clocks,
carpets, tables and chairs, television sets, stereo and audio
equipment

by day or night
exposed conditions
at a client's home/workplace
Furniture and effects to be require special precautions
handled may:
Principles of loading a removal light over heavy

vehicle include: glass turned inside
handles covered
proper use of hessians and pads on all items
tightly pack and secure all items

Hazards during the handling of lifting injuries

furniture and effects may include: fire
vehicle movement during furniture loading/unloading
operations
accident in use of equipment
being run over by load shifting equipment
broken glass
protruding features of furniture
dangerous goods
Handling operations may be manually
carried out: with the aid of lifting equipment and/or appliance

may include: safety footwear
safety glasses
Information/documents may industry codes for furniture removal operations
include: removals documentation
client instructions
workplace procedures and policies for the handling of
furniture and effects during a removal
material safety data sheets where relevant
arrangements
legislation may include: Australian Dangerous Goods Code and associated
regulations
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID1907C Pack and unpack cartons during a removal

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to pack and
unpack cartons during a removal, including preparing for packing,
packing and unpacking cartons, and completing
packing/unpacking process. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the relevant industry
codes of practice for the packing and unpacking of cartons during
a removal.
the basic principles and routine procedures to the handling of
furniture and effects in a range of furniture removal contexts.

1 Prepare for packing 1.1 Convenient, suitable and unrestricted work area is selected and
prepared in consultation with the client for either packing or
unpacking
1.2 The items for removal are identified and the order of packing
is determined in accordance with removals documentation
1.3 Cartons, protective and other materials are selected and
located in an accessible area
1.4 Items ineligible for removal are identified in accordance with
industry standards and company policy and appropriate action
taken in consultation with client
2 Pack and unpack 2.1 Items for removal are wrapped and packed in accordance with
cartons industry standards and company procedures
2.2 Fragile or valuable items are specially wrapped and positioned
in accordance with company procedures and industry
standards
2.3 Cartons are sealed and labelled in accordance with removals
documentation and company procedures
2.4 Cartons are unpacked and goods unwrapped and stored in
accordance with removals documentation and company
procedures
2.5 Hazardous items are identified and appropriately transported

3 Complete 3.1 Used cartons are folded and removed and rubbish disposed of
packing/unpacking in accordance with company procedures
process 3.2 All required removals documentation is completed in
accordance with company requirements

Required knowledge:
OH&S procedures and guidelines concerning packing and unpacking of furniture and effects
Risks when packing and unpacking furniture and effects during a removal and related
precautions to control the risk
Workplace procedures and policies for the packing and unpacking of furniture and effects
Packing techniques for various types of furniture and effects
Packing materials and tools
Housekeeping standards and procedures during a removal
Methods of securing a load on a removal vehicle
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when packing and unpacking furniture and effects
during a removal
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the packing and
unpacking of furniture and effects during a removal
Complete documentation related to the packing and unpacking of furniture and effects during
a removal including the completion of labels and packing lists
Work collaboratively with others when packing and unpacking furniture and effects during a
removal
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when packing and
unpacking furniture and effects during a removal in accordance with regulatory requirements
Implement contingency plans for unexpected situations that may arise when packing and
unpacking furniture and effects during a removal
exist during the packing and unpacking of furniture and effects during a removal
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in furniture and effects in accordance with standard
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Items to be packed/unpacked crockery

during a removal may include, books
for example:
household effects and furniture
office effects and furniture
glassware
electrical/electronic equipment

by day or night
exposed conditions
at a client's home/workplace
Furniture and effects to be special precautions
packed/unpacked may require:
Hazards during the packing and heavy items

unpacking of cartons may fragile items
include:
broken glass/crockery
dangerous goods

may include: safety footwear
safety glasses

Information/documents may industry codes for furniture removal operations

include: removals documentation
client instructions
workplace procedures and policies for packing and
unpacking of cartons, including identifying, handling,
wrapping and packing various types of items
arrangements
Applicable regulations and relevant state/territory environmental protection
legislation may include: legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLID2007C Care for livestock in transit

and care for livestock in transit, including making preparations to
transport livestock, caring for and controlling livestock in transit,
and using appropriate animal husbandry techniques, as required.
regulations and industry codes of practice for the care of livestock
in transit.
the basic principles and routine procedures to the care of livestock
during transit.

1 Prepare to transport 1.1 Condition, quality and quantity of livestock to be transported
livestock is checked prior to transport operation in accordance with
client requirements and workplace policy
1.2 Any poor quality livestock is identified and reported to
specified personnel in accordance with workplace policy
1.3 Feed provisions and other requirements for livestock prior to
and during transit are identified and organised
1.4 Portable stockyards are assembled as required
2 Care for and control 2.1 Condition of livestock is regularly monitored during loading,
livestock in transit transit and unloading and appropriate action is taken in terms
of relevant government regulations, workplace policy, and
humane and permit requirements
2.2 Working dogs and appropriate handling equipment are used to
aid the handling of livestock during loading and unloading
operations in accordance with regulations and workplace
procedures
2.3 Required action is taken for the care and well-being of animals
in the event of an accident during transit
2.4 Distressed stock is handled in an appropriate manner in
accordance with government regulations and workplace
policies
3 Use animal husbandry 3.1 Symptoms of animal diseases and parasites are identified and
techniques appropriate is action taken to control them in terms of relevant
government regulations, workplace policy, and humane and
permit requirements
3.2 Prescribed medication is administered to livestock in
accordance with veterinary directions and workplace policy

Required knowledge:
Relevant regulations concerning the care for livestock in transit
Risks when caring for livestock during transit and related precautions to control the risk
Workplace procedures and policies for the caring for livestock during transit
Specialised livestock handling equipment and procedures for its use
Housekeeping standards and procedures when caring for livestock during transit
Methods of securing livestock during transit
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when caring for livestock in transit
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the care of livestock in
transit
Complete documentation related to the care of livestock in transit
Work collaboratively with others when caring for livestock in transit
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when caring for
livestock in transit in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events during the care of livestock in transit
environments
damage to animals or equipment
procedures

Identify and correctly use equipment required to care for livestock during transit
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Livestock being cared for in sheep

transit may include any livestock cattle
able to be transported, such as:
horses
goats
pigs
chickens

by day or night
exposed conditions
Handling operations may be cattle prods
carried out both manually and restraining devices
with the aid of working dogs and
livestock handling equipment, portable cattle yards
including:


may include: safety headwear
safety footwear

Information/documents may industry codes and government regulations for the care of
include: livestock during transit
workplace documentation
client instructions
workplace procedures and policies for the care of
livestock during transit
arrangements
guidelines on livestock husbandry relevant to the care of
livestock during transit
legislation may include: Australian and state/territory regulations relevant to the
care of livestock during transit
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID207C Shift a load using manually-operated equipment
TLID207C Shift a load using manually-operated

equipment
using manually-operated mechanical equipment, including
assessing the risks associated with relocating the load, planning
the relocation process and carrying out the relocation with the aid
of the equipment in accordance with the plan. Licensing,
to this unit.
regulations concerning the shifting and movement of loads using
manually-operated equipment.
principles for the safe shifting of loads using manually-operated
equipment.

1 Assess risks arising 1.1 Products, goods or materials to be relocated are identified
from the relocation of 1.2 Location for storage is determined
the load 1.3 Routes to be followed are identified
1.4 Points of balance are estimated
1.5 Effect of moving contents which may be loose, liquid,
dangerous or hazardous are considered
1.6 Potential risks in route(s) which may be followed are
considered
1.7 Lifting equipment to minimise potential risks is identified
1.8 Appropriate personal protective equipment is worn
2 Plan load relocation 2.1 Load shifting equipment is selected in accordance with
2.2 Safe procedures for using lifting equipment are identified,
including the calculation of Safe Working Load (SWL) and/or
Working Load Limit (WLL) for weight of goods to be moved
2.3 Process for relocating load is proposed including predicting
and planning for potential difficulties
2.4 Proposed process is checked against relevant code of practice
and workplace procedures for compliance

2.5 Lifting equipment and accessories are checked for safe
operation in accordance with manufacturers instructions and
3 Relocate load 3.1 Any unsafe equipment is reported to appropriate personnel in

3.2 Planned process and route are followed using equipment
within necessary range of limitations
3.3 Relocated materials are set down without damage to goods,
personnel or equipment and checked for stability
3.4 Relocation is checked to see that it meets work requirements,
and any variances are reported
3.5 Equipment is returned to storage area in accordance with

Required knowledge:
Relevant OH&S procedures and guidelines concerning the use of manually-operated
equipment to shift loads
Risks when using manually-operated equipment to shift loads and related precautions to
control the risk
Workplace procedures and policies for the shifting of goods and materials using manually-
operated equipment
Problems that may arise when using manually-operated equipment to shift loads and actions
that should be taken to prevent or solve them
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when using manually-operated equipment to shift loads
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the shifting of
loads using manually-operated equipment
Work collaboratively with others when using manually-operated equipment to shift loads
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when using manually-
operated equipment to shift loads in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures

exist during the shifting of loads using manually-operated equipment
environments
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT


exposed conditions
Materials to be shifted may goods
include: equipment and tools
cleaning materials
components and parts of vehicles and equipment such as
tyres, batteries, lifting gear, etc.
materials used in the course of work such as drums of
fuel, raw materials, packaging, etc.


contractors
fax
email
internet
radio

safety glasses
two-way radios
servicing of manually-operated load shifting equipment
documentation
arrangements


legislation
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLID2107C Use specialised bulk transfer equipment (dry)

specialised bulk transfer equipment for dry materials, including
planning the work, transferring the material according to
regulatory and operational requirements, monitoring and operating
controls, and completing all operations, as required. Licensing,
to this unit.
state/territory regulations concerning the use of specialised
equipment for the transfer of dry bulk product.
application of basic principles, routine procedures and regulatory
requirements to the use of specialised bulk transfer equipment to
load and unload dry bulk products.

1 Plan work 1.1 Dangerous or hazardous (including regulated waste), or other
materials requiring specialised handling are identified and
relevant procedures are taken into account when planning the
work
1.2 Traffic flow and work area conditions are assessed and
anticipated to ensure safe operation and no injury to people, or
damage to equipment, loads, facilities or environment
1.3 Characteristics of the load are taken into account when
selecting method, equipment and, where applicable,
appropriate attachments to transfer the load
1.4 Any potential occurrences in the work area that may affect the
safety and efficiency of operations are reported to the
1.5 Bulk transfer of dry materials is planned, taking into account
the requirements of the load, transfer method, storage facility
and transport mode, load weight and dimensions and the
capacity of the equipment
1.6 Required personal safety equipment, signage, barriers and
special precautions are identified in the plan and utilised
1.7 Procedures to deal with spills, leakages and ruptures are
identified

1.8 Customer requests for variation to agreed operations are

actioned within scope of authority or referred to appropriate
personnel
2 Transfer material 2.1 Equipment is prepared and any appropriate attachment fitted
2.2 Equipment controls are checked for correct operational status
before commencing transfer
2.3 Adjustments are made to process to accommodate special
requirements such as temperature control, combustion etc.
2.4 Instruments and gauges are monitored during operations to
ensure that operation is consistent with workplace procedures,
manufacturers specifications and enterprise schedule and
safety requirements
2.5 Speed of operation is managed for safety and efficiency of
materials movement and equipment operations
3.2 Control systems are monitored to ensure that operation is
consistent with workplace procedures, manufacturers
specifications, workplace schedule, safety requirements and
statutory regulations
3.4 Faults are identified and reported in accordance with
enterprise guidelines
4 Complete operations 4.1 Equipment is shut down within manufacturers guidelines

without injury to personnel or damage to equipment, loads or
facilities in accordance with enterprise procedures]
4.2 Clean up methods for transfer equipment are completed
following workplace procedures
4.3 Equipment is secured in accordance with securing procedures
for the appropriate equipment
4.4 Workplace documentation is completed and filed following

Required knowledge:
Australian Dangerous Goods Code and relevant state/territory mass and loading regulations as
they apply to vehicles transporting dry bulk product
OH&S procedures and guidelines concerning the use of specialised bulk transfer equipment
Risks when transferring dry bulk product and related precautions to control the risk
Workplace procedures and policies for the efficient use of specialised equipment to transfer
dry bulk loads
Methods of securing a vehicle following transfer of dry bulk product
Relevant regulatory, permit and licence requirements including ADG Code
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when using specialised equipment to transfer dry bulk
product
dry bulk product using specialised equipment
Identify goods coding, IMDG markings and, where applicable, emergency information panels
Complete documentation related to the transfer of dry bulk product using specialised
equipment
Estimate the mass, volume and special requirements of dry bulk products
Work collaboratively with others when using specialised equipment to transfer dry bulk
product
when using specialised equipment to transfer dry bulk product in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events when using specialised equipment to
transfer dry bulk product
exist during the transfer of dry bulk product using specialised equipment
environments
damage to product or equipment
procedures
Identify and correctly use equipment required to transfer dry bulk product
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Operations may be conducted: in a range of work environments

by day or night

exposed conditions
Dry bulk product to be special precautions
transferred may require:

include exposure to: contamination of, or from, materials being handled
service lines
dust/vapours
safety glasses
mask or respirator
Exposure during work operations corrosive chemicals
may be to: solvents and adhesives
toxic, explosive and other harmful substances
movement of equipment, goods, vehicles

Regulatory controls and transport

enterprise procedures may govern storage
requirements for:
volume
mass
required controls
Relevant transfer systems may ducted
include: conveyor
mobile plant
pipelines
elevators
augers
noise restrictions
hours of operation
involve: suppliers, potential customers and existing clients
industrial relations, OH&S specialists, and other
maintenance, professional or technical staff
fax
email
internet
radio
site procedures
Information/documents may Safe Working Load (SWL) and Working Load Limit
include: (WLL)
manifests, bar codes, goods and product identification
workplace procedures and policies for the transfer of dry
bulk product
arrangements
legislation may include: Australian regulations relevant to the transfer of dry bulk
product
Codes
Code
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures


assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID2207C Conduct weighbridge operations

weighbridge operations in accordance with regulatory
requirements and workplace procedures, including setting up for
weighbridge operations, weighing loaded vehicles, weighing
unloaded vehicles, finalising weighbridge operations, and
completing required records and documentation. Licensing,
to this unit.
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in accordance with regulations and
workplace requirements relevant to weighbridge operations.
team environment.
workplace procedures when conducting weighbridge operations in
the transport, warehousing, distribution and/or storage industries.

1 Set up for weighbridge 1.1 Weighbridge systems, including equipment, computer and
operations recording arrangements are checked for operational status
1.2 Tests to confirm accuracy of weighbridge operation and
related functions are conducted in accordance with workplace
procedures, manufacturers instructions and relevant legislation
1.3 Accurate reporting of the results of the inspection and testing
is kept in accordance with statutory requirements, workplace
policy and industry guidelines
1.4 Faults/discrepancies in weighbridge operation are identified
and action is undertaken in accordance with workplace
procedures
2 Weigh loaded vehicles 2.1 Vehicles likely to exceed weighbridge weight limit are turned
away
2.2 Vehicles are directed onto platform to obtain accurate weight
2.3 Weight of loaded stationary vehicle is registered against
vehicle and load identification
2.4 Vehicle and load information is entered into workplace
recording system and driver is issued with receipt and/or
statement
2.5 Areas of dispute are resolved or forwarded for further action

undertaken in accordance with workplace procedures
3 Weigh unloaded 3.1 Vehicles are directed onto platform to obtain accurate weight
vehicles 3.2 Weight of unloaded stationary vehicle is registered against
vehicle
3.3 Proposed load weight is assessed for conformance to statutory
requirements
3.4 Where appropriate, loading operations are commenced in
accordance with legal loading weight, customer requirements
and workplace procedures with vehicle re-weighed to establish
final load weight
3.5 Vehicle and load information is entered into workplace
recording system and invoice is issued to driver where
appropriate
3.6 Driver signatures on weighbridge documents, invoices or
receipts are obtained in accordance with statutory and
3.7 Areas of dispute are resolved or forwarded for further action
to be undertaken in accordance with workplace procedures
4 Complete weighbridge 4.1 Weighbridge systems, including equipment, computer and

operations recording arrangements are secured or made ready for next
shift
4.2 Record of operations is maintained and filed in accordance
with workplace procedures and statutory requirements

Required knowledge:
Regulations relevant to the conduct of weighbridge operations including Australian
Dangerous Goods Code where applicable
Workplace procedures and policies for the conduct of weighbridge operations
Problems that may occur when conducting weighbridge operations and appropriate action that
Records and documentation requirements for weighbridge operations
Classification procedures
Despatch procedures
Calculation method and approaches for both metric and imperial systems
Correct weighing procedures including statutory and workplace requirements
Emergency response procedures
Site layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when conducting weighbridge operations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the conduct of
weighbridge operations
Complete documentation related to the conduct of weighbridge operations
Work collaboratively with others when conducting weighbridge operations
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems, errors or malfunctions that may occur
when conducting weighbridge operations in accordance with regulatory requirements and
exist during the conduct of weighbridge operations
environments
procedures
standards
Set up and maintain weighbridge equipment
Identify, select and efficiently and effectively use weighbridge equipment
Monitor performance of weighbridge equipment
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Workplace environment may movement of equipment, goods, products, materials and

include: vehicular traffic

Weighbridge operations may be: inclusive of a single operation involving the loading of
vehicles and despatch functions
Weighbridge operation may be: electro/mechanical
electronic
computerised
Vehicles may include trucks
articulated road vehicles
trailers
wagons
Calibration and/or testing of required prior to and during operations
equipment may be:
Hazards in the work area may chemicals and pesticides

stationary and moving equipment, parts and materials
electrical equipment
humidity, air temperature, radiant heat
faulty equipment
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
respirators and fume/dust masks
communications/recording equipment
breakdown procedures


may include: fax
email/internet
RF systems
existing and potential customers/clients
drivers
suppliers and contractors
organisation concerned and the workplace procedures
Information/documents may operations manuals, job specifications and procedures

include: induction documentation
manufacturers specifications and instructions for the
operation of weighbridge equipment
relevant regulations including the ADG Code
award, workplace bargaining agreement, other industrial
arrangements
OH&S procedures

Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations pertaining to weighbridge

traffic acts and road transport mass and loading
regulations
ADG Code and regulations pertaining to the storage and
handling of dangerous and hazardous goods
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLID2307C Use specialised liquid bulk gas transfer equipment
TLID2307C Use specialised liquid bulk gas transfer

equipment
specialised bulk gas transfer equipment including planning the
work; transferring the gas according to regulatory and operational
requirements; monitoring and operating controls; and completing
all operations, as required. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the ADG Code and
relevant state/territory regulations concerning the use of
specialised equipment for the transfer of liquid bulk gas.
requirements to the use of specialised bulk transfer equipment to
load and unload liquid bulk gas.

1 Plan work 1.1 Gas transfer method is identified for loading and unloading as
liquefied or gaseous state
1.2 Precautions are undertaken to eliminate all ignition sources
1.3 Specialised handling requirements for the particular gas are
identified and relevant procedures are taken into account when
planning the work
1.4 Traffic flow, vehicle positioning and work area conditions are
assessed to ensure safe operation and no injury to people, or
damage to equipment, loads or facilities
1.5 Characteristics of the gas, transfer and holding method are
taken into account when evaluating procedural requirements,
special precautions for method, equipment and, where
applicable, appropriate attachments to transfer the load
1.6 Any potential occurrences in the work area that may affect the
1.7 Gas transfer is planned, taking into account the requirements
of the load, transfer method, storage facility and transport
mode, load weight, volume and viscosity and the capacity of
the equipment
1.8 Load is checked prior to and at the completion of transfer to
ensure ullage and/or maximum permitted capacity complies

with ADG Code
requirements such as temperature control, combustion, etc.
1.10 Required personal protective equipment, signage, barriers
and special precautions are identified in the plan and utilised
1.11 Procedures to deal with leakages and ruptures are
identified
2 Transfer material 2.1 Equipment is prepared and any appropriate attachment fitted
ensure that operation is within manufacturers specifications
and enterprise schedule and safety requirements
3.2 Control systems are monitored in accordance with statutory
authority regulations, manufacturers guidelines and site
3.3 Gas is transferred ensuring no injury to personnel or damage
to equipment or goods

facilities in accordance with enterprise procedures

Required knowledge:

they apply to vehicles transporting liquid bulk gas
OH&S procedures and guidelines concerning the use of specialised bulk transfer equipment
Risks when transferring liquid bulk gas and related precautions to control the risk
Workplace procedures and policies for the efficient use of specialised equipment to transfer
liquid bulk gas
Methods of securing a vehicle following transfer of liquid bulk gas
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when using specialised equipment to transfer liquid bulk
gas
liquid bulk gas using specialised equipment
Complete documentation related to the transfer of liquid bulk gas using specialised equipment
Work collaboratively with others when using specialised equipment to transfer liquid bulk gas
when using specialised equipment to transfer liquid bulk gas in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may arise when using specialised
equipment to transfer liquid bulk gas
exist during the transfer of liquid bulk gas using specialised equipment
environments
damage to product or equipment
Operate and adapt to differences in transfer equipment in accordance with standard operating
procedures
Monitor performance of transfer equipment
Service transfer equipment in terms of maintenance schedule and standard operating
procedures
standards

RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Liquid bulk gas to be transferred require special precautions
may:

service lines
dust/vapours
safety glasses
mask or respirator


requirements for:
volume
mass
required controls
Ignition sources include: naked flames and static sources

noise restrictions
hours of operation
fax
email
internet
radio
site procedures

include: (WLL)
workplace procedures and policies for the transfer of
liquid bulk gas
goods identification numbers and codes, including ADG
and IMDG markings and HAZCHEM signs
codes of practice including the Australian Dangerous
Goods Code, relevant Australian Standards and the
Industry Safety Code
arrangements
Codes
Code
Australian and state/territory regulations related to the
transfer of liquid bulk gas
relevant Australian Standards, including AS 2809.1, AS
2809.3, AS 2931, AS 2430.1, AS 2430.3.4, AS 2430.3.7
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID2407C Use specialised liquid bulk transfer equipment (gravity/pressurised)
TLID2407C Use specialised liquid bulk transfer equipment

(gravity/pressurised)
specialised gravity and pressurised liquid bulk transfer equipment
including planning the work; transferring the bulk according to
regulatory and operational requirements; monitoring and operating
controls; and completing all operations, as required. Licensing,
to this unit.
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the ADG Code and
relevant state/territory regulations concerning the use of
specialised gravity and pressurised equipment for the transfer of
liquid bulk product.
requirements to the use of specialised gravity and pressurised bulk
transfer equipment to load and unload liquid bulk product.

1 Plan work 1.1 Liquid transfer method is identified for loading and unloading
as gravity or pressure
1.2 Dangerous or hazardous (including regulated waste) or other
materials requiring specialised handling are identified and
relevant procedures are taken into account when planning the
work
1.3 Precautions are undertaken to eliminate all ignition sources
1.4 Traffic flow, vehicle positioning and work area conditions are
assessed to ensure safe operation and no injury to people, or
damage to equipment, loads or facilities
1.5 Characteristics of the liquid, transfer and holding method are
taken into account when evaluating procedural requirements,
special precautions for method, equipment and, where
applicable, appropriate attachments to transfer the load
1.6 Potential occurrences in the work area that may affect the
1.7 Liquid transfer is planned, taking into account the
requirements of the load, transfer method, storage facility and
transport mode, load weight, volume and viscosity and the

capacity of the equipment
1.8 Load is checked prior to and at the completion of transfer to
ensure ullage and/or maximum permitted capacity complies
with ADG Code
requirements such as temperature control, combustion, etc.
1.10 Required personal protective equipment, signage, barriers
and special precautions are identified in the plan and utilised
1.11 Procedures to deal with spills, leakages and ruptures are
identified
2 Transfer material 2.1 Equipment is prepared and any appropriate attachments fitted
ensure that operation is within manufacturers specifications
and workplace schedule and safety requirements
2.5 Faults or damage to equipment are immediately reported to the
3.2 Control systems are monitored in accordance with statutory
authority regulations, manufacturers guidelines and site

facilities in accordance with workplace procedures


Required knowledge:
they apply to vehicles transporting liquid bulk product
OH&S procedures and guidelines concerning the use of specialised liquid bulk transfer
equipment
Risks when transferring liquid bulk product and related precautions to control the risk
Workplace procedures and policies for the efficient use of specialised gravity and pressurised
equipment to transfer liquid bulk product
Problems, faults or malfunctions that may occur when transferring liquid bulk product using
specialised equipment and action that should be taken to prevent or resolve them
Hazards involved in transferring liquid bulk product using specialised equipment when
transferring liquid bulk product and ways and means of controlling the risks involved
Methods of securing a vehicle following transfer of liquid bulk product
Relevant permit and health and safety requirements
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when transferring liquid bulk product using specialised
equipment
liquid bulk product using specialised equipment
Identify goods coding, IMDG markings and, where applicable, emergency information panels
Complete documentation related to the transfer of liquid bulk product using specialised
equipment
Estimate the mass, volume and special requirements of liquid bulk product
Work collaboratively with others when transferring liquid bulk product using specialised
equipment
when transferring liquid bulk product using specialised equipment in accordance with
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may arise when transferring liquid
bulk product using specialised equipment
exist during the transfer of liquid bulk product using specialised equipment


environments
Operate and adapt to differences in transfer equipment in accordance with standard operating
procedures
Identify and correctly use equipment required to transfer liquid bulk product
Monitor performance of transfer equipment
Service transfer equipment in terms of maintenance schedule and standard operating
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Liquid bulk product to be special precautions
transferred may require:

service lines
dust/vapours


safety glasses
mask or respirator
requirements for:
volume
mass
required controls
Ignition sources include: naked flames and static sources

noise restrictions
hours of operation
fax
email
internet
radio


site procedures
include: (WLL)
liquid bulk product
goods identification numbers and codes, including ADG
and IMDG markings and HAZCHEM signs
codes of practice including the Australian Dangerous
Goods Code, relevant Australian Standards and the
Industry Safety Code
arrangements
Codes
Code
transfer of liquid bulk product
relevant Australian Standards, including AS 2809.1, AS
2809.2, AS 2931, AS 2430
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID2707D Prepare for transport of dangerous goods

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to prepare for
the transport of dangerous goods, including checking the
dangerous goods load; assessing vehicle suitability to transport the
intended load; checking emergency procedures and equipment;
evaluating documented route plan; and completing required
assessment process. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
state/territory regulations concerning the transport of dangerous
goods, including the current ADG Code.
requirements to the preparation of dangerous goods for transport.

1 Check dangerous 1.1 Load is compared against transport documentation and
goods load discrepancies are noted
1.2 Load is checked to ensure that dangerous goods labels are
clearly visible and legible, and that packaged goods are
correctly labelled
1.3 Load is checked to ensure containers are not damaged
1.4 Vehicle load is checked for compatibility or, where not
compatible, is checked for appropriate segregation in
accordance with regulatory requirements
1.5 Load is assessed to ensure that it is stowed and secured in or
on vehicles in accordance with the current ADG Code and the
1.6 Shipping documentation and other relevant documents are
located in the cabin in accordance with regulatory
requirements
2 Assess vehicle 2.1 Vehicle is assessed for suitability and appropriateness to carry
suitability to transport designated dangerous goods including classification, mass and
intended load configuration
2.2 Licence and insurance requirements (where relevant) are
checked for conformity with the current Australian Code for
the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail and/or
other applicable regulatory requirements

2.3 Load restraint system(s) is/are checked for serviceability and
appropriateness to secure intended load
2.4 Vehicle is checked to ensure that it is correctly and clearly
marked/placarded for the load being carried
3 Check emergency 3.1 Emergency information for each type of transported dangerous
procedures and good is noted
equipment 3.2 Regulatory and workplace procedures for an incident are
noted including notification of relevant personnel and
authorities and, where appropriate, use of equipment for
containment, clean up or recovery
3.3 Personal protective equipment and safety equipment are
checked for operational capability and appropriateness to the
proposed load
3.4 Emergency information is located in the cabin in accordance
with current ADG Code requirements
4 Evaluate documented 4.1 Selected route plan and potential difficulties including
route plan regulatory restrictions, traffic flow and conditions, obstacles,
road standards and construction activities are assessed
4.2 Regulatory and workplace procedures for driving, parking,
loading and unloading are identified including actions for
disengaging and/or securing the vehicle
5 Complete 5.1 The load is inspected and checked for security to travel in
documentation accordance with relevant regulations/permit requirements and
the current ADG Code
5.2 All required documentation for the dangerous goods is
completed in accordance with regulatory and workplace
requirements

Required knowledge:
Current Australian Dangerous Goods Code and relevant state/territory mass and loading
regulations as they apply to vehicles transporting dangerous goods
OH&S procedures and guidelines concerning the transport of dangerous goods
Risks when transporting dangerous goods and related precautions to control the risk
Workplace procedures and policies for the preparation of dangerous goods
Problems that may occur when preparing for the transport of dangerous goods and action that
should be taken to prevent or solve them
Methods of securing a vehicle following loading of dangerous goods
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when preparing for the transport dangerous goods
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the preparation
of dangerous goods for transport
Identify goods coding, markings and, where applicable, emergency information panels for the
mode of transport/storage selected
Complete documentation related to the preparation of dangerous goods for transport
Estimate the mass, volume and special requirements of a load
Work collaboratively with others when preparing for the transport of dangerous goods
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when preparing for the
transport of dangerous goods in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected events that may arise when preparing for the
transport of dangerous goods
Recognise the hazards and apply precautions and required action to minimise, control or
eliminate hazards that may exist during the preparation of dangerous goods for transport
environments
procedures
Identify and correctly use equipment required to load dangerous goods
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night


exposed conditions
Vehicle refers to: all applicable transportation modes

service lines
dust/vapours
safety glasses
mask or respirator
breathing apparatus
Load restraint systems are: as detailed in the National Load Restraint Guide
Preparation of packaged require special precautions as specified by the

dangerous goods for transport manufacturer
may:
Transport documentation may Initial Emergency Response Guide

include: Emergency Procedure Guide
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
descriptions for dangerous goods (i.e. proper shipping
name, class and division number, packing group,
subsidiary risk(s) if any)
UN or ID number


noise restrictions
hours of operation
fax
email
internet
radio
site procedures
Safety equipment on vehicle may fire extinguishers
include: portable warning devices
eye wash kit

Information/documents may current Australian Dangerous Goods Code, relevant

include: Australian Standards and International Standards
Safe Working Load (SWL) and Working Load Limit
(WLL)
product
goods identification numbers, codes and signs
arrangements
manufacturers specifications, instructions and labelling
advice for the packaged dangerous goods, including
legislation may include: current Australian and international regulations and codes
of practice for the handling and transport of dangerous
Codes
Code
International Air Transport Association
(IATA) Dangerous Goods by Air regulations
carriage of dangerous goods
legislation
relevant Australian and International Standards
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessing operational suitability of
equipment and vehicles pertinent to
dangerous goods transportation
estimating weight and dimensions of load
and any special requirements
applying hierarchy of hazard control
documentation including completion of
dangerous goods declaration
determining (any) required permits
identifying hazards and planning work to
minimise risks when transporting dangerous
goods
selecting appropriate equipment and work
systems to enable safe, efficient work
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID2907C Prepare articles for delivery

mail articles for delivery, including checking and organising
articles for delivery, storing articles for delivery, and maintaining
all required records. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
regulations for the transport of articles for courier delivery.
Work is performed under indirect supervision. It involves the
application of the basic principles and routine procedures to the
preparation of articles for delivery.

1 Check and organise 1.1 Articles are inspected to ensure that they meet all specified
articles for delivery criteria
1.2 Articles for delivery are sorted into groups according to
specified sorting criteria
1.3 Articles which cannot be delivered due to defects or other
mitigating factors are sorted and dealt with in accordance with
1.4 Processing of articles is monitored to ensure a secure and
effective workflow
2 Store articles for 2.1 Appropriate manual handling practices are used to shift and
delivery sort articles
2.2 Groups of articles for delivery are stored in appropriate areas
and clearly identified for delivery type and run
2.3 Security requirements and activities to ensure appropriate
access to stored articles are followed in accordance with
3 Maintain records 3.1 Required records and/or notices for registered mail, classified
mail, parcels and defective mail articles are completed in
3.2 Records are stored in accordance with workplace procedures


Required knowledge:
Relevant state/territory mass and loading regulations
OH&S procedures and guidelines concerning the preparation of articles for mail delivery
Risks when preparing articles for delivery and related precautions to control the risk
Workplace procedures and policies for the preparation of articles for the sorting and storing of
mail
Problems that may arise when preparing articles for delivery and actions that should be taken
to prevent or solve them
Methods of securing mail articles
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when preparing articles for delivery
of articles for delivery
Complete documentation related to the preparation of articles for delivery
Estimate the size, shape and special delivery requirements of mail articles
Work collaboratively with others when preparing articles for delivery
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when preparing articles
for delivery in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
exist during the preparation of articles for delivery
environments
Identify and correctly use equipment required to sort and store mail
procedures
standards

RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Operations may be undertaken: on or off base site
Specified inspection criteria for address details are complete

mail may include: correct postage is paid for the size, weight and type of
article
the packaging of articles is secure to prevent loss or
damage of contents during delivery
Sorting criteria for mail may address and delivery run
include: the type of article or postage delivery paid
the priority of delivery
workplace procedures/practices
dust and vapours
light including UV
noise

sunglasses and UV protection
two-way radios


management
industrial relations, OH&S specialists
Communication in the work area fixed phone
may include: mobile phone
fax
email
internet
radio
Information/documents may operations manuals
include: induction documentation
Dangerous Goods Code, Explosives Code, HAZCHEM
codes and other regulations pertaining to the delivery of
mail
workplace procedures and policies for the preparation of
mail for delivery
arrangements
Applicable regulations and state/territory roads and traffic authority road rule and
legislation may include: licence requirements
Australian Dangerous Goods Code, Explosives Code,
HAZCHEM codes, and other relevant regulations
pertaining to the delivery of mail
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID3007C Supervise mobile crane operations

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to supervise
mobile crane operations, including implementing the operational
plan for a mobile crane lift, directing operations, supporting crane
personnel in their work, and negotiating and resolving site
problems on request. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
application of some judgement and routine principles and
procedures to the supervision of mobile crane operations.

1 Implement operational 1.1 Checks are made that customer has fulfilled agreed obligations
plan and required personnel and equipment are on site
1.2 Plan is implemented in accordance with legislative and
1.3 Check is made that hazards have been identified and hazard
control strategies implemented
2 Direct operations 2.1 Customer is kept advised of any changes to operation method
and any concerns are addressed promptly
2.2 Crane personnel are encouraged to provide input to the
operation
2.3 In the event of unanticipated situations, alternative options are
developed and discussed with site and crane personnel
2.4 Emergency situations are responded to in line with workplace
procedures in a manner that minimises risk to personnel and
equipment
2.5 Responsibilities of crane personnel are clarified throughout
operation
2.6 Crane personnel are coordinated and directed to ensure safe
and efficient operation
3 Support crane 3.1 Assistance with rigging/operating duties is provided as

necessary within legislative and site requirements
personnel 3.2 Additional equipment and personnel are arranged as necessary

in line with legislative requirements
3.3 Facilities and amenities are arranged as necessary
4 Resolve site problems 4.1 Problem is clarified as far as possible prior to site visit to
on request enable prioritising of work
4.2 Problem is assessed through on-site consultation with crane
personnel
4.3 Customer's perspective on the problem is sought where
relevant
4.4 Decision is made regarding appropriate alternative solutions to
the problem, taking into account safety and workplace
requirements and customer expectations
4.5 Action to be taken is agreed with crane personnel and
customer
4.6 Agreed commitments are met in a timely manner and
undertakings of others are followed up to ensure personnel and
customer satisfaction with the outcome
4.7 Required workplace records are updated accurately, legibly
and promptly

Required knowledge:
operation
Workplace procedures concerning the supervision of mobile crane operations at a work site
Problems that may arise when supervising mobile crane operations and actions that should be
taken to prevent or solve them
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when supervising mobile crane operations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the supervision
of mobile crane operations
Discuss and negotiate with clients and crew on issues related to the access to the site, setting
up of the crane and the lift

Complete documentation related to the supervision of mobile crane operations

Provide leadership and work collaboratively with others when supervising mobile crane
operations
when supervising mobile crane operations in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Plan and guide the work of others, including predicting consequences and identifying
improvements
Implement contingency plans for unexpected situations that may occur when supervising
mobile crane operations
exist during the supervision of mobile crane operations
environments
Ensure the application of fatigue management knowledge and techniques
Identify and direct the use of equipment, processes and procedures
Operate and adapt to differences in equipment and operating environment in accordance with
Ensure the use of required personal protective equipment conforming to industry and OH&S
standards
Ensure the servicing of mobile crane equipment in terms of maintenance schedule and
RANGE STATEMENT

Environment may include equipment
movement of: goods
materials
vehicular traffic


sectors including:
waterfront
mining
primary industry
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying
obstructions
involve: management
clients
Mobile crane operations being set-up
supervised may include: access requirements
lift requirements of customer


hours of operation
induction
equipment
noise restrictions
support trucks
two-way radios
site procedures


(WLL)
rigging manuals
occupational health and safety procedures
Applicable procedures and codes relevant state/territory regulations and licence/permit
may include: requirements pertaining to mobile cranes
legislation
Workplace Relations Act(s)
EVIDENCE GUIDE



procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID307E Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substances

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to handle
dangerous goods and hazardous substances, including identifying
requirements for working with dangerous goods and/or hazardous
substances; confirming site incident procedures; and selecting
handling techniques. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
Application of the Unit This unit covers anyone working in the transport, warehousing,
distribution and storage industries who may handle dangerous
goods and/or hazardous substances.
Work must be carried out in compliance with the relevant OH&S
regulations concerning the safe handling of dangerous goods and
hazardous substances.
application of the codes of practice and established procedures for
the safe handling of dangerous goods and hazardous substances.

1 Identify requirements 1.1 Dangerous goods and/or hazardous substances are identified
for working with from information including class labels, manifests and other
dangerous goods documentation
and/or hazardous 1.2 Storage requirements for hazardous substances and/or
substances dangerous goods are identified and applied
1.3 Legislative requirements for hazardous substances and/or
dangerous goods are known and used to plan work activities
1.4 Handling procedures for different classes and characteristics
of goods are observed
1.5 Confirmation is sought from relevant personnel where
dangerous goods or hazardous materials do not appear to be
appropriately marked
2 Confirm site incident 2.1 Incident reporting processes are identified

procedures 2.2 Emergency equipment is located and checked according to
workplace procedures and statutory regulations
2.3 Emergency procedures are identified and confirmed
3 Select handling 3.1 Load handling and shifting procedures are selected in
techniques accordance with identified requirements for particular goods

3.2 Handling equipment is checked for conformity with workplace
requirements and manufacturers guidelines
3.3 Where relevant, suitable signage is checked for compliance

Required knowledge:
All relevant regulations and codes concerning the handling of dangerous goods and hazardous
substances
Application of relevant aspects of current Australian Dangerous Goods Code and relevant
Australian Standards
Permit and licence requirements
Workplace procedures for handling and storing dangerous goods/hazardous substances
Problems that may arise during the handling of dangerous goods and hazardous substances
and actions that should be taken to prevent or solve them
Risks when handling dangerous goods and hazardous substances and related precautions to
control the risk
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when handling dangerous goods and hazardous
substances
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, regulations, information and signs relevant to the
handling of dangerous goods and hazardous substances
Identify containers and goods coding, markings and, where applicable, emergency
information panels for the mode of transport storage selected
Work collaboratively with others when handling dangerous goods and hazardous substances
when handling dangerous goods and hazardous substances in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may arise when handling

eliminate hazards that may exist during the handling of dangerous goods and hazardous
substances
environments
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
The dangerous goods may be for short-term storage

handled in a range of work for long-term storage
environments by day or night and
may be: in transit
Workplace environment may movement of equipment

include: movement of goods
materials and vehicular traffic
hours of operations
noise restrictions
segmentation procedures
emergency procedures, including response to
spillage/leaks, evacuation and firefighting


service lines
fire or ignition
dust/vapours
representatives of regulatory authorities with jurisdiction
over OH&S, dangerous goods and hazardous substances
contractors
Identification of goods may be material safety data sheets
from: packaging labels
manifests
stock lists
HAZCHEM interpretative advice


safety glasses
mask and respirator
protective clothing
breathing apparatus
include: manifests, stock lists, packaging labels, bar codes, stock
lists
goods and container identification
workplace procedures and policies concerning the
handling of dangerous goods and hazardous substances
material safety data sheets (MSDS)
current Australian Dangerous Goods Code
relevant legislation, codes, regulations and related
documentation concerning the handling of dangerous
arrangements
emergency procedures pertaining to dangerous goods and

Applicable regulations and relevant Australian and state/territory regulations relating

legislation may include: to the handling of dangerous goods and hazardous
substances
current Australian and international regulations and codes
of practice for the handling and transport of dangerous
Codes
Code
all relevant Australian Standards
legislation
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

unit of this unit and include demonstration of :
identifying dangerous goods/hazardous
substances (from labels, IMDG markings,
HAZCHEM signs and other relevant
identification criteria)
identifying and selecting the safely
requirements for handling dangerous
goods/hazardous substances
documentation
identifying job and site hazards and planning
work to minimise risks
selecting appropriate equipment and work
systems including personal protection
equipment
estimating weight and dimensions of load
and any special requirements

identifying and assessing handling and
storage precautions and requirements for
dangerous goods/hazardous substances
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID3107C Rig load
TLID3107C Rig load

and rig all types of loads in preparation for lifting by a crane,
including preparing for the transfer of a load, assessing lifting
requirements, securing a load, and detaching a load. Licensing,
to this unit.
authorities pertaining to the rigging of loads during mobile crane
operations.
Work is performed with general supervision, with limited
principles and procedures to the rigging of loads during mobile
crane operations in a variety of operational contexts.

1 Prepare for transfer of 1.1 Working area is prepared and maintained in accordance with
load national standards and safety codes and workplace operating
procedures
1.2 Unsafe work practices and/or faulty equipment are reported in
1.3 Correct personal protective equipment is identified and worn
2 Assess lifting 2.1 Work operations plan is examined and requirements for the lift
requirements identified including job method and sequence, control
measures and safety procedures
2.2 Coordination requirements with other site personnel are
confirmed
2.3 The mass, dimensions and centre of gravity of the load are
determined
2.4 Appropriate lifting gear/equipment/packing, including slings,
ropes, shackles, eye bolts, spreaders etc. is selected (from
safety charts and SWL/WLL tags), assembled and checked for
serviceability
2.5 Damaged or worn items are tagged, rejected and reported to
appropriate personnel for follow-up action
TLID3107C Rig load
3 Secure load 3.1 Lifting/anchorage points are correctly identified

3.2 Lifting gear/equipment/packing is connected to the load, and
load is secured to lifting device in accordance with workplace
and manufacturers specifications, guidelines and regulatory
requirements
3.3 Load is lifted and suspended off the lifting plane and checked
to ensure it is appropriately rigged and secured
3.4 Corrective action is undertaken where preliminary lift
assessment reveals unacceptable operational situation
3.5 Tag lines are fixed to load in accordance with work operation
plan and/or, in consultation with other personnel, where
required due to wind conditions and site hazards/obstacles
4 Detach load 4.1 Slinging attachments are released from load ensuring no injury
to personnel or damage to workplace operating procedures
4.2 Damage to load/site is identified and reported in accordance
4.3 Lifting gear/equipment/packing is maintained and stored in
accordance with workplace and manufacturers specifications,
guidelines and regulatory requirements

Required knowledge:
Relevant road rules, regulations, permit and licence requirements pertaining to rigging of
loads during mobile crane operations
Requirements for Safe Working Load (SWL) or Working Load Limit (WLL)
Workplace procedures concerning the rigging of loads during mobile crane operations
Problems that may arise when rigging a load during mobile crane operations and actions that
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when rigging a load during mobile crane operations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the rigging of a
load during mobile crane operations

TLID3107C Rig load

Work collaboratively with others when rigging a load during mobile crane operations
when rigging a load during mobile crane operations in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unexpected situations that may arise when rigging a load
during mobile crane operations
exist during the rigging of a load as part of mobile crane operations
environments
procedures
standards
Monitor condition and performance of gear and equipment and take appropriate action where
required
Service gear and equipment in terms of maintenance schedule and standard operating
procedures
RANGE STATEMENT

movement of: goods
materials
vehicular traffic

TLID3107C Rig load

sectors including:
waterfront
mining
primary industry
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying
obstructions
involve: management
clients
Loads to be shifted are: rigged and secured in accordance with workplace and
regulatory standards/codes of practice

TLID3107C Rig load

hours of operation
induction
equipment
noise restrictions
support trucks
two-way radios
site procedures

TLID3107C Rig load
Documentation/records may operations manuals including load charts and crane and
include: rigging manuals
Safe Working Load (SWL) and Working Load Limit
(WLL)
lifting gear safety charts
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
TLID3107C Rig load
resources for assessment Resources for assessment include:

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID3207C Plan and conduct specialised lift

conduct a specialised lift by a mobile crane (excluding demolition
work). It involves a lift which may be specialised in terms of job
and equipment requirements, the qualities of the load, or the
critical aspects of the location(s) of the lift. It includes inspecting
the site, planning the lift, setting up the lift, working effectively in
a team, lifting and moving the load, and following up on the job.
authorities pertaining to specialised mobile crane operations.
application of some judgement and routine principles and
procedures to the planning and conduct of specialised lifts in a

1 Inspect site 1.1 Site is inspected as required with other relevant personnel to
assess job requirements
1.2 All necessary parameters are measured to ensure accuracy of
calculations
1.3 Hazards are identified through inspection of site and load
1.4 Additional information regarding load and possible hazards is
sought from customer and expert personnel
1.5 Special site requirements are identified
2 Plan the lift 2.1 Operation plan is developed in consultation with other
relevant personnel to include hazard prevention/control
measures in line with workplace procedures, applicable
Australian standards and codes of practice
2.2 Where required, approval to carry out lift is obtained from the
appropriate statutory authority
2.3 Multiple crane lifts are planned (as applicable) to encompass
the determination of the types of cranes suitable for use and an
assessment of the share of the load to be carried by each crane
2.4 Cranes load chart is interpreted and information on
permissible loads, radii, weights, boom and jib taken into

account in planning the job
2.5 Safe Working Load (SWL) or Working Load Limit (WLL) is
calculated
2.6 Appropriate drawings and simulations are created to check
feasibility of planned operations
2.7 Information from previous lifts is used in developing the
operational plan
2.8 A range of different alternatives is considered to ensure
effective and safe lift
2.9 Unsolicited, irrelevant information is disregarded to focus on
the task at hand
2.10 Need for additional/specialised equipment is ascertained
and arrangements made for collection/delivery to site
2.11 Communication system is determined and all team
members are briefed on its use in conducting lift
3 Set up lift 3.1 Site measurements are checked to verify accuracy

3.2 Operating and emergency controls are checked to ensure the
crane is in safe working order
3.3 Appropriate personal protective equipment is selected and
worn in accordance with manufacturers specifications and site
requirements
3.4 Site is isolated as necessary and, when required, assistance
sought to ensure public safety
3.5 Other personnel on site are directed as necessary to ensure
risks to personnel and equipment are minimised
3.6 Variables which affect the predictability of the operation are
eliminated wherever possible
4 Work effectively in 4.1 The advice of all team members is sought in developing the
team operational plan
4.2 Ideas are discussed and evaluated with team members to
determine viability and reach consensus on an effective plan
4.3 Individual roles and responsibilities are clarified and agreed
4.4 Other team members are assisted as necessary to ensure the
operation can be completed safety and efficiently
5 Lift and move load 5.1 Nominated authorised person is recognised as being in control
and instructions are followed
5.2 Test runs are conducted as necessary to ensure a safe lift
5.3 Load is hoisted and lowered into position using crane
movements in accordance with the appropriate Australian
standard

5.4 Danger is anticipated by monitoring of crane and load, and

instruction to stop operation given where there are any
concerns the lift is not proceeding as planned
5.5 Potential impact of change in one area of operation on the lift
as a whole is recognised
5.6 In the event of unanticipated situations, contribution is made
to developing alternative operational plan
6 Follow up on job 6.1 Specialised equipment is checked and re-stored in accordance

6.2 Operation is reviewed in consultation with relevant personnel
and contribution is made to recommendations for review of
procedures where appropriate
6.3 Need for further after job debriefing or counselling is
recognised and appropriate action is taken
6.4 Records are completed promptly in line with workplace
procedures

Required knowledge:
operation
Company work procedures concerning the setting up and rigging of a mobile crane at a work
site
Problems that may arise when planning and supervising a specialised lift using a mobile crane
and actions that should be taken to prevent or solve them
Relevant agreements, codes of practice or other legislative requirements
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when planning and supervising a specialised lift using a
mobile crane
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information, technical data, manuals and signs
relevant to the planning and supervision of a specialised lift using a mobile crane
Complete documentation related to the planning and supervision of a specialised lift using a
mobile crane
Provide leadership and work collaboratively with others when planning and supervising a
specialised lift using a mobile crane
Promptly report and/or rectify any problems identified when planning and supervising a
specialised lift using a mobile crane in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Develop contingency plans for possible unanticipated situations
exist during the planning and supervision of a specialised lift using a mobile crane
environments
procedures
Ensure the use of required personal protective equipment conforming to industry and OH&S
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

movement of: goods
materials
vehicular traffic

sectors including:
waterfront
mining
primary industry
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying
Specialised lifts may include: large surface areas-pools

tilt-up panels
drive-in movie screens
tree removal and replacement
bridge beams
multiple crane lifts
passing loads to other cranes
tailing out of loads
turning loads over
lifting high value goods
recovery work
specialised operations-drag lines
clam shell
pile driving
barge work
work involving work box duties
obstructions
involve: management
clients


hours of operation
induction
equipment
noise restrictions
support trucks
two-way radios
site procedures


(WLL)
rigging manuals
may include: requirements pertaining to specialised mobile crane
operations
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID3307C Operate a vehicle-mounted loading crane

vehicle-mounted loading crane to shift loads, including positioning
and stabilising the crane, operating the vehicle-mounted crane,
monitoring lift conditions, packing up the crane after operations,
and completing all required job records. Licensing, legislative,
authorities pertaining to vehicle-mounted loading cranes.
application of routine principles and procedures to the operation of
a vehicle-mounted loading crane in a variety of operational
contexts.

1 Position and stabilise 1.1 Crane is driven to position as per job plan to ensure safe
crane operation in accordance with applicable Australian standards,
codes of practice, manufacturers specifications and, where
applicable, regulatory and local government requirements
1.2 Where appropriate, barriers, fencing, temporary boundaries,
signage and the like are used to isolate working area in
accordance with safe working practice and lift requirements
1.3 Ground is checked to ensure it is firm enough to bear the load
1.4 Appropriate plates or packing are correctly used to adequately
distribute the load
1.5 Any outriggers and stabilisers are correctly deployed and
the appropriate Australian standard and other relevant
statutory regulations or local authority requirements
1.6 Outrigger packing is checked for adequacy prior to and after
load is taken
2 Operate vehicle- 2.1 Planned hazard control strategies are implemented

mounted crane 2.2 Required signals are correctly given, interpreted and followed
in accordance with appropriate Australian standards
2.3 Load mass is assessed and correlated with lifting capacity of
crane throughout proposed radii of operation
2.4 Appropriate lifting gear is selected and load secured

standard
2.6 Crane controls are operated smoothly
2.7 Crane is shut down and secured during periods of non-
operation according to manufacturers specifications and
3 Monitor lift conditions 3.1 Load is constantly monitored to ensure load and structural
stability
3.2 Conditions which may affect the continuing stability of the
crane are identified and monitored
3.3 Unplanned situations are responded to in line with workplace
equipment
3.4 Advice is sought from supervisor where there is doubt about
correct response to unanticipated conditions, or conflict with
customer request
3.5 Supervisor/allocator is advised of any concern about
completing the job within timeframe
3.6 Shut-down procedures are implemented in accordance with
manufacturers instructions in the event of an emergency
3.7 The relevant motion locks and brakes are applied
3.8 Crane is shut down using the correct sequence of procedures
in accordance with manufacturers specifications and
3.9 Routine post-operational equipment checks are carried out in
accordance with manufacturers specifications
4 Pack up crane 4.1 All lifting equipment and crane components are checked for
any signs of deterioration or damage in accordance with the
appropriate Australian standard
4.2 Damaged or worn equipment is segregated and reported to an
authorised person for testing/repair/destruction
4.3 Crane equipment is correctly stowed and secured in
accordance with manufacturers instructions and the
4.4 Crane is immobilised and secured for travel in accordance
with manufacturers instructions, workplace guidelines and
5 Complete job records 5.1 Customer feedback is sought regarding satisfaction with the
completed job and any areas of concern reported according to
5.2 Customer's signature on job completion documentation is

obtained
5.3 Required workplace records are updated accurately and
promptly and processed according to workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
operation
Company work procedures concerning the setting up and rigging of a mobile crane at a work
site
Problems that may arise when operating a vehicle-mounted loading crane and actions that
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when operating a vehicle-mounted loading crane
a vehicle-mounted loading crane
Complete documentation related to the operation of a vehicle-mounted loading crane
Work collaboratively with others when operating a vehicle-mounted loading crane
when operating a vehicle-mounted loading crane in accordance with regulatory requirements
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may arise when operating a
vehicle-mounted loading crane
exist during the operation of a vehicle-mounted loading crane
environments

procedures
standards
Monitor performance of crane and its equipment and take appropriate action where required
RANGE STATEMENT

movement of: goods
materials
vehicular traffic

sectors including:
waterfront
mining
primary industry
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying


obstructions
involve: management
clients
hours of operation
induction
equipment
noise restrictions
support trucks
two-way radios


site procedures
Documentation/records may operations manuals for vehicle-mounted loading cranes
(WLL)
manufacturers specifications for vehicle-mounted loading
cranes
may include: requirements pertaining to vehicle-mounted loading
cranes
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID3407C Operate a mobile crane up to and including 20 tonnes on a demolition site
TLID3407C Operate a mobile crane up to and including 20

tonnes on a demolition site
slewing mobile crane on a demolition site, including planning and
preparing for demolition site operation, and lifting demolition
materials and equipment in accordance with regulatory
requirements. (Note this unit does not include the use of a ball for
demolition work. Reference should be made to relevant
competency standards designed for the construction industry for
this purpose). Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
authorities pertaining to the operation of mobile cranes on
demolition sites.
Work is performed under general supervision, with limited
principles and procedures to the operation of slewing and non-
slewing cranes up to 20 tonnes on a demolition site.

1 Plan and prepare for 1.1 Access and walking area are surveyed for hazards, including
demolition site specific demolition site ground hazards, and elimination or
operation control measures are implemented
1.2 Weight of load is estimated through measurement and
calculation
1.3 Structural integrity of load to be lifted is assessed and taken
into account in planning the operation
1.4 A range of alternatives for slinging the load are considered in
consultation with relevant personnel, taking into consideration
all probable factors
1.5 Risk management strategy is developed providing adequate
safety margins
1.6 Possible implication of load contingencies is considered and
plans are developed to deal with each contingency
1.7 Operational plan is developed to include risk management
strategies and contingency plans in line with applicable
Australian standards and codes of practice

1.8 Area is cleared of non-required personnel, distractions
controlled, and site isolated as necessary
1.9 Risk of operation is explained to customer, liability is
explained and indemnity is signed according to workplace
procedures
2 Lift equipment and 2.1 Load is hoisted and lowered into position using crane
materials movements in accordance with the appropriate Australian
Standard
2.2 Detailed information is shared with other crane personnel
throughout the lift
2.3 Crane and load are carefully monitored throughout the lift so
that problems can be anticipated and contingency plans
effectively implemented if necessary
2.4 If load exceeds given weight, alternative methods of freeing
the load are considered and agreed in consultation with
relevant personnel

Required knowledge:
Relevant road rules, regulations, permit and licence requirements pertaining to the use of
mobile cranes on demolition sites
Company work procedures concerning the use of mobile cranes up to 20 tonne capacity on a
demolition site
Hazards of mobile crane operations on a demolition site and action that can be taken to
minimise the risks involved
Problems that may arise when operating a mobile crane up to and including 20 tonnes on a
demolition site and actions that should be taken to prevent or solve them
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when operating a mobile crane up to and including 20
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information technical data, manuals and signs
relevant to the operation of a mobile crane up to and including 20 tonnes on a demolition site

Complete documentation related to the operation of a mobile crane up to and including 20

Work collaboratively with others when operating a mobile crane up to and including 20
when operating a mobile crane up to and including 20 tonnes on a demolition site in
mobile crane up to and including 20 tonnes on a demolition site
exist during the operation of a mobile crane up to and including 20 tonnes on a demolition site
environments
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

movement of: goods
materials
vehicular traffic

Mobile crane may include: any lattice boom slewing and non-slewing mobile crane
up to and including 20 tonnes involved in lifting of
materials and equipment on a demolition site (however,
this unit does not cover mobile cranes of load capacity
beyond 20 tonnes)
obstructions
involve: management
clients
two-way radios


hours of operation
induction
equipment
noise restrictions
support trucks
site procedures
Documentation/records may demolition site plans
(WLL)
rigging manuals


may include: requirements pertaining to use of mobile on demolition
sites
requirements and specifically AS 2550.1 (Sect. 7.20) and
AS 26.1
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLID3507C Operate a boom type elevating work platform

boom type elevating work platform, including inspecting and
testing the elevating work platform, assessing job requirements
and work, planning work and setting up for lift, carrying out the
elevation, implementing planned hazard control and strategies, and
packing up the work platform after operations. Licensing,
to this unit.
authorities pertaining to boom type elevating work platform
operations.
routine principles and procedures to the operation of a boom type
elevating work platform in a variety of operational contexts.

1 Inspect and test 1.1 Work platform is visually inspected prior to operation for any
elevating work evidence of damage, structural weakness or interference
platform according to pre-operational safety check procedures
1.2 Routine pre-operational equipment checks are carried out in
accordance with available checklists
1.3 Work platform log book is checked, service requirements are
noted and maintenance personnel advised of any requirements
1.4 Elevating work platform is started in accordance with
manufacturers guidelines and start-up procedures for
operations and any abnormal noise or movement reported to
an authorised person for corrective action
1.5 Start-up checks are conducted according to manufacturers
specifications and company procedures to ensure work
platform and equipment are operating correctly
1.6 Faults are corrected or are reported to an authorised person for
corrective action according to company procedures
1.7 The operating and emergency controls are checked for correct
operation in accordance with manufacturers specifications
including use of the emergency decent device
1.8 Boom is lowered under simulated emergency conditions to

check for operational effectiveness
1.9 Gear and accessories are checked and damaged or worn gear
is segregated and reported to an authorised person for
testing/repair/destruction
1.10 Results of inspections are recorded and reported according
to company procedures
2 Assess job 2.1 Briefing, hand-over details, authorisations and clearances are
requirements and received, interpreted and clarified in accordance with
work company and site procedures and legislative requirements
2.2 Work area is inspected and potential hazards are identified and
appropriate elimination or control measures selected
2.3 Weight of load including personnel and equipment is correctly
estimated to ensure job is within limits of work platform
capacity
3 Plan work and set up 3.1 A work plan is developed and agreed with relevant workplace
for lift personnel to include hazard prevention/control measures and
safety and emergency procedures in line with applicable
Australian standards
3.2 A suitable firm and level standing is chosen and prepared for
the location of the elevating work platform
3.3 Outriggers and stabilisers are correctly deployed and
appropriate Australian standards
3.4 Appropriate plates or packing are correctly used under the
footplates as required to adequately distribute the loading
3.5 Ground is checked before and after packing is installed to
ensure it is firm enough to bear the load
3.6 The job plan is developed to include hazard prevention/control
measures and safety procedures in line with applicable
Australian standards and to equipment manufacturers
specifications
3.7 Work platform load chart is located and information on
permissible loads, radii and heights taken into account in
planning the job
3.8 The job plan takes into account job requirements and
workplace rules and procedures
3.9 Job plan is discussed and confirmed with relevant personnel
3.10 Work gear and tools are properly stowed in the elevating
work platform in accordance with Australian standards,
company procedures and guides
4 Carry out elevation 4.1 Configuration and operation of elevating work platform are
checked as necessary to ensure safe lift

4.2 Operation of work platform is carried out in accordance with
the job plan, the appropriate Australian standard and
5 Planned hazard 5.1 Load is constantly monitored to ensure safety of personnel,

control and strategies load and structural stability
are implemented 5.2 Unplanned situations are responded to in line with company
equipment
5.3 Required signals are correctly given, interpreted and followed
6 Pack up work platform 6.1 The elevating work platform is shut down using the correct
sequence of procedures in accordance with manufacturers
instructions
accordance with manufacturers instructions and available
checklists and defects recorded and reported in line with
company procedures
6.3 The elevating work platform is dismantled in accordance with
the job plan, manufacturers instructions and relevant statutory
regulations
6.4 The outriggers and stabilisers are secured and stowed in
accordance with manufacturers instructions
6.5 The elevating work platform is correctly stowed and secured
in accordance with manufacturers instructions and company
procedures

Required knowledge:
Relevant road rules, regulations, permit and licence requirements pertaining to boom type
elevating work platform operation
Boom type elevating work platform applications, capacities, configurations, safety hazards
and control mechanisms
Workplace procedures concerning the operation of a boom type elevating work platform at a
worksite
Problems that may arise when operating a boom type elevating work platform and actions that
Risks and hazards involved in the operation of a boom type elevating work platform and the
associated action that can be taken to eliminate or minimise the risk/hazards concerned

Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when operating a boom type elevating work platform
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, regulations, codes of practice and manuals
relevant to the operation of a boom type elevating work platform
Complete documentation related to the operation of a boom type elevating work platform
Work collaboratively with others when operating a boom type elevating work platform
when operating a boom type elevating work platform in accordance with regulatory
boom type elevating work platform
exist during the operation of a boom type elevating work platform
environments
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT



movement of: goods
materials
vehicular traffic
Boom type elevating work construction and demolition

platform may be involved in manufacturing
work in a range of industry
sectors including: waterfront
mining
primary industry
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying
obstructions
involve: management
clients


hours of operation
induction
equipment
noise restrictions
support trucks
two-way radios
Elevating platforms may include: mechanically operated equipment
hydraulically operated equipment
electrically operated equipment
site procedures

Documentation/records may operations manuals

(WLL)
site plans
may include: requirements pertaining to the operation of boom type
elevating work platforms
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID3607C Lift and move load using mobile crane up to and including 20 tonnes
TLID3607C Lift and move load using mobile crane up to

and including 20 tonnes
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to lift and
move a load using a mobile crane up to and including 20 tonnes,
including operating mobile crane to complete job requirements,
monitoring lift conditions, implementing shut-down procedures,
packing up crane after operations, and completing all required job
records. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
authorities pertaining to operations of mobile cranes up to and
including 20 tonnes.
routine principles, procedures and regulations to lift and move
loads using slewing and non-slewing mobile cranes up to and
including 20 tonnes in a variety of operational contexts.

1 Operate mobile crane 1.1 In ascent and descent to/from crane correct use is made of the
means provided in accordance with codes of practice and
1.2 Planned hazard control strategies are implemented
1.3 Required signals are correctly given, interpreted and followed
1.4 Boom is positioned to ensure load to be lifted is plumbed
under hook
standard
1.6 Crane controls are operated smoothly
1.7 Where necessary, crane is mobiled according to manufacturers
specifications, appropriate Australian standards, workplace
procedures
1.8 Crane is shut down and secured during periods of non-
operation according to manufacturers specifications and
2 Monitor lift conditions 2.1 Load is constantly monitored to ensure load and structural
stability
2.2 Conditions which may affect the continuing stability of the
crane are identified and monitored
2.3 Unplanned situations are responded to in line with workplace
equipment
2.4 Dogger is advised of any new information which affects the
lift
2.5 Any necessary changes to job plan are discussed and
confirmed with rest of crew
2.6 Advice is sought from supervisor where there is doubt about
correct response to unanticipated conditions, or conflict with
customer request
2.7 Supervisor/allocator is advised of any concern about
completing the job within timeframe
3 Implement shut-down 3.1 The relevant motion locks and brakes are applied
procedures 3.2 Crane is shut down using the correct sequence of procedures
in accordance with manufacturers specifications and
accordance with manufacturers specifications
4 Pack up crane 4.1 Crane is de-rigged with other crane personnel in accordance
4.2 All lifting equipment and crane components are checked in
consultation with crane personnel for any signs of
deterioration or damage in accordance with the appropriate
Australian standard
4.3 Damaged or worn equipment is segregated and reported to an
authorised person for testing/repair/destruction
4.4 Crane and equipment are correctly stowed and secured in
accordance with manufacturers instructions and the
5 Complete job records 5.1 Customer feedback is sought regarding satisfaction with the
completed job, and any areas of concern are reported
5.2 Customer's signature on job completion documentation is
obtained
5.3 Required workplace records are updated accurately and
promptly and processed according to workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
operation
Risks and hazards involved in mobile crane operation and associated action that can be taken
to eliminate or minimise the risk
Workplace procedures concerning the operation of a mobile crane at a worksite
Problems that may occur during a lift and associated action that can be taken to address the
problems concerned
Communication systems used during a lift
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when lifting and moving a load using a mobile crane up
to and including 20 tonnes
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the lifting and
moving of a load using a mobile crane up to and including 20 tonnes
Complete documentation related to the lifting and moving of a load using a mobile crane up
to and including 20 tonnes
Work collaboratively with others when lifting and moving a load using a mobile crane up to
and including 20 tonnes
when lifting and moving a load using a mobile crane up to and including 20 tonnes in
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may arise when lifting and
moving a load using a mobile crane up to and including 20 tonnes
exist during the lifting and moving of a load using a mobile crane up to and including 20
tonnes
environments
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

movement of: goods
Mobile crane may be any slewing construction and demolition

and non-slewing crane up to and manufacturing
including 20 tonne capacity and
may be involved in work in a waterfront
range of industry sectors mining
including: primary industry
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying
obstructions

two-way radios
involve: management
clients
hours of operation
induction
equipment
noise restrictions
support trucks
site procedures


(WLL)
rigging manuals
may include: requirements pertaining to mobile cranes up to and
including 20 tonnes
requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID4007C Control lift and movement of crane

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to direct the
movement of a load when the load is out of the crane operator's
view, including providing lift instructions to the crane operator
using appropriate communication methods, monitoring the lift, and
placing and securing load. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
authorities pertaining to the operation of mobile cranes up to and
routine principles, procedures and regulations to control the lift
and movement of a mobile crane in a variety of operational
contexts.

1 Provide lift 1.1 Load movement is performed in accordance with planned
instructions hazard prevention and control measures in line with
appropriate Australian standards, codes of practice, guides and
1.2 Agreed communication and signal methods are used to
coordinate the load movement with safety
1.3 Verbal communication and signals are clear, precise and
concise so that they can be understood
1.4 Instructions take into account all relevant parameters to ensure
safe, stable and smooth lift
2 Monitor lift 2.1 Load is constantly monitored to ensure it remains stable

2.2 Load conditions which may affect the continuing stability are
identified and monitored
2.3 Any temporary bracing and/or load support is maintained until
continuing stability is ensured
2.4 Unplanned situations are responded to according to workplace
equipment
2.5 Site emergency procedures are followed
3 Place and secure load 3.1 Appropriate materials for fixing and anchoring the load are
checked and selected in line with manufacturers specifications
3.2 Appropriate fixing methods are used to secure the load in line
with manufacturers specifications and guides
3.3 Temporary securing is installed where hazards and weather
conditions may vary during the load movement

Required knowledge:
operation
Workplace procedures concerning the controlling of the lift and movement of a mobile crane
problems concerned
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when directing and controlling the lift and movement of
a mobile crane
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information, technical data, manuals and signs
relevant to the control of the lift and movement of a mobile crane
Complete documentation related to the lift and movement of a mobile crane
Work collaboratively with others during the control of the lift and movement of a mobile
crane
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when directing and
controlling the lift and movement of a mobile crane in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when directing and
controlling the lift and movement of a mobile crane
exist during the control of the lift and movement of a mobile crane

environments
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

movement of: goods

and non-slewing mobile crane manufacturing
involved in work in a range of
industry sectors including: waterfront
mining
primary industry
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying


obstructions
two-way radios
involve: management
clients
hours of operation
induction
equipment
noise restrictions
support trucks


site procedures
Load movements may include: luffing
slewing
hoisting
telescoping boom
(WLL)
rigging manuals
requirements
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID407C Load and unload goods/cargo

unload goods and cargo, including loading and unloading goods,
securing and protecting the load and completing all required
regulations/permit requirements including those of the relevant
state/territory roads and traffic authority concerning the loading of
goods/cargo.
principles, routine procedures and regulatory/permit requirements
to the loading and unloading of goods/cargo.

1 Load and unload 1.1 Load characteristics are identified and taken into account
goods/cargo when determining appropriate loading and unloading
procedures
1.2 Dangerous or hazardous goods are identified and handled in
accordance with the Australian Dangerous Goods (ADG)
Code and other relevant regulations/permit requirements
1.3 Load is packed/unpacked to make safe and effective use of
available spaces
1.4 Goods/cargo are loaded in accordance with relevant mass and
loading regulations and workplace procedures
1.5 Lifting aids and appliances are selected and used to aid
loading procedures in compliance with workplace procedures
1.6 Unloading activities are conducted in a safe and efficient
manner taking into account suitable locations, stowage, safe
use of equipment and the balance of the remaining load
1.7 Goods requiring special handling and/or documentation are
identified and appropriate procedures followed
1.8 Relocated material is restacked appropriate for the transport
method, safe height, weight loading, size and crushability of
the goods

2 Secure and protect 2.1 The distribution of the load is checked to ensure that it is even,
load legal and within safe working capacity
2.2 Load is checked to ensure that dangerous goods and hazardous
substances are appropriately segregated in accordance with the
ADG Code
2.3 Load is secured using the correct load restraint and protection
equipment for different loads, carrying and storage conditions
safety requirements
3 Complete 3.1 The load is inspected and checked for security to travel in
documentation accordance with relevant regulations/permit requirements and
the ADG Code where applicable
3.2 All required documentation for the goods is completed in
accordance with workplace requirements including the ADG
Code where applicable

Required knowledge:
Relevant Australian standards and regulations including state/territory mass and loading
regulations
Risks when loading and unloading goods/cargo and related precautions to control the risk
Security awareness requirements when loading and unloading vehicles and in particular the
recognition, isolation and reporting of suspicious cargo and goods
Workplace procedures and policies for the loading and unloading of goods/cargo
Methods of securing a load
Problems that may arise when loading and unloading goods and cargo and actions that should
be taken to prevent or solve them
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when loading and unloading goods and cargo
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information, signs and labels relevant to the
loading and unloading of goods and cargo
Identify containers and goods coding, ADG and IMDG markings and, where applicable,
emergency information panels and take appropriate action


Complete documentation related to the loading and unloading of goods and cargo
Estimate the size, shape and special requirements of loads and take appropriate action
Work collaboratively with others when loading and unloading goods and cargo
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when loading and
unloading goods and cargo in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unexpected situations that may occur when loading and
unloading goods and cargo
exist during the loading and unloading of goods and cargo
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in cargo and equipment in accordance with standard
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Goods/cargo to be loaded or require special precautions
unloaded may:


contractors
fax
email
internet
radio

safety glasses
two-way radios

Information/documents may goods identification numbers and codes, including ADG

include: and IMDG markings and HAZCHEM signs
unloading of goods/cargo
ADG Code and associated regulations
EPGs and Initial Response Guide (HB76:1998 or
equivalent)
arrangements
requirements
Load Restraint Guide
Applicable regulations and relevant Australian standards and regulations including
legislation may include state/territory mass and loading regulations
Codes
Code
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

unit the underpinning knowledge and skills

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID4107C Undertake cash-in-transit loading and unloading in an unsecured environment
TLID4107C Undertake cash-in-transit loading and

unloading in an unsecured environment
cash-in-transit loading in an unsecured environment, including
selecting an appropriate loading site, undertaking the load transfer,
and completing required transfer documentation. Licensing,
to this unit.
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the relevant sections
of the regulations of the relevant state/territory authorities
concerned with the secure delivery of valuables, secured products,
documents and materials.
Work is performed under general or limited supervision. It
and regulatory requirements to the transfer of cash in transit in
unsecured environments.

1 Select loading site 1.1 Plans of site access, exit points and key physical features are
identified
1.2 Site for consignment transfer is selected in accordance with
security plan and with due regards for own safety, safety of
security team, members of the public and consignment
1.3 Loading site(s) is selected in consultation with customer
and/or specific loading/unloading requirements are identified
and assessed for accessibility and security
1.4 Alternative loading sites are identified in accordance with
workplace operating procedures where pre-determined site is
assessed as inappropriate
1.5 Proposed changes to loading site(s) are relayed to branch and
authorisation sought where required
2 Undertake load 2.1 Permission to enter and exit loading area (where required) is
transfer obtained in accordance with workplace procedures
2.2 Security procedures, including positioning of personnel,
travelling across public areas, and carrying/loading techniques
are undertaken in accordance with operational plan
2.3 Security systems are activated/deactivated as necessary in

2.4 Contingency plans are identified and confirmed with other
team members
2.5 Security devices are activated at consignment in accordance
with procedures
2.6 The environment is constantly monitored to maintain a safe
working environment
2.7 Consignment is identified and details are verified and checked
for conformity with manifest
2.8 Non-conforming consignments are documented and reported
2.9 Load characteristics are identified and considered when
determining appropriate loading and unloading procedures
2.10 Load characteristics are identified and considered when
determining appropriate loading and unloading procedures
2.11 Load handling demonstrates compliance with (any) loading
regulations and workplace safety requirements
2.12 Consignment is delivered, stored and secured in
accordance with operational plan and workplace procedures
3 Complete transfer 3.1 Details of consignment delivery are verified by client or client
documentation representative
3.2 Transfer documentation is completed in accordance with

Required knowledge:
Relevant state/territory permit and licence regulations and requirements
Requirements for approved work procedures and relevant equipment
Problems that may arise when undertaking cash-in-transit loading and unloading in an
unsecured environment and actions that should be taken to prevent or solve them
Risks and hazards when transferring cash in transit and related precautions to control the risk
Operational procedures for identification of security risks
Contingency planning relating to managing and controlling security risks
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when undertaking cash-in-transit loading and unloading
in an unsecured environment
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to cash-in-transit
loading and unloading in an unsecured environment

Complete documentation related to cash-in-transit loading and unloading in an unsecured
environment
Work collaboratively with others when undertaking cash-in-transit loading and unloading in
an unsecured environment
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when undertaking cash-
in-transit loading and unloading in an unsecured environment in accordance with regulatory
exist during cash-in-transit loading and unloading in an unsecured environment
environments
procedures
Safely use correct manual handling techniques
RANGE STATEMENT

weather conditions
by day or night
Hazards may include: vehicular and pedestrian traffic

firearm handling
persons with felonious intent
dust and vapours


involve: private security personnel
public sector security personnel
police
security consultants
management
Consignment risk may include: staff fidelity
other theft
loss through negligence
Communication in the work area mobile and fixed phones
may include: radio
Security systems/devices may two-key safes
include: ATM vaults
surveillance cameras
VCRs
alarm systems
access control systems
time-delay devices
Loading and unloading areas may part of regular deliveries
be: one-off arrangements
Security arrangements are varied workplace policies and procedures
in line with:


firearms
two-way radios

Information/documents may workplace procedures and policies

include: job specifications
relevant manufacturers specifications
arrangements
Applicable regulations and state/territory OH&S regulations and legislation,
legislation may include: including manual handling regulations
requirements
relevant state/territory privacy legislation
relevant state/territory fire arms legislation
licensing and permits for firearms and security
occupations
licensing requirements for driving and carrying particular
classes of goods
relevant state/territory road rules and traffic acts
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or

required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID4307B Shift loads using gantry equipment

using gantry equipment in accordance with workplace and
regulatory requirements, including planning the work for the
prevailing working conditions; using the controls and operating
systems to manage the operation of the equipment; locating the
load and identifying the load characteristics; safely moving the
load; monitoring the controls; and stopping, shutting down and
securing the equipment after the completion of operations.
regulations and workplace requirements concerning the shifting of
loads using gantry equipment.
procedures and regulatory requirements when shifting loads using
gantry equipment as part of work activities in the stevedoring,
transport, distribution and allied industries.

1 Plan work for the 1.1 Traffic flow, weather and work area conditions are constantly
prevailing working assessed and anticipated to allow safe operation to ensure no
conditions injury to people, or damage to equipment, loads or facilities
that, where applicable, appropriate attachments/gear are used
to move the load
personnel
2 Use controls and 2.1 Equipment is prepared and appropriate attachments fitted
operating systems to (where applicable)
manage the operation 2.2 Gear and operational levers are checked to ensure that they are
of the equipment in the neutral position prior to inserting ignition key and
starting engine
2.3 Engine is started in accordance with manufacturers guidelines
to bring the engine to speed


specifications and workplace and regulatory safety
requirements
2.6 Equipment operations are conducted within manufacturers
identify load 3.2 Requirements for Safe Working Load (SWL) and Working
characteristics Load Limit (WLL) of the gantry equipment are identified
3.3 Load weight and dimensions are checked to ensure they fall
within the capacity of the equipment
3.4 Loading and unloading plans are followed to ensure efficiency
3.6 Hazardous cargo is identified and relevant procedures are
4 Safely move load 4.1 Equipment is operated and positioned using smooth and
controlled movements
4.3 Load is moved ensuring no injury to personnel or damage to
equipment or cargo
4.4 Continuous communication is maintained with personnel
assisting the operator in the load movement operations using
appropriate communications technology and procedures
4.5 In the event of a safety incident or emergency, the equipment
is immediately stopped and workplace emergency procedures
followed
4.6 Safety incidents and emergencies are reported in accordance
with workplace procedures and regulatory requirements
with regulatory requirements, manufacturers guidelines and
workplace operating procedures
5.4 Hazards in the work area are identified and appropriate

measures are adopted to control the risks in accordance with
6 Stop, shut down and 6.1 Equipment is brought to a controlled halt and shut down
secure equipment without injury to personnel or damage to equipment, loads or
facilities in accordance with manufacturers guidelines and
6.2 Equipment is secured in accordance with manufacturers

Required knowledge:
Australian and international codes, regulations, licence/permit requirements relevant to the
use of gantry equipment to shift loads
Workplace procedures and policies for the use of gantry equipment to shift loads
the use of gantry equipment to shift loads
Problems that may occur when using gantry equipment to shift loads and appropriate action
Relevant safety codes and emergency procedures
Types of gantry equipment used to shift loads in terminals/wharves, their applications and
Requirements for Safe Working Load (SWL) and Working Load Limit (WLL) of gantry
equipment
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when shifting loads using gantry equipment
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and labels relevant to the shifting of
loads using gantry equipment
Complete documentation related to the shifting of loads using gantry equipment
Work collaboratively with others when shifting loads using gantry equipment


when shifting loads using gantry equipment in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may arise when shifting loads
using gantry equipment
exist during the shifting of loads using gantry equipment
environments
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when using gantry
equipment to shift loads
procedures
Apply effective eye-hand coordination to operational tasks
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
wet or dry surfaces
Cargo/freight may include: goods/containers with specialist requirements, including
Range of equipment may include: various types of bridge and gantry cranes

traffic
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio
contractors
Consultative processes may staff members
involve: management


number
regulations relevant to the shifting of loads using gantry
equipment
documentation
sheets
arrangements
requirements

Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations for the shifting of
legislation may include: cargo/containers using gantry equipment
practice for the handling of dangerous goods and
Codes
Code
relevant Australian Standards including AS 1418 and AS
2550
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:

equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID4407B Shift loads using cranes

using cranes in accordance with workplace and regulatory
requirements, including planning the work for the prevailing
working conditions; using the controls and operating systems to
manage the operation of the crane; locating the load and
identifying load characteristics; safely moving the load;
monitoring the controls; and stopping, shutting down and securing
the crane after the completion of operations. Licensing, legislative,
regulations and workplace requirements concerning the shifting of
loads using cranes.
procedures and regulatory requirements when shifting loads using
cranes as part of work activities in the stevedoring, transport,
distribution and allied industries.

conditions people, or damage to crane, loads or facilities
that, where applicable, appropriate attachments/gear are used
to move the load
personnel
2 Use controls and crane 2.1 Crane is prepared for operation in accordance with
operating systems manufacturers instructions and workplace procedures
2.2 Crane is started in accordance with manufacturers guidelines
specifications and workplace/regulatory safety requirements
2.4 Engine power is managed for efficiency of crane movement
and economy of crane operations
2.5 Crane operations are conducted within manufacturers

2.6 Any faults or damage to crane are immediately reported to the
identify load 3.2 Requirements for Safe Working Load (SWL) and Working
characteristics Load Limit (WLL) of the crane are identified
3.3 Load weight and dimensions are checked to ensure they fall
within the capacity of the crane
3.4 Loading and unloading plans are followed to ensure efficiency
3.6 Hazardous cargo is identified and relevant procedures are
4 Safely move load 4.1 Crane is operated using smooth and controlled movements
4.2 Manoeuvres are within the limits of the crane and in line with
4.3 Load is moved ensuring no injury to personnel or damage to
crane or cargo
4.4 Continuous communication is maintained with personnel
assisting the operator in the load movement operations using
appropriate communications technology and procedures
4.5 In the event of a safety incident or emergency, the crane is
immediately stopped and workplace emergency procedures
followed
4.6 Safety incidents and emergencies are reported in accordance
5 Monitor controls 5.1 Crane controls are monitored and operated in accordance with
manufacturers operating instructions
with regulatory requirements, manufacturers guidelines and
workplace guidelines
6 Stop, shut down and 6.1 Crane is brought to a controlled halt within manufacturers
secure equipment guidelines and shut down without injury to personnel or
damage to equipment, loads or facilities in accordance with
6.2 Crane is secured after operations in accordance with

Required knowledge:
Australian and international codes and regulations relevant to the use of cranes to shift loads,
including the Australian and International Dangerous Goods Codes
Workplace procedures and policies for the use of cranes to shift loads
the use of boom cranes to shift loads
Problems that may occur when using cranes to shift loads and appropriate action that can be
Relevant safety codes and emergency procedures
Types of boom cranes used to shift loads in terminals/wharves, their applications and
Requirements for Safe Working Load (SWL) and Working Load Limit (WLL) of cranes
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when shifting loads using cranes
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and labels relevant to the shifting of
loads using cranes
Identify cargo, container and goods, coding, ADG and IMDG markings and, where applicable
Complete documentation related to the shifting of loads using cranes
Work collaboratively with others when shifting loads using cranes
when shifting loads using cranes in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may arise when shifting loads
using cranes
exist during the shifting of loads using cranes
environments
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when using cranes to
shift loads
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of crane and its equipment and take appropriate action where required
Apply effective eye-hand coordination to operational tasks
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Cargo/freight may include: goods/containers with specialist requirements, including
Cranes may include: boom cranes in use at transport, rail or shipping terminals

traffic
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing


may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio
contractors
involve: management


number
regulations relevant to the shifting of loads using cranes
documentation
sheets
arrangements
requirements
Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations for the shifting of
legislation may include: cargo/containers using cranes
Codes
Code
relevant Australian Standards, including AS2550
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID4507B Operate specialised light load shifting equipment
TLID4507B Operate specialised light load shifting

equipment
specialised light load shifting equipment in accordance with
workplace requirements and relevant regulatory requirements,
including planning work for the current working conditions; using
controls and equipment operating systems to manage movement of
the unit and accessory operations; locating load and identifying
load characteristics; moving materials and loads; monitoring and
operating controls; and stopping, parking and securing equipment
after operation. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in accordance with codes, regulations,
licence and/or permit and workplace requirements relevant to
operation of the specialised light load shifting equipment
concerned.
supervision.
workplace procedures to the operation of specialised light load
shifting equipment in the stevedoring, transport, warehousing,

conditions people, or damage to equipment, loads or facilities
that, where applicable, appropriate attachments are used to
transport the load
personnel
2 Use controls and 2.1 Light load shifting equipment is prepared and any appropriate
equipment operating attachment fitted
systems to manage 2.2 Gear and operational levers are checked to ensure that they are
movement of the unit in the neutral position prior to inserting ignition key and
and accessory starting engine

operations 2.3 Engine is started in accordance with manufacturers guidelines
to bring the engine to speed
specifications and enterprise safety requirements
2.6 Equipment operations are conducted within manufacturers
identify load 3.2 Loading and unloading plans are followed to ensure efficiency
characteristics and safety of operations
3.4 Hazardous goods are identified and relevant procedures are
3.5 Load weight and dimensions are within the capacity of the
equipment
4 Move materials and 4.1 Light load shifting equipment is manoeuvred and positioned
loads using smooth and controlled movements
5 Monitor and operate 5.1 Light load shifting equipment controls are monitored and
controls operated in accordance with manufacturers operating
instructions
with statutory authority regulations, manufacturers guidelines
and site operating procedures
manufacturers instructions and workplace guidelines
6 Stop, park and secure 6.1 Light load shifting equipment is brought to a controlled halt
light load shifting within manufacturers guidelines
equipment 6.2 Light load shifting equipment is parked without injury to
personnel or damage to equipment, loads or facilities in
accordance with company procedures
6.3 Light load shifting equipment is secured on a flat, even surface
and not close to doorways, aisles, access-ways or blind corners

and in accordance with securing procedures for the
appropriate equipment

Required knowledge:
Regulations relevant to the operation of specialised light load shifting equipment, including,
where relevant, the Australian Dangerous Goods Code and relevant bond, quarantine or other
Workplace procedures and policies for the operation of the specialised light load shifting
equipment
the operation of the specialised light load shifting equipment
The purpose, characteristics, capabilities, requirements and limitations of the specialised light
load shifting equipment
including information from relevant material safety data sheets and Australian Dangerous
Goods Code documentation (where applicable)
Problems that may occur when operating the specialised light load shifting equipment and
Operational safety requirements and precautions for the specialised light load shifting
equipment concerned
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when operating specialised light load shifting
equipment
specialised light load shifting equipment
Complete documentation related to the operation of specialised light load shifting equipment
Work collaboratively with others when operating specialised light load shifting equipment
when operating specialised light load shifting equipment in accordance with regulatory

Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may arise when operating
specialised light load shifting equipment
exist during the operation of specialised light load shifting equipment
environments
procedures
Select and use relevant gear and accessories when operating specialised light load shifting
equipment
standards
Monitor performance of equipment and take appropriate action where required
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

holds on ships
exposed conditions
wet or dry surfaces
Equipment may include: skid steer loaders
light internal transfer vehicles
front-end loaders (up to 10 tonne)
elevated work platforms


noise restrictions
hours of operations
vehicular traffic
service lines
dust/vapours
specialists
may include: fax
email
internet
RF communications
bar code readers
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing

Information/documents may workplace procedures and policies for the operation of

include: the specialised light load shifting equipment concerned
numbers
requirements

Applicable regulations and relevant codes, regulations and licence/permit

legislation may include: requirements pertaining to the operation of the
specialised light load shifting equipment concerned
including the ADG Code (where applicable)
state/territory OH&S legislation
legislation
requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or


workplace

TLID707C Prepare cargo for transfer with slings

cargo for transfer with slings in accordance with workplace
requirements and relevant regulatory requirements, including
preparing for transfer of cargo, calculating Safe Working Load
(SWL) or Working Load Limit (WLL) of slings and loads,
slinging cargo and unslinging cargo, and strapping and
unstrapping goods. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
and workplace requirements relevant to the preparation of cargo
for transfer with slings.
supervision.
workplace procedures to the preparation of cargo for transfer with
slings in the stevedoring, transport, warehousing, distribution

1 Prepare for transfer of 1.1 Working area is prepared and maintained in accordance with
cargo national standards and safety codes and site operating
procedures
1.2 Unsafe work practices and/or faulty equipment is reported in
accordance with enterprise procedures
1.3 Correct protective equipment is identified and worn
2 Calculate Safe 2.1 Safe Working Load (SWL) or Working Load Limit (WLL) is
Working Load or calculated using standardised formulae for different types of
Working Load Limit lifting cables
of slings and loads 2.2 Lifting equipment is checked to determine the safe working
load
2.3 Slinging gear is checked for conformity with safety equipment
3 Sling cargo and 3.1 Cargo is slung/unslung in accordance with national standards,
unsling cargo safety codes and site operating procedures
3.2 Correct securing devices are identified and used
3.3 Load is steadied by tag lines as required

3.4 Damaged cargo is identified and reported in accordance with
3.5 Slinging attachments are released from load ensuring no injury
to personnel or damage to machinery or cargo
4 Strap and unstrap 4.1 Cargo is strapped and unstrapped in accordance with national
goods standards, safety codes and site operating procedures
4.2 Mechanical strapping equipment is used in accordance with
4.3 Damaged cargo is identified and reported in accordance with
enterprise reporting procedures
4.4 Strapping arrangements are secured/released to/from load
ensuring no injury to personnel or damage to machinery or
cargo

Required knowledge:
Regulations relevant to the transfer of cargo with slings, including, where relevant, the
Australian Dangerous Goods Code and relevant bond, quarantine or other legislative
requirements
Workplace procedures and policies for the transfer of cargo with slings
Focus of operation of work systems, equipment, management and site operating procedures
for the transfer of cargo with slings
Cargos potential for toxicity, reactiveness, material grade, type and purpose including
information from relevant material safety data sheets and Australian Dangerous Goods Code
Gear and equipment used during the transfer of cargo with slings and the precautions and
procedures that should be followed in their use
Problems that may occur when preparing cargo for transfer with slings and appropriate action
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when preparing cargo for transfer with slings
of cargo for transfer with slings

Complete documentation related to the preparation of cargo for transfer with slings
Work collaboratively with others when preparing cargo for transfer with slings
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when preparing cargo
for transfer with slings in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may arise when preparing
cargo for transfer with slings
exist during the preparation of cargo for transfer with slings
environments
Select and use relevant gear and equipment when preparing cargo for transfer with slings
Use balance points and estimate weights in setting up loads to be shifted
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
wet or dry surfaces

Slinging gear may include: fibre ropes

wire ropes
chains
webbing slings
vehicular traffic
service lines
dust/vapours
noise restrictions
hours of operations
specialists
may include: fax
email
internet
RF communications
bar code readers


safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
Information/documents may workplace procedures and policies for the preparation of

include: cargo for transfer with slings
numbers
requirements including Australian Standard on wire rope,
chain and webbing slings
documentation including the ADG Code (where
applicable)

Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations pertaining to the transfer
legislation may include: of cargo with slings
legislation
requirements, including Australian Standard 2359 -
Industrial Truck Code
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLID807C Monitor crane operations

crane operations in accordance with workplace procedures and
regulatory requirements, including monitoring work performance
and progress, monitoring personnel working in operational area,
solving problems concerning crane operations and making
decisions. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
regulations and workplace requirements concerning crane
operations.
procedures and regulatory requirements when monitoring crane
operations as part of work activities in the stevedoring, transport,

1 Monitor work 1.1 Work is performed in line with workplace requirements and
performance and objectives, ensuring safe work practices are maintained in
progress accordance with statutory authority regulations, national and
industry safety codes and workplace procedures
1.2 Crane operations and compliance with operational procedures
are monitored regularly and refined in consultation with
supervisor, crane drivers and other employees
1.3 Work performance rates are maintained with delays being
minimised to ensure work program objectives are met
1.4 Safety in the work area is continually monitored during crane
operations and required action is taken to identify and control
hazards and risks
2 Monitor personnel 2.1 Vigilance is maintained when personnel are working in the
working in operational cranes operational area in accordance with statutory
area requirements, national standards and safety codes
2.2 Personnel are checked out of operational area before securing
operational area/storage location/ships hold after completion
of shift and when task is completed, ensuring all personnel are
safely out of the area/hold

2.3 Personnel working in the operational area/storage

location/ships hold are warned of any danger in accordance
2.4 Personnel working in the operational area/storage
location/ships hold are alerted when required and emergency
responses are initiated to provide assistance to personnel in
hold
3 Solve problems and 3.1 Problems are solved and decisions are made to ensure
make decisions optimum efficiency of operations having regard to
management and client objectives
3.2 Employees are encouraged to contribute their opinions to
facilitate effective decisions and resolution of problems

Required knowledge:
Australian and international codes and regulations relevant to crane operations, including the
Workplace procedures and policies for the monitoring of crane operations
crane operations
Problems that may occur during crane operations and appropriate action that can be taken to
Types of cranes used to transfer loads at transport, rail or shipping terminals or wharves, their
applications, and the regulations, procedures and precautions for their operation
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when monitoring crane operations
monitoring of crane operations
Identify cargo, container and goods, coding, ADG and IMDG markings and, where
applicable, emergency information panels
Complete documentation related to the monitoring of crane operations
Receive, acknowledge, send messages and give signals using required communications
equipment and protocols while monitoring crane operations


Work collaboratively with others when monitoring crane operations
monitoring crane operations in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events that may arise when monitoring crane
operations
exist during the monitoring of crane operations
environments
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when monitoring crane
operations
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Cranes may include: cranes in use at transport, rail or shipping terminals or
wharves


traffic
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio
contractors


number
regulations relevant to crane operations
documentation
manufacturers specifications for crane and associated
equipment
arrangements
requirements

Applicable regulations and relevant codes, regulations, and licence/permit

legislation may include: requirements for the operation of relevant categories of
cranes
Codes
Code
relevant Australian Standards, including AS 2550
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLID907C Direct crane operations

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to direct
crane operations in accordance with workplace and regulatory
requirements including performing checks of the work area,
performing checks of cargo, receiving and interpreting directions,
anticipating cargo transfer sequence, and directing crane operators
and transferring loads in accordance with job requirements.
regulations and workplace requirements concerning crane
operations.
procedures and regulatory requirements when directing crane
drivers as part of work activities in the stevedoring, transport,

1 Perform check of work 1.1 The work area is checked ensuring that the area is in
area accordance with relevant safety codes and national standards
1.2 Unsafe work areas are identified and reported to appropriate
personnel
2 Perform check of 2.1 Cargo/containers are checked ensuring they are safe to handle
cargo in accordance with national standards and industry safety
codes
2.2 Unsafe or damaged cargo is identified and reported to
3 Interpret and provide 3.1 Directions are provided using the required communications
directions technology/mode
3.2 Directions are confirmed ensuring any unclear instructions are
checked and clarified with the relevant staff
4 Anticipate cargo 4.1 Cargo transfer sequence is anticipated ensuring compliance

transfer sequence with operating procedures and safe and efficient transfer
operations
4.2 Cargo sequence is anticipated by referral to ships stowage

plans/required sheets
5 Direct crane operators 5.1 Crane operators are directed to work locations to ensure that
and transfer loads cargo/containers are transferred in accordance with workplace
5.2 Crane drivers are immediately alerted to unsafe conditions,
safety incidents and emergencies in accordance with

Required knowledge:
Australian and international codes and regulations relevant to crane operations, including the
Workplace procedures and policies for the direction of crane operations
crane operations
Problems that may occur during crane operations and appropriate action that can be taken to
Types of cranes used to transfer loads at transport, rail or shipping terminals or wharves, their
applications, and the regulations, procedures and precautions for their operation
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when directing crane operations
direction of crane operations
Identify cargo, container and goods, coding, ADG and IMDG markings and, where
applicable, emergency information panels
Complete documentation related to the direction of crane operations
Receive, acknowledge, send messages and give signals using required communications
equipment and protocols while directing crane operations
Work collaboratively with others when directing crane operations
when directing crane operations in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may arise when directing crane
operations
exist during the direction of crane operations
environments
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when directing crane
operations
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Workplace procedures when the following of the job plan and prepared work priorities
directing crane operations specific site operating procedures
include:
requirements for safe and efficient operations
effective communications with crane operators ensuring
directions are promptly and accurately understood
Cranes may include: cranes in use at transport, rail or shipping terminals or
wharves

Account may be taken of the organisational and statutory operating requirements

following conditions in relation surface condition of the work area
to operational safety (depending
on the context of crane operations stacking area
concerned): degree of visibility
weather conditions
other traffic
obstacles
site and nature of loads
ship/vehicle/ rail movements
tidal movement
traffic
may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio
hand signals
contractors
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing


number
regulations relevant to crane operations
documentation
manufacturers specifications for crane and associated
equipment
arrangements
requirements

Applicable regulations and relevant codes, regulations, and licence/permit

legislation may include: requirements for the operation of relevant categories of
cranes
Codes
Code
relevant Australian Standards, including AS 2550
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIE1007C Estimate furniture removal jobs

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to estimate
furniture removal jobs including estimating requirements of
removal jobs, interacting with customers regarding removals, and
preparing documentation for removals job. Estimates may include
estimates of the volume of a furniture removals job and
calculations of expenses, time and resources. Licensing,
to this unit.
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in accordance with company procedures,
the Operations Furniture Removalist Manual and relevant
standards and certification requirements.
Work is normally performed under limited supervision or
unsupervised. It involves the application of standard furniture
removal procedures when carrying out estimation of furniture
removal jobs.
Competency Field E Communication and Calculation

1 Estimate requirements 1.1 An accurate and complete inventory is taken which records all
of removals jobs furniture and effects to be removed
1.2 The type of goods to be moved is accurately defined so that
appropriate arrangements for fragile or dangerous good can be
made, following workplace procedures and legislative
requirements
1.3 The job requirements are estimated in relation to the size of
the van, the amount of time required, labour required, hazards
involved, and other resources needed to complete the job
1.4 Job costs are calculated on the basis of volume, time and
distance
2 Interact with 2.1 Customer requests and queries are courteously handled both
customers regarding face-to-face and on the telephone
removals 2.2 Customers are appropriately briefed in relation to the
organisational details, legal liability, insurance and contractual
details of the removals job, following workplace procedures
2.3 Personal contact with the customer is maintained during and
following the removal to ensure customer's needs are satisfied
and any concerns are addressed
3 Prepare 3.1 A job quotation is documented and submitted to the customer

documentation for as required, following workplace procedures
removals job 3.2 The removal is scheduled and booking staff are informed as
required
3.3 The removal job is audited against the pre-job estimates and
recommendations for improvements made if appropriate

Required knowledge:
Relevant procedures and duty of care requirements
Relevant OH&S and environmental protection legislation and policies
Furniture removal estimation procedures and related codes of practice
Relevant agreements and legislation applicable to furniture removal
Customer service requirements including language, courtesy, behaviour and problem solving
Hazards that may be experienced on a removal job and related hazard control measures
Items unsuitable for removal and the associated reasons
Special requirements that may need to be addressed in a removal and the related procedures to
be adopted
Documentation that is completed during an estimation of a removal job
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when estimating a furniture removal job
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to estimating a furniture
removal job
Complete documentation related to estimating a furniture removal job
Estimate mass, volume and area and to quantify dimensions
Carry out calculations required when estimating removal jobs
Work collaboratively with others when estimating a furniture removal job
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may occur when estimating a
furniture removal job in accordance with workplace procedures
Plan own work, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements
environments

Identify equipment used in removals and understand its application and the procedures
involved
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Removal sites may include: domestic premises

industrial premises
commercial premises
local suburban, country, interstate, overseas
Customers may be: internal and external

Hazards may include: power and telephone lines, trees and landscaping
driveway length and surface
parking restrictions
stairs and steps
lawn sprinklers on automatic timers
obstructions
uneven or unstable ground
door and passageway widths and tight internal corners
low hanging light fittings and other fixture obstructions
unfriendly pets
Requirements for access may site restrictions and procedures
include: personal protective equipment
security arrangements at the site
hours of operation
removal duration


management and other office personnel
Occupational Health and Safety specialists
other professional and technical staff and tradespeople
Special requirements may dismantling of items
include: temporary removal of doors and fittings on site
the use of tradespersons such as electricians, carpenters,
cabinet makers, etc.
Communications may include: fixed and mobile phones, radio, fax, laptop
computer/Internet
oral/aural communications
written communications, including completing and
signing documents
Calculations may involve the manual techniques

basic use of a range of calculator
technology including:
computer
Information/documentation may job estimate
include: Operations Furniture Removalist Manual
OH&S procedures and regulations
customer instructions
job safety analysis
site plan

Applicable procedures and codes relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority vehicle
may include: driver licence requirements
relevant state/territory traffic act and related regulations
relevant state/territory OH&S legislation and regulations
legislation and regulations
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIE107C Present routine workplace information

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to present
routine workplace information in accordance with workplace
requirements including preparing and presenting routine
workplace documents and preparing and delivering oral
presentations as part of routine work. Licensing, legislative,
requirements concerning the preparation and presentation of
routine workplace information.
procedures and relevant regulatory requirements when preparing
and presenting routine workplace information as part of work
activities in the stevedoring, transport, distribution and allied
industries.

1 Prepare and present 1.1 Purpose of the document is identified
document 1.2 Sources of information are established
1.3 Information is collated and presented in a logical order
1.4 Document style is selected to match purpose and workplace
pro-formas
1.5 Language is clear, concise and conveys appropriate
information to target audience
1.6 Document is checked to ensure that it follows workplace
requirements
1.7 Completed document is presented to appropriate personnel as
required
2 Prepare and deliver 2.1 Purpose of oral presentation is established

oral presentation 2.2 Target audience is identified
2.3 Information is gathered and sorted
2.4 Visual, audio and physical support media are identified or
developed, if required, in accordance with workplace
procedures
2.5 Presentation is trialled and adjusted to suit target audience
2.6 Information is presented in accordance with workplace

procedures

Required knowledge:
Australian and international codes and regulations relevant to workplace activities
Workplace procedures and policies for preparing and presenting routine workplace
information
the preparation and presentation of routine workplace information
Documents, forms, and oral presentations required as part of routine workplace activities
Problems that may occur when preparing and presenting routine workplace information and
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when preparing and presenting routine workplace
information
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the preparation and
presentation of routine workplace information
Complete documentation related to the preparation and presentation of routine workplace
information
Work collaboratively with others when preparing and presenting routine workplace
information
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when preparing and
presenting routine workplace information in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Identify, select and use relevant equipment, processes and procedures when preparing and
presenting routine workplace information
Use presentation packages for slides, overhead projector, computer presentations
Modify activities depending on differing operational contingencies and environments
Work systematically with required attention to detail
procedures

RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Workplace information to be routine reports, documentation and forms that are
prepared and presented may required to be completed to instructions, or pro-formas as
include: part of routine job requirements
Reports/forms may be presented: orally, in writing or via a computer

traffic
needed in the work area may safety headwear and footwear
include:
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
may include: fax
email
RF systems
radio


involve management
specialists

number
regulations relevant to workplace activities
goods and hazardous substances (where applicable)
documentation
arrangements
requirements

Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations for the transfer of
legislation may include: cargo/freight
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIE1207C Consolidate manifest documentation

manifest documentation including the identification of the
documentation required and the processing of the information in
accordance with workplace procedures. Licensing, legislative,
codes of practice and regulations for the carriage of freight.
principles and procedures to efficiently and effectively consolidate
manifest documentation.

1 Identify required 1.1 Relevant documentation is collated and checked to ensure all
documentation appropriate information has been entered
1.2 Omissions/discrepancies are noted and reported in accordance
1.3 Identification codes, manifest codes, details of dangerous
goods declarations and pertinent data are entered into record
system in accordance with workplace procedures and, where
required, statutory requirements
1.4 Relevant clearances for the movement of goods/freight are
checked and, where appropriate, actions to rectify deficiencies
are followed in accordance with workplace procedures
2 Process documentation 2.1 Files/system are amended including the appending of all
relevant data/information
2.2 Tracking/monitoring processes are completed and
documentation is forwarded in accordance with workplace
procedures and, where required, statutory requirements

Required knowledge:

Relevant codes of practice and legislative requirements including Australian Dangerous

Goods Code and relevant freight regulations
Workplace procedures to be followed in the consolidation of manifests
Operational procedures for document control
Sources of information/documentation needed when consolidating manifests
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when consolidating manifest documentation
consolidation of manifest documentation
Complete documentation related to the consolidation process
Work collaboratively with others when consolidating manifest documentation
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when consolidating
manifest documentation in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when consolidating
manifest documentation
environments
RANGE STATEMENT
Consolidation of manifest the bulk handling, dangerous goods and freight

documentation may be forwarding sectors of the transport and distribution
undertaken in: industry

hours of operation
Documentation may include: type, capacity and compatibility of cargo

weigh bridge tickets
loading dockets
orders
invoices
involve: agents, suppliers, clients
management
OH&S specialists
Documentation/records may operations manuals, job specifications and procedures

include: and induction documentation
relevant Australian standards, criteria and certification
requirements

Applicable procedures and codes regulations relevant to the transport of freight

Codes
Code
requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIE1307C Apply workplace statistics

statistical data in the workplace including identifying situations
where statistics are used in the workplace, collecting numerical
data, processing and presenting data, and interpreting trends and
patterns from numerical data. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
Application of the Unit The application of workplace statistics is carried out as an integral
part of work operations in the context of the workplace concerned.
Work is performed under general guidance on progress and
outcomes of work. It involves discretion and judgement for self
and others in planning and using resources, services and processes
to achieve required outcomes within organisational policy and
procedures. This includes the application of established statistical
principle
and to support the development of work systems and innovative
achievement of the organisation's goals and key performance
it.

1 Identify situations 1.1 Types of statistical representations of data are identified
where statistics are 1.2 Users of statistical data in the workplace are identified
used in the workplace 1.3 Statistical data representations are matched for appropriate
workplace applications
2 Collect numerical data 2.1 Purpose of data collection is identified

2.2 Sources of information are established
2.3 Data collection methods are used
2.4 Mathematical processes are used to arrange data
2.5 Data collected is checked for accuracy
2.6 Potential for inaccurate results arising from variables is
estimated and described
3 Process and present 3.1 Data collected is represented in graphs, tables, averages and
data percentages as required
3.2 Spreadsheets and flowcharts are used to present data
4 Interpret trends and 4.1 Non-conforming results outside of the predicted outcome are
patterns from noted and reasons identified
numerical data 4.2 Trends or patterns in data are noted
4.3 Possible reasons for trends or patterns are generated
4.4 Potential solutions are identified
4.5 Appropriate techniques are used to encourage participation of
team/group members to interpret and use statistical data
5 Apply outcomes of 5.1 Interpreted data is used to identify possible improvements in

statistical analysis to work processes and organisation
workplace operations 5.2 Appropriate action is initiated to implement identified
strategies for the improvement of processes or work
organisation in accordance with workplace procedures
5.3 Improvements are statistically monitored and evaluated in

Required knowledge:
Relevant OH&S responsibilities
Workplace protocols and procedures for applying workplace statistics within work activities
Focus of operation of recording, reporting and statistical analysis systems and resources
Resource availability including the processing capacity of equipment and software systems
for statistical analysis of data
Coaching and mentoring approaches to support team members to develop knowledge and
skills in statistical collection, collation and analysis
Workplace business policies and plans including procedures for reporting performance
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when applying workplace statistics
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, and technical data relevant to the application of
workplace statistics
Complete documentation related to workplace statistics
Work collaboratively with others when applying workplace statistics

Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems related to the application of workplace
statistics in accordance with workplace procedures
Select and appropriately apply technology, information systems and procedures to workplace
tasks
RANGE STATEMENT
The workplace environment may single and multi-site location

involve twenty-four hour large, medium and/or small companies
operation and may include:
Services, products, risks, work vary across different sections of the workplace
systems and requirements may
potentially:
Customer and supplier contact a requirement of these operations

and coordination is:
The key requirement of this unit interpret the data and provide appropriate, timely
is to: information on the outcomes of data analysis to
Workplace applications of monitoring work flow
statistical data representations inventory and stock levels
may include (examples only):
customer surveys
supplier and market analysis
fleet control
Statistics may be generated from raw data
machine generated information
complex, dedicated computerised facilities
Personnel in work area may other employees and supervisors
include: customers and suppliers
external authorities and agencies
specialists
other professional or technical staff, contractors and


Information/documentation may workplace procedures, policies and instructions

include: guidelines relating to minimising risks to the environment
and occupational health and safety requirements
relevant agreements, codes of practice including the
national standards for manual handling and the industry
safety code
reports of accidents and incidents within regulatory
requirements and enterprise procedures
workplace guidelines on appropriate workplace language
and communication strategies and interpretation of
relevant information
Applicable regulations and relevant regulations, standards and codes of practice
legislation may include: relevant Australian and state/territory OH&S legislation
equal employment legislation and related policies
environmental protection regulations
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or

required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIE1407C Compile and process export documentation

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to compile
and process export documentation including assessing cargo for
transport, preparing regulatory and commercial documentation,
preparing transport documentation, and coordinating
documentation in accordance with requirements. Licensing,
to this unit.
codes of practice and regulations for the export of freight.
application of routine principles and procedures to compile and
process export documentation.

1 Assess cargo for 1.1 Cargo for export is assessed in terms of commodity type and
transport size, fair market value, shipping method, classification and
conformity to domestic and foreign export/import
requirements
1.2 Customer is advised of discrepancies/anomalies and
procedures for rectification in accordance with workplace
procedures
2 Prepare regulatory 2.1 Export packing lists are prepared from shipper's instructions
and commercial including information regarding identifying marks and
documentation numbers, weights and measurements and package details
2.2 Commercial documents, including invoices, banking and
insurance requirements, are processed/prepared in accordance
with regulatory and workplace procedures
2.3 Lodgement instructions, where applicable, are prepared for
forwarding to banking institutions
2.4 Regulatory requirements are generated as required
3 Prepare transport 3.1 Interim receipt/forwarding instructions are processed in

documentation accordance with shipping line requirements and workplace
procedures
3.2 Bill of lading/airway bills are obtained from shipping
agent/company and processed in accordance with workplace
procedures
3.3 Additional transport documentation for export is
generated/processed as required
4 Coordinate 4.1 Documentation is collated and checked to ensure it is

documentation complete and accurate
requirements 4.2 Procedures for the lodgement of documents, including
destination points and required timeframes, are recorded
4.3 Export documentation is forwarded in accordance with
workplace procedures and export schedule
4.4 Documents are filed/stored in accordance with workplace
procedures

Required knowledge:
Relevant agreements, codes of practice and legislative requirements including Australian
Dangerous Goods Code and local and international freight regulations
Workplace procedures for the compilation and processing of export documentation
Contacts and sources of information/documentation needed when compiling and processing
export documentation
Documentation requirements of banking institutions, governments and insurance companies
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when compiling and processing export documentation
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and labels relevant to the compilation
and processing of export documentation
Identify, read and interpret the various types of export documentation and their appropriate
usage
Complete and process export documentation
Use relevant communications equipment when organising the international transport of
freight
Use relevant computerised systems for communication and document generation
Work collaboratively with others when compiling and processing export documentation
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when compiling and
processing export documentation in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when compiling and
processing export documentation
environments
procedures
RANGE STATEMENT
Organisational activities may movement of equipment, goods, materials and various

cover: forms of freight transport
may be conducted by day or night

include: relevant domestic and international regulations
specified loading operations
hours of operation
Transport documentation for bill of lading
export may include: airway bills
export wharfage
quarantine documentation
parcel post receipt
commerce markings
Regulatory requirements may export permits and clearances
involve: goods certificates
financial duties
rail
sea
air
multi-modal

Forms of documentation include: packing specifications and lists

manifests
invoices
drafts
instructions
letters
relevant authorities
shipping lines
banking institutions
other agencies
OH&S specialists
involve: fax
email
mail
organisation concerned and the workplace procedures
Documentation/records may operations manuals, job specifications and procedures

include: and induction documentation
manufacturers/client specifications, instructions and
labelling advice including material safety data sheets
OH&S procedures
Applicable regulations and international transport regulations, codes and procedures

Codes
Code
regulations and codes of practice for the import and
export of cargo
legislation
other regulations and legislative requirements pertaining
to embargos, tariffs, quotas and prohibited goods
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIE1507C Undertake rigger/dogger and driver communication
TLIE1507C Undertake rigger/dogger and driver

communication
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to enable
effective communication between riggers/doggers and drivers
during a lift including establishing an agreed communications
system and trialing and configuring communication arrangements
in accordance with regulatory requirements and codes of practice.
authorities pertaining to operations of mobile cranes up to and
routine principles, procedures and regulations to lift and move
loads using slewing and non-slewing mobile cranes up to and
including 20 tonnes in a variety of operational contexts.

1 Establishing agreed 1.1 Forms of signals/communication conforming to Australian
communications Standards and codes of practice are identified
system 1.2 Methods of communication to be used in crane operations are
agreed with relevant personnel
2 Trial and configure 2.1 Communications are trialed and adjusted and/or confirmed as
communications required to ensure a safe and effective lift
2.2 Communications equipment is checked for correct operation
and configured in line with legislative and workplace
requirements
2.3 Defective equipment is tagged, rejected and reported to
authorised personnel for corrective action
2.4 Signals/communications are given both within sight and out of
sight of crane operator
3 Use communication 3.1 Communication methods and systems are used during a lift in
methods during a lift accordance with regulatory requirements, manufacturers

3.2 Problems identified during communications are reported and
immediate action initiated in accordance with workplace

Required knowledge:
operation
Workplace procedures and statutory regulations concerning the communications between a
rigger/dogger and a mobile crane driver before and during a lift
Problems that may occur in communications during a lift and associated action that can be
taken to address the problems concerned
Methods used to signal movement of the load during a lift
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when conducting a lift
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, regulations, information and signals relevant to
communication between the rigger or dogger and the crane driver
Work collaboratively with others when conducting a lift
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise in the course of
communication between a crane driver and the rigger or dogger in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur in the course of
communication between a crane driver and the rigger or dogger
exist in the course of communication between a crane driver and the rigger or dogger
environments

procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

movement of: goods
materials
vehicular traffic

and non-slewing crane and may manufacturing
be involved in work in a range of
industry sectors including: waterfront
mining
primary industry
utilities (electricity, gas, water
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying
Agreed signals/communications stop
conforming to Australian raise
Standards and codes of practice
for load moving include signals lower
for: slew-left or right
luff-boom up and down
extend boom
retract boom

Methods used to signal verbal

movement of the load may hand signals in accordance with standards and codes of
include: practice
whistles/hooters in accordance with standards and codes
of practice
two-way radios/telephones in accordance with standards
and codes of practice
light signals in accordance with standards and codes of
practice
Consultative processes may driver/rigger
obstructions
two-way radios

Requirements for access and/or a range of mobile cranes

lift may include: site restrictions and procedures
hours of operation
induction
equipment
noise restrictions
support trucks
site procedures
(WLL)
operations manuals


may include: requirements pertaining to mobile crane operations
including dogging and rigging requirements
requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIE1607C Estimate/calculate load shifting requirements for a mobile crane
TLIE1607C Estimate/calculate load shifting requirements

for a mobile crane
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to
estimate/calculate load shifting requirements including carrying
out required calculations, preparing estimates of loads, and
interpreting graphical representations of mathematical
information. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
authorities pertaining to operations of mobile cranes.
Work is performed with limited or minimum supervision. It
involves the application of routine principles, procedures and
regulations to estimate/calculate load shifting requirements for a
mobile crane.

1 Identify mathematical 1.1 Dimensions and/or weights to be measured are identified from
information and tools work procedures and, where applicable, work order forms
used in the workplace 1.2 Units of measurement for allowable load limits (SWL and
WLL) for load shifting are identified from crane load chart
1.3 Information presented in mathematical symbols, diagrams and
pictorial representations is recognised, interpreted and used to
complete workplace tasks
1.4 Measuring equipment, features and/or scales and units of
measurement are selected as appropriate for the task and
process
2 Estimate and calculate 2.1 Appropriate methods are selected to perform calculations
requirements for load required to complete workplace tasks, including addition,
shifting subtraction, multiplication, division, fractions, decimals,
percentages and mixed numbers
2.2 Quantities of materials and resources required to complete a
work task are calculated
2.3 Load balance characteristics are identified
2.4 The time needed to complete a work activity is estimated
2.5 Calculations required for weight, reach, radii, boom and jib
configurations are undertaken and checked for conformity
with crane load chart information

2.6 Load spread is estimated/calculated to ensure safe weighting
on pallets, trucks, platforms or other storage or transport
systems
2.7 Measuring instruments are read to the limit of accuracy of the
tool
3 Complete 3.1 Appropriate workplace documentation is completed using

documentation using recognised symbols and mathematical terms for the work tasks
mathematical 3.2 Numerical information is self-checked and corrected for
information accuracy

Required knowledge:
Relevant regulations, permit and licence requirements pertaining to mobile crane operation
Mobile crane applications, capacities, configurations, safety hazards and limitations
Workplace procedures concerning the estimation/calculation of load shifting requirements for
a mobile crane
Workplace procedures concerning the estimation/calculation of load shifting requirements for
a mobile crane
problems concerned
Metric and, where required, imperial measurement systems
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when estimating and calculating load shifting
requirements for a mobile crane
Read and interpret mathematical scales, digital readouts, specifications and customer or
workplace instructions
Interpret permit or licence requirements in terms of height, weight and type of lift
Complete documentation related to estimating and calculating load shifting requirements for a
mobile crane
Apply mathematical procedures including addition, subtraction, multiplication, division,
percentages and fractions to the estimation of load shifting requirements

Work collaboratively with others when estimating and calculating load shifting requirements
for a mobile crane
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when estimating and
calculating load shifting requirements for a mobile crane in accordance with workplace
procedures
environments
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

movement of: goods
materials
vehicular traffic

and non-slewing crane up to and manufacturing
including 20 tonne capacity and
may be involved in work in a waterfront
range of industry sectors mining
including: primary industry
arboricultural
swimming pool
quarrying
Calculations and estimations may aspects of the lift as well as weights and dimensions of
relate to : specific loads, cargo, containers to be shifted, stored or
lifted. They may involve units of measurement for
weight, linear measurement, number, mass, pressure,
speed, volume and/or time
Calculations may be undertaken use of calculators, computers or other mathematical aids
with:

obstructions
two-way radios
involve: management
clients


hours of operation
induction
equipment
noise restrictions
support trucks
site procedures
Documentation/records may Safe Working Load (SWL) and Working Load Limit
include: (WLL)
rigging manuals
OH&S procedures


requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIE1707B Undertake initial removal survey

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required by removal
crew members to undertake initial removal surveys including the
correct parking of a removal vehicle, the determination of access
arrangements, the identification of potential hazards, the
development of an appropriate removal plan prior to uplift, and
completion of all relevant records. Licensing, legislative,
procedures, the Operations Furniture Removalist Manual and
relevant standards and certification requirements.
Work is normally performed under general supervision. Defined
the required outcomes is involved.
It involves the application of standard furniture removals
procedures when carrying out initial removal surveys across a
variety of removal contexts.

1 Park vehicle 1.1 Vehicle is parked with due consideration of critical factors
1.2 Plan for access to vehicle ensures minimisation of traffic wear
on gardens and lawns, and avoidance of obstructions
1.3 Potential hazards are identified and appropriate action is
planned to minimise risk of injury and/or damage to items and
equipment during removal activities
2 Define job 2.1 Customers needs and perception of job are clearly established
requirements through appropriate questioning and discussion based on
removal consultant appraisal
2.2 Initial inspection of total job is undertaken with customer and
an appropriate loading sequence is ascertained
2.3 Potential internal hazards are identified and appropriate action
is planned to minimise risk or injury and/or damage to items,
equipment or structure
2.4 Special requirements are identified and negotiated with the
customer
2.5 Customer is appropriately advised of any pre-damaged or
damage-risked items and appropriate documentation is
completed
2.6 Items unacceptable for removal are identified and the
customer is appropriately informed
3 Complete records 3.1 Required records are updated accurately, legibly and promptly
according to company procedures
3.2 Records are checked to ensure they include all required
information relevant to the job
3.3 Changes to consultants appraisal are confirmed with the office
in accordance with company procedures

Required knowledge:
Relevant licence and traffic regulations of the relevant state/territory road traffic authority
Furniture removal procedures and codes of practice
Relevant agreements and legislation applicable to furniture removal
Customer service requirements including language, courtesy, behaviour and problem solving
Company work procedures
Hazards that may be experienced on a removal job and related hazard control measures
Items unsuitable for removal and the associated reasons
Special requirements that may need to be addressed in a removal and the related procedures to
be adopted
Records and signed agreements that are completed during an initial removal survey and
related procedures
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when undertaking an initial removal survey
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to an initial
removal survey
Complete documentation required for an initial removal survey
Work collaboratively with others when undertaking an initial removal survey
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when undertaking an
initial removal survey in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when undertaking
an initial removal survey


environments
damage to furniture or equipment
procedures
RANGE STATEMENT
Removal sites may include: domestic premises

industrial premises
commercial premises
Customers may be: internal and external

Critical factors when parking a parking and traffic restrictions
removal vehicle may include: obstructions
suitability of driveway (e.g. to support vehicle weight)
Hazards may include: power and telephone lines, trees and landscaping
driveway length and surface
parking restrictions
stairs and steps
lawn sprinklers on automatic timers
obstructions
uneven or unstable ground
door and passageway widths and tight internal corners
low hanging light fittings and other fixture obstructions
unfriendly pets
Requirements for access may site restrictions and procedures
include: personal protective equipment
security arrangements at the site
hours of operation
removal duration

management and other office personnel
occupational Health and Safety specialists
other professional and technical staff and tradespeople
Special requirements may dismantling of items
include: temporary removal of doors and fittings on site
the use of tradespersons such as electricians, carpenters,
cabinet makers, etc.
Communications may include: fixed and mobile phones, radio, fax, laptop
computer/Internet
oral/aural communications
written communications, including completing and
signing documents

computer
Documentation may include: consultant appraisal report
Operations Furniture Removalist Manual
customer instructions
job safety analysis
site plan

Applicable procedures and codes relevant state/territory roads and traffic authority vehicle
may include: driver licence requirements
relevant state/territory traffic act and related regulations
relevant state/territory OH&S legislation and regulations
legislation and regulations
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIE1807B Maintain freight records

freight records in accordance with workplace requirements
including the recording of all freight receipts and freight despatch
documentation in accordance with workplace procedures and
relevant regulatory requirements. Licensing, legislative, regulatory
maintenance of freight records.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the maintenance of
freight records as part of work activities in the transport,
distribution and/or allied industries.

1 Record freight receipt 1.1 Freight is identified and consignment/cartnote details are
confirmed
1.2 Documentation is appropriately actioned, following workplace
procedures and legislative requirements
1.3 Dangerous goods are identified and appropriate
documentation prepared and attached, following workplace
procedures and legislative requirements
1.4 Freight information is recorded on workplace freight tracking
system
1.5 Freight is directed for loading or storage as indicated by
documentation
2 Record freight 2.1 Documentation for freight despatch is checked, verified and
despatch forwarded in accordance with workplace procedures
2.2 Loads not cleared due to incorrect documentation are
appropriately processed, according to workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
Australian and international codes and regulations relevant to the maintenance of freight
records, including the Australian Dangerous Goods Code and relevant bond, quarantine or
Workplace procedures and policies for the international codes and regulations relevant to the
maintenance of freight records
the maintenance of freight records
Problems that may occur when maintaining freight records and appropriate action that can be
Documentation requirements for the maintenance of freight records including workplace
freight tracking system
Freight transport timetables, yard/terminal facilities, and site layout
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when maintaining freight records
maintenance of freight records
Complete documentation related to the maintenance of freight records
Work collaboratively with others when maintaining freight records
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when maintaining
freight records in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
exist during the maintenance of freight records
environments
Select and use relevant computer, communication and office equipment when maintaining
freight records
procedures
standards

RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Freight includes all forms of special handling and storage requirements, including
freight. Some freight may temperature controlled goods, dangerous goods,
involve: explosives and hazardous substances
Freight documentation may cartnotes

include a range of data provided delivery noted
on paper and in electronic form
relating to freight movement, internal documentation used for freight tracking
including: special clearances
consignment notes
dangerous goods certificates and declarations
authorised weighbridge certificates
list of contents
Freight tracking system includes: manual and computer-based tracking systems

traffic
drivers and agents


fax
email
internet
RF systems

safety glasses
two-way radios
include: manifests, cartnotes, delivery notes, special clearances,
internal documentation used for freight tracking
of goods
documentation
arrangements
requirements
Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations for the maintenance of
legislation may include: freight records
Codes
Code
privacy legislation
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIE1907B Work with travel agencies and sales outlets

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to work with
travel agencies and sales outlets in accordance with workplace
requirements including establishing and maintaining a network of
travel agencies and sales outlets; developing and negotiating the
sales of tour packages; monitoring and reporting tour package
sakes; reviewing and negotiating agency and outlet agreements;
and communicating and promoting products and services to
agencies and sales outlets. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
requirements and relevant trade practices regulations.
Work is performed individually, and skills are required to work
regulatory requirements and workplace procedures when working
with travel agencies and sales outlets in the transport and allied
industries.

1 Establish and maintain 1.1 Agency and outlet requests for the transport system services
network of travel and tourist information are addressed
agencies and sales 1.2 Agency and outlet sales of tickets and services are promoted
outlets 1.3 Agency and outlet concerns and complaints are investigated
and addressed to achieve a satisfactory resolution
2 Develop and negotiate 2.1 Travel industry personnel within the workplace are consulted
the sales of tour in the development of tour packages to be distributed through
packages agencies and sales outlets
2.2 Distribution rights are negotiated with wholesale and retail
travel industry agencies for tour packages developed
3 Monitor and report 3.1 Travel agency and outlet sales of products are managed and
tour packages sales controlled to ensure maximum sales and efficiency
3.2 Tour packages are evaluated for popularity and profitability
and appropriate recommendations for change prepared
4 Review and negotiate 4.1 Existing agency and outlet agreements are monitored and
agency and outlet reviewed for effectiveness and appropriate new agreements
agreements are recommended where necessary

4.2 Distribution of tour packages is negotiated with wholesalers
according to workplace policy and procedures
5 Communicate and 5.1 Products for travel shelf packages are recommended according
promote products and to workplace product suitability
services to agencies 5.2 Sales outlets and agents are informed of changes to passenger
and sales outlets services as quickly as possible
5.3 Travel agency and outlet sales of products are promoted to
ensure maximum exposure and sales
5.4 Advertising and promotional activities to develop new
businesses are established in accordance with workplace
budgets and timeframes
5.5 Promotional material is distributed to travel agencies and
outlets

Required knowledge:
Regulations and codes of practice relevant when working with travel agencies and sales
outlets
Relevant OH&S procedures and guidelines
Workplace procedures and policies for working with travel agencies and sales outlets
Overview of the Australian tourism industry and franchising arrangements
Australian and international transport industry guidelines relevant to working with travel
agencies and sales outlets
Workplace products and services
Insurance and public liability relevant to working with travel agencies and sales outlets
Consumer laws and trade practice requirements relevant to working with travel agencies and
sales outlets
Transport system fare structure and schedules
Advertising policies relevant to working with travel agencies and sales outlets
Equipment, and materials used when working with travel agencies and sales outlets, and
procedures that should be followed in their use
Problems that may occur when working with travel agencies and sales outlets and appropriate
Communication and negotiation requirements when working with travel agencies and sales
outlets
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when working with travel agencies and sales outlets
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to work with travel
agencies and sales outlets
Complete documentation when working with travel agencies and sales outlets
Carry out research activities required when working with travel agencies and sales outlets
Work collaboratively with others when working with travel agencies and sales outlets
Network with others in travel agencies and sales outlets
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when working with
travel agencies and sales outlets in accordance with workplace procedures
environments
Market and promote products and services
Create promotional layouts
Select and use relevant office and communications equipment and materials when working
with travel agencies and sales outlets
Operate and adapt to differences in equipment and service requirements in accordance with
RANGE STATEMENT
Travel agencies and sales outlets individual agencies and outlets

could include: agency and outlet franchise groups
agency and outlet networks
wholesalers
specific product retailers
general travel retailers
Office equipment may include: relevant communications equipment and computer
software and hardware

Information used when working market trend information

with travel agencies and sales customer requirements regarding tour packages
outlets may include:
agency and outlet agreements
workplace budget and business objectives information
Agency involvement with governed by contractual agreement
products and services may be:
Transport system services can air

include: bus
ferry
coach
tram
rail
Contingency processes may plans for unforeseen changes to travel arrangements
involve: providing services and tour packages for passengers with
special needs
Consultative processes may other workplace personnel
representatives of travel agencies and sales outlets
may include: fax
email/internet
radio

Information/documents may workplace procedures and policies for working with

include: travel agencies and sales outlets
work instructions, job description and induction materials
requests directly from agency or sales outlet
agency, outlet or client concerns or complaints
information related to advertising and promotional
activities within the industry
agency and outlet agreements
manufacturers specifications for office and
communications equipment and materials
relevant codes of practice and regulations
Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations pertaining to work with
legislation may include: travel agencies and sales outlets, including trade practices
requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or

required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIE207C Estimate/calculate mass, area and quantify dimensions
TLIE207C Estimate/calculate mass, area and quantify

dimensions
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to estimate
and calculate mass and area and quantify dimensions of loads as
part of work functions in the transport, stevedoring, warehousing,
and/or storage sectors. This includes estimating loads to be
transported or placed in storage, identifying mass, area and volume
limitations of available transport/storage systems and carrying out
calculations required to organise load(s) to match identified
transport/storage limitations. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
requirements and any relevant regulations related to the estimation
and/or calculation of mass and area and the quantification of
dimensions as part of workplace tasks.
team environment. It involves the application of basic
mathematical principles and operations to the estimation and/or
calculation of mass and area and the quantification of dimensions
as part of workplace activities in the transport, stevedoring,
warehousing, distributi

1 Estimate loads for 1.1 Order forms/work orders are read and requirements are noted
transport or storage 1.2 Shape, balance characteristics, dimensions and mass of the
load(s) are identified
1.3 Area/volume required for storage is estimated
1.4 Weights and volumes are totalled to calculate load
requirements of transport or storage system
2 Estimate load limits of 2.1 Allowable load limits for storage and/or transport systems are
transport and/or identified in accordance with workplace procedures
storage 2.2 Capacity of transport and storage systems in terms of mass,
area and volume are calculated
3 Organise load 3.1 Load(s) is restricted to allowable range(s)

3.2 Load(s) is spread to ensure safe weighting on pallets, trucks,
platforms or other storage or transport systems
3.3 Appropriate workplace documentation is completed

Required knowledge:
Australian and international codes and regulations relevant to workplace activities
Workplace procedures and policies for the estimation and/or calculation of mass, area and
volumes of loads and transport and storage facilities including the quantification of
dimensions
Basic mathematical operations required when estimating and/or calculating mass, area and
volumes of loads and transport/storage facilities including addition, subtraction,
multiplication and division
the transport and/or storage of goods and stock
Problems that may occur when estimating and/or calculating mass, area and volumes of loads
and transport/storage facilities and appropriate action that can be taken to resolve the
problems
Documentation requirements for the workplace activities concerned
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when estimating and/or calculating mass, area and
volumes of loads and transport and storage facilities
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and labels relevant to the estimation
and/or calculation of mass, area and volumes of loads and transport and storage facilities
Work collaboratively with others when estimating and/or calculating mass, area and volumes
of loads and transport/storage facilities
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when estimating and/or
calculating mass, area and volumes of loads and transport and storage facilities in accordance
environments
Identify, select and use relevant calculators, computing and office equipment when estimating
and/or calculating mass, area and volumes of loads and transport/storage facilities


procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Estimating/calculation tasks may estimating loads to be transported or placed in storage
include: identifying mass, area and volume limitations of available
transport/storage systems
carrying out calculations required to organise load(s) to
match identified transport/storage limitations
calculations and estimations of weights and dimensions
of cargo and containers to be shifted, stored or lifted
Calculations may include manually
mathematical operations of with the aid of a calculator
addition, subtraction,
multiplication and division and with the aid of a computer
may be carried out: using appropriate tables and/or charts



fax
email
internet
radio
RF systems

include: operations manuals, job specifications and induction
documentation
requisitions and bar codes, goods and container
regulations relevant to workplace activities including
mass and loading regulations
arrangements
requirements

Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations relevant to workplace

legislation may include: activities
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIE307C Participate in basic workplace communication

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to participate
effectively in basic workplace communication including
communicating information about routine tasks, processes, events
or skills, participating in group discussions to achieve appropriate
work outcomes, and representing views of a group to others.
Application of the Unit Communication is carried out as an integral part of routine work in
the context of the workplace concerned.
team environment.
Work involves the application of established communication
principles and practice and the use of local technical and
colloquial language and vocabulary in day-to-day
communications.

1 Communicate 1.1 An appropriate form of communication is selected and used to
information about meet the purpose required
routine tasks, 1.2 Effective listening skills are demonstrated
processes, events or 1.3 Questions are used to gain additional information and to
skills clarify understanding
1.4 Sources of information relevant to the communication are
identified
1.5 Information is selected and sequenced correctly
1.6 Verbal and written reporting is undertaken where required
1.7 Communication is undertaken in both familiar and unfamiliar
situations and with familiar and unfamiliar individuals and
groups
2 Participate in group 2.1 Responses are sought and provided to others in the group
discussions to achieve 2.2 Constructive contributions are made in terms of the process
appropriate work involved
outcomes 2.3 Goals or outcomes are communicated and/or recorded
3 Represent views of the 3.1 Views and opinions of others are interpreted, understood and
group to others accurately reflected

Required knowledge:
Basic communication techniques including barriers to effective communication and how to
overcome them
Protocols and procedures for communicating with others using relevant workplace technology
Techniques for communicating effectively with a multilingual persons or persons with a
limited ability to speak or understand English
Typical communication problems and appropriate action and solutions
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when completing basic work activities
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to basic work activities
Complete documentation related to basic work activities
Work collaboratively with others in the course of communication
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems in communication in accordance with
Modify communication activities depending on differing operational contingencies and
environments
RANGE STATEMENT
Communication will be that in basic routine work functions

involved in: may occur by day or night
in a variety of work contexts

Communication modes may active listening

include: group interaction
routine written reporting
participation in routine meetings in the workplace
basic recording of discussions
Communications may involve: English-speaking persons
multilingual staff
persons with limited ability to communicate in English
noisy environments or communication channels
incorrect assumption that message has been received
and/or correctly understood
Personnel in work area may managers
include: supervisors/team leaders
workplace personnel
visitors
contractors
Communication may involve the phone

basic use of a range of electronic data interchange
communication technology
including: fax
email
internet
radio

Information/documentation may workplace procedures, checklists and instructions

include: goods identification numbers and codes
workplace policies
relevant codes of practice including the national standards
for manual handling and the industry safety code
arrangements
Applicable regulations and relevant regulations, standards and codes of practice,
legislation may include: including the national standards for manual handling and
industry safety codes
dangerous goods and freight regulations and codes
relevant Australian and state/territory OH&S legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or

required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIE407C Prepare workplace documents

workplace documents and forms in accordance with workplace
requirements and any applicable regulations/codes including
planning and preparing a simple workplace document such as a
letter or report, and gathering relevant information enabling the
completion of a workplace form. Licensing, legislative, regulatory
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in accordance with the workplace
requirements concerning the preparation of workplace
documents/forms.
procedures and the basic principles of report writing to the
preparation of workplace documents/forms as part of work
activities in the transport, stevedoring, warehousing, distribution

1 Plan workplace 1.1 Purpose and audience for the document are identified
document 1.2 Appropriate format for the document is established to meet
1.3 Relevant information is identified and selected for inclusion in
the document
2 Prepare workplace 2.1 A draft of the document is prepared in accordance with

document workplace procedures and conventions for sentence
construction, grammar, spelling, style, punctuation and
vocabulary that are appropriate for the reader(s)
2.2 Document is edited and presented in a final version
appropriate to the task
3 Complete workplace 3.1 Work related form(s) is interpreted to identify information

forms required for its completion
3.2 Required information for completion of form is gathered from
relevant sources in accordance with workplace procedures
3.3 Form(s) is completed in accordance with workplace policy
and procedures and any applicable regulations and codes

Required knowledge:
Australian and international codes and regulations relevant to the documents and/or forms
being prepared
Workplace procedures and policies for the completion of documents/forms
Problems that may occur when preparing and completing workplace documents and forms
Equipment and materials required for the completion of documents and forms and
instructions and precautions for their use
Conventions for sentence construction, grammar, spelling, style and punctuation
Format and layout of various documents and forms used in workplace activities
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when preparing and completing workplace documents
and forms
Read, write and comprehend simple statements in English
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and labels relevant to the preparation
and completion of workplace documents and forms
Work collaboratively with others when preparing and completing workplace documents and
forms
completing workplace documents and forms in accordance with applicable regulatory
environments
procedures

RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Documents and forms may routine written reports on workplace activities, incidents,
include: meeting outcomes, etc. It may also include the gathering
of relevant information and the subsequent completion of
the various forms and records falling within the
occupational responsibility of the person concerned
Communication in the work area written, oral, aural or signed communications
may include: phone
fax
email
internet
radio
traffic


regulations relevant to workplace activities
documentation
arrangements
requirements
Applicable regulations and codes and regulations relevant to workplace
legislation may include: documents/forms being prepared
marine orders
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIE5020A Apply knowledge of freight forwarding documentation and permits
TLIE5020A Apply knowledge of freight forwarding

documentation and permits
Unit Descriptor This unit covers the competency required to develop, maintain and
apply an in-depth understanding of required documentation, forms
and permits to advanced freight forwarding activities. This
includes the demonstration of the required knowledge of
documentation, forms and permits; the consistent interpretation
and application of that knowledge to the freight forwarding role
and functions; and undertaking sufficient appropriate continuous
professional development activities to maintain the currency of the
required knowledge and understanding. International freight
forwarding covers the importing, exporting and transiting of
freight. There are no specific licensing or certification
requirements applicable to this unit.
Application of the Unit This unit was developed for persons applying knowledge of freight
forwarding documentation and permits as part of advanced
international freight forwarding functions.
freight forwarding.

1 Access and interpret 1.1 Information on the requirements for freight forwarding
information on freight documentation and permits is regularly accessed from
forwarding appropriate sources
documentation and 1.2 Information on the requirements for freight forwarding
permits documentation and permits is interpreted and applied when
working on freight forwarding projects
1.3 Continuous professional development is undertaken to ensure
a current knowledge of the requirements for freight
forwarding documentation and permits as per industry practice
and company standard procedures

2 Demonstrate the 2.1 Knowledge of the requirements for freight forwarding

required knowledge of documentation and permits needed to perform effectively as
freight forwarding an international freight forwarder is demonstrated through the
documentation and successful completion of a range of assignments and both real
permits and simulated freight forwarding projects
3 Apply information 3.1 Current information on the requirements for freight

knowledge of freight forwarding documentation and permits is consistently applied
forwarding when carrying out the international freight forwarding role and
documentation and functions
permits to the freight
forwarding functions

Required knowledge:
Relevant Australian and international conventions, codes of practice and regulatory
requirements for the completion of documentation, forms and permits in international freight
forwarding (including those applicable to the importing, exporting and transiting of goods)
Documents, forms and permits required in freight forwarding
Procedures and protocols for the preparation and processing of documentation, forms and
permits in international freight forwarding
Responsibilities and liabilities of the freight forwarder in ensuring that all required
documentation, forms and permits are accurately and correctly prepared
International sales contracts - principles, conditions and specifications, consequences of poor
preparation or mistakes
Documentation requirements for billing and accounts
Systems and processes for the on-line completion of documentation and forms
Australian Customs and Border Protection requirements including:
general information on the Australian Customs administration
Australian Customs and Border Protection tariffs
Australian Customs and Border Protection procedures
international conventions
GST (applicable rate and taxable value)
Control of import and export consignments
import licences e.g. for certain types of dangerous goods
veterinarian control and live plant control (phytosanitary control)
intellectual property, counterfeit, artifacts, boycott issues
Sources of information on the documentation, forms and permits required when providing
international freight forwarding services
clearly understood
Typical problems that can occur when preparing and processing required documentation,
forms and permits in international freight forwarding and related appropriate action that can
be taken to prevent or resolve them
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when preparing and processing required documentation,
forms and permits, including unambiguous closed-loop communication in which checks are
made to confirm that messages and responses are correctly and clearly understood
(particularly in situations where communication is with a person for whom English is not the
native language)
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and other information relevant to the preparation
and processing of documentation, forms and permits needed in international freight transport
Complete the preparation and processing of documentation, forms and permits required in
international freight forwarding, including data entry to a computer system
Operate applicable information and communication technology to required protocol
Work collaboratively with others when preparing and processing required documentation,
forms and permits
processing required documentation, forms and permits in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when preparing and
processing required documentation, forms and permits
Apply relevant national and international codes of practice, regulations and legislative
requirements
environments
Select and appropriately apply information and communication systems and procedures to
complete workplace tasks
Operate and adapt to differences in information and communication equipment in accordance
with standard operating procedures

RANGE STATEMENT

The range of documentation, the mode of transport
forms and permits required for the nature of the goods
international freight forwarding is
dependent upon a variety of the routing and country of destination
factors including: the requirements for import quarantine, health and
customs controls in applicable countries
the sales contract
the terms of documentary credits
the relationship and arrangements of the seller and buyer

International freight forwarding standard FIATA forms and documentation such as:
documentation and permits may a Negotiable Multimodal Transport Bill of
include but are not limited to: Lading (FB/L)
Waybill (FWB)
(SIWC)
(MTB/L)
sales contracts
bills of lading, waybills or consignment notes
commercial invoices with an Incoterm and extra details to
ensure proper passage and clearance
packing lists
origin certificates
packing declarations regarding wood and other materials
of plant origin
fumigation or other treatment certificates for shipments
containing wood or other materials of plant origin
delivery notes
container lists
insurance policies
insurance certificates
insurance claim forms
cargo manifests
veterinary certificates for materials of biological origin
which are for human consumption
health and phytosanitary certificates
quality analysis or weight/measurement certificates
consular documents
inspection certificates and SGS reports

Information and communication data storage and management systems

technology systems may include Electronic Freight Forwarding Management Systems
but are not limited to: (FFMS)
Electronic Warehouse Management Systems (WMS)
Electronic Transportation Management System (TMS)
Internet and web based technology
Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
EDI for Administration of Commerce (EDIFACT)
Value-added Network (VAN)
IP-based telecommunications systems
Local Area Networks (LANS)
Wireless Area Networks (WANS)
broadband internet systems including ADSL, dedicated
broadband lines and wireless systems
barcoding systems
Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) systems used in
warehouses and logistics facilities
E-commerce security systems
fax
email
mail
involve: a global network of international and domestic agents,
regulatory authorities, carriers, suppliers, and other
freight forwarding contacts
freight forwarding specialists in areas such as dangerous
goods, special cargoes etc.
management


security etc.
Operational information / Australian and international regulations, conventions and
documents may include but are codes of practice for the international forwarding of
not limited to: freight
applicable standard international freight forwarding
forms and documents
data obtained through information and communications
technology equipment and oral, aural or signed
communications
freight forwarding competency standards and training
materials
and procedures
freight
requirements

EVIDENCE GUIDE

maintaining a current knowledge of the
documentation, forms and permits required
in international freight forwarding through
appropriate continuous professional
development activities
interpreting and applying a current
knowledge of the required documentation,
forms and permits to the international freight
forwarding role and functions
required to:
equipment, and
workplace

TLIE507C Carry out basic workplace calculations

basic routine workplace calculations, including carrying out
required mathematical operations, preparing basic estimates of
mass, size and volume, and interpreting basic graphical
representations of mathematical information. It includes
calculations for routine industry-related tasks using manual and
electronic processes. It specifically includes the skills and
knowledge needed to estimate/calculate manual load shifting
Application of the Unit Calculations are carried out as an integral part of routine work in
the context of the workplace concerned.
team environment.
Work involves the application of established mathematical
principles and techniques in day-to-day work activities.

1 Carry out calculations 1.1 Items are counted singly and in batches and sorted
numerically, as required in workplace tasks
1.2 Calculations needed to complete work tasks are performed
using the four basic processes of addition, subtraction,
multiplication and division
1.3 Calculations involving fractions, percentages and mixed
numbers, and using the four basic processes, are performed as
required to complete workplace tasks
1.4 The functions of a calculator, numeric keypad or computer are
used to perform workplace tasks
1.5 Numerical information is self-checked and corrected for
accuracy
2 Prepare estimates 2.1 Quantities of materials and resources required to complete a

work task are estimated
2.2 The time needed to complete a work activity is estimated
2.3 Accurate estimates for work completion are made

3 Interpret graphical 3.1 Information represented in symbols, diagrams and pictorial

representations of representations is recognised, interpreted and acted upon in
mathematical workplace tasks
information

Required knowledge:
Basic mathematical operations and techniques
Ways of representing basic mathematical information
Procedures for identifying and using relevant workplace technology when carrying out
workplace calculations
Typical mathematical problems and appropriate action and solutions
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when carrying out basic workplace calculations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to basic workplace
calculations
Work collaboratively with others when carrying out basic workplace calculations
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when carrying out basic
workplace calculations
Modify activities depending on differing operational contingencies and environments
procedures
RANGE STATEMENT
Calculations will be those basic routine work functions

involved in: may occur by day or night and in a variety of work
contexts

Calculations may involve: money

volume
weight
time
length and distance
area
perimeter
Mathematical operations may multiplication
include: division
addition
subtraction
percentages
fractions
include: management
specialists

computer


workplace policies
arrangements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIE607D Collect, analyse and present workplace data and information
TLIE607D Collect, analyse and present workplace data

and information
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to collect,
analyse and present workplace data and information including
identifying required information, analysing and preparing
information for use, explaining information, and presenting
workplace information to others. Licensing, legislative, regulatory
Application of the Unit Data collection, analysis and presentation is carried out as an
integral part of operations in the context of the workplace
concerned.
Work is performed under general or limited supervision, generally
established principles and practice to the collection, analysis and
presentation of information and data as part of workplace
operations.

1 Identify required 1.1 Purpose of the information/data collection is identified
information 1.2 Sources of information are established
1.3 Appropriate information is collected
2 Prepare information 2.1 Information is collated and analysed in accordance with

for use workplace procedures
2.2 Processed information is organised and presented in a logical
manner
2.3 Checks for accuracy are made
3 Explain information 3.1 Data collection and analysis is explained to others in a way
that effectively contributes to the workplace operations
3.2 Outcomes of data/information analysis are presented to others
using appropriate presentation modes and resources
3.3 Questions are answered and appropriate clarifications are
given
4 Present workplace 4.1 Processed information is forwarded to appropriate personnel

information in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2 Processed information is collated and stored in accordance


Required knowledge:
Sources of information and data and procedures for processing the information for workplace
use
Protocols and procedures for the collection, analysis and presentation of workplace
information and data using relevant technology
Presentation and communication techniques including an understanding of barriers to
effective communication and how to overcome them
Basic principles of effective presentation and communication of information
Typical presentation and communication problems and appropriate action and solutions
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when collecting, analysing and presenting workplace
data and information
Read and interpret instructions and procedures relevant to the collection, analysis and
presentation of workplace data and information
Complete documentation related to the collection, analysis and presentation of workplace data
and information
Identify and use required communication and presentation technology
Work collaboratively with others when collecting, analysing and presenting workplace data
and information
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when collecting,
analysing and presenting workplace data and information in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may arise when collecting,
analysing and presenting workplace data and information
environments

procedures
RANGE STATEMENT
Data collection, analysis and that required for workplace operations

presentation will be: may occur by day or night and in a variety of work
contexts
Presentation modes may include: written documentation

oral reports
group presentations using appropriate technology
completion of standard forms and checklists
routine written reporting
entry of collected/processed information into a computer
participation in workplace discussions
Presentations/communications English-speaking persons
may involve: multilingual staff
Presentation/communication misunderstanding
problems may include: limited ability of others to communicate in English
noisy environments or communications channels
incorrect assumption that information has been received

Depending on workplace context, managers

consultative processes may supervisors/team leaders
involve
workplace personnel
clients
private and/or public sector security personnel
police
visitors
contractors
industrial relations
OH&S specialists
Presentation/communication may phone

involve the use of a range of electronic data interchange
technology, including:
fax
email
internet
radio
overhead or computer controlled projector
plain or electronic white board
flip charts
microphone and amplifier
video player and monitor


include: operations manuals
job specifications
HAZCHEM and dangerous/hazardous goods codes
workplace policies
arrangements
relevant Australian and state/territory standards and
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIE707B Use communication systems

communication systems including identifying system features,
operating a communication system effectively, using appropriate
communication protocols when using a system, maintaining
equipment, and completing documentation. Licensing, legislative,
Application of the Unit Work is carried out in accordance with relevant regulations and
workplace procedures.
team environment. It involves the application of established
communication principles and practice and the use of local
technical and colloquial language and vocabulary in day-to-day
communications.

1 Identify system 1.1 System features and control functions are identified
features 1.2 Where relevant, battery and signal levels are monitored
1.3 Mobile equipment is set up to optimise communication
1.4 Where relevant, channels are selected appropriate to the
communication
2 Communicate using 2.1 System checks are carried out to confirm communication
communications system is operational in accordance with manufacturers
technology instructions and workplace procedures
2.2 Communication system is operated safely in accordance with
manufacturers instructions, workplace procedures and (any)
2.3 Telephone and radio security is maintained in accordance with
2.4 Where relevant, channel selection is appropriate for the
location and type of communication
2.5 Messages are transmitted clearly and precisely with due
observation of ethics and protocols required of users
2.6 Where applicable, PA system is used to communicate with
passengers and crew as per standard operating procedures
2.7 Where applicable, incoming messages are received and
answered promptly and courteously within operating
procedures and (any) regulatory requirements

2.8 Appropriate protocols and procedures are followed when
using communications systems during emergencies
2.9 Received messages are interpreted and recorded, where
required, in accordance with workplace procedures
2.10 Vocal communication is clear, unambiguous and uses
appropriate procedures, language and codes
3 Maintain 3.1 Equipment is checked and maintained in working order in

communication accordance with workplace procedures
equipment operational 3.2 Minor faults in the communications systems are promptly
status identified, diagnosed, and repaired or reported in accordance
4 Complete 4.1 Appropriate records of communications are maintained in


Required knowledge:
Protocols and procedures for communicating with others using relevant communication
technology including the use of PA systems on passenger vehicles and trains
Procedures and protocols for the use of communication systems during an emergency
Features of various communications systems
Basic communication techniques including barriers to effective communication and how to
overcome them
Pre-operational checks for communications systems and equipment
Minor routine maintenance procedures for communications equipment
Typical problems that may occur when using communications systems and appropriate action
and solutions
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others using available communications equipment
Read and interpret instructions and procedures relevant to the use of communications
equipment
Complete documentation related to work activities when using communications equipment
Identify and use required communication technology

Work collaboratively with others when using communications equipment
when using communications equipment in accordance with workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may arise when using
exist during the use of communications equipment
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in communication equipment in accordance with standard
Monitor performance of communication equipment and take appropriate action if required
RANGE STATEMENT
Use of communication systems in confined spaces, exposed conditions and controlled or

will include that required in open environments
routine operations and may occur in a workplace, terminal, warehouse or depot
by day or night and in a variety of
work contexts, including: in a vehicle
on a vessel
on a train
on a worksite
Communication systems may fixed phone systems
include: mobile phone, both on person or hands-free
radios including personal, hand-held or vehicle-mounted,
CB, UHF, VHF, SSB, marine
PA systems on passenger vehicles, trains and aircraft
Worksite communication may active listening
include: two-way conversation
Communications may involve: English-speaking persons

multilingual staff
noisy environments or communications channels
incorrect assumption that message has been received
not following correct communication protocols and
procedures
Communication may be with: base personnel
other drivers and workplace personnel
passengers (where applicable)
managers
supervisors/team leaders
suppliers and clients
private and/or public sector security personnel
local terminology used, organisational procedures
workplace procedures may
include:

Information/documentation may workplace communication procedures, protocols,

include: checklists and instructions
manufacturers specifications for communications
equipment
communication records
arrangements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or

required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIE807C Process workplace documentation

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to process
workplace documentation including planning the documentation to
fulfil the identified purpose and completing the documentation in
accordance with requirements. Documentation may include forms,
logs, diaries and basic hand-written or typed reports. It may also
include entry of information into computer-based documents and
forms. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
Application of the Unit Processing of workplace documentation is carried out as an
integral part of work operations in the context of the workplace
concerned.
Work may be performed in team and autonomous working
situations. It involves the application of established procedures in
the completion of workplace documentation in the course of day-
to-day operations.

1 Plan documentation 1.1 Purpose of workplace documentation is identified and
confirmed
1.2 Information for completion of the workplace documentation is
collected, interpreted, analysed and organised as required
2 Complete 2.1 Required documentation is prepared, or forms completed, in

documentation accordance with workplace policies and procedures
2.2 Information is entered into computer-based documents, where
required
2.3 Logs or diaries are maintained accurately and in a timely
manner in accordance with workplace requirements.

Required knowledge:
Protocols and procedures for processing workplace documentation using relevant workplace
technology
Requirements for workplace documentation, forms, logs or diaries

Sources of information for the completion of workplace documentation, forms, logs or diaries
Purpose of workplace documentation, forms, logs or diaries
Typical problems in processing of workplace documentation and appropriate action and
solutions
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when completing and processing workplace
documentation, forms, logs or diaries
Read, interpret and organise information needed for the completion and processing of
workplace documentation, forms, logs or diaries
Complete worklace documentation, forms, logs or diaries
Write and/or enter information into computer based documentation systems
Work collaboratively with others when completing and processing workplace documentation,
forms, logs or diaries
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when completing and
processing workplace documentation, forms, logs or diaries in accordance with regulatory
exist during the completion and processing of workplace documentation, forms, logs or
diaries
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in computing equipment in accordance with standard
RANGE STATEMENT
Processing of workplace in confined spaces, exposed conditions and controlled or

documentation will be that open environments
involved in routine work in a workplace, warehouse or depot
functions and may occur by day
or night and in a variety of work in a vehicle on the road
contexts, including: at a client's workplace

Types of documentation may workplace and on-road transport memos

include: letters
diaries
logs
checklists
maintenance schedules
workplace forms and standard documents
Documentation and reporting as defined within workplace procedures
systems will be:
Documentation may be received managers

from or sent to: supervisors/team leaders
other workplace personnel
clients
contractors
Documentation may include: hard copy

computer-based documents and forms
faxes
email

Information/documentation may workplace procedures, forms, checklists and instructions

workplace documentation policies
arrangements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or

required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIE907C Use pilot and escort communication

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to use pilot
and escort communication equipment and resources including
deploying/operating the equipment to communicate with drivers of
oversized/overmassed vehicles during pilot and escort duties and
other relevant personnel, and maintaining all required records.
and traffic authority pertaining to the piloting and escorting of
oversized and overmassed loads.
routine principles and procedures using pilot and escort
communications in a variety of operational contexts.

1 Operate 1.1 Communications equipment and resources for use in piloting
communications and escorting duties are deployed/operated in accordance with
equipment and relevant rules, regulations and manufacturers specifications
resources 1.2 Messages are transmitted and received clearly and precisely
with due observation of ethics and protocols required of users
1.3 Backup communication strategies are established and relevant
personnel are informed of operating and coordination
procedures
1.4 Alternative communication strategies are used to
communicate messages in response to communications
failures and problems
2 Maintain records 2.1 Records on oversized and overmassed vehicle movements are
maintained in accordance with legal and workplace
documentation requirements
2.2 Damage and other incidents are reported clearly and legibly to
appropriate authorities in accordance with relevant rules and
regulations and company policies and procedures


Required knowledge:
Relevant road rules, regulations, permit and licence requirements of the relevant state or
territory roads and traffic authority pertaining to the piloting and escorting of oversized and
overmassed loads
Types of communication equipment, signage and other communication resources required in
escort and piloting operations, and their use
Procedures for communication during escort and piloting operations
Procedures to be followed in the event of an escort or piloting emergency
Available backup communication strategies
Pre-operational checks required for communication equipment, signage and other
communication resources needed in escort and piloting operations, and related action
Permit and licence requirements applicable when piloting and escorting oversized and
overmassed loads
Documentation requirements for piloting and escorting oversized and overmassed loads
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others using pilot and escort communication equipment and
resources
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the use of pilot
and escort communication equipment and resources
Complete documentation related to the use of pilot and escort communication equipment and
resources
Work collaboratively with others when using pilot and escort communication equipment and
resources
when using pilot and escort communication equipment and resources in accordance with
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may arise when using pilot and
escort communication equipment and resources
environments

Operate communication equipment, signage and other communication resources required
during escort and piloting operations
procedures
standards
Monitor performance of communication equipment and resources and take appropriate action
where required
Service communication equipment in terms of maintenance schedule and standard operating
procedures
RANGE STATEMENT
Operations may include: all pilot and escort vehicle operations
Pilot and escort operations may operations conducted at day or night

open environment
on the open road
on a private road
in the workplace, warehouse or depot
Communication equipment may vehicle signage
include: light battens
white gloves
directional display boards
radio
satellite phone
flashing lights
headlights
hazard lights

Operational hazards may include wet and iced roads

fire in vehicle
leaking fuel
faulty brakes
foggy conditions
Personnel to whom driver of overmassed and/or oversized vehicle
communication is directed other drivers on the road
include:
management/supervisors
base personnel
emergency services
regulatory authorities
Documentation/records may state/territory pilot/escort permit/regulatory requirements

workplace communication instructions and procedures
vehicle manufacturers instructions and specifications
communication log book or record book (where required)

piloting and escort functions
relevant state/territory oversized and overmassed permit
regulations and requirements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIF1007C Apply fatigue management strategies

fatigue management strategies, including identifying and acting
upon signs of fatigue and implementing appropriate strategies to
minimise fatigue during work activities. Licensing, legislative,
applicable Commonwealth and state/territory legislation and
relevant regulations covering the management of fatigue in the
workplace.
team environment.
It involves the application of the relevant regulations, codes and
guidelines of the Commonwealth Government and the
state/territory authorities concerning fatigue management during
work activities and in particular when operating equipment,
vehicles, load shifting equipment, trains, marine vessels and
aircraft.
Competency Field F Safety Management

1 Identify and act upon 1.1 Potential causes of fatigue are monitored and action taken to
signs of fatigue minimise their effects in accordance with company procedures
1.2 Personal warning signs of fatigue are recognised and
necessary steps are taken in accordance with workplace
procedures to ensure that effective work capability and
alertness are maintained
2 Implement strategies 2.1 Routes and schedules are assessed and planned to minimise
to minimise fatigue fatigue
2.2 Factors which increase the risk of fatigue-related accidents
and safety incidents are understood and minimised
2.3 Strategies to manage fatigue are implemented in accordance
with company policy
2.4 Lifestyle choices are made which promote the effective long-
term management of fatigue
2.5 Effective practices in combating fatigue are adopted and
applied
2.6 Personal fatigue management strategies are communicated to
other relevant people

2.7 Appropriate counter measures are planned to combat fatigue

Required knowledge:
Relevant codes, regulations, permit and licence requirements related to fatigue management
Relevant OH&S regulations as they relate to fatigue
Workplace policies and procedures related to fatigue management and the control of factors
that can contribute to fatigue and fatigue-related accidents
Sources of information on fatigue
The risks and hazards created by fatigue in the workplace
How fatigue affects workplace performance
How fatigue contributes to workplace accidents
Ways of recognising fatigue
Strategies and ways of managing fatigue
Causes and effects of fatigue on workers/drivers
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when applying fatigue management strategies
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, regulations and signs related to fatigue
management and apply them to work activities
Recognise symptoms of fatigue and take appropriate action in accordance with fatigue
management regulations and workplace procedures
Work collaboratively with others to manage and minimise the effects of fatigue during work
activities
Adjust lifestyle patterns to ensure effective fatigue management during work activities
Modify activities and take appropriate initiatives to manage fatigue in the workplace
depending on differing work contexts, risk situations and environments
Apply precautions and required action to minimise and control the effects of fatigue when
carrying out own work functions
Adapt to changes in rosters and standard operating procedures as they may relate to fatigue
management
Participate in identifying and meeting own learning needs on matters related to fatigue
management

RANGE STATEMENT
Workplace may include: any work environment requiring safety critical

operational judgements to be made and in particular when
operating equipment, vehicles, load shifting equipment,
trains, marine vessels and aircraft at night
The need for fatigue management operations conducted at all times but particularly at night
in a range of industry situations typical weather conditions
including:
while working and/or driving at a workplace, depot, base
or warehouse
while working and/or driving at a client's workplace or
work site
driving a motor vehicle on the open road
driving a motor vehicle on a private road
driving a train, locomotive or motive power unit
operating a marine vessel in coastal or international
waters
operating an aircraft
operating load shifting equipment
operating safety critical industrial plant and equipment
Work-related factors that may work demands such as: workload, work duration, shift
contribute to fatigue include: pattern, time of day, frequency and duration of breaks and
the type of work (e.g. .working in isolation, repetitive
tasks and boring, monotonous or under-challenging tasks)
organisational factors such as: work environment
(including temperature, ventilation, continual rhythmic
vibration from equipment), payment system, trip and
work scheduling, and the predictability of work
Worker/operator-related factors lifestyle factors such as: sleep patterns, alcohol and drug
that may contribute to fatigue use, quantity and timing of food and drink, and
include: opportunities for relaxation with family and friends
working multiple jobs
personal or biological factors such as: state of mental
and/or physical health, inadequate sleep, sleep disorders,
emotional stress, family responsibilities, relationship
difficulties, inadequate competence to complete work
tasks, and circadian rhythms

Responsibilities of individual for following the organisation's fatigue management policy

fatigue risk management may and procedures
include: using time away from work appropriately to rest and
recover
checking and ensuring fitness for work
reporting symptoms of fatigue
taking action to minimise risk when symptoms of fatigue
are recognised
operating procedures may company procedures
include:
Information and documents may Commonwealth and state/territory regulations and
include: guidelines concerning fatigue management in various
transport and workplace situations
workplace instructions and procedures on fatigue
management
relevant OH&S regulations and procedures
work schedules and shift rosters
log book or record book (where required)
records and reports of fatigue-related errors and safety
incidents
Applicable legislation, relevant regulations and codes of the Commonwealth
regulations and codes may Government and the state/territory regulatory authorities
include: concerning fatigue management
relevant rail industry safe working codes and regulations
(where applicable)
requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF107C Follow OH&S procedures

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to follow and
apply OH&S procedures when carrying out work activities,
including identifying and following workplace procedures for
hazard identification and risk control, contributing to arrangements
for the management of occupational health and safety, and
completing occupational health and safety records. Licensing,
to this unit.
regulations and procedures.
team environment. It involves the application of the established
OH&S and hazard minimisation principles and procedures to the
conduct of workplace activities.

1 Follow workplace 1.1 Workplace procedures for dealing with accidents, fire and
procedures for hazard emergencies are known and followed
identification and risk 1.2 Workplace procedures for OH&S and related work
control instructions for controlling risks in a workplace are accurately
followed
1.3 Hazards in the workplace are identified and appropriate action
is taken to report them and to minimise or eliminate risk to
personnel, workplace and the environment
1.4 Safety regulations and established workplace safety and
hazard control practices and procedures are obtained,
interpreted and applied to day-to-day work activities
1.5 Where relevant, procedures and precautions necessary for
entry into confined spaces in the workplace are correctly
followed
1.6 Personal protection clothing and equipment is correctly used
in accordance with established safety practices and procedures
1.7 Established emergency and contingency plans are followed in
the event of an emergency
2 Contribute to 2.1 OH&S issues and identified safety hazards are raised with
arrangements for the designated personnel in accordance with workplace
management of procedures and relevant OH&S legislation

occupational health 2.2 Contributions to OH&S management in the workplace are
and safety made in accordance with workplace procedures and provisions
of relevant legislation
2.3 OH&S issues are raised with designated personnel in
accordance with workplace procedures and relevant OH&S
legislation
2.4 Participative arrangements for OH&S management in the
workplace are contributed to within workplace procedures and
scope of responsibilities and competencies
3 Complete occupational 3.1 OH&S records for self are completed in accordance with
health and safety workplace requirements
records 3.2 OH&S records and legal requirements for the maintenance of
records of occupational injury and diseases are followed

Required knowledge:
control the risk
Reporting procedures in regard to unsafe situations, fire hazards, broken or damaged
equipment or fittings, sickness and accidents
Location and use of safety alarms, manifests, emergency shut-off systems, emergency
Signs and signals used for OH&S warnings
Terms used in material safety data sheets (where relevant)
HAZCHEM symbols and implications for safe work and storage
Storage and use of hazardous substances
Handling of broken or damaged equipment
Manual and mechanically assisted lifting and load shifting procedures
Transport requirements for goods within workplace
Emergency and evacuation procedures
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when following OH&S procedures
Read and interpret relevant safety-related information including safety labels, instructions for
safe work, relevant material safety data sheets, workplace procedures and codes of practice
Complete documentation related to OH&S in the workplace
Estimate the size shape and special requirements of loads
Work collaboratively with others when following OH&S procedures
when following OH&S procedures in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when following
OH&S procedures
environments
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT


exposed conditions

Workplace hazards may include: chemicals and other harmful substances

movements of equipment, goods, vehicles
toxic substances
damaged packing material and containers
broken and damaged equipment
inflammable materials and fire hazards
lifting practices
waste management and disposal
extremes in weather conditions
lighting levels
floor surfaces
water hazards
traffic flows, vehicle and equipment operation
A range of storage areas
OH&S specialists
contractors
Participative arrangements may formal and informal meetings which deal with OH&S
include: issues
workplace OH&S committees
other committees, for example, consultative, planning
and purchasing
OH&S representatives
suggestions, requests, reports and concerns put forward
by staff
fax
email
internet
radio

Designated personnel may workplace personnel

include: supervisors
team leaders
management
occupational health and safety personnel
other persons authorised or nominated by the
organisation
safety glasses
two-way radios
Information/documents may OH&S regulations

include: workplace OH&S procedures and policies
ADG Code and material safety data sheets (where
relevant)
policies and procedures for entry and work in confined
spaces
servicing of equipment
regulations and policies concerning noise, smoking, work
station ergonomics and other critical OH&S issues
documentation
arrangements

Applicable regulations and relevant state/territory OH&S legislation and safety

legislation may include: codes, including manual handling, noise, confined spaces,
smoking, workplace ergonomics, etc.
general duty of care under OH&S legislation
dangerous goods regulations
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF1207D Apply safe procedures when handling/transporting dangerous goods or explosives
TLIF1207D Apply safe procedures when

handling/transporting dangerous goods or
explosives
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to apply safe
handling strategies when handling dangerous goods or explosives,
including driving the vehicle concerned in a safe manner and
consulting with relevant authorities/persons in accordance with
regulatory requirements. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
Australian and state/territory regulations and codes, including the
current Australian Dangerous Goods Code, the Australian
Explosives Code, and the Code of Practice for the Safe Transport
of Radioactive Substances.
and regulatory requirements to safe handling/transport of
dangerous goods/explosives/hazardous substances in a range of
operational situations.

1 Operate equipment 1.1 Safety equipment is checked for serviceability and required
and/or vehicle in a safe quantities and types
manner 1.2 Equipment/vehicle is operated safely in accordance with the
relevant industry regulations, licence/permit requirements/or
standards and as directed by police and/ or competent
authority
1.3 Safety guidelines and codes are correctly applied
1.4 Dangerous goods/explosives/hazardous substances are
handled/conveyed in accordance with the relevant government
regulations and codes
1.5 Relevant emergency procedures are assessed relative to the
dangerous goods/explosives/hazardous substances concerned
1.6 Emergency procedures are instigated in accordance with the
relevant codes and government regulations to ensure
precautions are taken consistent with directions set out in the
1.7 Procedures are implemented to minimise damage to
equipment, facilities and the environment and minimise injury

to personnel
2 Consult with relevant 2.1 Dangerous goods occurrences are reported to the competent
authorities/persons authority, fire brigade and/or police using appropriate
workplace procedures, in specified timeframes in accordance
with relevant regulatory requirements
2.2 Assistance is provided to the competent authority as requested
2.3 Other persons within affected emergency area are warned
about the hazard in accordance with workplace procedures

Required knowledge:
Relevant Australian and state/territory regulations and codes pertaining to the identification,
handling and marking of dangerous goods, explosives or hazardous substances including the
The company's incident reporting system, and the responsibility of the employer to report
incidents to the relevant State or Government authority
Risks and hazards when handling and conveying dangerous goods, explosives or hazardous
substances, and related precautions to control the risk
Workplace procedures and policies for the handling and transport of dangerous goods,
explosives or hazardous substances
Characteristics of various dangerous goods, explosives or hazardous substances and their
implications for handling and transport
Compatibility of various types of dangerous goods, explosives or hazardous substances
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when handling or transporting dangerous goods or
explosives
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the handling or
transporting of dangerous goods or explosives
Complete documentation related to the handling or transporting of dangerous goods or
explosives
Work collaboratively with others handling or transporting dangerous goods or explosives

when handling or transporting dangerous or hazardous goods or explosives in accordance
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may arise during the handling
or transporting of dangerous goods or explosives
exist during the handling or transporting of dangerous goods or explosives
environments
Operate and adapt to differences in handling and transportation equipment in accordance with
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Workplaces may comprise: internal or external

exposed conditions
a vehicle on the road
client's workplace
convoy of a group of vehicles
Goods/cargo being special precautions for handling, stacking and transport
handled/conveyed may require:
Classes of dangerous as defined in the respective Australian Codes

goods/explosives/hazardous
substances are:

Standard marking and signage for in the respective Australian Codes

identified explosives and
dangerous goods is as required:

contractors
fax
email
internet
radio
Handling operations may be both manually and with the aid of lifting equipment
carried out: and/or appliances
Load restraint procedures and as specified in mass and loading regulations and
equipment are: guidelines

safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing

Information/documents may goods/materials identification numbers, codes and signs

dangerous goods, explosives and radioactive and other
hazardous substances, and incident reporting
the Code of Practice for the Safe Transport of
Radioactive Substances, the Industry Safety Code, and
National Standards for Manual Handling
arrangements
Applicable regulations and Australian and state/territory regulations pertaining to the
legislation may include: handling of dangerous goods/explosives/hazardous
substances
practice for the handling and transport of explosives,
dangerous goods and hazardous substances, including:
Codes
Code
legislation
equal opportunity
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

identifying characteristics and hazards of the
dangerous goods/explosives/hazardous
substances being handled
interpreting relevant signs, labels and codes
locating, interpreting and applying relevant
information
safely handling/transporting dangerous
goods/explosives/hazardous substances in
accordance with workplace procedures and
identifying, selecting and using appropriate
handling/transport equipment, vehicles,
personal protection equipment and related
procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF1307C Coordinate breakdowns and emergencies

breakdowns and emergencies, including evaluating the
breakdown/emergency situation, consulting with relevant
personnel/emergency authorities, coordinating activities at the
breakdown/emergency site, and completing all required reports
and documentation. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the licence
and traffic authority pertaining to the coordination of breakdowns
and emergencies.
Work is performed with limited or minimum supervision. It
involves judgement and discretion in the coordination of
breakdowns and emergencies that may occur when driving a
commercial vehicle.

1 Evaluate breakdown 1.1 Causes and effects of breakdown/emergency situation are
and/or emergency identified and clarified
situation 1.2 Breakdown/emergency coordination procedures are applied in
accordance with workplace policies
1.3 Assistance is rendered to injured persons within the limitations
of duty of care and workplace requirements
1.4 Load is identified and the nature of risks and hazards are
established and communicated to the relevant authorities
1.5 Appropriate precautions and action are taken where the load is
identified as including dangerous goods, explosives or
hazardous substances in accordance with the relevant codes,
regulations and related procedures
2 Consult with relevant 2.1 Details of causes and effects of breakdown/emergency are
persons and authorities reported in accordance with workplace procedures
2.2 Assistance and cooperation is provided to relevant authorities
within legal and workplace limitations
2.3 Information about emergency is obtained and/or exchanged in
accordance with legal and workplace requirements

3 Coordinate breakdown 3.1 Suitable measures are taken to control, warn, stop or divert
and/or emergency traffic at breakdown/emergency site
situation 3.2 Personal security precautions are taken in accordance with
3.3 Assistance is requested to minimise the possibility of further
damage to persons or property, in accordance with workplace
policy and relevant rules and regulations
3.4 Appropriate measures are taken to control and protect the site
of breakdown/emergency
3.5 Traffic at the site of a breakdown or emergency is controlled,
if necessary, in accordance with regulatory requirements and
4 Complete 4.1 All required documentation and reports on

documentation breakdown/emergency are completed in accordance with

Required knowledge:
Duty of care requirements in a breakdown and/or emergency situation
Types of breakdowns and emergencies that can occur when driving a vehicle and appropriate
action that can be taken in each case
Types of emergency equipment, their purpose, and the procedures for their use
Procedures to be followed in the event of a breakdown and/or emergency
Risks and hazards that can exist in breakdown/emergency situations and related precautions to
control the risks
Characteristics of various dangerous goods/explosives/hazardous substances and their
implications in breakdown/emergency situations
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when coordinating a response to a breakdown or
emergency
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the coordination
of a response to a breakdown or emergency
Identify containers and goods coding, IMDG markings and where applicable emergency
information panels

Complete documentation related to the coordination of a response to a breakdown or

emergency
Work collaboratively with others when coordinating a response to a breakdown or emergency
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when coordinating a
response to a breakdown or emergency in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated events that may occur when coordinating a
response to a breakdown or emergency
environments
Control traffic at the site of a breakdown or emergency
Identify and correctly use emergency equipment at the site of a breakdown or emergency
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Type of vehicle may include: any commercial transport vehicle
Breakdowns and emergencies operations conducted at day or night

may occur in a range of road typical weather conditions
on the open road
on a private road

Type of breakdowns/emergencies collision

may include spillage of fuel or dangerous load
tyre blow-outs
fire or explosion
engine failure
broken axle
bogged vehicle
load shifts
electrical failure,
breakdown
overturned vehicle
accident involving another vehicle
Emergency equipment may first aid kit
include: fire extinguishers
warning signs and indicators
mobile phone or radio
Depending on the type and extent identifying and following established
of the breakdown/emergency, the breakdown/emergency procedures
action to be taken to coordinate a evaluating the cause and effects of the
breakdown/emergency may breakdown/emergency
include:
coordinating emergency procedures and rendering
assistance and first aid if required
contacting and cooperating with relevant emergency
authorities as required
controlling traffic at the site of a breakdown or
emergency
taking appropriate action to secure the
breakdown/emergency situation
obtaining and recording information about the incident
reporting on breakdown/emergency situation in
accordance with regulatory and workplace requirements
Consultative processes may workplace personnel and management
include: designated breakdown/emergency officers
emergency services personnel including ambulance,
police, fire services, etc.


Information documents may workplace instructions and procedures concerning

include: breakdowns and emergencies
state/territory licence and permit requirements as they
relate to breakdowns/emergencies
goods/materials identification numbers and codes,
including IMDG markings and HAZCHEM signs
the Code of Practice for the Safe Transport of
dangerous goods, explosives and radioactive and other
class of vehicle involved
requirements
legislation
Code of Practice for the Safe Transport of Radioactive
Substances
state/territory legislation covering the safe handling of
infectious substances

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF1407C Develop and maintain a safe workplace

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to develop
and maintain a safe workplace, including providing and informing
personnel about OH&S legislation, codes and standards; planning
and implementing safety requirements in accordance with
regulations; monitoring, adjusting and reporting safety
performance; investigating and reporting non-conformance; and
evaluating the OH&S system and related policies, procedures and
programs. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
Application of the Unit Work involves discretion and judgement in developing and
maintaining a safe workplace.
Work is performed under minimum supervision with general
guidance on progress and outcomes of work. A range of
opportunities may be used to develop awareness and practice of
OH&S policies and procedures, to support the development of
OH&S and risk management systems, and to encourage the
achievement of the organisation's OH&S goals and related key
performance objectives.
Work generally involves responsibility for resource coordination
and allocation and provides leadership of others individually or in
teams.

1 Plan and implement 1.1 Health and safety risk assessments are made as part of all
safety requirements production planning exercises
1.2 Policy and procedures are developed to implement
requirements for a safe workplace
1.3 Work practices are planned with colleagues to ensure
compliance with workplace and environmental legislation and
standards
1.4 Safe operating procedures are documented and communicated
1.5 Work practices are implemented in accordance with
requirements specified in legislation and standards for safe
workplaces and environments
1.6 Effective induction and supervision is provided to support
colleagues in managing their organisational responsibilities
1.7 Purchasing policy for the provision of goods and services is
informed by OH&S considerations
2 Inform and train 2.1 Legislation, standards and the organisation's policies and
personnel on OH&S practices relevant to the creation and maintenance of a safe
legislation, codes and workplace and environment are made available to
standards individuals/teams
2.2 Arrangements are made to provide information in a language,
style and format which is understood by colleagues
2.3 An OH&S training program is developed and implemented to
identify and fulfil employees' OH&S training needs as part of
the workplace's general training program
2.4 Individuals/teams know their legal responsibility for
maintaining a safe workplace and environment
2.5 The implications of an unsafe workplace and environment are
clear to all within the workplace
3 Establish and maintain 3.1 Safety risks presented by identified hazards are correctly
procedures for assessed in accordance with OH&S legislation and codes of
assessing and practice
controlling safety risks 3.2 Activities are monitored to ensure that this procedure is
adopted effectively throughout the area of managerial
responsibility
3.3 Risk assessment is addressed at the planning, design and
evaluation stages of any change within the area of managerial
responsibility to ensure that the risk from hazards is not
increased
3.4 Measures to control assessed safety risks are developed and
implemented in accordance with the hierarchy of control,
relevant OH&S legislation, codes of practice and trends
identified from the OH&S records system
3.5 Activities are monitored to ensure that the risk control
procedure is adopted effectively throughout the area of
managerial responsibility
3.6 Risk control is addressed at the planning, design and
evaluation stages of any change within the area of managerial
responsibility to ensure that adequate risk control measures are
included
4 Monitor, adjust and 4.1 Hazards are identified, assessed and prioritised for action
report safety 4.2 Controls are selected to minimise risks to health and safety
performance 4.3 Waste recycling, reduction and disposal is carried out within
legislative and organisational requirements
4.4 Recommendations for improvements to meet legislation and
associated standards are submitted to designated
persons/groups
4.5 Individuals/teams are informed of improvements and
alterations to occupational health and safety procedures in the

workplace
4.6 Systems, records and reporting procedures are maintained
according to legislative requirements
5 Evaluate the 5.1 The effectiveness of the OH&S system and related policies,
occupational health procedures and programs is assessed according to the
and safety system and workplace's aims with respect to OH&S.
related policies, 5.2 Improvements to the OH&S system are developed and
procedures and implemented to ensure more effective achievement of the
programs workplace's organisation's aims with respect to OH&S policies
and objectives.
5.3 Inadequacies in existing risk control measures are identified in
accordance with the hierarchy of control, and resources
enabling implementation of new measures are sought and/or
provided according to appropriate procedures
6 Investigate and report 6.1 Compliance with OH&S legislation and codes of practice is
non-conformance assessed to ensure that legal OH&S standards are maintained
as a minimum
6.2 Non-conformance is investigated and dealt with according to
6.3 Colleagues are supported to acquire and apply competencies
to meet legislative requirements and the associated standards
6.4 Changes to operations and practices are implemented to
ensure that non-conformance is not repeated
7 Establish and maintain 7.1 A system for keeping OH&S records is established and
a system for OH&S monitored to allow identification of patterns of occupational
records injury and disease within the area of managerial responsibility,
including provision for relevant workplace OH&S reports to
be submitted to management

Required knowledge:
Relevant regulatory and code requirements
Relevant OH&S and environmental protection policies and procedures
Workplace protocols and procedures for the management of personal work priorities and
professional development
The systems of risk control recognising the significance of OH&S for effective workplace
operation
Workplace business policies and plans related to OH&S issues
The significance of other management systems and procedures for OH&S

Hazards and associated safety risks that exist in the workplace

The range of control measures available for these safety risks
Considerations for choosing between different control measures
How to identify when expert advice is needed
Elements of an effective OH&S management system
Principles of risk management
Appropriate links to other management systems, for example contractors, maintenance and
purchasing
The role of technical information and experts in designing hazard control measures,
monitoring systems and health surveillance procedures
The hierarchy of hazard and risk control measures
Arrangements for participation and consultation over OH&S
Incident and accident investigation arrangements
Training, coaching and mentoring approaches appropriate for use in OH&S training programs
Typical problems that can occur when managing OH&S systems and related action that can
be taken
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when establishing a safe workplace
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information, labels and signs relevant to
developing and maintaining a safe workplace
Complete documentation related to developing and maintaining a safe workplace
Work collaboratively with others when developing and maintaining a safe workplace
Analyse the working environment in order to identify hazards, assess safety risks and design
and implement appropriate OH&S management systems
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when developing and
maintaining a safe workplace in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Plan work activities, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements
environments
Select and appropriately apply technology, information systems and procedures to improve
OH&S compliance, information systems and reporting requirements
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
The workplace environment may single and multi-site location

involve twenty-four hour large, medium and/or small companies
operation and may include:
Services, products, risks, work potentially vary across different sections of the workplace
systems and requirements may:
Operations involve: internal and external customer/supplier contact and

coordination
Work priorities and professional directed at maximising achievement of the individual in
development are: accordance with the enterprises objectives and strategic
plans
Workplace hazards may include moving heavy loads in an unsafe work environment
but are not restricted to: unsecured machinery, components or repaired equipment
slippery floors
welding equipment
sharp tools and implements
power tools
moving and rotating machinery
flammable liquids, vapours and fuel
faulty machinery, handling equipment and lifting gear
using equipment beyond safe working limits
poor housekeeping procedures
non-compliance with safe working procedures
electrical wiring and systems, including exposed
electrical circuits
working at heights and in confined spaces
toxic gases and substances
chemicals and other harmful substances
damaged goods, pallets and containers

Training activities may include: attendance at formal education/training programs

completion of internal short training programs
attendances at relevant conferences, seminars and
workshops
reading of relevant journals and literature
coaching/mentoring on the job
workplace training projects
Consultative processes may OH&S specialists
involve: trainers
management
manufacturers representatives
supplier representatives
customers/clients
Depending on the type of company plans/procedures
organisation concerned and the enterprise plans/procedures
workplace plans/procedures may organisational plans/procedures
include: established plans/procedures

Information/documentation may workplace OH&S procedures and policies

include: workplace OH&S management system including
hazard/safety risk control strategies
OH&S training notes and materials
journals and work-related literature concerning OH&S
competency standards
customer/client instructions
customer service standards and procedures
workplace products and services information
national standards for services and operations
manufacturers/suppliers' specifications, advice,
recommended procedures, policies and instructions
relevant to business operations
regulations and policies relating to minimising risks to
the environment and ensuring compliance with OH&S
requirements
legislation may include: trading regulations relevant to business operations
including regulations and codes of practice relating to
hazards present in the workplace or industry, including:
and common law
requirements for the maintenance and
confidentiality of records of occupational
injury and disease
requirements for provision of OH&S
information and training
provisions relating to health and safety
representatives and/or OH&S committees
provisions relating to OH&S issue resolution
hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes
requirements

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF1707B Investigate rail safety incidents

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to investigate
safety incidents in accordance with regulatory and workplace
requirements, including planning the investigation, collecting and
analysing information, and preparing the safety incident report.
procedures and relevant regulatory and code requirements to the
investigation of safety incidents as part of work activities in the
rail transport and/or allied industries.

1 Plan the investigation 1.1 Clarification of the objectives of the incident investigation is
established in conjunction with relevant personnel, and in
accordance with workplace and regulatory requirements
1.2 Timeframes and locations for the investigation are established
in conjunction with relevant personnel
1.3 Resources required for the investigation are identified and
obtained within workplace guidelines
2 Collect and analyse 2.1 All relevant available incident information is obtained and
information collated in order to facilitate a detailed and accurate analysis
of the incident
2.2 Interviews are conducted with relevant personnel to establish
their recollection of events associated with the incident
2.3 Information is analysed in accordance with the established
objectives of the investigation, based on approved conditions,
applicable standards and operational guidelines
2.4 Options for action are generated which are consistent with
workplace and/or statutory requirements and lead to
recommendations which reduce future risk
2.5 Criteria are specified to enable objective evaluation of the
options to be undertaken
3 Prepare report 3.1 Conclusions are drawn and recommendations are made which
will enable a satisfactory resolution of the incident issues, and
meet workplace and any other statutory requirement.
3.2 Opportunities to enhance operational efficiency and safety
procedures are documented in accordance with the standard
reporting guidelines
3.3 Documentation is filed and distributed to all relevant parties
for consideration and subsequent action

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures and policies for the investigation of safety incidents
the investigation of safety incidents
Problems that may occur when investigating safety incidents and appropriate action that can
Data collection and analysis techniques required when investigating safety incidents
Documentation and reporting requirements for the investigation of safety incidents
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when investigating safety incidents
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the investigation of
safety incidents
Conduct interviews and take statements
Negotiate, communicate and liaise effectively with others
Prepare reports and recommendations
Complete documentation related to the investigation of safety incidents
Work collaboratively with others when investigating safety incidents
Promptly report and/or rectify any problems identified when investigating safety incidents in
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may arise when investigating
safety incidents
exist during the investigation of safety incidents
environments
Select and use relevant computer, communication and office equipment required when
investigating safety incidents
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Resources required for the personnel time
investigation may include: access to incident site
access to equipment including rolling stock and
infrastructure

Incident information may be incident reports

obtained from: dangerous goods manifest
safeworking forms
consist forms
wagon cards
train journals or train register books transport instructions
inspection reports-routine circulars
interviews with those involved in the incident -f.
interviews with witnesses
Depending on the context of the the relevant state/territory OH&S regulations
safety incident concerned, the the relevant state/territory codes of practice for
applicable regulatory/code safeworking
requirements may include:
Network
movements of equipment, goods, materials, trains and
vehicular traffic
Consultative processes may other employees, supervisors and managers
involve: affected customers
fax
email
internet
RF systems



safety glasses
two-way radios
guidelines
workplace procedures and policies for the investigation
of safety incidents
hazardous substances, including the ADG Code and
Railways of Australia Code of Practices and Conditions
documentation
award, enterprise bargaining agreement, and other
requirements


guidelines
Code of Practice for the Defined Interstate Rail Network
in situations where safety incidents occur on that network
Codes
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIF1807B Operate firefighting equipment

and check firefighting equipment in accordance with
manufacturers instructions and workplace emergency procedures,
including identifying and selecting the appropriate equipment,
using the firefighting equipment to fight a fire, and checking that
the firefighting equipment is operational. Licensing, legislative,
practice, regulations and workplace requirements concerning the
operation and checking of firefighting equipment.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the operation and
maintenance of firefighting equipment as part of work activities in
the transport, distribution and/or allied industries.

1 Check firefighting 1.1 Firefighting equipment is checked for serviceability as per
equipment manufacturers specifications and regulatory requirements
1.2 Non-functioning equipment or equipment which is past its
service date is identified and reported to designated personnel
for replacement or service
2 Use firefighting 2.1 Equipment and personal safety equipment used for fighting
equipment fires are correctly selected for type of fire in accordance with
2.2 Fire is controlled using firefighting equipment according to
manufacturers instructions and workplace emergency
procedures
2.3 Equipment is stored safely according to manufacturers

Required knowledge:

Australian codes of practice, regulations and safeworking systems relevant to the use and
checking of firefighting equipment
Workplace procedures and policies for the use and checking of firefighting equipment
The chemistry of fire, the effects of different types of material in a fire and the principles
underlying the spread of fire and its extinguishment
The different classes of fire, their characteristics and strategies and equipment needed for their
extinguishment
Types of firefighting appliances, equipment and systems, their identifying features, principles
of operation and the procedures for their use and basic checking of serviceability
Fixed fire prevention and extinguishing installations and their principles of operation
Firefighting techniques, agents and precautions applicable to different classes of fire
Typical problems that can occur with firefighting equipment and operations and appropriate
action and solutions
Manufacturers instructions for the checking of firefighting equipment
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when fighting fires using firefighting equipment
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, regulations, signs and labels relevant to the use of
firefighting equipment and apply them to work activities
Work safely and collaboratively with others when fighting fires using firefighting equipment
when using firefighting equipment in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when using
firefighting equipment
Modify firefighting activities and take appropriate initiatives depending on limits of
responsibility, differing workplace contexts, risk situations and environments
Identify and correctly select, use and carry out basic checks on firefighting equipment
relevant to own work functions
Operate and adapt to differences in firefighting equipment and emergency procedures in the
workplace
Monitor performance of firefighting equipment and take appropriate action is required
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
Types of fires which may occur Classes A, B, C and F in the standard classification of
include: fires
Firefighting equipment, portable fire extinguishers including foam, water, CO2,

appliances and systems may dry chemical and wet foam
include: sprinkler systems
fire hoses and hydrants
fire blankets
live electrical circuits
movements of equipment, goods, materials, trains and
vehicular traffic
involve: current and potential customers
suppliers, customers and clients


fax
email
internet
RF systems
Dependent of the type of standard operating procedures
organisation concerned and the company procedures
workplace procedures may enterprise procedures
include: organisational procedures
safety glasses
two-way radios
protective clothing
Information documents may workplace fire emergency procedures and policies
include: relevant OH&S and environmental protection regulations
codes of practice and regulations relevant to fire
emergencies, including safeworking regulations and local
authority regulations and procedures
Australian regulations and codes of practice for the
transport of dangerous goods and hazardous substances
documentation
manufacturers specifications for firefighting equipment
electrified territory regulations
goods manifest
requirements
Applicable regulations and relevant codes, regulations and safeworking systems for
legislation may include: the use and checking of firefighting equipment
Network in situations where fire emergencies occur on
that network
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIF1907B Ensure a safe on-board passenger and working environment
TLIF1907B Ensure a safe on-board passenger and working

environment
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to ensure a
safe on-board passenger and working environment in accordance
with OH&S regulatory and workplace requirements, including
performing checks and inspections; rectifying and reporting work
hazards and non-compliances; and completing all required
requirements and relevant OH&S regulations.
team environment.
workplace procedures to ensure a safe on-board passenger and
working environment during work activities in the transport and
allied industries.

1 Perform checks and 1.1 All non-compliances are identified in accordance with OH&S
inspections procedures and statutory requirements
1.2 Actual and potential hazards are accurately identified
2 Rectify and report 2.1 Hazards and non-compliances are reported in accordance with
work hazards and non- workplace instructions
compliances 2.2 Appropriate action to minimise or eliminate identified hazards
is taken in accordance with workplace procedures and OH&S
regulations
3 Complete 3.1 Records, reports and other documentation concerning

documentation inspections, identified safety hazards and action taken are
completed in accordance with workplace and OH&S

Required knowledge:
Regulations and codes of practice relevant to work activities including the Australian
Dangerous Goods Code
Workplace procedures and policies related to ensuring a safe workplace
The location of safety equipment and procedures for its use
Manual handling procedures
First aid procedures
Personal protective equipment and procedures for its use
Equipment, and materials used during work activities and precautions and procedures that
should be followed in their use
Hazards that may occur in the workplace and action that can be taken to control and minimise
the risks involved
Communication and negotiation requirements
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when taking action to ensure a safe on-board passenger
and working environment
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to ensuring a safe
on-board passenger and working environment
Complete documentation related to ensuring a safe on-board passenger and working
environment
Write and prepare safety incident reports and other documents required within workplace
activities
Work collaboratively with others when taking action to ensure a safe on-board passenger and
working environment
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when taking action to
ensure a safe on-board passenger and working environment in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when taking action
to ensure a safe on-board passenger and working environment
environments
Select and safely use relevant equipment and materials during work activities
procedures
Make appropriate judgements regarding the relative urgency of hazard reports
Use correct manual handling procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night
Work is carried out in accordance relevant codes of practice
with: OH&S regulatory requirements
Work may be carried out in an sleeping cars
range of long-distance passenger sit-up cars
vehicles including:
dining cars
lounge and/or entertainment cars
brake vans and staff cars
Hazards may include: slippery floors
broken glass
self-closing doors
hot food and beverages
faulty equipment
moving trains and vehicles
contaminated or spoilt food or beverages
stairways
sudden and unexpected movement
infectious and contagious diseases
sharp objects
syringes and drugs
human and biological waste


involve: other workplace personnel
supervisors and managers
may include: fax
email/internet
radio

include: work instructions, job description and induction materials
manufacturers instructions for the use of equipment and
materials
relevant codes of practice and regulations
Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations pertaining to workplace
legislation may include: activities
legislation
relevant state/territory health and hygiene legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF2007B Manage emergencies

emergencies in accordance with regulatory requirements, relevant
codes of practice and workplace procedures, including identifying
and responding to emergency situations, arranging follow-on
support and assistance, and communicating with staff in
accordance with workplace procedures and relevant code
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in compliance with the relevant codes,
safeworking systems, regulations and workplace requirements
concerning the management of emergencies.
procedures and regulatory requirements to the management of
emergencies as part of work activities in the transport, distribution
and/or allied industries.

1 Respond to emergency 1.1 Emergency and potential emergency situations are promptly
situations identified and assessed and needs are prioritised in accordance
with the workplace emergency response plan/procedures
1.2 Situations are handled appropriately following emergency
1.3 Incident reports are completed accurately in accordance with
regulatory and workplace procedures
2 Take required action 2.1 Responsibilities are fulfilled in accordance with the workplace
during an emergency emergency response plan and code/regulatory requirements
2.2 Assistance is provided to other staff in conducting an initial
survey of the scene of an emergency
2.3 Assistance is provided in controlling the site both prior to and
following arrival of emergency services
2.4 Directions of the controlling emergency authority are followed
and all possible assistance is provided in response to those
directions
3 Arrange follow-on 3.1 Medical assistance and support is arranged as required in

support and assistance accordance with workplace procedures
3.2 First aid is provided pending the arrival of medical assistance

within limits of responsibility and competence in accordance
4 Communicate with 4.1 Staff and customers are provided with relevant, appropriate
staff and timely advice on emergency situations and instructions to
be followed on an ongoing basis
4.2 Evacuation procedures for staff/customers are demonstrated
and explained in accordance with workplace procedures
4.3 Customer service and safety needs arising from emergency
situations are identified and acted upon in accordance with

Required knowledge:
Australian codes of practice, regulations and safeworking systems relevant to the management
of emergencies, including the Australian Dangerous Goods Code and any applicable
legislated rail safety requirements including acts and regulations from each state and territory
together with any nationally approved compliance codes and/or guidelines
Workplace procedures and policies for the management of emergencies, including the
elements of an emergency response plan and first aid procedures where applicable
the management of emergencies
Problems that may occur when managing emergencies and appropriate action that can be
Documentation and reporting requirements for the management of emergencies
Hazards that may occur in transport and allied industries that can lead to emergency
situations, and related hazard control strategies, including: handling hot food and equipment;
sudden and unexpected movement; infectious and contagious diseases; self-closing doors;
sharp objects; syringes and drugs; contact with human and biological waste; fire and
explosion; collision; derailment of trains; handling, storage and carriage of dangerous goods
and other hazardous substances; and the handling, storage and carriage of explosives
Data collection and analysis techniques required when managing emergencies
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when managing emergency situations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the management
of emergency situations
Conduct interviews and take statements
Complete documentation related to the management of emergency situations
Prepare reports and recommendations

Work collaboratively with others when managing emergency situations
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when managing
emergency situations in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated developments that may occur when managing
emergency situations
Follow emergency response plan and procedures
exist during emergency situations
environments
Select and use relevant computer/communication/office equipment required when managing
emergencies
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions

Emergency situations may chemical spills

include: fires
bomb threats
derailments
customer emergency
traffic
involve: affected customers
fax
email
internet
RF systems

safety glasses
two-way radios

Information/documents may relevant regulatory and/or code requirements for the

include: management of emergencies
workplace procedures and policies for the management of
emergencies including emergency response plan where
applicable
hazardous substances, including the ADG Code and
documentation including first aid manual
requirements
legislation may include: safeworking system requirements for management of
emergencies
Network in situations where emergencies occur on that
network
Codes

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF207C Conduct housekeeping activities

housekeeping activities in the workplace, including identifying
required housekeeping requirements, procedures and resources for
different areas of the workplace, monitoring and maintaining
cleanliness and tidiness in the workplace, and completing assigned
housekeeping tasks. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
housekeeping procedures.
team environment. It involves the application of the basic safety
principles to the completion of housekeeping tasks as part of
workplace operations.

1 Identify the 1.1 Workplace procedures for housekeeping are identified
housekeeping 1.2 Equipment and consumables are selected in accordance with
requirements work area requirements
procedures, and 1.3 Specific requirements for housekeeping activities in different
resources of different parts of the employees' work area are identified and followed
areas of the workplace
1.4 Requirements for the minor disassembly/reassembly of
storage zones are identified (where applicable)
2 Monitor and maintain 2.1 Initiative is used to continuously monitor the cleanliness and
cleanliness and tidiness tidiness of the worksites used by the employees
in the workplace 2.2 Housekeeping issues are raised with designated personnel in
2.3 Housekeeping equipment and supplies are maintained and
stored
3 Complete assigned 3.1 Assigned housekeeping duties are conducted following

housekeeping duties workplace procedures and ensuring that waste is removed
3.2 Maintenance requirements of any damaged items are notified
to appropriate personnel
3.3 Minor disassembly/reassembly of storage zones is conducted
within enterprise policies and procedures

3.4 Schedules and records for housekeeping duties are maintained

3.5 Work areas are checked and meet required workplace
standards
3.6 Work is carried out following enterprise practices and safe
work procedures

Required knowledge:
Relevant OH&S procedures and guidelines concerning housekeeping operations
Workplace procedures and policies for the carrying out housekeeping tasks in the workplace
Risks when carrying out housekeeping tasks and related precautions to control the risk
Housekeeping standards required in the workplace
Application of relevant industrial regulations and requirements
Servicing procedures for housekeeping equipment
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when carrying out housekeeping tasks
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to housekeeping
activities in the workplace
Complete documentation related to housekeeping in the workplace
Work collaboratively with others when carrying out housekeeping tasks
Promptly report and/or rectify any problems, faults or malfunctions identified when carrying
out housekeeping tasks in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
exist during housekeeping activities
environments
procedures
Monitor condition and performance of housekeeping tools and equipment
Service housekeeping tools and equipment in terms of servicing schedule and standard
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
The housekeeping tasks may be in a range of work environments

Work may be conducted in: tight or restricted spaces

exposed conditions
Housekeeping duties may cleaning
include: returning goods or equipment to storage
repacking
waste removal
maintenance
contractors
Depending on workplace context, gloves

personal protective equipment safety headwear and footwear
may include:
safety glasses
two-way radios

Information/documents may OH&S and environmental protection regulations

include: workplace housekeeping procedures and policies
spaces
documentation
arrangements
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF2107B Respond to train-driving emergencies and abnormal situations
TLIF2107B Respond to train-driving emergencies and

abnormal situations
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to respond to
emergencies and abnormal situations when driving a train in
accordance with regulatory requirements, relevant codes of
practice and workplace procedures, including identifying and
responding to emergency situations and abnormal situations;
arranging follow-on support and assistance; and communicating
with staff in accordance with workplace procedures and relevant
safeworking code requirements. Licensing, legislative, regulatory
procedures and regulatory requirements when responding to train-
driving emergencies and abnormal situations as part of work
activities in a range of contexts across the Australian rail system.

1 Identify emergency or 1.1 Emergency, potential emergency or abnormal train-driving
abnormal situation situation is promptly identified and assessed and needs are
prioritised in accordance with the workplace emergency
response plan/procedures
1.2 Implications of the emergency, potential emergency or
abnormal train-driving situation are evaluated in accordance
with workplace requirements
1.3 Options for reporting the situation and/or taking action are
considered in accordance with workplace procedures and
1.4 Relevant personnel are alerted to the emergency, potential
emergency or abnormal situation as required within workplace
operating and emergency procedures and plans
1.5 Communications are maintained with relevant personnel to
determine appropriate course of action

2 Respond to emergency 2.1 Response to emergency, potential emergency or abnormal

or abnormal situations situation is in accordance with workplace procedures, received
instructions, regulatory requirements and emergency response
plan where relevant
2.2 Safety incidents and emergencies are handled appropriately in
accordance with established response plan and within limits of
responsibility and duty of care
2.3 Responsibilities are fulfilled in accordance with the workplace
emergency response plan and code/regulatory requirements
2.5 In the case of an emergency, assistance is provided to other
staff and emergency service personnel conducting an initial
survey of the scene
directions
3 Arrange follow-on 3.1 In the case of accidents or illnesses, medical assistance and
support and assistance support is arranged as required in accordance with workplace
procedures
4 Communicate with 4.1 Staff and passengers are provided with relevant, appropriate
staff and passengers and timely advice on abnormal and emergency situations
4.2 Instructions are provided to relevant personnel and/or
passengers in accordance with workplace procedures and
consistent with the nature of the abnormal situation or
emergency
4.3 Where applicable, evacuation procedures for personnel and/or
customers are explained and/or demonstrated in accordance
4.4 Customer service and safety needs arising from abnormal
situations and emergency situations are identified and acted
upon in accordance with regulatory and workplace
requirements

Required knowledge:

Workplace procedures and policies for identifying and responding to train-driving abnormal
situations and emergencies
when responding to train-driving abnormal situations and emergencies
Problems that may occur when responding to train-driving abnormal situations and
emergencies and action that can be taken to resolve the problems
Relevant documentation and reporting requirements
situations, and related hazard control strategies
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when responding to train-driving abnormal situations
and emergencies
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to train-driving
abnormal situations and emergencies
Complete documentation and reports related to train-driving abnormal situations and
emergencies
Work collaboratively with others when responding to train-driving abnormal situations and
emergencies
responding to train-driving abnormal situations and emergencies in accordance with
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated developments when responding to train-
driving abnormal situations and emergencies
Identify hazards and abnormal situations related to train operations and take appropriate
action
environments
Select and use relevant communications and other equipment required when identifying and
responding to train-driving abnormal situations and emergencies


procedures
Provide first aid within limits of responsibility and competence
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Trains may be: passenger or freight trains operated over tracks owned
and maintained by different organisations
by day or night
Emergency situations may suicide on the track
include but are not limited to: derailments
collision
customer emergency
chemical spills
fire and explosion
bomb threats
Abnormal situations may include technology failure
but are not limited to: wheel slip and uncontrolled slide
signals in stop mode
assault on passengers or personnel
brawls between passengers
false alarm
track obstructions
illness

Hazards that may occur in rail handling of hot food and equipment
transport that can lead to sudden and unexpected movement
emergency situations may
include but are not limited to: infectious and contagious diseases
self-closing doors
sharp objects
syringes and drugs
contact with human and biological waste
faulty or out of specification track
faulty rolling stock or motive power units
handling, storage and carriage of dangerous goods and
other hazardous substances
handling, storage and carriage of explosives
train examiners
signals staff
passengers
station staff
involve: emergency services
affected customers
fax
email
internet
RF systems

Emergency services may include: fire brigade

police
ambulance
medical services
rescue services
security services
safety glasses
two-way radios


guidelines
abnormal situations and emergencies, including the
relevant emergency response plan where applicable
hazardous substances, including the ADG Code
agent/supplier/customer instructions and advice in the
case of freight
manifests, goods identification numbers and codes,
including ADG and IMDG markings and HAZCHEM
signs
requirements
train timetables and schedules
quality assurance and customer service standards and
procedures including passenger comfort and on-time
running standards
communication equipment procedures and protocols
specifications


guidelines
Network in situations where emergencies occur on that
network
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or


workplace

TLIF2207C Implement/monitor procedures when warehousing/storing dangerous goods and/or hazardous substances
TLIF2207C Implement/monitor procedures when

warehousing/storing dangerous goods and/or
and monitor OH&S policies, safe work procedures and programs
for the warehousing or storage of dangerous goods and or
hazardous substances in accordance with regulatory requirements.
This includes accessing and providing information; implementing
and monitoring procedures for identifying and assessing hazards;
and implementing and monitoring procedures for controlling risks.
Application of the Unit This unit covers anyone working in the transport, warehousing,
distribution and storage industries who may be involved in storing
dangerous goods and/or hazardous substances.
Work must be carried out in compliance with all relevant OH&S
regulations concerning the safe handling and storage of dangerous
goods and hazardous substances.
application of the codes of practice and established procedures for
implementing and monitoring safe procedures when
warehousing/storing dangerous goods and or hazardous
substances.

1 Access/provide 1.1 Legislative requirements for hazardous substances and/or
information on dangerous goods are identified, stored and retrieved as
legislative required
requirements, 1.2 Information on workplace occupational health and safety
workplace policies and policies and safe work procedures relating to the storage of
procedures hazardous substances and/or dangerous goods is stored in a
readily accessible location and manner
1.3 Information on legislative requirements, workplace policies
and safe work procedures relating to the storage of hazardous
substances and/or dangerous goods is accurately and clearly
explained to the work group
1.4 Information on the outcome of hazard identification, risk
assessment and application of control measures is accurately
and clearly explained to the work group
2 Implement and 2.1 Dangerous goods and/or hazardous substances are identified
monitor procedures for from information provided, including class labels, manifests,
identifying and material safety data sheets and other documentation
assessing hazards 2.2 Confirmation is sought from relevant personnel where
potentially hazardous substances or dangerous goods do not
appear to be appropriately marked
2.3 Risks associated with the storage of identified hazardous
substances or dangerous goods are assessed, reported/recorded
in accordance with workplace policy
3 Implement and 3.1 Established risk control measures for the safe storage of
monitor procedures for hazardous substances and/or dangerous goods are
controlling risks implemented, monitored and reviewed in accordance with
3.2 Work procedures to control risks are implemented
3.3 Adherence to risk control procedures by the work group is
monitored in accordance with workplace procedures
3.4 Required improvements to existing risk control measures are
identified, including required resources for implementation,
3.5 Procedures for monitoring and controlling risks provide for a
hierarchy of risk control

Required knowledge:
Relevant regulations and codes concerning the storage of dangerous goods and hazardous
substances
Permit and licence requirements
Workplace procedures for handling and storing dangerous goods and hazardous substances
Risks when storing dangerous goods and hazardous substances and related precautions to
control the risk
Problems that may occur when storing or warehousing dangerous goods and hazardous
substances and action that can be taken to resolve the problems
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when storing or warehousing dangerous goods and

Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the storing or
warehousing of dangerous goods and hazardous substances
Identify containers and goods coding, markings, labels and, where applicable, emergency
information panels for the mode of transport/storage selected
Complete documentation related to the storing or warehousing of dangerous goods and
Work collaboratively with others when storing or warehousing dangerous goods and
when storing or warehousing dangerous goods and hazardous substances in accordance with
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when storing or
warehousing dangerous goods and hazardous substances
exist during the storing or warehousing of dangerous goods and hazardous substances
environments
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
The dangerous goods may be for short-term storage

stored in a range of work for long-term storage
environments by day or night and
may be: in transit
Workplace environment may movement of equipment

include: movement of goods


incident/accident procedures
hours of operations
noise restrictions
segmentation procedures
emergency procedures, including response to
spillage/leaks, evacuation and firefighting
service lines
fire or ignition
dust/vapours
representatives of regulatory authorities with jurisdiction
over OH&S, dangerous goods and hazardous substances
contractors

Identification of goods may be: from material safety data sheets

packaging labels
manifests
stock lists

safety glasses
mask and respirator
protective clothing
breathing apparatus
include: manifests, stock lists, packaging labels, bar codes
goods and container identification
workplace procedures and policies concerning the storage
relevant legislation, codes, regulations and related
documentation concerning the storage of dangerous
arrangements
emergency procedures pertaining to dangerous goods and

Applicable regulations and relevant Australian and state/territory regulations relating

legislation may include: to the storage of dangerous goods and hazardous
substances
practice for the storage and transport of dangerous goods
and hazardous substances, including:
current Australian and International
Code
current Australian and International
Explosives Codes
all relevant Australian Standards
equal employment and affirmative action legislation
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

identifying dangerous goods/hazardous
substances (from labels, IMDG markings,
HAZCHEM signs and other relevant
identification criteria)
safely storing dangerous goods/hazardous
substances
identifying job and site hazards and planning
work to minimise risks
identifying any special requirements for the
dangerous goods/hazardous substances
assessing the handling and storage
precautions and requirements for dangerous
goods/hazardous substances

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF307C Implement and monitor OH&S procedures

and monitor OH&S procedures, including accessing information
about OH&S and the workplace policies and procedures,
implementing and monitoring procedures for identifying and
assessing hazards, implementing and monitoring/auditing
procedures for controlling risks, planning and supervising
housekeeping arrangements, and implementing and monitoring
procedures for dealing with hazardous events. Licensing,
to this unit.
team environment. It involves the implementation and monitoring
of established OH&S and hazard minimisation policies and
procedures in workplace activities.

1 Access information 1.1 Relevant provisions of occupational health and safety
about OH&S and the legislation and codes of practice are accurately followed
workplace policies and 1.2 Information on workplace occupational health and safety
procedures policies, procedures and programs is stored in a readily
accessible location and manner
1.3 Information is accurately and clearly explained to the work
team
1.4 Information about the outcomes of risk identification and
control procedures is provided to appropriate personnel
2 Implement and 2.1 Existing and potential hazards in the work area are identified
monitor procedures for and reported
identifying and 2.2 Identified hazards are assessed in relation to relative risk
assessing hazards 2.3 Appropriate action is initiated to minimise and control the
risks/hazards
3 Implement and 3.1 Existing risk control measures are implemented, monitored
monitor procedures for and reviewed
controlling risks 3.2 Work procedures to control risks are implemented and
adherence to them by the work group is monitored

3.3 Required improvements to existing risk control measures are
identified, including required resources for implementation,
3.4 Procedures for monitoring and controlling risks provide for a
hierarchy of control
4 Plan and supervise 4.1 Housekeeping tasks are identified and incorporated in
housekeeping enterprise work roles
arrangements 4.2 Housekeeping equipment is maintained
4.3 Team members are allocated housekeeping tasks and
supervised
4.4 Housekeeping procedures and practices are planned to
conform with environmental and occupational health and
safety requirements
5 Implement and 5.1 Workplace procedures for dealing with hazardous events are
monitor procedures for implemented whenever necessary to ensure that prompt
dealing with hazardous control action is taken
events 5.2 Hazardous events are investigated to identify causes
5.3 Control measures are implemented to prevent recurrence and
minimise risks of hazardous events or issues and are referred
to designated personnel for implementation

Required knowledge:
control the risk
Reporting procedures in regard to unsafe situations, fire hazards, broken or damaged
equipment or fittings, sickness and accidents
Location and use of safety alarms, manifests, emergency shut-off systems, emergency
Signs and signals used for OH&S warnings
Terms used in material safety data sheets
HAZCHEM symbols and implications for safe work and storage
Procedures for the storage and use of hazardous substances
Procedures for the storage and use of flammable materials
Manual and mechanically assisted lifting and load shifting procedures
Transport requirements for goods within workplace
Emergency and evacuation procedures


Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when implementing and monitoring compliance with
OH&S procedure and policies
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the
implementation and monitoring of compliance with OH&S procedure and policies
Identify containers and goods coding, ADG and IMDG markings and, where applicable,
Complete documentation related to the implementation and monitoring of compliance with
Work collaboratively with others when implementing and monitoring compliance with
when implementing and monitoring compliance with OH&S procedure and policies in
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when implementing
and monitoring compliance with OH&S procedure and policies
Ensure that precautions and required action are taken to minimise, control or eliminate
environments
procedures
standards

RANGE STATEMENT
The implementation and in a range of work environments

monitoring of OH&S within by day or night
work operations may be
conducted:

exposed conditions
Workplace hazards may include: chemicals and other harmful substances
movements of equipment, goods, vehicles
toxic substances
damaged packing material and containers
broken and damaged equipment
inflammable materials and fire hazards
lifting practices
extremes in weather conditions
lighting levels
floor surfaces
water hazards
traffic flows, vehicle and equipment operation
dangerous storage areas
violent incidents such as armed robberies

Responsibilities in the provision of OH&S information to staff

implementation/monitoring of consultation and participation in meetings on OH&S
OH&S may include: matters
emergency procedures and response
housekeeping
identifying and minimising workplace hazards
assessing and controlling OH&S risks
OH&S training and assessment
use of personal protective equipment
keeping of OH&S records
reporting of OH&S issues and incidents
resolution of OH&S issues
checking work area and/or equipment before and during
work
participation in OH&S audits and workplace inspections
Controlling OH&S risks may measures to remove the cause of a risk at its source
include consultation with workers and their representatives
application of the hierarchy of control, namely:
elimination of the risk
engineering controls
administrative controls
Procedures for dealing with evacuation
hazardous events may include: chemical containment
first aid
accident/safety incident reporting and investigation.
OH&S training may include: induction training
specific hazard training
specific task or equipment training
emergency and evacuation training
training as part of broader programs, for example
equipment operation

OH&S records may include: OH&S audits and inspection reports

health surveillance and workplace environmental
monitoring records
records of instruction and training
manufacturers and suppliers information, including
material safety data sheets and dangerous goods storage
lists
hazardous substances registers
maintenance and testing reports
workers compensation and rehabilitation records
first aid/medical post records.
Personnel in the work area may workplace personnel and management
OH&S specialists
contractors
official OH&S representatives
safety glasses
two-way radios
Participative arrangements may formal and informal meetings which deal with OH&S
include: issues
workplace OH&S committees
other committees, for example, consultative, planning
and purchasing
OH&S representatives
suggestions, requests, reports and concerns put forward
by staff
Designated personnel may workplace personnel
include: supervisors
team leaders
management
occupational health and safety personnel
other persons authorised or nominated by the
organisation


Information/documents may OH&S regulations, responsibilities and obligations

include: workplace OH&S procedures and policies
spaces
documentation
arrangements
Applicable regulations and relevant state/territory OH&S legislation and safety
legislation may include: codes, including manual handling, noise, confined spaces,
smoking, workplace ergonomics, etc.
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF407C Organise OH&S procedures in the workplace

OH&S procedures in the workplace, including interpreting and
applying information about OH&S policies and procedures and
duty of care responsibilities, identifying and assessing hazards and
risks in the workplace, negotiating to control workplace hazards
and risks, resolving complaints about OH&S, and instituting
appropriate risk management strategies. Licensing, legislative,
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in accordance with OH&S
codes/regulations and workplace requirements.
supervision.
Work involves the application of OH&S regulatory requirements
and workplace procedures to the organisation of OH&S
procedures in the workplace in the stevedoring, transport,

1 Use information about 1.1 Relevant provisions of OH&S legislation and codes of
OH&S policies and practice are accurately followed
procedures 1.2 Workplace OH&S policies, procedures and programs are
promoted to employees in the relevant workgroup
1.3 Implications of risks and requirements for safe work are
accurately and clearly explained to the work group
1.4 Information about the outcomes of risk identification and
control procedures is used in the design/redesign of work
procedures
2 Identify and assess 2.1 Existing and potential hazards in the work area are identified
hazards through audit, monitoring of processes, equipment and
products used, and in response to employee complaints and
questions
2.2 Identified hazards are assessed in relation to relative risk and
impact on workplace operations and employee health, safety
and welfare
2.3 Priorities for hazard resolution are established and reported to
3 Negotiate to control 3.1 Existing risk control measures are implemented, monitored
risks and resolve and possible improvements identified
complaints about 3.2 Required improvements to existing risk control measures are
OH&S implemented and identified
3.3 Required resources for implementation are established and
reported to appropriate personnel
3.4 Negotiations with management and employees to revise work
procedures are conducted within workplace issue resolution
procedures
4 Institute risk 4.1 Workplace procedures for hazard, accident and incident
management strategies reporting are used
4.2 Cooperative working relationships with other employees and
external authorities involved in OH&S procedures are
established and maintained
4.3 Legislative provisions for improvement notices and
inspections are followed

Required knowledge:
Relevant regulatory and code requirements
Workplace protocols and procedures for the management of personal work priorities and
professional development
The systems of risk control recognising the significance of OH&S for effective workplace
operation
The significance of other management systems and procedures for OH&S
Hazards and associated safety risks that exist in the workplace, including: the range of control
measures available for safety risks; considerations for choosing between different control
measures; and how to identify when expert advice is needed
Principles and practices of effective OH&S organisation, including: elements of an effective
OH&S system; hazard control and risk management; the hierarchy of hazard and risk control
measures; arrangements for participation and consultation over OH&S; and incident and
accident investigation arrangements
Training, coaching and mentoring approaches appropriate for use in OH&S training programs
Typical problems that can occur when organising OH&S procedures and related action that
can be taken
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when organising OH&S procedures in the workplace

Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the organisation
of OH&S procedures in the workplace
Negotiate and resolve issues related to the organisation of OH&S procedures in the workplace
Complete documentation related to the organisation of OH&S procedures in the workplace
Provide leadership and work collaboratively with others when organising OH&S procedures
in the workplace
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when organising OH&S
procedures in the workplace in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when organising
OH&S procedures in the workplace
Develop policies for precautions and required action to minimise, control or eliminate hazards
that may exist during work activities
Plan work activities, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements
environments
Ensure the application of fatigue management knowledge and techniques in the workplace
and implement appropriate OH&S management systems
Select and appropriately apply technology, information systems and policies to organise
OH&S compliance and reporting procedures
Ensure the systematic use of required personal protective equipment conforming to industry
and OH&S standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night


exposed conditions
wet or dry surfaces
slippery floors
welding equipment
power tools
faulty machinery equipment handling equipment and
lifting gear
electrical circuits
involve: trainers
management
customers/clients
Information/documentation may workplace OH&S procedures and policies

journals and work related literature concerning OH&S
requirements
legislation may include: hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes
and common law
injury and disease
requirements

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF5807B Apply safeworking rules and regulations to rail functions
TLIF5807B Apply safeworking rules and regulations to

rail functions
applicable safeworking rules and regulations to rail functions
carried out on rail networks, including the correct use of
communication protocols; interpreting and responding to radio,
hand signal and light commands; interpreting and following
relevant safeworking rules and protocols; and taking appropriate
action in the event of safety incidents, unsafe situations or
emergencies. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
Application of the Unit Work is performed under established procedures, with
the prescribed outcomes within the limits of responsibility of the
worker concerned.
It involves the application of the relevant principles, protocols,
rules and requirements of the applicable legislated rail safety
requirements including acts and regulations from each state and
territory together with any nationally approved compliance codes
and/or guidelines to the work activities of the rail occupation
concerned.

1 Apply safeworking 1.1 Relevant rules for the applicable safeworking system are
rules and regulations followed when carrying out activities as part of rail operation
1.2 All work activities are conducted in compliance with the
relevant state/territory safeworking regulations pertaining to
the activities concerned
2 Apply communication 2.1 Communication protocols are followed in accordance with the
protocols applicable safeworking system requirements
2.2 Appropriate records of communications are maintained as
required within the applicable safeworking system rules and
regulations
3 Use and interpret 3.1 The applicable safeworking system rules and regulations are
radio, hand, light and applied in the use and interpretation of radio, hand, light and
flag commands flag commands
3.2 Hand signals are only used in conditions of good visibility

3.3 Any command not clearly understood is regarded as a 'STOP'
command in accordance with applicable safeworking system
rules and regulations
4 Follow safeworking 4.1 Where applicable, relevant protocols are followed as specified
protocols in the applicable safeworking system rules and regulations
4.2 Appropriate records and documentation pertinent to
safeworking protocols are completed in accordance with the
requirements of the applicable safeworking system rules and
regulations
5 Take action in the 5.1 Unsafe situations are identified in accordance with the
event of unsafe requirements of the applicable safeworking system rules and
situations or regulations
emergencies 5.2 Where a safety incident or unsafe situation has been identified,
appropriate action is taken to report and/or control the incident
or situation in accordance with the limits of responsibility of
the worker concerned and the requirements of the applicable
safeworking system rules and regulations
5.3 In the event of an emergency, appropriate action is taken to
report and/or control the emergency in accordance with the
limits of responsibility of the worker concerned and the
requirements and specifications of the applicable safeworking
system rules and regulations
5.4 Appropriate records and documentation of an identified unsafe
situation, an emergency, or a safety incident are maintained in
accordance with the requirements of the applicable
safeworking system rules and regulations

Required knowledge:
General understanding of systems and occupancy authorities
An overview of system requirements
An understanding of safeworking system types
An awareness of system limitations
A basic understanding of the applicable safeworking system
An understanding of route integrity requirements including: general requirements, position of
points and route occupancy requirements
Communication protocols as they relate to the functions of the occupation concerned
Safeworking rules and protocols as they relate to the functions of the occupation concerned
Rail terminology as defined in the applicable safeworking system
Action to be taken in the event of safety incidents, identified unsafe situations and
emergencies within the limits of responsibility the occupation concerned
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when applying safeworking rules and regulations to rail
functions
Read and interpret relevant rules, regulations and instructions applicable to the rail operations
concerned
Complete documentation related to safeworking requirements applicable to the rail operations
concerned
Work collaboratively with others to fulfil safeworking requirements applicable to the rail
operations concerned
Recognise problems and hazards that may arise during rail operations and take appropriate
action
environments
standards
Check compliance between work and safeworking rules and regulations and take appropriate
action as per standard operating procedures where non-compliance is identified
RANGE STATEMENT
Work may include: rail operations carried out in the state/territory concerned
and covered by the applicable legislated rail safety
requirements including acts and regulations from each
state and territory together with any nationally approved
compliance codes and/or guidelines
Terminology and related as defined within the applicable safeworking system
meanings will be:
Work may occur: by day or night, in both normal and emergency situations
and under any conditions of weather

Where applicable, worksite safety as defined within the applicable safeworking system
plans will be:
Occupancy authorities will be: as defined within the applicable safeworking system
Rules related to the use and as defined within applicable safeworking system
operation of track vehicles and
equipment will be:
Communication protocols will be general safety

as specified within applicable emergency messages
safeworking system and may
include: testing communications equipment
identification
phonetic alphabet
spoken figures
Communications equipment may hand-held or portable equipment
include: fixed equipment
Radio, hand, light and flag as defined within the applicable safeworking system
commands will be:
Track work protocols will be: as defined within the applicable safeworking system
Safety clothing and equipment high visibility clothing

may include: sunscreen and sunglasses
insect repellent
safety glasses, headwear, mask, footwear and gloves
hearing protection
safety devices
lighting including strobe lighting
hand tools
Where applicable, worksite joint occupancy rules
protection equipment may blocking facilities (manual and electronic)
include:
trackside signs
audible warning signs
warning devices, whistles and sirens
partitioning materials and structures
barriers, lights and flags
fixed and mobile communications equipment
guidelines
instructions of relevant rail authorities concerning rail
safety and operations
workplace procedures, policies and work instructions
relevant occupancy authorities (where applicable)
train authorities (where applicable)
worksite safety plan (where applicable)
Emergency Response Plan (ER Plan) and emergency
procedure manuals
train running information (TRI)
train notices
train register books
failure reports
local instructions
take-off location documents
level crossing location documents
track and infrastructure drawings and diagrams
plant, equipment, track vehicle and communications
equipment registers
operating and maintenance instructions of relevant
voice communications log
safeworking forms
guidelines
including AS 4292
relevant state/territory OH&S regulations
state, federal or territory environmental protection
legislation
agreements, including workplace agreements and awards
relevant national and state/territory dangerous goods
legislation

EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF6007A Control traffic as a pilot vehicle operator

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required by pilot
vehicle operators to control traffic in the vicinity of an oversized
vehicle, including using prescribed traffic control stop/slow bats
and communicating effectively with persons involved. Licensing,
to this unit.
Application of the Unit Work involves applying basic principles, routine procedures and
regulatory requirements to control traffic as a pilot vehicle
operator.
Work is performed under general supervision.
This unit of competency will usually be assessed in conjunction
with the unit TDTC1097B Pilot or escort oversized and/or
overmassed loads.

1 Apply control 1.1 Legislative responsibilities and requirements are identified,
procedures interpreted and applied
1.2 Occupational health and safety (OH&S) requirements are
identified, interpreted and applied
1.3 Company procedures and requirements are identified,
interpreted and applied
1.4 Appropriate personal protective equipment is selected and
used in accordance with standard operating procedures
1.5 Traffic control equipment is selected in accordance with the
requirements of the task and standard operating procedures
2 Coordinate traffic 2.1 Vehicles and pedestrians are monitored to ensure safety of
persons and property
2.2 Adjustments are made for changing conditions and to ensure
best traffic flow
2.3 Hand-held signs (bats) are positioned in accordance with
standard operating procedures and to provide maximum
visibility
2.4 Mishaps or accidents are managed in accordance with
standard operating procedures where they exist and relevant
legislation
3 Maintain effective 3.1 Effective communication is maintained between all parties

communication 3.2 Appropriate language and protocols are used during
communication
3.3 Messages are transmitted concisely and in accordance with
standard operating procedures where they exist
3.4 Electronic communication power supply is maintained in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation
3.5 After a period of non-contact, radio or other electronic contact
is checked to ensure effective operation in accordance with
4 Maintain equipment 4.1 Equipment is cleaned, maintained and stored or stowed in

accordance with manufacturers specifications and standard
operating procedures and to ensure operational effectiveness

Required knowledge:
Standard operating procedures for controlling traffic in the course of piloting duties
Workplace and equipment safety requirements and relevant OH&S legislation
Verbal and non verbal communication techniques
Electronic communications operating procedures
Workplace and equipment safety requirements and relevant OH&S legislation
Purpose of required personal protective equipment and instructions for its use
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when controlling traffic as a pilot vehicle operator
Read, interpret and follow instructions and standard operating procedures relevant to the
control of traffic as a pilot vehicle operator
Work safely in accordance with instructions
Select and correctly use signage
Promptly rectify and/or report any identified problems when controlling traffic in accordance
Apply precautions and required action to minimise, control or eliminate hazards
environments
Use personal protective clothing as per OH&S requirements

damage to goods, vehicles or equipment
RANGE STATEMENT
Operations may be conducted: in a range of work environments, spaces and weather

conditions
by day or night
Traffic control applies to: safe and efficient movement of all vehicular and
pedestrian traffic
assisting movement of oversized or overmassed (OSOM)
vehicle being escorted
Communication methods may verbal
include: electronic
the use of hand-held (stop/slow bats) signs
Electronic communication may a single operator
be used by: two operators
Documentation/records may standard operating procedures for controlling traffic in
include: the course of piloting duties
AS 1742-3 2002 Manual for uniform traffic control
devices
relevant state or territory legislation, manuals and codes
of practice
relevant local government documents
Applicable legislation, OH&S legislation and regulations
regulations and codes may relevant state or territory road and rail legislation
include:
relevant telecommunication legislation and regulations
relevant local government legislation and regulations
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF607C Apply accident-emergency procedures

accident emergency procedures, including responding to an
incident, controlling and assisting at an accident or emergency site,
finalising accident-emergency processes, and completing records,
reports and other required documentation in accordance with
regulatory requirements and workplace procedures. Licensing,
to this unit.
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in accordance with OH&S
codes/regulations and workplace requirements.
application of regulatory requirements and workplace procedures
when responding to accident/emergencies in the workplace.

1 Respond to the 1.1 Response to the incident or accident is in accordance with
incident workplace emergency procedures and relevant regulatory
requirements
1.2 Details of the cause(s) and effects of the incident are identified
and reported
1.3 Assistance requirements for accidents and emergencies are
clarified and reported immediately to the appropriate parties
1.4 Requests for assistance are made to relevant personnel and
emergency services
2 Control and assist at 2.1 Site is controlled and protected until the arrival of authorised
accident or emergency personnel
site 2.2 Assistance is provided to injured persons, within the
limitations of duty of care and workplace procedures
2.3 Relevant authorities at the site are cooperated with and
assisted within workplace policies
3 Finalise accident 3.1 Relevant information is exchanged in accordance with

emergency process and state/territory law and workplace procedures
complete records 3.2 Documentation and reports are completed and processed in
accordance with workplace and relevant regulatory
requirements

Required knowledge:
Relevant regulatory and code requirements applicable in accident/emergency situations
Workplace procedures for accident-emergency response
Workplace emergency, fire and accident procedures
Site layout
Focus of operation of work systems, equipment or management, site and organisational
operating and emergency procedures
Typical problems that can occur during a safety incident, accident or emergency and related
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when responding to an accident or an emergency
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to a response to an
accident or an emergency
Negotiate and resolve issues when responding to an accident or an emergency
Complete documentation related to a response to an accident or an emergency
Work collaboratively with others when responding to an accident or an emergency
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events that may occur when responding to an
accident or an emergency
and implement appropriate OH&S control procedures
exist when responding to an accident or an emergency
environments
Select and appropriately apply technology, information systems and policies during a safety
incident, accident or emergency


procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT

by day or night

exposed conditions
wet or dry surfaces
slippery floors
welding equipment
power tools
faulty machinery equipment handling equipment and
lifting gear
electrical circuits


involve: trainers
management
customers/clients
Information/documentation may workplace accident-emergency procedures and policies

journals and work related literature concerning OH&S
requirements


legislation may include: hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes
and common law
injury and disease
requirements including Australian Standard AS 1885.1
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIF6107A Respond to electric tram-driving emergencies and abnormal situations
TLIF6107A Respond to electric tram-driving emergencies

and abnormal situations
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to respond to
emergencies and abnormal situations when driving an electric tram
in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures. It includes identifying and responding to emergency
and abnormal situations; arranging follow-on support and
assistance; and communicating with staff and passengers in
accordance with workplace procedures and relevant regulatory
operational principles and procedures to respond to electric tram-
driving emergencies and abnormal situations as part of workplace
activities across a variety of operational contexts.

1 Identify emergency or 1.1 Emergency, potential emergency or abnormal electric tram-
abnormal situation driving situation is promptly identified and assessed and needs
are prioritised in accordance with the workplace emergency
response plan/procedures
1.2 Implications of the emergency, potential emergency or
abnormal electric tram-driving situation are evaluated in
1.3 Options for reporting the situation and/or taking action are
considered in accordance with workplace procedures and
1.4 Relevant personnel are alerted to the emergency, potential
emergency or abnormal situation as required within workplace
operating and emergency procedures and plans
1.5 Communications are maintained with relevant personnel to
determine appropriate course of action
2 Respond to emergency 2.1 Response to emergency, potential emergency or abnormal

or abnormal situations situation is in accordance with workplace procedures, received
instructions, regulatory requirements and emergency response
plan where relevant
2.2 Safety incidents and emergencies are handled appropriately in
accordance with established response plan and within limits of
responsibility and duty of care
2.3 Responsibilities are fulfilled in accordance with the workplace
emergency response plan and code/regulatory requirements
2.5 In the case of an emergency, assistance is provided to other
staff and emergency service personnel conducting an initial
survey of the scene
directions
3 Arrange follow-on 3.1 In the case of accidents or illnesses, medical assistance and
support and assistance support is arranged as required in accordance with workplace
procedures
4 Communicate with 4.1 Staff and passengers are provided with relevant, appropriate
staff and passengers and timely advice on abnormal and emergency situations
4.2 Instructions are provided to relevant personnel and/or
passengers in accordance with workplace procedures and
consistent with the nature of the abnormal situation or
emergency
4.3 Where applicable, evacuation procedures for personnel and/or
customers are explained and/or demonstrated in accordance
4.4 Customer service and safety needs arising from abnormal
situations and emergency situations are identified and acted
upon in accordance with regulatory and workplace
requirements

Required knowledge:
Workplace procedures for responding to electric tram-driving abnormal situations and
emergencies
when responding to electric tram-driving abnormal situations and emergencies
Problems that may occur when responding to electric tram-driving abnormal situations and
emergencies, and action that can be taken to resolve the problems
Relevant documentation and reporting requirements
situations, and related hazard control strategies
Electric tram knowledge may include: monitoring devices, braking and drive equipment,
ancillary systems and signalling systems
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when responding to electric tram-driving emergencies
and abnormal situations
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to identifying and
responding to electric tram-driving abnormal situations and emergencies
Identify hazards and abnormal situations related to electric tram operations and take
appropriate action
Complete required documentation and reports
Work collaboratively with others when responding to electric tram-driving abnormal
situations and emergencies
Modify activities depending on differing workplace contexts, risk situations and environments
Identify and solve and/or report problems that arise when identifying and responding to
electric tram-driving abnormal situations and emergencies
Follow emergency response plan and procedures
Provide first aid within limits of responsibility and competence
standards
Adapt to differences in electric trams and ancillary equipment
Select and use relevant communications and other equipment required when identifying and
responding to electric tram-driving abnormal situations and emergencies

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Emergency situations may collision

include: derailments
customer emergency
suicide on the track or road
passenger behavioural issues
chemical spills
fire and explosion
bomb threats
Abnormal situations may include: technology failure
wheel slip and uncontrolled slide
traffic signals in stop mode
assault on passengers or personnel
brawls between passengers
false alarm
obstructions
extreme weather conditions (e.g. heat, storm, ice, etc.)
illness
Hazards that may occur in sudden and unexpected movement
tramway transport that can lead infectious and contagious diseases
to emergency situations may
include: dehydration in extreme weather conditions
self-closing doors
sharp objects
syringes and drugs
contact with human and biological waste
faulty or out of specification track
faulty rolling stock or electric trams
Relevant personnel can include: tram controllers

tram examiners
involve: emergency services
affected customers
may include: radio
fax
email
internet
Emergency services may include: fire brigade
police
ambulance
medical services
rescue services
security services
safety glasses
two-way radios
may be called:

Information and documents may relevant tramways regulatory requirements applicable to

include: emergencies and abnormal situations that may occur
during an electric tram journey
electric tram abnormal situations and emergencies,
including the relevant emergency response plan where
applicable
communication equipment procedures and protocols
specifications
guidelines
practice
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or

required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF6207A Apply awareness of safeworking rules and regulations
TLIF6207A Apply awareness of safeworking rules and

regulations
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to apply a
basic awareness of applicable safeworking rules and regulations to
work functions in the rail industry. It includes interpreting and
applying the applicable safeworking rules and protocols;
recognising and reporting unsafe situations; following safeworking
instructions and procedures; and taking appropriate safety
precautions. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
Work is performed under established procedures, with
the prescribed outcomes within the limits of responsibility of the
worker concerned.
It involves the application of a basic awareness of applicable
legislated rail safety requirements to the work activities of the rail
occupation concerned.

1 Interpret applicable 1.1 Relevant procedures for the applicable safeworking rules and
safeworking rules and regulations are identified, accessed and interpreted when
regulations carrying out basic work activities as part of rail operation
2 Apply a basic 2.1 A basic awareness of relevant safeworking regulations is

awareness of applied to all work activities applicable to the rail functions
applicable safeworking concerned
rules and regulations 2.2 Communications are conducted in accordance with the
applicable safeworking system requirements
2.3 Appropriate records of communications are maintained as
required within the applicable safeworking system rules and
regulations
3 Recognise and report 3.1 Unsafe situations are identified consistent with a basic
awareness of the applicable safeworking rules and regulations
unsafe situations 3.2 Situations in the work environment identified as unsafe are
reported to appropriate personnel as per the applicable
safeworking rules and regulations
4 Follow safeworking 4.1 Where applicable, relevant protocols are followed as specified
instructions and in the applicable safeworking system rules and regulations
procedures 4.2 Appropriate records and documentation pertinent to
safeworking protocols are completed in accordance with the
requirements of the applicable safeworking system rules and
regulations
5 Take appropriate 5.1 Appropriate safety precautions are interpreted and followed
safety precautions during work activities as per the applicable safeworking rules
and regulations

Required knowledge:
A basic awareness of applicable legislated rail safety requirements including acts and
regulations from each state and territory together with any nationally approved compliance
codes and/or guidelines
A basic understanding of systems and occupancy authorities
An overview of system requirements
A basic understanding of safeworking system types
A basic awareness of system limitations
A basic understanding of the applicable safeworking system
An understanding of route integrity requirements including: general requirements, position of
points and route occupancy requirements
Communication protocols as they relate to the functions of the occupation concerned
Safeworking rules and protocols as they relate to the functions of the occupation concerned
Rail terminology as defined in the applicable safeworking system
Action to be taken in the event of identified unsafe situations and emergencies within the
limits of responsibility the occupation concerned
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others applicable to the rail operations concerned
Read and interpret relevant rules, regulations and instructions applicable to the rail operations
concerned
Complete documentation related to safeworking requirements applicable to the rail functions
concerned

Work collaboratively with others to fulfil safeworking requirements applicable to the rail
operations concerned
Recognise problems and hazards that may arise during rail operations and take appropriate
action
environments
Adapt to differences in equipment and procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Work may include: basic rail operations carried out on the rail network
concerned and covered by the applicable legislated rail
safety requirements including acts and regulations from
each state and territory together with any nationally
approved compliance codes and/or guidelines
Terminology and related as defined within the applicable safeworking system
meanings will be:
Work may occur: by day or night, in both normal and emergency situations
and under any conditions of weather
Where applicable, work site as defined within the applicable safeworking system
safety plans will be:
Occupancy authorities will be: as defined within the applicable safeworking system
Rules related to the use and as defined within applicable safeworking system
operation of track vehicles and
equipment will be:
Communication protocols will be general safety

as specified within applicable emergency messages
safeworking system and may
include: testing communications equipment
identification
phonetic alphabet
spoken figures
Communications equipment may hand-held or portable equipment

include: fixed equipment
Track work protocols will be: as defined within the applicable safeworking system
Safety clothing and equipment high visibility clothing

may include: sunscreen and sunglasses
insect repellent
safety glasses, headwear, mask, footwear and gloves
hearing protection
safety devices
lighting including strobe lighting
hand tools
Where applicable, worksite joint occupancy rules
protection equipment may blocking facilities (manual and electronic)
include:
trackside signs
audible warning signs
warning devices, whistles and sirens
partitioning materials and structures
barriers, lights and flags
fixed and mobile communications equipment

guidelines
instructions of relevant rail authorities concerning rail
safety and operations
workplace procedures, policies and work instructions
relevant occupancy authorities (where applicable)
train authorities (where applicable)
worksite safety plan (where applicable)
Emergency Response Plan (ER Plan) and emergency
procedure manuals
train running information (TRI)
train notices
train register books
failure reports
local instructions
operating and maintenance instructions of relevant
voice communications log
safeworking forms
guidelines
including AS 4292
relevant state/territory OH&S regulations
state, federal or territory environmental protection
legislation
agreements, including workplace agreements and awards
relevant national and state/territory dangerous goods
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE


procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF6307A Administer the implementation of fatigue management strategies
TLIF6307A Administer the implementation of fatigue

management strategies
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to administer
the implementation of fatigue management strategies, including
monitoring the implementation of fatigue management strategies;
and recognising breaches of fatigue management policies,
procedures and regulations. It also includes developing and
assessing staff competence in fatigue management; providing
feedback to staff on any shortcomings in their fatigue management
skills and knowledge; and reporting to management on the
implementation of fatigue management policy. Licensing,
to this unit.
requirements of the applicable Commonwealth and state/territory
legislation and relevant regulations covering the management of
fatigue in the workplace.
Work is performed under limited supervision generally as a team
leader or supervisor. It involves the application of relevant
regulations and the principles of fatigue management when
administering the implementation of an organisation's fatigue
management strategies during work operations in a defined
workplace.

1 Monitor the 1.1 Work activities of employees, subcontractors and suppliers in
implementation of the supply chain of products and services are monitored in
fatigue management accordance with the organisation's fatigue risk management
strategies implementation plan
1.2 Reviews are undertaken of scheduled versus actual hours of
work and where a compliance breach is identified, appropriate
action is taken to analyse the reasons concerned and to rectify
the situation
2 Recognise breaches of 2.1 Signs and symptoms of fatigue in employees are identified in
fatigue management accordance with operational procedures
policies, procedures 2.2 Breaches of fatigue management policies, procedures and
and regulations regulations in the work activities of employees, subcontractors
and suppliers are recognised and reported as per standard
procedures
2.3 Errors and incidents traceable to non-compliance with fatigue
management procedures and regulations are investigated and
reported in accordance with operational procedures
2.4 Appropriate action is taken in conjunction with employees,
subcontractors or suppliers concerned to ensure ongoing and
future compliance with the organisation's fatigue management
policy and procedures
3 Develop and assess 3.1 Appropriate training programs and learning resources are
staff competence in developed and provided to ensure that employees understand
fatigue management the organisation's fatigue management policies and procedures
and the risks, causes and consequences of fatigue
3.2 Employees are assessed to confirm that they are competent in
their understanding of the organisation's fatigue management
strategies and can apply them to their day-to-day work
activities and responsibilities
3.3 Any deficiencies in the competence of individual employees
to apply the organisation's fatigue management strategies to
their work activities are identified, and appropriate learning
opportunities are provided to the employee to enable her or
him to achieve the competence required
4 Provide feedback to 4.1 Evidence of any shortcomings in an employee's

employees on any implementation of fatigue management strategies is obtained
shortcomings in fatigue and interpreted from observation of signs and symptoms of
management skills and fatigue in their work activities, periodic evaluations of work
knowledge performance, and assessments of competence carried out as
part of training and learning activities
4.2 Employees are provided with feedback on any identified
shortcomings in their implementation of fatigue management
strategies and appropriate support and counselling is provided
on how they might address these shortcomings
4.3 Where appropriate, further learning opportunities and
information are provided to the employees to assist them in
implementation of organisation's fatigue management
strategies in their area of work activity
5 Report on the 5.1 Periodic audits of the implementation of fatigue management

implementation of strategies in the work areas of responsibility are carried out as
fatigue management per standard procedures
policy 5.2 Accidents and safety incidents are investigated and analysed
to identify the extent to which fatigue might have been a
contributing factor
5.3 Reports on the implementation of the organisation's fatigue
risk management system are prepared and submitted to
designated personnel as per standard procedures

Required knowledge:
Relevant codes, regulations, permit and licence requirements related to fatigue management
Organisation's fatigue risk management system as it relates to the operational areas being
administered
Organisation's fatigue risk management system and the workplace policies and procedures
related to fatigue management and the control of factors that can contribute to fatigue and
fatigue-related accidents
Responsibilities of both the organisation and individual employees for the implementation of
fatigue management regulations and policies in an organisation including suppliers and sub-
contractors in the supply chain of the organisation's services and products
Procedures for the auditing and review of an organisation's fatigue risk management rystem
and related policy and procedures, and for reporting the outcomes of audits
Causes and consequences of fatigue on both employees and an organisation
Strategies and ways of managing fatigue
Ways of assisting individuals to assess their own sleep patterns and to evaluate their own
fitness for work. This may include information on identifying sleep disorders and obtaining
appropriate treatment
Options and resources for providing training and learning opportunities for employees on
fatigue management and the implementation of an organisation's fatigue risk management
system, including initial induction training, in-depth training on fatigue and fatigue
management techniques, remedial training where existing competence is assessed as being
insufficient, and refresher training on fatigue management
Processes and resources for assessing employees' competence in fatigue management
Ways of providing feedback to employees on any identified deficiencies in their competence
to implement fatigue management strategies
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when implementing the organisation's fatigue risk
management system
Read and interpret documentation on an organisation's fatigue risk management system and
related policy, instructions, procedures and regulations related to fatigue management and
apply them to supervisory activities

Recognise breaches of fatigue management strategies and regulations and take appropriate
action in accordance with organisation's fatigue risk management system
Work collaboratively with employees and other management staff others to implement the
organisation's fatigue risk management system
Plan and organise training and learning opportunities for employees on fatigue management
and the implementation of an organisation's fatigue risk management system
Plan and carry out audits and reviews of an organisation's fatigue risk management system
Modify activities and take appropriate initiatives to administer the implementation of an
organisation's fatigue risk management system depending on differing contexts, risk situations
and environments
Adapt to any changes in regulations policies and procedures as they may relate to fatigue
management
Assist employees to identify their own learning needs on matters related to fatigue
management
RANGE STATEMENT

Components of a fatigue risk risk management policy documents
management system include: risk management procedures
risk management competence assessment processes
risk management training and learning opportunities
hazard control system
including:
or warehouse
work site
waters
Responsibilities of organisation providing support such as: complying with fatigue
for fatigue risk management may management regulations, developing and implementing
include: appropriate policy and procedures, providing assessment,
training and learning opportunities, and establishing and
implementing error and incident reporting systems
ensuring work schedules provide adequate opportunity
for rest and recovery between shifts
assessing work tasks for fatigue related risk and
redesigning if necessary
managing fatigued employees
recover
Fatigue management initial induction training (incorporating a basic fatigue
competency-based training may management component)
include: fatigue management awareness training
in-depth training on fatigue and fatigue management
techniques
remedial training where existing competence is assessed
as being insufficient
refresher training on fatigue management


include:
fatigue risk management system documents
management
reports of audits of fatigue risk management system
error and safety incident reports
regulations and codes may Government and the state/territory roads and traffic
include: authorities concerning fatigue management
(where applicable)
requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF6407A Manage fatigue management policy and procedures
TLIF6407A Manage fatigue management policy and

procedures
fatigue management policy and procedures in an organisation,
including identifying legal requirements, liabilities and
responsibilities; establishing and/or improving fatigue
management implementation plan and related policy and
procedures; and acting appropriately upon reports on the
implementation of fatigue management policy and any identified
breaches of fatigue management regulations. It also includes
ensuring that the operation's systems are compliant with fatigue
management regulations and policy; planning and organising
adequate resources and operational systems; and facilitating the
training and assessment of staff on their responsibilities and
fatigue management techniques. Licensing, legislative, regulatory
applicable Commonwealth and state/territory legislation and
relevant regulations covering the management of fatigue in the
workplace.
Work is performed under minimum supervision generally as a
manager. It involves the application of relevant regulations and the
principles of fatigue management to the management of an
organisation's fatigue management policies and procedures.

1 Identify or confirm 1.1 Current legal requirements, liabilities and responsibilities for
fatigue management effective fatigue management within the organisation are
legal requirements and identified and interpreted
responsibilities 1.2 Any existing fatigue management plans, policies and
procedures are obtained and reviewed
1.3 Internal risks concerning the potential effects of fatigue are
identified or confirmed and reviewed
1.4 External risks within the supply chain of the organisation's
services and/or products concerning the potential effects of
fatigue are identified or confirmed and reviewed in accordance
with regulations on fatigue management and the related chain
of responsibility

2 Establish and improve 2.1 A fatigue risk management system implementation plan for
fatigue management the organisation is developed or reviewed and improved
policy and procedures 2.2 The fatigue risk management policy and procedures for the
organisation are developed or reviewed and improved in
conjunction with relevant personnel
2.3 Feedback is obtained from key stakeholders both within and
outside of the organisation on the implementation plan and the
related policy and procedures
2.4 Appropriate adjustments are made to the plan, policy and
procedures based on the feedback received
2.5 Managerial approval for the fatigue risk management system
implementation plan and the related policy and procedures is
obtained in accordance with organisational procedures
2.6 The fatigue risk management system implementation plan and
the related policy and procedures are distributed and presented
to relevant personnel in the organisation for implementation
3 Act upon reports on 3.1 Reports from designated personnel on the implementation of
the implementation of the organisation's fatigue risk management system
fatigue management implementation plan and the related policy and procedures are
policy received and interpreted
3.2 Accidents and safety incidents are reviewed and/or
investigated and analysed to identify the extent to which
fatigue might have been a contributing factor
3.3 Information provided in the reports indicating that fatigue
management policy and procedures are not being correctly
implemented is analysed and an appropriate managerial
response and related action is initiated
3.4 Opportunities for improvements to the organisation's fatigue
risk management system implementation plan an its related
policy and procedures are identified and appropriate action is
taken to make the necessary adjustments
4 Act upon identified 4.1 Identified or reported breaches of fatigue management policy
breaches of fatigue are investigated in accordance with organisational procedures
management and regulatory requirements
regulations 4.2 Action is take to ensure that internal and/or external personnel
who may have contributed to any breach of fatigue
management policy are provided with appropriate feedback
and information to avoid any recurrence of the breakdown in
planned fatigue management processes
4.3 Where organisational procedures or culture is found to have
contributed to a breach in fatigue management policy,
appropriate action is taken to improve the procedures or
address the culture in ways that aim to avoid any recurrence of
the breakdown in planned fatigue management processes
4.4 A report on any breaches of fatigue management policy is

prepared and submitted to designated personnel as per
organisational procedures together with details of action taken
to prevent a recurrence
5 Ensure that operations 5.1 All operations systems and standard operating procedures are
systems are compliant reviewed in terms of their compliance with the organisation's
with fatigue fatigue management regulations and policy
management 5.2 Where necessary, changes are made to operations systems and
regulations and policy standard operating procedures to ensure that they are
compliant
5.3 In accordance with the principles of 'chain of responsibility',
appropriate discussions are held with relevant personnel in
supplier or subcontractor companies in the organisation's
supply chain to ensure their operation's systems and standard
operating procedures are compliant with the fatigue
management regulations and policy
6 Plan and organise 6.1 Organisational budgets and resource allocation strategies are
adequate resources planned to provide adequate resources for the implementation
and operational of the organisation's fatigue risk management system
systems 6.2 Periodic reviews are undertaken of budgetary and resource
allocation arrangements as they relate to the implementation
of the organisation's fatigue risk management systems and
appropriate improvements are made if required
7 Facilitate the training 7.1 Organisational training systems are planned to provide
and assessment of staff competency-based on the job and off the job training and
on fatigue management assessment opportunities as detailed in the organisation's
policy and procedures strategic plan
7.2 Team leaders and supervisory and training staff are provided
with adequate opportunities to develop the required expertise
to contribute to the organisation's fatigue management training
and assessment activities
7.3 Periodic reviews are undertaken of fatigue management
training systems and appropriate improvements are made if
required

Required knowledge:
Relevant legislation, regulations, permit and licence requirements related to fatigue
management

Components of a fatigue risk management system and policies and procedures related to
fatigue management, and the control of factors that can contribute to fatigue and fatigue-
related accidents
Responsibilities of both an organisation and individual employees for the implementation of
fatigue management regulations and policies, including requirements agreed with suppliers
and sub-contractors in the supply chain of the organisation's services and products
Procedures for the auditing and review of an organisation's fatigue risk management system
and related policy and procedures, and for the reporting of the outcomes of audits
Budgetary and resource requirements for the implementation of an organisation's fatigue risk
management system
Processes and resources for assessing employees' competence in fatigue management
Systems for auditing of the effectiveness and efficacy of an organisation's fatigue risk
management strategies, policies and procedures
Strategies for ensuring that the investigation and analysis of errors, safety incidents and
accidents identify the extent to which fatigue is a contributing factor
Options and resources for providing training and learning opportunities for employees on
fatigue management and the implementation of an organisation's fatigue risk management
system, including initial induction training, in-depth training on fatigue and fatigue
management techniques, remedial training where existing competence is assessed as being
insufficient, and refresher training on fatigue management
Sources of information on fatigue
Fatigue reduction and proofing strategies available to an organisation that can minimise the
risk of errors and safety incidents due to fatigue such as assigning low risk tasks to periods
when fatigue risk is higher
Causes and effects of fatigue on employees
Strategies and ways to manage fatigue
Factors which increase fatigue-related errors and accidents
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when implementing the organisations's fatigue risk
management system
Read and interpret documentation on fatigue management legislation and the organisation's
fatigue risk management system and apply them to management activities
Recognise breaches of fatigue management strategies and regulations and take appropriate
action in accordance with organisation's fatigue risk management system
Work collaboratively with employees and other management staff others to implement the
organisation's fatigue risk management system

Plan and organise budgetary requirements and resource allocation for the implementation of
an organisation's fatigue risk management system
Organise audits and reviews of an organisation's fatigue risk management system
Modify activities and take appropriate initiatives to manage the implementation of an
organisation's fatigue risk management system depending on differing contexts, risk situations
and environments
Adapt to any changes in legislation and regulations as they may relate to fatigue management
Facilitate systems that assist employees to identify their own learning needs on matters related
to fatigue management
RANGE STATEMENT

Components of a fatigue risk risk management policy documents
management system include: risk management procedures
risk management competence assessment processes
risk management training and learning opportunities
hazard control system
including:
or warehouse
work site
waters

Responsibilities of organisation providing support such as: complying with fatigue
for fatigue risk management may management regulations, developing and implementing
include: appropriate policy and procedures, providing assessment,
training and learning opportunities, and establishing and
implementing error and incident reporting systems
ensuring work schedules provide adequate opportunity
for rest and recovery between shifts
assessing work tasks for fatigue related risk and
redesigning if necessary
managing fatigued employees
recover
Fatigue management initial induction training (incorporating a basic fatigue
competency-based training may management component)
include: fatigue management awareness training
in-depth training on fatigue and fatigue management
techniques
remedial training where existing competence is assessed
as being insufficient
refresher training on fatigue management

Depending on the organisation, standard operating procedures

include:
fatigue risk management system documents
management
reports of audits of fatigue risk management system
error and safety incident reports
regulations and codes may Government and the state/territory regulatory authorities
include: concerning fatigue management
(where applicable)
requirements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF6507B Ensure compliance with Australian Dangerous Goods Code
TLIF6507B Ensure compliance with Australian Dangerous

Goods Code
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to ensure
compliance with the current Australian Dangerous Goods Code
(ADG code). It includes ensuring responsibilities for the handling
and transport of dangerous goods are defined; managing
performance and controlling risks; maintaining records; and
evaluating effectiveness. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
and distribution industry.
The unit generally applies to those who provide leadership of

1 Ensure responsibilities 1.1 Responsibilities and duties for the transport and handling of
for handling dangerous dangerous goods are clearly defined, and allocated and
goods are defined included in job descriptions and duty statements for all
relevant positions
1.2 Any relevant licensing requirements for employees are
confirmed
2 Manage performance 2.1 Ongoing system for the control of risks, based on a hierarchy
and control risks of control is developed and integrated within general work
procedures
2.2 Measures to control assessed risks and monitor conformance
are developed and implemented, in accordance with relevant
dangerous goods transport regulations, code of practice and
priorities identified in the workplace
2.3 Non-conformance is investigated and procedures for
rectification instituted
2.4 Inadequacies in dangerous goods transport procedures are
identified and measures are implemented to improve
workplace practice
3 Maintain records 3.1 A dangerous goods records system is established in

accordance with relevant legislative framework

3.2 Accurate and legible records for operation within the
workplace are completed in accordance with dangerous goods
transport enterprise policies and legislative requirements
4 Evaluate effectiveness 4.1 Feedback about the effectiveness of the dangerous goods
transport policies, procedures and programs is collected from
the workgroup and provided to senior management
4.2 Improvements to dangerous goods transport procedures are
proposed to senior management

Required knowledge:
practice, including detailed knowledge and understanding of the Australian Dangerous Goods
Code, the conditions and the employees to whom it applies
Relevant OH&S and environmental procedures and regulations particularly as they overlap
with the current ADG Code
Operational procedures for safe transfer and storage of dangerous goods and hazardous
materials
Requirements for completing relevant documentation in line with requirements of the current
ADG Code
activities
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when completing work activities, particularly in order to
ensure their understanding of the current ADG Code and their responsibilities in relation to it
Read and interpret the current ADG Code, related documents and procedures, and information
materials provided as guidance notes
Work collaboratively with others to ensure compliance and safety
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events, particularly to deal with any potential
breaches of the current ADG Code
eliminate hazards that may exist during work activities and engage others in the process
environments
Monitor work activities of team members in terms of planned schedule

and OH&S standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Licensing requirements may specific licences to deal with named dangerous goods
include: specific licences or permits required by states, territories
or regions to transport dangerous goods into or through
their jurisdiction
Documentation and records may regulations and codes of practice relevant to the current
include: ADG code, including safeworking and local authority
regulations and procedures
workplace policies and procedures related to the current
ADG code
documentation
goods manifest
requirements
regulations may include: practice for the transport of dangerous goods and
hazardous substances, specifically the ADG Code
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE


complying with the applicable regulations
and the current ADG Code
complying with the relevant and current
documentation for compliance of the current
ADG Code
demonstrating an understanding of the
hierarchy of control
demonstrating the using of effective
communication techniques to give clear and
accurate information in a form which is
preferred and understood by the receiver
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF6607A Implement and supervise transport regulations compliance systems
TLIF6607A Implement and supervise transport regulations

compliance systems
and supervise transport regulations compliance systems. It
includes identifying and interpreting relevant regulations; carrying
out operations in a compliant manner; and reviewing operations in
line with transport regulations. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
and distribution industry.

1 Identify and interpret 1.1 Types of goods to be transported are correctly identified in
relevant regulations accordance with workplace procedures and regulatory
requirements
1.2 Sources of relevant state/territories transport regulations are
identified
1.3 Information is accessed regarding state/territories transport
regulations
1.4 Information is accurately interpreted
1.5 Responsibilities and duties according to state/territories
regulations of the transport of goods are clearly identified
2 Carry out operations 2.1 Procedures for the transportation of goods are carried out in
complying to transport accordance with requirements for the type of goods
regulations 2.2 Activities are carried out according to industry
regulations/guidelines, and OH&S, environmental and
enterprise legislation, policies/procedures
2.3 Accurate and legible records for operation within the
workplace are completed in accordance with transport
regulations and enterprise policies and legislative
requirements
2.4 Compliance with transport regulations and codes of practice
are assessed to ensure legal requirements are maintained as a
minimum and exceeded where possible
3 Review operations 3.1 Improvements to transport procedures are identified

according to transport 3.2 Improvements to the effectiveness of the transport regulations,
regulations policies, procedures and programs are suggested
3.3 Compliance with transport regulations is assessed and
modifications made if required

Required knowledge:
Relevant sections of transport regulations as they apply to the enterprise, including state or
territory and national regulations
Typical defects that can occur and related action that should be taken
activities
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when completing work activities
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to work activities,
including the relevant parts of transport regulations, or related implementation materials
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events, particularly any breaches, or threatened
breaches of the relevant transport regulations


environments
Operate equipment in accordance with standard operating procedures
and OH&S standards
Monitor performance of equipment in terms of its potential effect on compliance
RANGE STATEMENT
Goods may include: livestock

perishables
dangerous goods
liquid
solids
non-perishable materials
may be called:
fax
email
internet
RF systems

Documentation and records may transport regulations as they apply to the enterprise,
include: including local authority regulations and procedures
workplace policies and procedures related to transport
regulations
electrified territory regulations
goods manifest
requirements
Applicable legislation and relevant transport regulations for the enterprise, including
regulations may include: Australian and international regulations and codes of
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF6707A Implement safety stock systems

safety stock systems. It includes planning and preparing safety
stock levels; maintaining safety stock levels; and reviewing the
safety stock system. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
and distribution industry but has particular application in a storage
facility such as a warehouse.

1 Plan and prepare 1.1 Determined optimum safety stock levels are maintained to
safety stock levels ensure constant productivity
1.2 Purchase, receipt, storage and issue of stock is undertaken
when required
1.3 Safety stock is valued using the nominated valuation method,
if required
1.4 Safety stock rotation procedures are implemented
2 Maintain safety stock 2.1 Records are checked against stock and continuously adjusted
levels and updated when required
2.2 Safety stock levels are maintained according to organisation
policy and procedures and safety stock plan
2.3 Records are stored for future access
2.4 Safety stock levels are reconciled with paperwork and any
discrepancies are rectified or reported to nominated
person/section within designated timelines
3 Review safety stock 3.1 Safety stock records are reviewed for discrepancies regarding
system target outcomes
3.2 Improvements of safety stock system reviewed with all
variables affecting discrepancies identified
3.3 Required improvements are reported according to
organisation's policy and procedures

Required knowledge:
practice
Definitions of commonly used terminology such as lead time, lead time demand, forecast,
demand history, order cycle
Requirements for completing relevant documentation including commonly used methods to
estimate required safety stock levels
Typical problems that can occur and related action that should be taken
Procedures for identifying any problems with the safety stock system in use
Principles, purpose and location of controls, monitoring devices, and systems
Required skills:
environments
RANGE STATEMENT
Rectifying discrepancies may updating records to show correct amount

include: adjusting financial accounting records
adjusting stock records
informing supervisor or appropriate person
Stock discrepancies may include: theft or pilferage

breakage or other damage
deterioration of the product
error in recording
failure to check incoming stock against delivery docket
obsolescence resulting in stock having to be discarded
may be called:
fax
email
internet
RF systems
involve: suppliers of storage equipment
Documentation and records may relevant regulations and codes of practice, including
include: ADG code and safeworking and local authority
regulations and procedures
workplace policies and procedures related safety stock
systems
documentation
stock records
requirements

regulations may include: practice for the storage and or transport of dangerous
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF6808A Work at height in the stevedoring industry

Unit Descriptor This unit covers the skills and knowledge required to work at
height in the stevedoring industry under the relevant regulatory
requirements, including using site safe work instructions and
procedures for working at height. Licensing, legislative, regulatory
Application of the Unit Work at height in a stevedoring environment involves the
application of workplace safe work instructions and procedures
and regulatory requirements as part of work activities. It also
includes an understanding of the risk management procedures for
working at height.
Working at height tasks are performed by a minimum two-person
team under some supervision.

1 Apply working at 1.1 Standards and regulations relevant to working at height are
height regulations and interpreted and applied
procedures 1.2 Relevant safe work instructions, procedures and risk
assessment policies and procedures are interpreted and applied
2 Select and inspect 2.1 Appropriate 'working at height equipment' required when
equipment for working working at height in the stevedoring industry is identified and
at height selected as per regulatory requirements and standard operating
procedures
2.2 'Working at height equipment' is inspected as per regulatory
requirements and standard operating procedures
3 Use 'working at height 3.1 Safety requirements when working at height in the stevedoring
equipment' in the industry are interpreted and implemented, and required action
stevedoring industry is taken to ensure a safe work area as per regulatory
3.2 Correct manual handling techniques are interpreted and used
when working at height
3.3 Appropriate action is taken to ensure compliance with site safe
work instructions and standard operating procedures for
working at height
3.4 'Working at height equipment' is used as per regulatory
3.5 'Working at height equipment' is used from a workcage as per

regulatory requirements and standard operating procedures
3.6 Anchorage points are identified and used as per regulatory
3.7 Working at height emergency procedures are interpreted and
implemented when required
3.8 Working at height rescue kit is inspected and appropriate
action is taken to rectify or replace defective components
3.9 Working at height rescue kit is used as per regulatory
3.10 Working at height procedures are followed during a rescue
operation

Required knowledge:
Australian Standards, codes and regulations relevant to 'working at height'
Relevant sections of Marine Orders Part 32 - Cargo Handling Equipment (as promulgated by
AMSA)
Working at height safe work instructions and procedures
Risk assessment policies and procedures
Working at height equipment checklist
Working at height rescue procedures
Procedures for using portable ladders when working at height
Risks and hazards of working at height and related precautions to control these risks and
hazards
Manual handling methods for working at height
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when working at height
Read and interpret information relevant to working at height including instructions for safe
work at height, workplace procedures, and applicable standards and codes of practice
Complete documentation related to working at height
Work collaboratively with others when working at height
when working at height in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace
procedures
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when working at
height
exist when working at height
environments
procedures
Identify, select and use relevant 'working at height equipment'
Inspect 'working at height equipment'
Use ancillary 'working at height equipment'
Work from a workcage when working at height
Employ correct manual handling techniques
Assist in the conduct of a Vessel Exception Risk Assessment (VERA) and ensure vessel
inspection checklist has been completed prior to commencing work on a vessel
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Operational context may include: by day or night

in ships' holds
on top of containers
in limited or restricted spaces
in a workbox or workcage

'Working at height equipment' full body harness

may include: self retracting lanyard
fall arrestor
vertical safety line
horizontal safety line
double lanyards
corner anchor posts
beam clamps
rescue equipment (gotcha kit)
karabiner
scaffold hook
portable ladder
foot step
workcage
Hazards in the work area may dangerous or hazardous substances
include but are not limited to: movements of equipment, and/or cargo
inadequate lighting
vessel movement
Use of 'working at height correctly fitting a full body harness
equipment' may include: correctly wearing a full body harness
selecting a suitable anchorage point
setting up and using vertical and horizontal static lines
setting up and using container anchor posts
setting up and using beam clamps
Communication in the work area radio
may include: oral, aural or signed communications
safety glasses
protective clothing

Information/documents may OH&S regulations

include: relevant sections of Marine Orders Part 32 - Cargo
Handling Equipment (as promulgated by AMSA)
workplace OH&S procedures and policies
policies and procedures for working at height
documentation
Applicable regulations and relevant sections of Marine Orders Part 32 - Cargo
legislation may include: Handling Equipment (as promulgated by AMSA)
relevant state/territory OH&S legislation and safety
codes, including manual handling and working at height
requirements
relevant sections of AS/NZS Standard 1891 parts 1 to 4
OH&S Prevention of Falls Regulation 2003
OH&S manual handling guidelines
relevant state/territory equal opportunity legislation
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

complying with applicable legislative and
procedural requirements while working at
height
identifying risk factors which might impact
on working at height and implementing
appropriate response measures
selecting and using appropriate equipment to
enable safe and efficient work

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF6909A Monitor and respond to traffic flow

and respond to traffic flow when operating in a road tunnel control
room. It includes monitoring and maintaining traffic flow in a
tunnel, and implementing changes to traffic flow as required.
Legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may be
Application of the Unit This unit involves the application of workplace safe work
instructions and procedures and regulatory requirements as part of
work activities. It also includes an understanding of the risk
management procedures for monitoring and responding to traffic
flow.
Tasks are performed individually within a controlled environment.
The role may at times be required to work within a team
environment.

1 Monitor traffic flow in 1.1 Traffic flow is monitored in accordance with workplace
a tunnel procedures
1.2 Multi-monitor displays are operated and coordinated in
1.3 Closed-circuit television (CCTV) is operated in accordance
1.4 Traffic management systems are operated in accordance with
1.5 Visual recognition of abnormal traffic flow is acted upon
1.6 Written reports of events relating to tunnel operations are
completed
2 Maintain traffic flow 2.1 Traffic flow within a road tunnel is maintained in accordance
in a tunnel with workplace procedures and regulatory requirements
2.2 Variable message boards and systems are operated in
2.3 Recovery/maintenance services to clear traffic lanes are
deployed in accordance with workplace procedures
3 Implement changes to 3.1 Operations are controlled to meet changes in traffic flow in
traffic flow as required 3.2 Appropriate authorities are liaised with in accordance with
3.3 Traffic management systems are operated to maintain safety
during maintenance and/or incident

Required knowledge:
Road law applicable to state or territory
Relevant environmental protection regulations
Workplace procedures and guidelines for monitoring and responding to traffic flow when
operating a road tunnel control room
Relevant electronic communication equipment used in a road tunnel control room and related
operational procedures, including multi-monitor displays, CCTV, message boards and traffic
management systems
Risk assessment policies and procedures
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when monitoring and responding to traffic flow within a
road tunnel control room
Read and interpret information relevant to monitoring and responding to traffic flow within a
road tunnel control room including instructions for traffic flow, workplace procedures, and
applicable standards and codes of practice
Complete documentation related to monitoring and responding to traffic flow within a road
tunnel control room
Work collaboratively with others when responding to and monitoring traffic flow within a
road tunnel control room
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when monitoring and
responding to traffic flow with a road tunnel in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for anticipated and unanticipated situations that may occur
when monitoring and responding to traffic flow with a road tunnel
environments

procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Operational context may include: by day or night

motorists
clients
energy services
emergency services
high intensity worksites
indoors
outdoors within a tunnel
contractors
emergency workers
Environment may include: tunnel
freeway/tolling roads
confined space
complex interchanges
Equipment/vehicles may include: motor vehicles, trucks and motorcycles
computers
keyboards


safety glasses
protective clothing
hearing protection
Applicable regulations and relevant state/territory OH&S road law and safety codes
legislation may include: dangerous goods regulations
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

maintaining traffic flow in a road tunnel
operating equipment required to complete
the job role
operating the traffic management system
indentifying changes to traffic flow,
including abnormal traffic flow
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF7009A Operate fire and life safety system within a road tunnel
TLIF7009A Operate fire and life safety system within a

road tunnel
Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to operate fire
and life safety systems within a road tunnel control room. It
includes operating and maintaining fire and life safety systems,
and activating system procedures. Legislative, regulatory or
certification requirements may be applicable to this unit.
Application of the Unit This unit involves the application of workplace safe work
instructions and procedures and regulatory requirements as part of
work activities. It also includes an understanding of the risk
management procedures for operating fire and life safety systems
as part of a road tunnel.
Tasks are performed individually within a control environment.
The role may at times be required to work within a team
environment.

1 Operate fire and life 1.1 Fire and life safety systems are operated on control panels in
safety systems accordance with workplace procedures
1.2 Electrical distribution systems are identified and operated in
1.3 Pumps and drainage systems are identified and operated in
1.4 Relevant information is processed to establish priorities and
responses for dealing with issues or incidents
1.5 Traffic management (closed tunnel) is coordinated to ensure
safety of all traffic
2 Maintain fire and life 2.1 Fire and life safety systems are maintained according to
safety systems workplace procedures
2.2 Actions undertaken are clearly documented and filed
3 Activate fire and life 3.1 Ventilation and/or deluge systems are operated in accordance
safety system with workplace procedures
procedures 3.2 Lighting levels are maintained according to workplace
procedures
3.3 Liaison is initiated and maintained with
organisations/individuals affected by changed operational

activities
3.4 Evacuation of tunnel is conducted in accordance with
3.5 Systems are monitored and reactivated in accordance with

Required knowledge:
Relevant Australian standards, codes and regulations
Workplace procedures and guidelines for operation of fire and life safety systems within a
road tunnel
Purpose and operations of fire and safety systems used in a road tunnel, including electrical
distribution system, pumps and drainage system, ventilation system
Emergency services liaison
Emergency vehicle access to tunnel
Site layout including familiarisation
Required skills:
Communicate effectively and calmly with others when operating within a road tunnel control
room environment
Read and interpret instructions, procedures and information relevant to the operation of fire
and life safety systems within a road tunnel
Complete documentation related to the operation of fire and life safety systems within a road
tunnel
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified problems that may arise when operating fire and
life safety systems within a road tunnel in accordance with regulatory requirements and
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when operating fire
and life safety systems within a road tunnel
environments

procedures
Identify and correctly use equipment and vehicles in accordance with environmental
protection regulations and guidelines
Accurately brief emergency services of tunnel layout, and available equipment and its use
RANGE STATEMENT
Operation of fire and life safety by day or night

systems within a road tunnel may in a range of work environments
be conducted:
on top of containers
in limited or restricted spaces
Environment may include: control room

tunnel
vehicle tunnel
ventilation chambers
roadway
Equipment/vehicles may include: motor vehicles
trucks
motorcycles
livestock
hazardous/dangerous goods
include: tunnel users
pedestrians
site visitors
contractors
emergency services


safety glasses
protective clothing
hearing protection
Applicable regulations and relevant state/territory OH&S legislation and safety codes
legislation may include: dangerous goods regulations
OH&S manual handling guidelines
legislation
EVIDENCE GUIDE

activating the fire and life safety system as it
applies to the workplace and within the job
role
evacuating a tunnel
understanding ventilation and deluge system
as it applies to the workplace and the job
role
understanding electrical distribution system
as it applies to the workplace and job role
knowledge of fire and life safety system as it
applies in the workplace
identifying the maintenance requirements of
fire and life safety systems according to
identifying tunnel layout
identifying all relevant liaisons that apply
when required to activate the fire and life

safety systems of a tunnel
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF707C Implement and coordinate accident-emergency procedures
TLIF707C Implement and coordinate accident-emergency

procedures
and coordinate accident-emergency procedures, including
responding to the incident, conducting on-site activities, and
completing follow-up actions. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or
regulations and workplace procedures concerning action to be
taken in the event of an emergency, fire or accident.
emergency response principles to the implementation of accident-
emergency procedures including the provision of assistance
ranging from simple injuries to the application of life support
systems.

1 Respond to the 1.1 Details of incidents, accidents and emergencies are received,
incident analysed and confirmed
1.2 Immediate coordination requirements are identified and
actioned in accordance with organisation procedures
1.3 Travel to the incident site is by the shortest, fastest, legal
means and routes
2 Coordinate on-site 2.1 Control of site activities is assumed on arrival and the operator
activities and other authorities present are informed of this action
2.2 Assistance is provided to clients and operators within the
limitations of duty of care and organisation requirements
2.3 Details of personnel, including names and nature of injuries,
are notified to relevant personnel, following enterprise
procedures
2.4 Assistance is provided to relevant authorities within legal and
policy limitations
3 Complete follow-up 3.1 Details of affected personnel, including names, nature of

actions injuries and follow-up treatments are notified to next-of-kin in
accordance with organisation procedures
3.2 Incidents resulting in a near miss, accident or emergency are

investigated and a report, including recommendations, is
completed in accordance with enterprise policies and
procedures
3.3 Accident procedures and emergency plans are reviewed for
effectiveness and recommendations for changes are prepared
and submitted to appropriate persons

Required knowledge:
Relevant OH&S and other regulatory codes, procedures and guidelines concerning response
to accidents and emergencies
Risks and hazards in the workplace and related precautions to control the risk
Workplace procedures and policies for responding to accident/emergency situations
Types of accidents and emergencies that can occur in a workplace and the appropriate action
to be taken in each case
Types of emergency equipment in the workplace and instructions for its use
Means to control and organise the accident scene, provide practical assistance and cooperate
with others at the scene
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when implementing and coordinating accident and
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to the
implementation and coordination of accident and emergency procedures
Complete documentation related to the implementation and coordination of accident and
Work collaboratively with others when implementing and coordinating accident and
when implementing and coordinating accident and emergency procedures in accordance with
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events that may occur when implementing and
coordinating accident and emergency procedures
environments
Identify, select and use emergency equipment, processes and procedures
procedures
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
Work may be conducted: in a range of work environments and weather conditions

by day or night

exposed conditions
Action to be taken in the event of identifying and following established emergency
an accident-emergency may procedures
include: assessing the nature and extent of the emergency
rendering assistance and first aid
isolating and coordinating safety of the scene
alerting relevant organisational personnel and emergency
services
recording relevant information and reporting on
accident/emergency situation in accordance with
Emergency equipment may first aid kit
include: fire extinguishers
fire hose
fire blanket
resuscitation equipment


accidents involving chemicals, toxic substances and other
harmful substances
accidents involving equipment and vehicles
explosion and/or fire
personal accidents including lifting injuries
violent incidents such as armed robberies
Consultative processes may workplace personnel and management
include: designated workplace emergency officers
emergency services personnel including ambulance,
police, fire services, etc.
site visitors
contractors
fax
email
internet
radio
safety glasses
two-way radios
breathing apparatus

Information/documents may workplace emergency/fire/accident procedures

include: workplace procedures for the use of emergency
equipment and personal protection equipment
first aid instructions and procedures
codes of practice including the Dangerous Goods Code
IMDG code markings, HAZCHEM codes and where
applicable emergency information panels
documentation related to emergency response situations
arrangements
requirements
supplier and/or client advice on the hazards involved with
goods or cargo
legislation
emergency procedures regulations
dangerous goods and hazardous goods regulations
relevant Australian standards and certification including
Australian Standard AS 2865 - Safe Working in a
Confined Space Code
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace

TLIF7209A Comply with safety and security procedures

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to follow and
apply occupational health and safety (OH&S) procedures when
carrying out taxi work activities. It includes identifying and
following workplace procedures for safety/security and
accident/emergency situations; and identifying, minimising and
managing fatigue. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
requirements may be applicable to this unit.
team environment. It involves the application of the established
OH&S and hazard minimisation principles and procedures to the
conduct of workplace activities.
This unit involves the development of basic skills and knowledge
to work safely in the taxi industry.

1 Follow procedures for 1.1 Procedures for OH&S and security are identified and followed
safety and security 1.2 Safe work practices are identified and followed
1.3 Breaches of safety and security are identified and appropriate
action is taken to minimise or eliminate risk to self, others,
vehicle and vehicle equipment
1.4 The features and functions of the taxi security system are
identified
2 Follow procedures for 2.1 Emergency and potential emergency situations are recognised
accident/emergency promptly and required actions are determined and/or taken
situations within the scope of individual responsibility
2.2 Procedures for dealing with accidents, fire and emergencies
are identified and followed
2.3 Assistance from taxi network and/or other authorities is sought
where appropriate
2.4 Details of emergency situations are reported in accordance
with workplace, industry and regulatory policies and
procedures
2.5 Support services are identified following an incident or
accident
3 Deal with threats of 3.1 Security equipment is operated within legal and workplace
physical violence parameters (if required by state/territory regulators)
3.2 Potential circumstances for difficult customer or other road
user behaviour are accurately assessed and conflict resolution
strategies used
3.3 Procedures are followed to minimise escalation of conflict,
manage the situation and ensure personal safety
3.4 Assistance is sought from others including external support
staff where necessary
3.5 Incidents are reported using the appropriate document format
in accordance with workplace policies and procedures
3.6 Any follow-up action is implemented according to the
appropriate workplace rules, regulations and guidelines
4 Identify and 4.1 Potential causes of fatigue and its effects on driver and family
implement strategies to are identified
minimise and manage 4.2 Personal warning signs of fatigue are recognised and steps are
fatigue identified to manage fatigue

Required knowledge:
Relevant codes of practice and legislative requirements
Procedures and protocols for safety and security procedures
Sources of information and documentation needed when complying with safety and security
procedures
Typical problems that can occur when complying with safety and security procedures and
related appropriate action that can be taken to prevent or solve them
Safe work practices relevant to individual work roles
Location and use of safety alarms, emergency shutoff systems, and emergency
Potentially difficult situations, such as poorly lit pick-up areas, fare evasion, intoxication,
over crowding
Cultural sensitivities that lead to angry responses
Culturally appropriate responses to potential problem situations
Emergency response procedures
Appropriate reporting procedures including emergency, fire and accident procedures
Codes and systems for breaches of security
Manual lifting and manual assisted lifting
The risks and hazards created by fatigue

Ways of managing fatigue
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when following safety and security procedures
Work collaboratively with others when driving a taxicab
Complete documentation related to safety and security in the workplace
when following safety and security procedures in accordance with regulatory requirements
Implement contingency plans for unanticipated situations that may occur when following
safety and security procedures
environments
procedures
workplace tasks
standards

RANGE STATEMENT
Procedures may cover: operation of security cameras and other on-board security
devices
safe posture for sitting, standing and bending
manual handling including lifting, transferring
safe handling of vehicle fuels including petrol and LPG
emergencies, fires and accidents
security of cash, documents and equipment
duress alarm and mobile phone
OH&S regulations
GPS operations
industry standard publications
incident reporting forms
documentation relating to rest time and other contributing
factors to fatigue
Applicable regulations and relevant national/ state/territory legislation, standards,
legislation may include: codes of practice including manual handling, noise,
smoking, fatigue management
relevant national/state/territory OH&S legislation,
workplace instructions, industry and regulatory
procedures on safety, security, accidents and emergencies
and fatigue management
industry information from the regulator/industry
associations
Communication method may phone
include: radio
on-board communication system
Emergency situations may road accidents
include: passenger illness
arguments and verbal abuse
drunken behaviour
vehicle fuels e.g. petrol and LPG
road rage
manual handling
extremes of weather conditions
deployment of vehicle SRS air bags if not wearing a
seatbelt
Threats of physical violence may verbal threats

include: menacing physical behaviour
threats with a weapon
intimidation by a group of people
road rage from the drivers of other vehicles
threats from pedestrians
fare evasion leading to confrontation
needles and syringes/body fluids
Security equipment may include: computer dispatch
vehicle mounted radio
duress alarm (if required by state/territory regulators)
security camera (if required by state/territory regulators)
driver security shields (if required by state/territory
regulators)
The methods used to minimise using colloquial or culturally appropriate language and
escalation of incidents may actions
include: negotiation
explaining the operation of the safety equipment on board
the taxicab
seeking assistance from external support services
External support staff may other taxicab drivers
include: police
fire brigade personnel
ambulance personnel
Levels of fatigue can be affected night driving
by: frequency and duration of breaks
work duration
type of work
lifestyle factors
alcohol and drug abuse
quantity and timing of food and drinks
sleep patterns
opportunities for relaxation with family and friends
personal biological factors
state of mental and/or physical health
circadian rhythms
diet

EVIDENCE GUIDE

applying the underpinning knowledge and
skills
applying relevant legislation and workplace
procedures
locating and interpreting workplace
information
following established procedures for
occupational health and safety, security,
hazard identification and risk controls
applying information about accident-
emergency policies and procedures and duty
of care responsibilities
demonstrating safe work practices
monitoring passenger and road user
behaviour
recognising and adapting to cultural
differences including modes of behaviour
and communication
identifying difficult customer or road user
situations and applying conflict resolution or
avoidance behaviour
using effective communication skills
diffusing threats of physical violence
selecting and using self protective behaviour
seeking assistance, as required, from
external emergency support services
following correct fatigue management
precautions and procedures
completing OH&S and accident-emergency
records/reports as required
demonstrating the correct use of a duress
alarm (if required by state/territory
regulators)
demonstrating how to conduct a security
camera check to ensure it is operational (if
required by state/territory regulators)
completing security camera download
request (if required by state/territory
regulators)

assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or
workplace
Assessment of duress alarm and security cameras is to
be conducted on actual equipment used in the taxi
industry

TLIF907C Conduct cleaning operations in enclosed spaces

cleaning operations in enclosed spaces, including identifying
cleaning risks, planning cleaning operations, and cleaning the
required enclosed space in accordance with operational
Application of the Unit Work must be carried out in accordance with regulations and
procedures for conducting cleaning operations in enclosed spaces.
team environment. It involves the application of established safety
procedures and regulatory requirements to the conduct of cleaning
operations in enclosed spaces.

1 Identify risks and plan 1.1 Requirements for the cleaning operation are assessed
operation 1.2 Potential risks or hazards to self, the environment or others are
identified
1.3 Relevant information including workplace procedures and
safety codes are identified and read
1.4 Cleaning and personal protective equipment and consumables
are identified
1.5 Requirements are assembled in accordance with national
standards, safety codes and workplace procedures
1.6 Work is planned identifying critical parameters of the work
2 Clean required 2.1 Unauthorised persons are removed from the work area
enclosed space 2.2 Engineering and personal safety equipment is used
2.3 Unwanted labels are removed
2.4 Cleaning products, where used, are mixed in accordance with
manufacturers and workplace instructions
2.5 Containers are swept out and washed so that mud, grime and
any residue from products stored in the containers are
removed
2.6 Security of chemicals and equipment is maintained
2.7 Run-off is contained and wastes are disposed of in accordance
with local laws and workplace procedures
2.8 Relevant documentation is completed

2.9 Equipment used for the process is checked and stored
2.10 Worksite is checked and returned to operational status

Required knowledge:
Relevant OH&S regulations, codes and guidelines concerning cleaning operations in enclosed
spaces including Australian Standard AS 2865 - Safe Working in a Confined Space Code
Workplace procedures and policies for carrying out cleaning operations in enclosed spaces
Risks when carrying out cleaning operations in enclosed spaces and related precautions to
control the risk
Procedures for carrying out tests for contaminant gases in enclosed spaces prior to performing
cleaning operations
Application of relevant industrial regulations and requirements
Maintenance procedures for cleaning equipment
Required skills:
Communicate effectively with others when conducting cleaning procedures in enclosed
spaces
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to cleaning
procedures in enclosed spaces
Identify container and goods coding, ADG and IMDG markings and where applicable
Complete documentation related to cleaning procedures in enclosed spaces
Work collaboratively with others when conducting cleaning procedures in enclosed spaces
when conducting cleaning procedures in enclosed spaces in accordance with regulatory
Implement contingency plans for unplanned events that may arise when conducting cleaning
procedures in enclosed spaces
exist during cleaning procedures in enclosed spaces
environments

Identify and correctly use equipment, cleaning materials, processes and procedures for
carrying out cleaning operations in enclosed spaces
Identify, select and use emergency equipment, processes and procedures
procedures
Follow routine servicing procedures for cleaning tools and equipment
standards
RANGE STATEMENT
The housekeeping tasks may be in a range of work environments

Work may be conducted: in confined restricted enclosed spaces
Focus of cleaning operations may containers

include: tanks
other enclosed spaces
toxic gas
Critical parameters for cleaning workplace personnel
operations in enclosed spaces sequence of operations
include:
precautions for self, others and work area
relevant workplace procedures to be followed
emergency precautions, tests and procedures
evacuation and rescue procedures
Personnel in the work area may other workplace personnel and managers
contractors
official representatives including OH&S specialists


Depending on workplace context, gloves

personal protective equipment safety headwear and footwear
may include:
safety glasses
two-way radios
breathing apparatus
Information documents may workplace procedures and policies for cleaning
include: operations including those in confined spaces
OH&S and environmental protection regulations
Standards for Manual Handling and the Industry Safety
Code
spaces
arrangements
standards and certification requirements, specifically
Australian Standard AS 2865 Safe Working in a
Confined Space

Applicable regulations and relevant state/territory OH&S legislation and regulations

legislation may include: pertaining to cleaning operations and working in confined
spaces
legislation
relevant Australian standards and certification including
Australian Standard AS 2865 Safe Working in a
Confined Space Code
dangerous and hazardous goods regulations
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures
assessment, and/or
required to:
equipment, and/or

workplace

TLIG107C Work effectively with others

Unit Descriptor This unit involves the basic skills and knowledge required to work
effectively with others in a workplace including contributing to
determination of appropriate work roles, contributing to the
planning of activities, and working with others to complete the
activities. Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
Application of the Unit Work is carried out in accordance with workplace procedures and
relevant regulatory requirements.
team environment.
Work involves the application of established procedures and
appropriate interpersonal skills when working with others to
complete workplace tasks.
Competency Field G Teamwork

1 Contribute to 1.1 Work roles of each group member are identified based on
determination of information and instructions about objectives, performance
appropriate work roles requirements and procedures
1.2 Contributions are made to assist in the determination of the
appropriate roles and responsibilities for the successful
completion of the activity
2 Contribute to the 2.1 Suggestions and information are provided as appropriate to

planning of the activity contribute to the planning of the activity and the associated
procedures
3 Work with others 3.1 Forms of communication appropriate to the activity are used
3.2 Assistance in the completion of the activities is requested
where appropriate
3.3 Contributions to the achievement of a required outcome are
made
3.4 Work is undertaken in accordance with specified procedures
on an individual and shared basis as appropriate
3.5 Problems are discussed and resolved where possible through
agreed and accepted processes
3.6 Suggestions for improvements to processes are made and
discussed within the team

Required knowledge:
Relevant workplace standards and procedures and duty of care requirements
Relevant OH&S and environmental protection procedures and responsibilities
Workplace structures and the roles and responsibilities of team/group members
Basic principles of teamwork
Typical misunderstandings and problems that can occur in the workplace and appropriate
ways of dealing with them
Focus of operation of work systems, equipment or management, site and organisational
Required skills:
Read and interpret instructions, procedures, information and signs relevant to working with
others as a team
Interpret and follow operational instructions and prioritise work within the team
Operate electronic communication equipment to required protocol when communicating with
others in the workplace
Promptly report and/or rectify any identified misunderstandings and problems that can occur
in the workplace and appropriate ways of dealing with them in accordance with regulatory
exist when working with others in a work environment
Monitor team activities in terms of planned schedule
Modify team activities depending on differing operational contingencies, risk situations and
environments
Adapt to any differences in language and culture in accordance with standard operating
procedures

RANGE STATEMENT
Work: involves basic routine work operations carried out in

collaboration with others
may occur by day or night
may be in a variety of work contexts
Enterprises may comprise: large, medium or small worksites
Work colleagues may include: English-speaking persons

multilingual staff
persons from a range of cultural backgrounds
Personnel in work area may managers
include: supervisors/team leaders
workplace personnel
visitors
contractors
Communication may involve the phone

basic use of a range of electronic data interchange (EDI)
communication technology
including: fax
email
internet
radio


workplace policies
arrangements
EVIDENCE GUIDE

procedures

Tli07 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tli07 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Transport and Logistics Industry Skills Council

TLI07 TRANSPORT AND

A Handling Cargo/Stock J Quality R Contract Procurement

Individual learners may:

Published by: TVET Australia First published: August 2007

TLIA1007C Coordinate goods to bond premises

ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

Commonwealth of Australia 2009 1

REQUIRED KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS

Work may be conducted: in a range of work environments

2 Commonwealth of Australia 2009

Customers may be: internal or external

Workplaces may comprise: large, medium or small worksites

Work may be conducted in: limited or restricted spaces

Personal protective equipment gloves

Commonwealth of Australia 2009 3

Information/documents may workplace procedures and policies for the coordination of

4 Commonwealth of Australia 2009

Applicable regulations and relevant codes and regulations pertaining to the

Critical aspects for assessment The evidence required to demonstrate competency in

applicable documentation including

6 Commonwealth of Australia 2009

TLIA107C Secure cargo

ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

2.6 Lashing equipment is placed in designated storage areas or

3 Protect cargo from 3.1 Cargo is covered/uncovered safely ensuring appropriate

REQUIRED KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS

Work may be conducted: in a range of work environments

Workplaces may comprise : large, medium or small worksites

Commonwealth of Australia 2009 3

Work may be conducted in: limited or restricted spaces

Hazards in the work area may chemicals

4 Commonwealth of Australia 2009

Communication in the work area phone

Information/documents may goods identification numbers and codes

Commonwealth of Australia 2009 5

Critical aspects for assessment The evidence required to demonstrate competency in

relevant and appropriate materials and/or

Commonwealth of Australia 2009 7

TLIA1107C Package goods

ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

2 Label packaged 2.1 Workplace labelling standards are identified

Commonwealth of Australia 2009 1

REQUIRED KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS

Work may be conducted: in a range of work environments

Workplaces may comprise: large, medium or small worksites

Work may be conducted in: restricted spaces

Commonwealth of Australia 2009 3

Communication in the work area phone

Personal protective equipment gloves

4 Commonwealth of Australia 2009

Critical aspects for assessment The evidence required to demonstrate competency in

registered training organisation

6 Commonwealth of Australia 2009

TLIA1207C Pick and process orders

ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

replenishment in accordance with workplace procedures

REQUIRED KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS

2 Commonwealth of Australia 2009

Operate and adapt to differences in equipment in accordance with standard operating

Work may be conducted: by day or night

Workplaces may comprise: large, medium or small worksites

Work may be conducted in: limited or restricted spaces